The Constant Battle Against Constant Lies

[1] Taxes on wealth and on unrealized capital gains are unconstitutional

Cancel Culture: Do you like Your Home? Do You Want to Keep It?

by Kathleen Marquardt

December 16, 2023

Do you like your home? Do you want to keep it? Your business?

It isn’t Halloween or April Fool’s Day, but you’d better be scared. The Supreme Court of the United States is hearing oral arguments on a case that reads like a trip to Dante’s hell. But if this case takes a wrong turn, we all will join Dante Alighieri there.

We have recently been warned that property taxes are going to go up, but there hasn’t been a mention that we are going to be paying taxes on monies that we might see for years or decades. Well, well, look at what is happening to the Moores.

David Catron’s article in The Spectator, “The Scariest SCOTUS Case This Term,” informs us of one of the evils our federal government is cooking (cooked?) up for us.

Tuesday morning, the U.S. Supreme Court will hear oral arguments pursuant to a case in which Charles and Kathleen Moore argue that an obscure provision of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is unconstitutional.

At issue is the “mandatory repatriation tax” (MRT) and a 13 percent stake owned by the Moores in a company that supplies low-cost equipment to small farmers in India. The couple has never received income from this stock because the company reinvests all its profits in the business. Historically, the IRS hasn’t taxed shareholder “earnings” until they receive dividends or sell their stock for capital gain. Yet, pursuant to the MRT, the Moores received a $14,729 tax bill on their share of company profits.

According to Amy Howe in SCOTUSblog, “… until 2017, nothing in U.S. tax laws authorized the federal government to tax a controlled foreign corporation’s foreign income unless and until that income came to the United States – for example, through a distribution to U.S. shareholders”.

The Moores sued the government on the grounds that the IRS violated the Sixteenth Amendment. They lost in federal district court and in the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, as legal scholar Steven Calabresi explains at the Volokh Conspiracy.[1]

We’ve known for decades that the Ninth Circuit Court is almost beyond hope of ever coming down on the right side of the law. Yes, occasionally, they throw in a fair finding just to make people think they are unbiased.

The court of appeals concluded that realization is not a precondition for income, and so the Moores could be taxed on unrealized gains in wealth. That rationale is not limited to the Moores, or to the particular tax, which the court applied in their case. Rather, under the Ninth Circuit’s analysis, investors might be taxed on their unrealized capital gains in their Vanguard funds or their stock portfolios. Moreover, homeowners might be taxed on their unrealized capital gains in their houses and land (emphasis mine) … The Supreme Court should reverse the Ninth Circuit and restore the original, commonsense meaning of the Sixteenth Amendment.

Asking that SCOTUS reverses the Ninth Circuit is definitely in order. If this is allowed to stand, every homeowner and business owner may be looking at onerous “pie in the sky” taxes that may or may not ever be realized. This is so far out there it boggles the mind, yet how many people will ever hear of it? This “mandatory repatriation tax” is so egregious that one wonders how it was not noticed immediately when it was offered up – and then shut down. Who’s minding the store? And, remember, this came in Trump’s term.

To grasp the significance of Moore v. United States, it’s necessary to remember that the original Constitution didn’t permit income tax.[2] Article I, Section 9 prohibited direct taxes on individuals unless apportioned on the basis of the population of each state. The huge cost of the Civil War prompted Congress to pass the first income tax in 1862, but it was phased out after the war. Congress passed another income tax law in 1894, but the Supreme Court struck it down in 1895. The Sixteenth Amendment was passed by Congress in 1909 and ratified in 1913, and it does indeed bestow on Congress “the power to lay and collect taxes on income,” but it was not as clear as it could have been on the precise definition of “income.”

That issue was resolved in 1920, in Eisner v. Macomber, when the Supreme Court ruled that an increase in the value of a stock holding, in the absence of a monetary dividend, isn’t income: “Mere growth or increment of value in a capital investment is not income; income is essentially a gain or profit in itself of exchangeable value, proceeding from capital, severed from it, and derived or received by the taxpayer.” (emphasis mine.) The Moores have received no such benefit from the investment in question and therefore never incurred a legitimate tax liability. A ruling in favor of the government in Moore v. United States will eliminate any restrictions on Congress’ taxing power.

This is not an “inside baseball” case that only compulsive Court watchers will care about. If the justices rule against the Moores, it will supercharge the government’s confiscatory powers by enabling its inclination to tax unrealized income. This will affect everyone reading this column, not just investors with large stock portfolios. It would, in theory, permit the IRS to tax an increase in the value of your home as a capital gain — whether you have sold it or not.

“Mere growth or increment of value in a capital investment is not income.”

There is more meat in Catron’s article. Please click on the link and read it. And get mad! Then do something. If this is allowed to stand, many of us will lose our homes and businesses because the government determines the value of our home or business will grow exponentially (we can only hope) and tax us on it now, even if we aren’t realizing that for ten or twenty years down the road. And with our economy going in the direction it is now, our homes will be worthless in a decade. And will the IRS reimburse us – with interest? Dream on.

Join or start a Freedom Pod and add this issue to the fight. Without the right to property, we are slaves.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Sources:

[2] Constitution Annotated

China’s Total War Against America

By Cliff Kincaid

December 16, 2023

On the heels of the passing of Henry Kissinger, who was praised by politicians of both major political parties, the House Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party has concluded in a report that Kissinger’s pro-China policy was a complete failure. It says, “For a generation, the United States bet that robust economic engagement would lead the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) to open its economy and financial markets and in turn to liberalize its political system and abide by the rule of law. Those reforms did not occur.”

Who made that “bet,” on which the survival of the United States depends? It was originally made by Henry Kissinger, the former Secretary of State, and ratified by Republicans and Democrats over the years.

The committee did not, of course, name Kissinger as the main villain in this unfolding debacle. And that is why this report is itself a failure. It is an example of how Washington, D.C. and its political figures are never held accountable for decisions that put the survival of the United Sates in jeopardy.

Instead, in a series of court cases, former President Trump is being held “accountable” for things he clearly did not do. He is being charged by United Nations-trained lawyer Jack Smith with organizing a violent revolution to overthrow the U.S. Government, when he urged peaceful and patriotic protests, and unlawfully possessing White House documents he was entitled to have under the Presidential Records Act.

Incredibly, the government’s response to China’s aggression, in part, is to spend $400 million on a so-called Countering PRC Influence Fund (CPIF) at the presidential level – under China Joe Biden. This is one of the bizarre recommendations of this committee. It is worse than laughable.

Nothing less than the impeachment of China Joe and the jailing of his son could begin to address this problem.

Instead of wasting $400 million on federal bureaucrats who followed Kissinger’s lead and helped get us into this position in the first place, the committee should scoop up all available copies of “Soviet Total War,” a 1956 two-volume set of reports published by the old House Committee on Un-American Activities. The subtitle refers to the “historic mission” of “violence and deceit,” as originally practiced by the Soviets and now the Chinese communists. Volume 1 is 421 pages. Volume 2 is 898 pages.

These documents cover all aspects of the communist war on America that has brought us to this point. The strategy used by Moscow is being copied by Beijing.

I argue in my new report that the prosecution of Trump has everything to do with the fact that the Chinese tried to destroy his presidency with the China virus, they succeeded, and don’t want him to return to the White House.

In the process, of course, more than one million Americans died, and yet China Joe recently had a friendly meeting with the Chinese dictator in San Francisco. An impeachment inquiry isn’t needed to confirm that China Joe is in fact an agent of Xi Jinping.

In terms of the origin of this debacle, the House committee report explains, without naming Kissinger, how the Chinese Communist Party pursued a “campaign of economic aggression” which flowed “directly from the Party’s ideology,” that is, communism. It quotes dictator Xi as having made clear that he believes “capitalism will inevitably perish, and socialism will inevitably triumph.”

What the report itself doesn’t make clear is that Kissinger and his acolytes in the “Intelligence Community” were behind the idea that communism was dead in China and that the communists would turn capitalist. It was a lie. Instead, the communists all along had wanted to use capitalism to build up communism. They accomplished this through corporate deals and U.S.-China cooperation of the kind practiced by Henry Kissinger and the Bidens.

Such “cooperation” was also evident in the activities of one of America’s most prominent medical and scientific organizations, the federally-funded National Institutes of Health (NIH), which was caught funding development of dangerous viruses in China. Francis Collins, an Obama holdover who had a long history of collaborating with the communist Chinese regime, presided over this “experiment,” along with Anthony Fauci.

They remain free of corruption charges. They are not being threatened with jail time.

There is a difference in the Biden and Kissinger cases. Kissinger did a lot of his deal-making out in the open, while China Joe used fake email names and Hunter funneled the money, including to the “Big Guy,” through shell companies. But there is much that is similar. Kissinger worked on behalf of China and Russia, and so did China Joe and Hunter. The Bidens also took money from Ukraine.

Now that the House of Representatives has voted to authorize a formal impeachment inquiry, the investigation should examine how Henry Kissinger’s pro-China policy paved the way for this corruption, and whether Kissinger was ever a communist operative, as once claimed by a communist defector.

One problem with the report is that it uses the Chinese term “socialism” instead of communism. This is more than semantics. The report uses the word “communist” only because it is in the official name of the Chinese Communist Party.

This is important because while the committee mentions the “ideology” of the CCP, it never explains what this means.

This leads to a major flaw in the report. Here’s what the executive summary report says:

“Since its accession to the World Trade Organization in 2001, the CCP has pursued a multidecade campaign of economic aggression against the United States and its allies in the name of strategically decoupling the People’s Republic of China (PRC) from the global economy, making the PRC less dependent on the United States in critical sectors, while making the United States more dependent on the PRC. In response, the United States must now chart a new path that puts its national security, economic security, and values at the core of the U.S.-PRC relationship.”

But China didn’t suddenly become communist in 2001. The communists seized power on the Chinese mainland in 1949. It should have been obvious since the communists seized power that they intended to exploit their economic relations with America to achieve their goal of world domination. Kissinger facilitated this process, leading to China’s current advantages over the United States and a possible invasion of Free China on Taiwan.

The problems we are encountering with Russia and China these days could have been avoided if we had taken the communist threat seriously.

The additional tragedy is that some conservatives these days think that Russia has also given up on communism, even as Vladimir Putin wages war on the former Soviet republics and has his sights set on anti-communist Poland. They are dupes in the same way that Kissinger was a dupe, willing or otherwise, of China.

In this context, we can’t forget that Rep. James Comer has produced evidence showing Russian payments to the Bidens. He notes that Elena Baturina, Russia’s wealthiest woman, who was formerly married to the mayor of Moscow, paid Hunter Biden’s company over $3 million in 2014. This was the same year that Russia, under President Obama and Vice-President Biden, first invaded Ukraine.

Yet Baturina, who allegedly dined with then-Vice President Joe Biden and Hunter and others in 2015, has been excluded from the public sanctions list of Russian elites and oligarchs.

Such payments may also help explain why Biden has failed to give Ukraine the weapons it needs to defeat Russia and even encouraged the “minor incursion” into Ukraine in the first place. It is consistent with Biden’s position of publicly supporting Israel after the terrorist attacks but then attacking the government of Israel for its military response.

But the China problem in particular didn’t begin with the Bidens. Kissinger started the Chinese Communists on the road to world domination when he cultivated friendly relations with Mao, the greatest mass murderer in history.

As my report demonstrates, it was Kissinger who did business with corporate clients looking for business in both China and Russia as he pursued what he openly called a “New World Order” after Barack Hussein Obama was elected president in 2008.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Israel Was a Barren Wasteland Before the Jews Came in the 1880s

By Lewis Brackett

December 16, 2023

Outrageous antisemitic articles in local Portsmouth NH paper this week.

I was horrified that every article in the paper was written by those defending Hamas and their slaughter of Israelis. Of course, also denouncing Israel’s entering Gaza to kill the Hamas terrorists, and demanding that all Jews be driven out of “Palestine.” Even the graphic cartoons were the utmost vile hatred.

Truth and humanity are always the first casualties in such blatant evil. The historical record of the area is that in the 500 years before the late 19th century, climate change stopped the rainfall in that part of the world, leaving the area a mostly uninhabited desert. Go online & search the book “Innocents Abroad” by Mark Twain for a vivid picture of the area’s desolation in 1869.

The only people living there were a few desert Arab Bedouin wanderers. The travelers found a small pathetic community around the Sea of Galilee, and almost no one on their trip to Jerusalem. Total desolation, Twain said of the whole area.

The historical record continues that A few Jews began entering the land in the 1880s turning swampland into productive farmland. Arabs began entering “Palestine” to work in the Jewish fields, soon trying to drive the Jews out.

In God’s providence, the Moslom rulers stopped the violence. and protected the Jews! The basic reality is that both the Jews and Arabs/ Persians migrated into the land at the same time. In reality, there are very few native Arab Palestinians. All the rest are recent economic migrants.

Fast forward to 1948, the Jordanians drove all the Jews out of the West Bank. The United Nations built a very large number of towns there to lure the wandering Bedouin and people all over the region into the West Bank to occupy the land to prevent the Jews from returning.

These are the inconvenient truths the God-hating world does not want you to know about. Today’s narrative is saying the Jews displaced the Arabs. As I have just shown, this is a lie from Satan and his minions.

Jerusalem has become “The Burdensome Stone” just as God said it would. “The time of Jacob’s trouble” is upon the Jew, and tribulation upon the whole world … and the rapture for us. Maranatha, Lewis

E-Mail Lewis Brackett: Lewishb@yahoo.com

Another Civil War? No, Probably Just Domestic Squabbles

By Sidney Secular

December 15, 2023

There is no one group calling for it, none has enough pull or is capable of pulling it off, and the militias have long since lost their momentum, having spent it on trying to help the Border Patrol who spurned the advances they were making. The professional pundits, who have to dream something up to agitate people in order to keep their jobs or ratings, are ranting over the idea that a civil war is in the offing. They will look for some angle to implicate whites or “domestic terrorists”(who are, of course, necessarily white) for the plots they contrive. Gun owners and conservatives have been added to the ranks of the non-existent white terrorists along with Traditional Catholics and other traditional Christians so that the surveillance state can tighten the screws of tyranny on everyone, especially anyone with a right to own and who does own a gun.

The left fears a right-wing dictatorship, even promoting the ludicrous fear of a Christian theocracy, more than anything else, because only that far remote possibility would mess up their mindless march to utopia, and a civil war could usher in such a dictatorship, so they are talking it up as some kind of threat to stifle the idea. The “reds” and “blues” say they couldn’t stand the prospect of the other side from taking over, but they haven’t thought out what they would do in such an eventuality. America has degraded to the point that it doesn’t have enough capability or agreement between the various factions to pull off another civil war. We’re too accustomed to fighting Israel’s or other people’s battles and too feminized to effectively fight any real battles anymore anyway. We hardly have enough energy to dissipate or fall apart gracefully.

To have a civil war, you need warriors will to die for a cause. We are too spoiled, distracted and lethargic for that level of commitment. Most people couldn’t handle losing their wireless connection for half an hour. Even the red and blue states are split between urban and rural factions. There are the non-whites against the whites, the coasts against flyover country, the whites split between libbers and Trumpsters, the English speaking against those who refuse to learn it, one generation against another, and native-born vs. immigrant and other foreign factions. Unexpected splits will splinter what were thought of as united fronts. People’s energies will increasingly be consumed in screaming matches and internal disputes within groups. What’s coming is less of a coup than a probable depressing spate of localized wildfires where freedoms get burned up and the Government steps in to keep an uneasy peace. We have sunk from a first-world power to an unstable third world one without going through an intermittent state on the way down.”

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

The American Dream Becomes the American Nightmare

By Karen Schoen

December 15, 2023

Kill the Jews; Kill the Christians; Kill the American Whites, Destroy the West is all we hear from the cries of Hamas, Hezbollah and now the Houthis, and their new found disciples, the college students and the LGBT… community. I call them terrorists and savages. Of course, the ignorant disciples have no idea that they are fighting and demonstrating for their own demise. They don’t understand what the fighting is all about. Dennis Prager had a great explanation, The Middle East Problem.

I wonder if these followers realize the history of their new masters. After the Jews and Christians are dead, the terrorists will focus on them. Some women will be raped constantly. Those allowed to live will have their genitalia removed only to become sex slaves forced to make babies. No baby killing abortion choice for them. No food choice, music choice, clothing choice. The Qaran calls homosexuality a crime so the gays will be tossed off a building, after their organs are removed. The men will be tortured and starved. Then they will become permanent slaves and when they outlive their usefulness their organs will be harvested. These terrorists are savages, and are still living in the middle ages. The savages revere death, while the Jews and Christians revere life. The Marxists will impose strangling regulations, surveillance, spying, high taxes, high inflation, law and order according to Sharia, no alcohol but abundant drugs. Illegals will continue coming from who knows where. No borders, no country. You will own nothing and enjoy your serfdom. We are living the American nightmare.

Eight years ago Geert Wilder the newly elected leader of The Netherlands made a speech which we are living today. Geert Wilders was in NewYork. During a lunch sponsored by the Hudson Institute on 25 September 2008, he made this speech worth reading, commonly titled “America as the Last Man Standing” or “The Lights are Going Out All Over Europe” in Internet circulation. You can listen to the speech on the Greg Kelly Reports 12/7 or read it here. Greet described the pending American nightmare. We are living the results of inaction described by Geert.

I was watching the interview on Warroom.org with the Real America’s Voice reporter, Oscar Blue Remerez. He was reporting from the southern US border. I didn’t see any Congressmen at the border, just Oscar. The new caravan coming to America is 60,000 illegals from all over the world. 60,000 illegals. With this count there will be more than 15 million illegals in America. No one will check them. 75% are military age single men, many gang members. Just wait until there is a natural disaster, food shortage, or another man made pandemic or crisis. The US Miitary has been depleted with lower standards. Eventually I can see OBiden calling for illegals to join the military in order to become citizens. If you think they will have a problem shooting Americans? Think again.

Will American cities look like Beirut, Lebanon after they were overrun? And then of course, who is paying for this? Why the American taxpayer. Seniors and vets are getting about $1400 a month SSI, while illegals get everything free equating to about $2-3000 a month.

America is under a planned invasion with an economy that is mirroring Argentina. See this video and see what is coming to America compliments of Obiden and Mayorkas. Start at 17:46 Send it to your legislator.

I am now more convinced than ever that the GOP is filled with lowered standard Affirmative Action graduates. Expelling George Santos was one of the single most insane acts the GOP has committed. Republicans are either stupid or the problem. They can’t count. We have a slim margin in the house so they made the margins slimmer because they are afraid media will call them bad names. What is wrong with these people? Sounds like as long as they are not called bad names they don’t mind losing. Remember that when a democrat wins Santos seat or Hulkill says special election not needed, I will appoint a Rep. Primary these losers/traitors they are to stupid to lead anyone. . How can you win anything when losers are leading?

The GOP has only $9 million to spend while the DNC has over $20 million. Instead of spending the GOP money on a strong get out the vote effort helping the grass roots, Ronna, the RINO, Romney is spending the little money against MAGA and Trump, and for debates that no one watches for candidates that no one wants. GOP is on a path to lose. They have been the majority for a year and they still can’t get rid of the blight of the OBiden administration destroying America. They have no plan except destroy Trump and MAGA. Do they even know what MAGA means? In addition their messaging sucks. We need to vet and support the candidates not the party. We must make sure Trump wins by a huge margin and has the right people in congress who will grow America not destroy it. Thank you Senator Mike Lee and Rep Chip Roy for introducing a bill to defund the communist United Nations.

Our RINO legislators are allowing this nightmare to happen by siding with the DEMS and not their constituents. All they do is hold meetings and claim there isn’t enough evidence. Then they want to give our money to their man made crisis so they can launder money back to themselves and continue the American nightmare for us. So what can we do?

Get your legislator on speed dial and tell them what is going on. Ask why aren’t they doing something like impeaching Mayorkas and OBiden? Don’t let House members get away with lying by saying there isn’t enough evidence. Follow them on line and see how they vote. Are they paying attention or are they off bowling like Vern Buchanan (R, Dist 16 FL.) Hold them accountable. Vet your candidates, investigate their voting record politicsthatworks.com is a good place to start. Check their donors so you know who is pulling their strings. opensecrets.org will show you their money. Pay attention to your local legislators. Look for the strings of government grants. Let them know you are watching and tell them what you think. Always ask questions and be polite but firm. Then get rid of as many RINOS as possible. First expose them, then primary them. But you must VET the new candidate as well. Check their actions.

Then introduce Civics and America’s heroes to your children. Get them prepared so they will not be fooled into socialism. Make sure they can read, write and do math. Homeschool whenever possible. Check out the Florida Citizens Alliance, Microschool project. goflca.org

Everything is connected. Nothing is random, Everything has a plan. All plans are lies. All Globalists want is MONEY, POWER, CONTROL Don’t give them yours. Challenge them with the truth. Doing Nothing is affirmation.

Then listen to Prism of America’s Education.

Show Link https://www.americaoutloud.news/the-prism-of-americas-education/

Show: Sat and Sun 7AM ET and 9PM ET on

ACTION ITEMS – Join us and learn solutions

Florida Citizens Alliance protects our children against sexual grooming. Download and bring this letter to your County Commissioners. Tell them to stop funding the destruction of an entire generation of children by the American Library Association. and its affiliates.

Get your kids out of the indoctrination clinics masquerading as public schools. Go to the Florida Citizen’s Alliance and Create a MICROSCHOOL goflca.org

Join Florida Citizens Alliance goflca.org

Join DefendFlorida.org Get involved with legislation, training, and elections in your county. Solicit your legislators to clean up and secure elections. Copy for your state.

Podcasts and Articles: karenbschoen.com / karenschoen.substack.com

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

Teaching Children to Lie

by Lee Duigon

December 14, 2023

I’ll never understand why people continue to send their kids to public schools run by far-left teachers’ unions. Like, for instance, the Chicago teachers’ union, which a few years ago sent a delegation to Venezuela to (ahem!) “learn” from smirking tyrant Hugo Chavez.

Recently a 10^th-grade student in Washington failed a quiz… by telling the truth. It was a “world history” quiz (please feel free to honk if you understand how this has anything to do with world history), true/false, in which the student didn’t come up with the answers that the “teacher” wanted. He was flunked for labeling “false” two preposterous statements: “some women have penises,” and “men can get pregnant.” He was supposed to describe them as “true.”

Those are not true statements. Period.

And so Compelled Speech has seeped down into our grade schools, and children are being taught to tell lies because that’s what “Teacher” demands of them. They are taught to pretend that they agree with statements that they know to be false.

They are taught to be idiots.

Herodotus said the Persians became a great nation by teaching their children to tell the truth: they prized it very highly. But we prize lies. It would be hard to calculate what will be the price we pay for this; but I think it fair to say that the price will only go higher and higher as we keep on doing it.

You pay for it with your school tax dollars. Don’t hold your breath waiting for the “teacher” to be fired. The union will never let that happen.

Why do we put up with this? In what way will we benefit? The “educators” who dream up these capers defend it as “promoting inclusion”—whatever the deuce that means. I don’t think it means anything: do you?

Once upon a time, local boards of education represented the communities they served. The board members were our neighbors: in my home town, years ago, our school board consisted of small business owners and employees, a police sergeant, a retiree or two—ordinary people who shared our values.

But now? In Pennsylvania recently, a school district called Bucks Center, the Democrat Party poured heaps of money into the local school board election to capture a Far Left majority on the board. Back when I was a reporter who covered several local school boards, this would have been unthinkable. Unheard of. Board candidates didn’t have campaign funds. You could win election with no more than a dozen votes. People expected to be able to trust their school boards; and for the most part they weren’t disappointed.

Lulled into a false sense of security, you might say.

So the school boards were taken over by ideologues and apparatchiks financed by out-of-town political interests: that’s whom they represent. The plebs out there can go soak their heads—we’re gonna teach the kids what we want! All aboard for the socialist-transgender express! And be warned, parents—we’ll sic the FBI on you if you complain.

The only way out of this is a massive movement to homeschooling. “Public education” has deserted the public.

It has deserted you.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Diversity Versus Racism Equals Equity?

By Frosty Wooldridge

December 14, 2023

America continues at odds with its ethnic racial groups. Brown people. Black people. White people. Asian people. Jewish people. Muslim people. Yellow people. Biracial people. It appears after many decades; ethnic groups cannot find harmony.

Every city in America finds itself racially separated. Black people prefer to live with other black people. Asians self-segregate at lunchtime by eating together. Same with blacks. Same with Whites. Same with Muslims. Everyone generally likes to associate with their own groups.

Yes, because of laws made to create integration, many groups work together, but when they go home, they move toward their own groups. No matter how many TV programs pretend to integrate people, average people move toward their own racial groups.

Everything happening in America stands as a contradiction to reality. The big people in high places push for “Diversity, Inclusion and Equity.” The “Woke” people want males to compete and beat females…as if it’s normal or realistic or fair. It shows that “Wokeness” continues as a mental disease that cannot be cured.

And, then you have LGBTQ+ concentrating on their own group trying to fit into America as something normal, usual and everywhere. It’s a minor percentage of people. They mostly hang with each other.

Yet, the old guard conservatives try to maintain some kind of ethics and morality in the face of America’s latest craziness. So, what is racism versus diversity versus equity? Why is all the racism pointed at White people?

If you look back in history, Native Americans were incredibly racist. If the Dakota crossed over onto Blackfeet’s land, the Blackfeet killed them. The Apache killed the Comanche’s for crossing over turf boundaries. The Cherokee didn’t like the Seminoles. The wars among tribes continued for centuries. In other words, different tribes just didn’t like each other.

But in America, Whites are blamed for racism, White privilege, and virtually everyone’s problems. And yet, 99 percent of the last 10 million legal and illegal aliens crossing over America’s borders are people of color. Ironically, American minorities enjoy the high standard of living in the world. So, what’s up?

Writer Bo Winegard said, “Liberals profess contradictory views about racism and diversity. On the one hand, they contend that whites are pervasively though often unconsciously prejudiced. On the other hand, they contend that diversity is one of humanity’s great goods.

History clearly shows that diversity is not such a good thing among races.

“But if whites are almost irremediably racist, and if their racism stifles and traumatizes blacks (and other “people of color”),” said Winegard. “Why would diversity be a strength? Why would it not be wiser for blacks to avoid whites and to create their own communities as free from the baneful influence of anti-black racism as possible?”

In reality, the former Mayor of Jackson, Mississippi called for a Black America made out of the five southern states. He died of cancer, but his son continues on that same path. He’s got tens of thousands of supporters.

“The claim that racism is pervasive, stubborn, and stultifying is not new,” said Winegard. “People on the left, in the center, and even on the right have forwarded it to explain a variety of black ailments and dysfunctions, from high crime rates and fatherless homes to low grades and test scores. But the claim has become more popular and more integral to mainstream political narratives since the rise of racial progressivism (also called “wokism”).”

But if you look at Detroit, Michigan, the Muslims have their own form of racism. They’ve made an Islamic Caliphate in Detroit. Non-Muslims do not dare live in that neck of the woods.

Only white people can be racist because only white people have the power to oppress….

“And of course, after the death of George Floyd,” said Winegard. “The narrative that ubiquitous racism engenders disproportionate outcomes in the criminal justice system became so conventional that it was endorsed and promoted by prestigious corporations, many of whom proudly (or, perhaps, cynically) advertised the Black Lives Matter banner. The theme, the meaning, the raison d’être of racial progressivism is that white people are responsible for the failures and dysfunctions of black people.”

In reality, America features the most black billionaires and black millionaires in the world. America features the highest rates of education for blacks in the world. American blacks enjoy the highest standard of living in the world.

Wingard continued, “Diversity is a rhetorical sleight of hand which ultimately means “fewer white people in positions of power and prestige.”… Diversity is not about diversity; rather, it is about redistributing resources from white people (and Asians) to black and brown people.”

In the final analysis, success in free countries where democracy encourages personal effort, it gets down to IQ’s, educational excellence, individual choices, personal determination and free will. Blaming other races for your own failures such as flunking out of school or joining a gang or getting hooked on drugs…well, that’s on you. Only you can change that no matter what your color.

After having observed America’s racial divisions for five decades, this journalist sees no solutions, no resolutions, and no peace among races. It’s all pretty much how Mother Nature created the human race. There is no equity no matter how much inclusion or social engineering. You’re seeing that play out in Ukraine, Israel-Gaza, Sweden, France, Great Britain and every country forced into endless immigration of disparate/incompatible racial groups.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

In the Undeclared War of 2024, Liberals and Conservatives Must Create an Alliance to Defend American Freedoms

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

December 13, 2023

I am not suggesting acts of violence. Instead, we must use every possible legal avenue to prevent the totalitarian takeover of America.

~ I think it’s a strong possibility that Biden and the Left will activate hostile illegal aliens and domestic rioters to commit acts of violence, murder, and terror across America, to such a tragic degree that Biden will then have an excuse to declare martial law and cancel the November elections. I think that’s their plan. Whether they can carry it out is another matter. ~

In the last three years since Joe Biden was sworn in as President, large numbers of liberals have come to realize that the fanatical members of the hard-left are not their friends, and more specifically, are not the friends of liberty. These liberals have found unexpected common ground with conservatives and yes—even Trump supporters.

The lockdowns and dictatorial mandates during the Covid pandemic shocked freedom-loving citizens. Rejections of cures, hospital malpractice, mask and vaccine mandates, vaccine injuries and deaths, and the squashing of free speech and civilized debate about the issues revealed layers of power-hungry totalitarians spread throughout society.

Simultaneously, Americans have watched inflation soar and our economy turn toward collapse. Businesses shuttered during Covid have not rebounded. Farmers and the food supply are in peril. Fuel supplies are low and costs are rising. The percentage of financially struggling Americans has grown while the wealth of the “richest one percent” has multiplied in an obscene fashion. It is no coincidence that far too many of the ultra-wealthy are not champions of democratic values. They fly on carbon-producing jets to conferences abroad to discuss ways to crush the freedoms of “the common man”—all in the name of saving the planet. Their “science” has been challenged and their motives and actions seem thoroughly self-aggrandizing.

Observing all this, common men and women, otherwise known as freedom-loving Americans, are asking themselves if they really want to be forced to live in fifteen-minute cities with no cars, no cash, and bugs on their dinner plates. They will not be happy “owning nothing.”

What happened to freedom?

Amidst all of these stress-inducing crises, it has become increasingly clear that there’s something deeply wrong with the results of Biden’s open-border policies. An October 30, 2023 article in The Washington Examiner, stated:

“More than 10 million people have been reported illegally entering the United States since President Joe Biden took office in January 2021, the greatest number in history and of any administration. They total more than the individual populations of 41 states.”[1]

It would be one thing if all ten million illegals were peace-loving and wanted to integrate as patriotic Americans. But many are the opposite. Wayne Allyn Root wrote, on October 11, 2023:

“Biden (and his boss Obama) have left the border open. They’ve let millions of dangerous foreigners in. Most of the migrants entering our country are military-age males from China and the Middle East along with MS-13 thugs and gangbangers under the control of the Mexican drug cartels. This is an army of killers now roaming around our country.

If I ruled China, I’d order this army into action to paralyze America with low-tech violence and terrorism — just like the Hamas terror attack in Israel.”[2]

Which brings us to 2024, the year of the “undeclared war” on American freedom. If you were a hard-left totalitarian oligarch, what would you do in 2024? For starters, you’d be deathly afraid of the November 2024 elections. A November 30, 2023 opinion piece by Robert Kagan in The Washington Post presented this headline:

“A Trump dictatorship is increasingly inevitable. We should stop pretending.”[3]

It seems evident that the hard left believes that Trump might win the election. Thus, the media histrionics about Trump and conservatives as evil Nazis, or their ilk, is growing increasingly shrill. Their accusations that Trump is a dictator reflect their own morals and actions. They don’t just see the world darkly—they use lies and calumny as strategy. In case you really, really, really don’t like Trump, I invite you to acknowledge that the Left’s hatred toward Trump is not really about him at all. It’s simply because he’s in their way. Their real target is you, and me, and every person who prefers freedom as a way of life.

The level of American freedom and prosperity during Trump’s four years was far beyond what ordinary Americans are now experiencing under Biden. Unable to admit that truth, the hard-left accuses conservatives of what the Left is doing. But isn’t that always the pattern of evil men and women? To accuse the innocent to cover their own crimes?

The hard left is both hubristic and afraid. The Left is running scared, but at the same time, it’s consumed with its own arrogance and desire to crush the unimportant citizens for whom they have contempt. With the threat of a conservative victory in November 2024, what will the Left attempt?

To remain in power, they must not lose the 2024 elections. Can they win by cheating, as they were accused of doing in 2020? If Trump’s margin is too wide, they might not. What then can they do?

I think it’s a strong possibility that Biden and the Left will activate hostile illegal aliens and domestic rioters to commit acts of violence, murder, and terror across America, to such a tragic degree that Biden will then have an excuse to declare martial law and cancel the November elections. I think that’s their plan. Whether they can carry it out is another matter.

But they have the firepower and the will to do it. They have many leaders of the newly-woke military at their disposal, along with hundreds of thousands of administrative agents who have large amounts of weapons and munitions stored away. This is not a recent development, even though the hiring of 87,000 armed IRS agents has recently been in the headlines.

Ten years ago, on March 10, 2013, Larry Bell wrote an article for Forbes called “Why The Heck Is DHS Buying More Than A Billion Bullets Plus Thousands Of Guns And Mine-Resistant Armored Vehicles?” He stated:

“Maybe some folks remain confused about what he really meant during 2008 campaign remarks, when speaking in Colorado, then-presidential candidate Obama said: ‘We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve national security objectives we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well funded.’ ”⁴

In December 2020, the public charity OpentheBooks.com published a report called “The Militarization of the U.S. Executive Agencies.” That report stated:

“We estimate that there are now more federal officers with arrest and firearm authority (200,000 ) than U.S. Marines (182,000).”⁵

What are the “national security objectives” that Obama referenced? The Left has revealed its intent quite clearly over the last few years. Patriotic Americans are now deplorables and a “threat to national security.”

Can the Biden administration legally declare martial law and suspend the November elections? It would seem unlikely, but if they go to a war footing against Russia (or any country), they’ll have extra power. I’m not a lawyer or constitutional expert. But look at what they’ve gotten away with in the last three years, with the assistance of the compromised mainstream media. Illegality isn’t important to Biden and crew. It’s not important to China, or Sharī‘ah Islamic jihadis. It’s not important to cartels and other criminals.

I believe that Biden’s team is planning to create a massive amount of violence and chaos in America in 2024 and use it as an excuse to throw American freedoms out the window. If this is even a remote possibility, it begs this question:

What will freedom-loving Americans do about it? I’m not suggesting acts of violence. I am stating that it’s far past the hour for liberals and conservatives who love freedom to join together in an alliance of liberty—an alliance that will create a super-majority of American citizens.

That alliance needs to preemptively use every possible legal avenue to prevent Biden’s runaway administration from turning America into a totalitarian country.

Liberals: your hearts are good. You love freedom. It’s now time to reject the propaganda of the leftist media and Biden’s administration and join with your neighbors, family, and friends who are conservative, and together, shoulder to shoulder, save America.

Sponsored Video Content

Conservatives: reach out to your liberal friends and family and convince them that a free America is worth saving. Do any of us, either liberal or conservative, want to live in a totalitarian police state? Of course not! Thus, we must act now.

I believe that God will approve.

Image credit: Pixabay.com. No attribution required.

Bethany Blankley, “Illegal border crossers total over 10 million since Biden inauguration,” October 30, 2023, The Washington Examiner. Accessed on December 9, 2023.
Wayne Allyn Root, “The Hamas Terrorist Attack on Israel is Only the Preliminary Bout. America is ‘the Main Event.’ Here are the Details of the Coming Attack on America by China,”

October 11, 2023. Accessed on December 9, 2023.

Robert Kagan, “A Trump dictatorship is increasingly inevitable. We should stop pretending.” November 30, 2023, The Washington Post. Accessed on December 9, 2023.
Larry Bell, “Why The Heck Is DHS Buying More Than A Billion Bullets Plus Thousands Of Guns And Mine-Resistant Armored Vehicles?,” March 10, 2013, Forbes. Accessed on December 10, 2023.
“The Militarization of the U.S. Executive Agencies | OpenTheBooks Oversight Report,” December 2020. Accessed on December 10, 2023.

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

How The Political Game Is Played: It Doesn’t Get Any Easier To Understand Than This

By Bradlee Dean

December 13, 2023

“They control and supply to both sides.”

Last week, we all had the opportunity to see how the political games are being played (Ephesians 4:14).

During one of my radio broadcasts, the conservatives of the day (yesterday’s liberals), were parroting the CIA Mockingbird media’s lying propaganda narrative (Matthew 5:13; Micah 6:16).

The propagandists were driving people to the seats to watch their favorite clowns in the circus of politics ramp up for, as they called it, its next “showdown.” Read Mark 8:15.

The clowns (Distracters), being used to entertain the goats, were Florida Governor Ron DeSantis, and California Governor Gavin Newsome.

Of course, Ron DeSantis is sold to the American people as the good guy while Gavin Newsom, of course, is sold to the American people as the bad guy.

This system of deception is predicated upon divide and conquer (Mark 3:25). It is in hopes that the people will actually follow along and believe both of these stooges in taking them for face value when pitting them against each other as arch enemies.

However, the same agenda by one source is being pushed forward through both sides.

What is worse is when people are not paying attention to the corrupt fruit hanging on both branches of their administrations in accusing each other of what they are both guilty of doing (Revelation 12:10).

This is leading and controlling the opposition. They create the problem leading up to their political objectives.

“The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.”-Vladmir Lenin

This is controlled opposition. Controlled Opposition is when a deliberate attempt is made to either create an opposing effort to any existing power base, or, to obtain control of any opposition to one’s own efforts.

The American Politician: Yes, We Are Corrupt!

Some time ago, the mainstream media useful idiots came out and did a fair report, unbeknownst to them. It was the perfect example (Outside of the Harlem Globe Trotters bringing a losing team with them to each venue that they played) of what, and how, politics in America are being played.

CNBC highlighted chicken sandwich wars. They reported, “When it comes to Chick-fil-A versus Popeyes, Tyson Foods wins, Jim Cramer.”

When it comes to the chicken sandwich war between Popeyes and Chick-fil-A, investors should buy the hand that feeds them both: Tyson Foods.

That’s CNBC’s Jim Cramer’s take on the viral clash on Twitter in recent weeks where users pit the two fast food chains against one another. Both restaurants turned to the social media platform to promote their respective sandwiches, which resulted in millions of free advertisement for both companies.

“When you see all these people lined up outside Popeye’s waiting for a bite of their terrific new chicken sandwich, you should buy the biggest arms dealer in chicken world … Tyson Foods,” the “Mad Money” host said. “Whether Chick-fil-A or Popeyes wins the chicken wars, Tyson will always come out ahead.”

Popeyes, which is a subsidiary of the publicly traded Restaurant Brands International, rolled out the first chicken sandwich on its menu nationwide earlier this month. Many of its locations had sold out of both its mild and spicy chicken sandwiches in recent weeks due to the frenzy of customers looking to get their hands on one.

Cramer, however, doesn’t recommend buying shares of its parent company if investors expect to get a noticeable piece of the profit bump. Popeyes accounts for 12% of the holding company’s store base and potentially 7% of its earnings, the host said. Restaurant Brands also owns Canadian coffee franchise Tim Horton’s and the aptly-named burger chain Burger King, which makes up most of the conglomerate’s revenues.

Chick-fil-A is privately held, so the public won’t be able to get in on the action of the highest-selling chicken chain in the U.S.

“Maybe the real takeaway here is that people just love chicken, and if that’s the case, you don’t need to invest in the chicken war directly, you need to buy an arms dealer,” Cramer said.

The chicken business in Tyson Foods, one of the largest producers of poultry, beef and pork, makes up 30% of sales, he added. The stock has seen its share of ups and downs in recent years, in the wake of higher labor and transportation costs, but the share price has run more than 70% in 2019. The stock closed Monday’s session above $91 a piece.

Conclusion: Politicians are pitted against one another to fill the seats by the same ones pulling the strings and driving the narrative, just like that of “Chick-fil-A” and “Popeyes” in Tyson’s being the one behind selling them both the chicken.

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

‘Snow Is Black’ Syndrome Taught In Our Schools

By Anita Hoge

December 12, 2023

How do you create equity and diversity in the classroom? Family background, age, religion, beliefs, values, character, personality, IQ, biology, and multiple arenas of experiences make each child unique…but not in the eyes of DEI, diversity, equity, and inclusion. It is unconscionable thinking to make children equal but the wheels keep grinding forward. Realize, it’s not equality in opportunity that is the charge. It is the child who will be mashed into a mold to be forced to think the same.

The whole child must serve the democracy of sameness. When social and emotional learning interventions are implemented how do teachers decide which emotion or value will be targeted? And how do teachers pick which intervention to use to change a specific value? They don’t. It’s a blanket of psychological manipulations. Hopefully, parents are beginning to realize that social and emotional learning is social engineering and the goal is to create controversy in a child’s belief and value system. Emotion regulation means to dissolve your child’s emotions, not one particular one, all of them. A child cannot say he hates strawberry ice cream because that would be discrimination or racist. So now Johnny cannot have an opinion or value judgement about the weather. If it’s cold to him, it might not be cold to others. The teacher asks for other opinions. He would worry that he would be wrong. Others may condemn him. He refuses to speak. Others shame him. The group surrounds him. The group shouts him down. His will is broken. The group is awesome. Peer pressure dominates. Snow is black.

When children were pressured in a federally funded Kohlbergian moral growth project to determine if Hitler was bad, Lisa was afraid to answer because of someone criticizing her for her answer. The concept is universal values. The teacher’s Socratic questioning remarked, “was Hitler bad or whether he was wrong?”(Source: “Promoting Moral Growth from Piaget to Kohlberg,” Hersh, Paolitto, Reimer; (page 189) This technique is called, cognitive conflict or cognitive dissonance, or creating a conflict in what the student believes:

The student replied,

Lisa: “The only thing -I can tell you I’m really confused because, since this class
I’ve had to consider an awful lot more than I ever would. And I’m so confused as
to what is really right and what is really wrong. I feel like in a sense that I know so
little about what is right and what’s wrong that I can’t say that Hitler was even
bad. Or that we have a right to our own lives. I don’t know.”

Teacher: “One thing, we are making a distinction between whether Hitler was
bad or whether he was wrong.”

Lisa: “I don’t really know whether he was wrong. Just because I don’t want to
say anything definite. I’m afraid of, somebody could prove me wrong in a
different way.”

“Thinking skills” are twisted to impose a new way of thinking by using critical race theory to create a new kind of prejudice where the oppressor is the victim. Even in kindergarten classes this technique is used to turn the tables in the Three Little Pigs story where the wolf is the victim because he likes pork.

A behavior changing activity reported some years ago included roll playing where the student had to write a persuasive essay as the individual in the first-person to argue that the Germans were the victims during the holocaust.

“Think like a Nazi.” (Source: Think Like A Nazi🙂

This following activity was news worthy of a value changing technique: “Students in Albany High School English classes were asked this week as part of a persuasive writing assignment to make an abhorrent argument: “You must argue that Jews are evil, and use solid rationale from government propaganda to convince me of your loyalty to the Third Reich!”

Students were asked to watch and read Nazi propaganda, then pretend their teacher was a Nazi government official who needed to be convinced of their loyalty. In five paragraphs, they were required to prove that Jews were the source of Germany’s problems.”

Shoving artificial stress on children through a series of conflict exercises and Marxist antagonism to change fragile belief systems is wrong. The true question of why depression and suicide is on the rise in young children, should we first look at this agenda in our nations schools? These techniques and activities change value judgements, emotions, and dispositions of children through controversial curriculum. The idea of mass social engineering started in the behavioral sciences by Lord Bertrand Russell, who joined the Frankfurt School in his effort of “producing an unshakable conviction that snow is black”. Taken from his 1951 book, The Impact of Science on Society:

“The subject (mass social engineering) will make great strides when it is taken up by scientists under a scientific dictatorship….The social psychologists of the future will have a number of classes of school children on whom they will try different methods of producing an unshakable conviction that snow is black. Various results will soon be arrived at. First, that the influence of home is obstructive. Second, that not much can be done unless indoctrination begins before the age of ten. Third, that verses set to music and repeatedly intoned are very effective. Fourth, that the opinion that snow is white must be held to show a morbid taste for eccentricity. But I anticipate. It is for future scientists to make these maxims precise and discover exactly how much it costs per head to make children believe that snow is black, and how much less it would cost to make them believe it is dark gray.” (Emp.mine.)

Priming Kids For Change Through Universal Screening

Prevention they scream. Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports, PBIS, universal screening IS mass social engineering and your school is the touch point of changing your child’s behavior through Skinnarian reward and punishment. However, the PBIS teaching techniques and interventions are not a curriculum like history or math that parents can walk into the school and look at a book or computer program. No. It’s Universal Screening and PBIS teacher training that will control their behavior. (Source: PBIS Training)

These are time honored and time purchased teacher PBIS training sessions for teachers to become that fake, unlicensed psychologist in the classroom. And yes, data they will collect. Teachers are enablers. Note that all of this data collection is arbitrarily collected of how a teacher feels, or thinks about a child! Yes, teachers monitor their behavior and catalogue every move your child makes. How does a teacher really decide what points to enter into their data dashboard about Johnny or Suzy? And how does this data collection reflect the rewards and punishments in a classroom?

Universal interventions are the first step to control behavior. This makes the child receptive through conditioning. The next step uses Critical Race Theory (conflict activities) that replace the child’s values and beliefs.

The Whole Child Must Be Controlled

To control behavior (how a child will act) you must create conflicts in what the child believes and feels, the whole child. All standards in a strategic plan at school are written in “performance” behavioral objectives. Blooms Taxonomy uses the following prototype: cognitive + affective = psychomotor: think + feel = behavior: MIND + SOUL = BODY.

This means the whole child. The soul is the target in social and emotional learning.

The Snow is Black Syndrome or Not Quite Snow White

Once the Skinnarian techniques (PBIS) prime the conditioned child, an example of an activity using the book “Not Quite Snow White” proves as this parent from New York City explains, teaching her 7 year old diversity and equity is implanted as indoctrination. (Source: Not Quite Snow White)

According to the woke culture, laws of nature would be exploited. Biology must be changed. Rules and regulations must be thrown out. Remember, BF Skinner would prove that pigeons could play ping pong or play the piano. This is quite significant because he wanted to prove Nature could be controlled. The artificial is more valuable than the natural. Thereby, science becomes that which we can manipulate with Nature, not what we understand of it. (Source: Skinner teaches pigeons how to play ping-pong) Human nature becomes moldable and captive children fit easily into that mold. Transgender aligns to this thinking by destroying and ignoring science albeit biology and genetics still rule what gender truly is, male and female. But the push for androgyny is upon us, ask female swimmer, Riley Gaines.

Following this concept of being woke, we would now teach students that their ancestors were racist. Our Founding Fathers were white male supremacists. History books are wrong. Defund the police to control crime. Males are too competitive and aggressive. Loans, housing, and laws are racist. Everything you were ever taught about America is wrong. Nature will be controlled and so would human biology through massive mutilation of little boys and little girls although through an artificial process of surgery and hormone blockers. America is the evil empire and your children are the target for change if they believe in God, family, loyalty, patriotism, or the Constitution.

A new mindset is developed. Moral absolutes are replaced with a flexible mindset. All of the past Industrial Age of academic knowledge-based content would be tossed into the air to let fall in disorder and chaos. 2 + 2 = 5. Equity and democracy would create the level playing field. There would be no one smarter, more beautiful, more wealthy, or more anything. Redistributing wealth would rebalance the economy. Pure democracy would create equity in human beings across the board. This means teaching to an average that would create a functional literate by The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America. Individualism no more.

The spies around us are taking notes and the filtered data will come back to haunt us.

This system will rip the soul from your child.

Snow is black.

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@icloud.com

Washington’s Farewell Address, Part 1

By Paul Engel

December 12, 2023

While preparing to leave office, the first President under the new Constitution left the country he loved a present.
He not only discussed why he was retiring, but provided some salient advice on how those who would pick up his mantle should seriously consider.
The advice he gave his nation is something we should review, more than once.

As he prepared to leave office, President George Washington gave a Farewell Address.

Friends and Citizens:

The period for a new election of a citizen to administer the executive government of the United States being not far distant, and the time actually arrived when your thoughts must be employed in designating the person who is to be clothed with that important trust, it appears to me proper, especially as it may conduce to a more distinct expression of the public voice, that I should now apprise you of the resolution I have formed, to decline being considered among the number of those out of whom a choice is to be made.

As our thoughts are employed in the designation of the person who is to be clothed with the trust of administering the executive branch of the government of the United States, I think we should look back at the advice and warnings from the first occupant of that office.

Retirement at Last

As Washington said in the opening of his farewell address, he would not serve a third term.

The acceptance of, and continuance hitherto in, the office to which your suffrages have twice called me have been a uniform sacrifice of inclination to the opinion of duty and to a deference for what appeared to be your desire. I constantly hoped that it would have been much earlier in my power, consistently with motives which I was not at liberty to disregard, to return to that retirement from which I had been reluctantly drawn. The strength of my inclination to do this, previous to the last election, had even led to the preparation of an address to declare it to you; but mature reflection on the then perplexed and critical posture of our affairs with foreign nations, and the unanimous advice of persons entitled to my confidence, impelled me to abandon the idea.

Not once, but twice, George Washington was called on to be President of the new country under the new Constitution, and twice he agreed. With the expectation that he would be called again a third time, Mr. Washington wished only to retire to Mount Vernon. After seeking advice from those in his confidence, he made it clear that he intended to return to the retirement he had previously enjoyed.

In looking forward to the moment which is intended to terminate the career of my public life, my feelings do not permit me to suspend the deep acknowledgment of that debt of gratitude which I owe to my beloved country for the many honors it has conferred upon me; still more for the steadfast confidence with which it has supported me; and for the opportunities I have thence enjoyed of manifesting my inviolable attachment, by services faithful and persevering, though in usefulness unequal to my zeal. …

Here, perhaps, I ought to stop. But a solicitude for your welfare, which cannot end but with my life, and the apprehension of danger, natural to that solicitude, urge me, on an occasion like the present, to offer to your solemn contemplation, and to recommend to your frequent review, some sentiments which are the result of much reflection, of no inconsiderable observation, and which appear to me all-important to the permanency of your felicity as a people.

As Mr. Washington prepares to retire, his concerns over the welfare of the people of the United States leads him to one last duty. He takes the time to record the dangers he foresees and to provide advice. It was his hope that the people would frequently review his warnings. Let us renew that tradition, starting today.

Strength of the Union

The unity of government which constitutes you one people is now dear to you. It is justly so, for it is a main pillar in the edifice of your real independence, the support of your tranquility at home, your peace abroad; of your safety; of your prosperity; of that very liberty which you so highly prize. But as it is easy to foresee that, from different causes and from different quarters, much pains will be taken, many artifices employed to weaken in your minds the conviction of this truth; as this is the point in your political fortress against which the batteries of internal and external enemies will be most constantly and actively (though often covertly and insidiously) directed, it is of infinite moment that you should properly estimate the immense value of your national union to your collective and individual happiness; that you should cherish a cordial, habitual, and immovable attachment to it; accustoming yourselves to think and speak of it as of the palladium of your political safety and prosperity; watching for its preservation with jealous anxiety; discountenancing whatever may suggest even a suspicion that it can in any event be abandoned; and indignantly frowning upon the first dawning of every attempt to alienate any portion of our country from the rest, or to enfeeble the sacred ties which now link together the various parts.

Washington knew that enemies, both foreign and domestic, would seek to pull this nation apart. That only a people devoted to unity within the union would support the peace and safety they so greatly prized. That those enemies would work to devalue and divide the union. That the division and alienation that has become the basis of so much of our society would be the destruction of more than the union, but of our domestic tranquility itself. We are witnessing the prescience of Washington’s warning. Perhaps we can learn how best to rescue ourselves from this situation by reading more of his words.

For this you have every inducement of sympathy and interest. Citizens, by birth or choice, of a common country, that country has a right to concentrate your affections. The name of American, which belongs to you in your national capacity, must always exalt the just pride of patriotism more than any appellation derived from local discriminations. With slight shades of difference, you have the same religion, manners, habits, and political principles. You have in a common cause fought and triumphed together; the independence and liberty you possess are the work of joint counsels, and joint efforts of common dangers, sufferings, and successes.

Being an American used to be a source of pride. Whether a citizen by birth or by choice, patriotism should supercede our petty differences. Our willingness to tolerate our minor differences led to our independence and liberty in a way no other nation has ever achieved. Our willingness to come together to face our common dangers and sufferings and to protect the rights of our neighbors and fellow citizens now seems to have weakened to the point of failure. Because of this, the American motto e pluribus unum, out of many one, is collapsing into e unum pluribus, out of one many. More and more we are no longer Americas, but African-Americans, Latino-Americas, Asian-Americans, LGBTQ-Americans, along with another host of hyphenated titles. We forget that what all of these labels have in common is that we are all Americans. While we set ourselves against our hyphenated brethren, while we tear the Union apart with our focus on division, we lose one of the things that once made America the shining city on a hill Ronald Reagan once talked about: Affection for our neighbors.

In contemplating the causes which may disturb our Union, it occurs as matter of serious concern that any ground should have been furnished for characterizing parties by geographical discriminations, Northern and Southern, Atlantic and Western; whence designing men may endeavor to excite a belief that there is a real difference of local interests and views. One of the expedients of party to acquire influence within particular districts is to misrepresent the opinions and aims of other districts. You cannot shield yourselves too much against the jealousies and heartburnings which spring from these misrepresentations; they tend to render alien to each other those who ought to be bound together by fraternal affection.

It’s not just ethic backgrounds that are being used to divide us. Have you noticed how we all have fallen into these geographic distinctions? North vs south, eastern vs western, coastal vs central, even urban vs rural. How often have we seen those who seek after influence lie about those of other groups? So often that we even have a joke about it. “How can you tell when a politician is lying…” We have divided ourselves to the point that some are calling for a national divorce, a dividing of the union, or even a civil war. It seems to me that most of this division comes more from political agitation than actual differences.

Centrality of the Constitution

The basis of our political systems is the right of the people to make and to alter their constitutions of government. But the Constitution which at any time exists, till changed by an explicit and authentic act of the whole people, is sacredly obligatory upon all. The very idea of the power and the right of the people to establish government presupposes the duty of every individual to obey the established government.

For this union to exist, all parties must agree to the obligation of following the Constitution established by the people. We create governments via constitutions. Until the people change the powers and function of the government established by the Constitution, we are all obliged to follow that government. However, what happens when that government violates the constitution which created it? As the Constitution states, we owe our allegiance to the Constitution as the supreme law of the land, not to the men who may pervert it. Yet how many today even know what the Constitution says? You are almost certainly not going to learn it in law school, where they teach the opinion of judges supersedes the supreme law of the land. If we do not read the Constitution for ourselves, how are we to know whether an act of Congress, a regulation from the executive branch, or the opinion of a judge is obstructing the supreme law? How are we to know if those who serve in government are obstructing the very law they swore or affirmed to support?

All obstructions to the execution of the laws, all combinations and associations, under whatever plausible character, with the real design to direct, control, counteract, or awe the regular deliberation and action of the constituted authorities, are destructive of this fundamental principle, and of fatal tendency. They serve to organize faction, to give it an artificial and extraordinary force; to put, in the place of the delegated will of the nation the will of a party, often a small but artful and enterprising minority of the community;

The Diseased Minds Of Liberals

Have you noticed how the execution of laws seems to be focused on factions and political parties? What one group does goes unpunished while a group from another faction is severely punished. This is not merely double standards, but is destructive to the fundamental principle of liberty and equal protection under the law. We shouldn’t be surprised, since for decades those in charge of making and executing the laws, not to mention those tasked with deciding controversies, have been obstructing the execution of the Constitution as the supreme law of the land while We the People stood around, watched, and cheered.

Conclusion

There is so much we can learn from Washington’s Farewell Address I’ve had to break it up into two parts. In the next article I will review the rest of the document. Before I close today though, I would like you to consider this. At the birth of our country, our very first President set the standards and traditions that Presidents have followed for almost 150 years. As the people we have placed in office, along with those we hire to represent us and the states, have walked away from his advice, we have watched the crumbling of the republic. Perhaps, by frequent review of Washington’s advice, we can return the republic to the constitutionally sound country he helped create.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

It’s Now Our Patrick Henry Time in History

By: Devvy

December 11, 2023

I am compelled to take Americans back to a time in history that so mirrors today – (actually far worse than back then) because there is no more time to simply hope things are going to get better. Almost beyond comprehension, the Democrat/Communist Party USA put up a career criminal candidate in 2020 who was already suffering from dementia to run as their choice for president.

The shadow government (aka deep state) took over, put career criminal, Joe Biden in the basement and used the media manufactured COVID-19 hysteria to keep the American people corralled and hog-tied by locking down this country. And to keep Biden’s obvious dementia out of the public spot light as much as possible while the prostitute media crucified Trump.

America, formerly the most powerful, free and prosperous country in the history of mankind installs a lying cheat losing his mind as our president. How world leaders must have laughed watching Biden speak to 15 people at a rally vs Trump speaking to 30,000 at a rally. It’s not funny for us but it was the plan of those working to destroy America.

Powerful forces went after Donald Trump with a vengeance never seen in the history of this country for a political candidate; in this case, an incumbent president running for a second term. A second term Trump won because five swing states all violated federal election law and a simply ignored a U.S. Supreme Court ruling. Once Trump was removed from the WH, Americans paying attention knew without a doubt the indictments brought against him are to destroy Trump before the election in November 2024. The impeachments didn’t work, so we’ll go with bogus indictments brought by political hacks like Leticia James and big Fani Willis.

That ploy has backfired big time and has made Trump even more of a hero to millions because fair minded Americans are disgusted over indictments brought to keep a political opponent tied up in court rooms instead of on the campaign trail. Election interference driven by dirty politics.

The Unreachables out there so committed to their morally bankrupt, dirty, filthy corrupt Democrat/Communist Party USA, they don’t give a damn. Every time I hear someone (usually talk radio hosts) say ‘polls show votes for Biden’, I want to scream. What rubbish. Nothing but meaningless noise while real solutions aren’t even hinted at by big name talk show hosts and nightly anchors on ABC, CBS, NBC, FOX, MSNBC. Just the same old recycled election year rhetoric.

Even the most uneducated, brainwashed Democrats out there are not voting for Biden who without any doubt has Altzheimer’s disease. It matters not to the empty-headed crones on The View boob tube show entertaining an equally vacuous audience of dullards who continue to support that empty suit who stole the election. It matters not to millions of registered Democrats and likely many ‘independent’ voters because they are not voting for Biden.

They are voting for the massively destructive policies being shoved down our throats by unelected officials in cabinets and agencies that have ZERO Constitutional authority to exist. Policies implemented by non-elected individuals who hate Christians and constitutionalists. Those policies and endless regulations are simply a resurrection of tyranny by constitutionally ineligible to run for president, Hussein Obama, who stole two elections via fraud. That lying piece of human garbage who promised to “transform America”. The fools out there believed his sales pitch and here we are today. A nation divided, the herds tamed, hate dominating our culture and institutions of lower learning.

But make no mistake: Hussein Obama and one of his key coconspirators right through today, Valerie Jarrett, (FBI Files Document Communism in Valerie Jarrett’s Family) take their marching orders from higher up and make sure Biden follows through. And right now, they have a huge problem. Medicating Biden into zombie land for any public appearance is no longer working. The shadow government is done with old Uncle Joe.

This latest and very serious indictment of his son, Hunter, is not a minor burp Biden’s cheerleaders and official mouthpieces can brush off. There’s not going to be any rescue this time around. You can read the full indictment here. Where does that leave Joe? Mentally he’s already gone so he’ll follow orders. If he’s told by his elder abuser wife, Jill, he has to step down to “give his full support to his son”, that’s what Joe will do and probably – although he’d never say it out loud – relived not to have to perform as a sock puppet day in and day out. Just give me my favorite ice cream cone and let me sit on the beach.

After my husband passed away, about a year later I became a part time substitute teacher. The first summer when school was out, I worked part time at the wonderful veteran’s home just outside of town. I had 20 hours of formal training on dealing with and caring for vets (men and a few women) suffering from either dementia or Altzheimer’s.

I spent many hours that summer around men (mostly in the 70 years old to their mid-90’s) who fought in undeclared wars and protected our homeland. Too see them no longer able to do more than play simple board games, BINGO or just wheel them around was pretty heart breaking. Former top shape Marines were frail old men having to suffer the humiliation of a female nurse change their diaper or give them showers. Some would remember me as I did my best to make their day a better one. Others were just confused and at times afraid because they didn’t know what was really going on. Some just sat alone on a couch talking to the wall or an imaginary someone.

My late mother had dementia for about six years before she passed away and was inching towards Altzheimer’s. When you really stop and think about it, it’s simply unbelievable the people of this country would tolerate a president (this one who cheated his way into the WH) who has been in mental decline for many years. A very dangerous situation. Biden has been a huge embarrassment at every public function since he became the Democrat/Communist Party USA nominee.

Some say Biden was okay in 2020 but has “lost some steps” since then. BS. His handlers kept him out of the public eye as much as possible and no doubt in my mind, meds kept him somewhat coherent until the Nov. 2020 steal. Not anymore. That habitual liar stumbling around in full view of the world has become a real liability for the shadow government.

The dilemma for the destroyers is next in line, “Legs in the air”, Kamala Ho Harris. Another absolute embarrassment to this country. No one wanted her when she ran against Biden and the last nearly three years have shown Harris to be a cackling, brainless nitwit. So, what will the destroyers do as the clock ticks and those upcoming primaries loom? They know damn well Trump would reduce Biden to a crybaby if the two debated. Biden’s campaign will not commit yet to participating in general election debates in 2024, Dec. 6, 2023

I know millions of Americans who know the truth on so many of the major issues feel defeated because despite all the congressional hearings, not a single person has gone to jail. None of the liars and crooks have been held accountable. Remember how Trump very vocally promised to have Hillary Clinton investigated for using a private e-mail server, among her other crimes? The shouting which brought down the roof at rallies: Lock her up! Lock her up!

June 2, 2016 – “Trump called for Clinton to be jailed during a campaign rally in San Jose, Calif., calling her “guilty as hell.” “Hillary Clinton has to go to jail. She has to go to jail. I said that.” Nov. 22, 2016 – “I don’t want to hurt the Clintons, I really don’t. She went through a lot and suffered greatly in many different ways,” Trump told The New York Times.

“My inclination would be for whatever power I have on the matter is to say let’s go forward. This has been looked at for so long, ad nauseam,” he continued. “Trump quickly faced backlash from his supporters, most notably the conservative media site Breitbart.com, which ran a headline blasting Trump’s “broken promise” to his base.”

Hildebeast suffered in many ways? What about our dead in Benghazi? If you haven’t watched 13 Hours: The Secret Soldiers of Benghazi, you need to. When testifying in front of Congress about Benghazi, Hildebeast famously growled, “What Difference, At This Point, Does it Make?’ (Video clip) The witch.

Intel expert: New docs confirm Hillary gun-running op, Oct. 21, 2015. “At long last, some of the details about Secretary Clinton’s Department of State gun-running operation to the al-Qaida-and-Muslim-Brotherhood-dominated Libyan rebels are beginning to emerge,” said Clare Lopez, a member of the Citizens’ Commission who served as a career operations officer with the CIA and is currently vice president for research at the Washington-based Center for Security Policy.

“It’s long been known that under President Obama and Secretary of State Clinton, the U.S. switched sides in the global war on terror, but the White House successfully concealed much about its agenda to replace secular North African leaders with Muslim Brotherhood regimes – until now,” she said.”

How could ANY veteran vote for Joe Biden after the worst military disaster in our history: Cut and run from Afghanistan. 13 dead soldiers and thousands of Americans left stranded while Joe puddled around the WH or off to his multi-million-dollar Delaware beach front vacation home. Not to mention $80 BILLION dollars of our military hardware and equipment left behind. How obscene.

Patrick Henry. His speech to the Second Virginia Revolutionary Convention meeting at St. John’s Church, Richmond, on March 23, 1775, was a turning point in our history. This is a small portion but the state of our nation in 2023 is in even worse dire straits than back then. What the Crown in Great Britain under King George was doing to the people who inhabited this new land pales in comparison to where we are today.

Read his words. They go deep into the soul. Patrick Henry knew what was going to happen down the road. He also knew cowards would turn their backs and side with the British Crown. Except for about 3% of the population at that time who were committed to busting the yoke of servitude and tyranny.

“This is no time for ceremony. The questing before the House is one of awful moment to this country. For my own part, I consider it as nothing less than a question of freedom or slavery; and in proportion to the magnitude of the subject ought to be the freedom of the debate. It is only in this way that we can hope to arrive at truth, and fulfill the great responsibility which we hold to God and our country. Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offense, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the Majesty of Heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.

“Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the number of those who, having eyes, see not, and, having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it. I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided, and that is the lamp of experience.

“I know of no way of judging the future but by the past. And judging by the past, I wish to know what there has been in the conduct of the British ministry for the last ten years to justify those hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to solace themselves and the House. Is it that insidious smile with which our petition has been lately received? Trust it not, sir; it will prove a snare to your feet.

“Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. Ask yourselves how this gracious reception of our petition comports with those warlike preparations which cover our waters and darken our land. Are fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and reconciliation? Have we shown ourselves so unwilling to be reconciled that force must be called in to win back our love? Let us not deceive ourselves, sir. These are the implements of war and subjugation; the last arguments to which kings resort. I ask gentlemen, sir, what means this martial array, if its purpose be not to force us to submission?”

This is not a ‘call to arms’ but it most certainly is our Patrick Henry moment in history where Americans need to stop being distracted by flashy headlines or trivial pursuits. While I do a lot of serious research, I do glance at some headlines here and there to keep up with trends and last week was a doozy. A singer named Taylor Swift was given front cover and named Person of the Year by the joke called Time Magazine. Taylor Swift Is Forbes’ 5th Most Powerful Woman in the World

WHAT? If I have it straight, Ms. Taylor has already hauled in a billion dollars from her current world tour with more expected. B for billion. That is a ton of moola. A woman (as woke as they come) who apparently doesn’t have such good luck in the love department and after the endless and predictable break-ups, writes songs for her albums chronicling her pain. Boohoo.

God save us from the “influencers”. Tik Tok as well as other platforms have exploded with videos of mostly women called influencers. Get a better body, better make-up – you name it, there’s an influencer out there to tell you how to think or do for a thousand different things. Oh, and they’re making BIG money doing it – especially the ones half-dressed with big breasts. God only gives us so much time on this earth. I should waste mine watching some ‘influencer’? How in the world did America get along for hundreds of years without all these nobodies trying to direct you to some way of thinking?

Those are just a couple of quick examples while the shadow government’s minions never stop working towards implementing their plans to destroy us. NGO’s (non-governmental agencies) are some of the worst aiding and abetting those working towards a world government as well as non-profits like The Rockefeller Foundation. I covered the congressional hearings on those evil doers soon after my web site went on-line, July 4, 1998.

Come January, patriotic Americans need to get on the same page as far as top priority issues: Election fraud and the massive invasion at our southern border. We have come to the point where it’s either the Constitution or submission. Yes, our elections have been stolen from We the People since the late 1960’s. Yes, partisan judges should be removed from the bench. Can we beat them at their own game on those issues? Yes, we can. No more Band Aid bills that don’t cure the problems made by Congresses and state legislatures over the decades. Right at the top is the privately owned “Federal” Reserve and manipulation of our currency.

The upcoming primaries are absolutely critical. I know I sound like a broken record but if you don’t oust an incumbent, come November we end up with the shadow government’s choice, R or D. Re-hire the same incumbent responsible for where we are today.

But, how do we do this? There are literally thousands of groups and organizations fighting for our very existence as a constitutional republic. Really hard-working dedicated Americans. I know because I’ve been in the trenches full time for 31 years and I do a hell of a lot of research. Unfortunately, too many get infiltrated by RINO’s pretending to be for American values, real freedom and liberty while stabling us in the back. Too many don’t really know the genesis of when and how the problem started so they accept scraps from Congress and state capitols.

Unlike the years leading up to the American Revolution and the war of independence, we have tools they didn’t have which enables us to reach tens of millions of Americans. But we need Americans to make that commitment to America first; past times, hobbies and leisure time has to be put on the back burner. People say they’re fighting for their children and their future and we are but still, too many sit on the side lines expecting someone else to do the work. Others are waiting for ‘the rapture’, Jesus will come and save us all. No, it’s up to us.

In part II, what must happen: Separate States from Federal Tyranny

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

NEW E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

If you missed these:

Pew Study: White Liberals Disproportionately Suffer From Mental Illness

Want to Make a Difference? Read On

War-Monger Nimarata Nikki Haley: Globalist’s Darling

He Should Be Trump’s VP Running Mate

This is an absolute must read. Just substitute the current traitors for the previous ones Jeri names in her writing. Since she wrote the 20-page overview below, the WEF (World Economic Forum), Blackrock and Vanguard have come out of the shadows and have made their moves now quite openly. But, the end game remains the same.

Can the New World Order be defeated? Yes!

Can Americans save this nation and the world? Absolutely!

Masters of Seduction shows the way! Condensed from the book Masters of Seduction (Plus Vital New Facts)

MASTERS OF SEDUCTION – Beguiling Americans Into Slavery and Self-destruction

Tucker Carlson’s Cure for Stress and Key to Happiness

By Steven Yates

December 11, 2023

One of the most hated men in media suffers “zero stress” because of it. Here’s why.

I began streaming episodes of Tucker Carlson Tonight a couple of years ago, having read his book Ship of Fools: How a Selfish Ruling Class Is Bringing America to the Brink of Revolution (2018). If you haven’t read this book, you should.

His show on Fox News had already become the most watched of its kind.

Obviously, Tucker Carlson is polarizing. This is because he’s hated by the ruling elites, their servile employees and disciples up and down corporate media and among left-indoctrinated populations (young, urban, “diverse,” “educated,” etc.) — but loved by an audience that craves often unpleasant but always truthful information, presented in a manner that is positive, upbeat, and sometimes even funny.

The man clearly loves what he’s doing, loves his life, enjoys serving his audience, and seems genuinely happy!

Fox News abruptly canceled Tucker Carlson Tonight back in April under circumstances no one has revealed. This was on the heels of Fox’s settlement with Dominion, so many suspected a connection. None was proven, so we don’t know; Carlson himself denies knowing what transpired. Obviously, it wasn’t a purely business decision. With Carlson’s departure, Fox lost a lot of viewers.

What struck me was how gracefully he handled it. He didn’t react angrily, or strike out at his former employer. “It’s not my company,” he told podcasters in one interview. Landing on his feet, he created Tucker on Twitter (now Tucker on X) and kept on as if nothing fundamental had changed.

A moment of self-disclosure: I lost the best teaching job I had (early 1990s) because a senior faculty member went behind my back. I’ll spare you the details, except to say: when I learned the truth (two years later), I wasn’t a happy camper! Not for months! No, make that years!

My inability to forgive and move on cost me. My recollection of that era led me to want to know: What was Tucker’s secret?

Well, thanks to Sasha Stone on Substack, we now know. It’s an epiphany!

Not only do we learn Carlson’s secret of happiness and how to move on, but we gain insight into why our national and global ruling classes are so horrible — why everything they touch, they ruin.

A double-whammy, in other words!

Carlson’s secret: care only about the opinions of people who care about you.

Corollary: do not anguish over the opinions of strangers. The opinions of people who don’t know you, don’t care about you, and never will, shouldn’t matter to you.

Choice quotations:

“The opinions of people you don’t know mean nothing.”

“Never hand emotional control to people who don’t love you.”

“Keep the circle of people whose opinions you care about really small. Pay very close attention to what they think, and ignore everybody else. In my case, obviously, I’m one of the most hated people in the world, and that causes me zero stress.”

“Everybody cares what other people think. Make the decision who you hand that power to.”

Who should you hand it to? Family, for sure. If your spouse hates what you do, you should pay attention (!). If your children don’t respect you, you’ve done something wrong. Feedback from close friends, colleagues or work associates, employees: these matter. Neighbors? Possibly. Depends on the neighbors. The resulting orbit whose opinions you should care about will probably be fewer than twenty people.

What about the rest?

Especially if you’re a writer, hardly famous (!), who’d like to expand (or build) an audience!

I’ve no idea how many people see what I write. I have no access to NWV stats. A select number of readers email me semi-regularly. A handful I’ve gotten to know a little. Most enjoy my articles. One or two do not.

Carlson’s point still seems valid, even for guys like me. To obsess over negativity from strangers is a recipe for stress and anxiety — even for relatively unknown writers.

I was recently motivated to do some thinking about who I am writing for — especially as my output goes all across the map, from political economy to personal development to paranormal fiction! What came to mind: (1) Readers suspicious of vested authority, including so-called “experts.” They realize that, at best, “our” political class is as self-interested as everyone else: more so, however much they try to hide it. Many “experts” are where they are for political reasons. Look at Dr. Fauci. Lauded not just as a doctor but “the nation’s Number One Expert in infectious diseases,” he hasn’t treated a patient in decades. He’s an upper-echelon career federal bureaucrat. His enjoyment — if it really is that (and I have my doubts) comes not from serving people but wielding money and power, and in ways that unleashed destruction.

Many of us concluded long ago that trust in authority should be earned, not given away for free.

I’d love to connect with more such people!

Because (2): bad experiences with authority open minds to new options. I’m writing for readers interested in learning more about them. Even if they aren’t about to let a writer they don’t know personally lead them by their noses. (Not that I’m trying to do that.)

The Hidden Psychology Of “Our” Ruling Class Explains Why It Ruins Everything It Touches.

We have, in Tucker Carlson’s ensuing words, an account of why “our” ruling class is so disgusting (his word).

It’s not simply that political and corporate elites want to control others, or get rich through corruption or “passive income,” i.e., income gained without having done any work that genuinely serves others.

Some may be born sociopaths. Others may have become sociopathic because they are emotionally damaged. This compels the worst of them to seek absolute power. The more modestly damaged aren’t content unless they have adulation from masses of strangers.

How does this work?

Earlier this year, a friend and I did some deep dives into the psychology of the desire to control others. I’d vaguely known: Lenin, Stalin, Hitler, all grew up under fathers who beat the daylights out of them.

It’s common knowledge: abused children frequently become abusive adults. The neglected become narcissists or develop other personality disorders.

I’ve seen this firsthand. I’ve encountered and even sometimes worked alongside people who were highly intelligent but also opportunists unafraid to use people and situations to get what they wanted. They weren’t self-aware enough to see what they were doing, why others eventually steered clear of them, why their marriages failed, or why in a few cases they even ran afoul of the law.

It’s a matter of degree. Those damaged beyond repair as children learned only violence and hatred. When they got absolute power, they exacted maximum damage on their countries, sometimes sending millions of people to their deaths.

They hate people, because they hate themselves and the world generally.

Sometimes the damage is more modest. Parents were emotionally absent, or families were dysfunctional. These are the folks who live for the adulation of people they don’t know, whose problems they don’t know beyond a few superficials, and whom they can’t possibly care about as persons.

While individual cases doubtless differ, as a group these folks seek attention from strangers because they never received any genuine nurturing as children.

Tucker Carlson called this “the darkest sickness of all.”

That’s “our” political class — even those who see themselves as well-intentioned (doesn’t everybody?).

This need for adulation, even love, from strangers isn’t tied to party affiliation or even ideology, although I suspect it afflicts those on the left more than it does those on the right.

Bill Clinton came from a dysfunctional family.

Donald Trump? Hero to many, but also (sadly!) damaged. His father, Fred Trump, was not a nice person, and his older brother Freddy Jr., cut from a different piece of cloth altogether, sank into alcoholism under their father’s verbal abuse and died tragically at age 42. The Trumps were rich and talented, but also dysfunctional. These are not mutually exclusive.

Carlson implies that when those who seek adulation from strangers don’t get it — the strangers don’t simply fall in line — this tendency easily morphs into a desire to control them. They then rationalize this by proclaiming their Love for the People.

Which is complete BS, of course. This is clear in how they treat the people around them.

Karl Marx’s children nearly starved to death.

Hillary Clinton has a reputation for verbally abusing those under her, and on at least one occasion got physically abusive with her husband. Not because Bill philandered with an intern, mind you, but because he got caught. Hillary’s childhood and upbringing seems fairly normal, suggesting that she was born a sociopath.

Love Trump or not, the world dodged a massive bullet back in 2016 when the country did not anoint her the First Woman President!

Biden family dysfunction is seen in his son Hunter. The man is an utter mess!

Marx proclaimed the “collectivity” of humanity as its essence.

Hillary wrote (or had ghostwritten) a book entitled It Takes a Village (1996), and was heard to say, “It takes a village to raise a child!” She’s a hardcore collectivist who Loves The People.

Tucker Carlson, in a pivotal moment from the talk referenced above:

“It’s all a lie. There’s no The People. There’s just people, with names, fingerprints, unique histories and desires, and weaknesses that need bolstering. They’re individuals, and that’s all there is. God didn’t create groups of people at once. No woman ever gave birth to a community.”

The plain truth: abstract collectives do not exist. Only individuals: you, reading this; me, having written it; the people around us we care about; neighbors; coworkers or other associates; etc. All with their own unique life trajectories!

They fight different private battles. Beyond shared superficials like having food to eat, a roof over one’s head, electricity, work sufficient to sustain these, what keeps you awake at night is probably different from what keeps your neighbor awake at night.

My point here, following Carlson’s: members of the political class — and globalists even more so — don’t get this because they can’t.

Thus their attraction to top-down solutions, sometimes to “problems” which aren’t real.

We’re not talking mere sin here, although in a fallen world, that’s doubtless a factor. I firmly believe most people mean well, even if they need God’s grace. Very few people deliberately try to hurt others, or take pleasure in their suffering.

I could make a compelling case that our globalist and political classes fundamentally hate humanity, and that this is reflected in their beliefs and in their policies.

The point is, we’re dealing with a fairly small group, all with genuine privileges, most of whom have a deep psychological compulsion to be followed, adored, loved, by strangers. When they don’t get this love, their compulsion morphs into a need for control. Subconsciously they hate people. They hate the human race in the abstract, because they hate themselves.

It should be clear: this makes them very dangerous, because when they get power, the results range from the constrained dysfunction we see in Congress to the utter disaster that would occur if the world followed, e.g., globalist dictates to end the burning of fossil fuels for energy in response to the “climate emergency.” These people, in their bid to save the world collectively from itself, elevated a teenage girl to the status of “climate expert.” That’s indicative of how irrational they really are.

Tucker Carlson’s Counsel Revisited.

What can you, as a person, do? What can I, as a writer, do? It all comes back to that.

You can remove yourself from the political and globalist class’s sphere of influence as much as you can. Unless you’re someone like me who writes about these things, you can ignore most of what they do if it doesn’t affect you.

In my case: some will respond, many won’t, so what?

Returning, then, to Tucker Carlson’s counsel, especially relevant as we near the start of what may well be a volatile year.

Make the decision to care about people who care about you, or who you are in a position to help. Don’t hand emotional control to strangers. Otherwise, you’ll suffer chronic insecurity, stress, and anxiety.

Not only that, you’ll be prone, however modestly, to what afflicts our ruling elites.

For many, this will mean making peace with having had abusive or emotionally absent parents. Or having grown up in a dysfunctional family.

Awareness is the first step.

The second is to absorb this, also from Tucker:

“You were put on this Earth to serve the people right around you.”

Not masses of strangers in foreign lands, or even the masses of strangers in your own.

Keep the range of people whose opinions you care about small. Never hand de facto emotional control to others who don’t care about you. Those others don’t know you, don’t know your situation, any more than you know theirs. The conditions for meaningful caring simply aren’t there.

It may sound harsh, but there’s no rational way to care about The People or “the world as a whole”!

This isn’t a license for indifference to those outside your circle but whose paths you cross.

Be kind to the housekeeper in your building, if you live in one. Even if she speaks broken English. Tip your waiter or waitress. Respect store clerks and cashiers. These people’s jobs and lives may make yours look like paradise by comparison.

Be a good human being.

I think our Creator demands this of us. Did He not create us — all of us — in His image?

This means accepting limits.

For most of us, our best bet in “denting the universe” is to make a positive difference in the lives of the people we are in a position to affect for the better. If we’re not serving them, we’re not serving our Creator.

Limitedness is normal. Localness is normal. I don’t think any human being or human institution was meant to have global power. That’s not normal.

We’re not wired for it — designed for it if you prefer.

Which is why honest histories of such efforts record only mayhem, destruction, and suffering.

Maybe the best answer to global, political and corporate ruling classes is: don’t be like them. Don’t be anything like them.

Just work on yourself and be a better you. I think you’ll find in this the key to happiness.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

Steven Yates’s Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) of these from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit this).

United States of America Being Colonized by the World’s Refugees

By Frosty Wooldridge

December 11, 2023

Once the European white man discovered North America, he began to “colonize” this continent to the point where it subverted 522 Native American tribes. The white settlers drove Indians out of their lands on the East Coast to the Midwest, and after Lewis & Clark, European settlers ravaged Indians all the way to the Pacific Ocean. Very much the same happened in Canada! Many of the tribes suffered extinction at the hands of the white man from diseases and outright slaughter. Indians with bows and arrows did not stand a chance against mechanized calvary, rifles and canons.

After defeating all those tribes, the American government placed Indians on reservations where they remain today. Very few Native Americans mix with American society. Their customs, their language, and their religions did not/do not work well with our high-speed civilization. In fact, they were considered savages. The Indians’ children were placed in orphanages to try to convert them into white man’s ways.

The results continue today in confused lives, alcoholism, domestic violence, drugs, welfare, food stamps, government housing and an aimlessness not understood by average white Americans. Ironically, they build casinos on their reservations, but no amount of the white man’s money can rebuild Indian cultures, religions, languages, life-purposes and good health.

Whether you read Bury My Heart at Wounded Knee, The Sand Creek Massacre or Trail of Tears-—nothing can bring back or correct what happened to Native Americans.

From that point in the late 1800’s, the white man completely controlled North America.

But in 2023, America faces a new “colonization” by different tribes from around the world. They crash America’s borders by the millions. They arrive with incompatible/terrorist religions that expect to dominate America. Who is that? Answer: Muslims of the Islamic religion. It is a political-religion of conquest. It makes no bones about it.

“Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any faith, but to become dominant. The Qur’an should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar Ahmed, director of Council on American Islamic Relations.

This past week, the C.A.I.R. director praised Hamas and supports the genocide of Israeli Jews, in fact, all Jews. He’s got 8 million American Muslims to back him up.

“The precept of the Koran is, perpetual war against all who deny, that Mahomet is the prophet of God. The vanquished may purchase their lives, by the payment of tribute; the victorious may be appeased by a false and delusive promise of peace; and the faithful follower of the prophet, may submit to the imperious necessities of defeat: but the command to propagate the Moslem creed by the sword is always obligatory, when it can be made effective. The commands of the prophet may be performed alike, by fraud, or by force”. John Quincy Adams: written in 1829

If that doesn’t send a shiver up your spine, what will? Muslims have completely invaded Europe. They’ve changed everything in Europe. From civil society in European countries, no one can escape the violence of Muslims whether it’s outright terrorist attacks, or Muslims decapitating people on the streets of Paris or London in single acts of terror. Thousands of cases of such terror attacks are recorded by Robert Spencer at www.jihadwatch.org

Today, we’ve got between 4 and 8 million Muslims in America. We’ve got terrorist cells growing with Biden’s open borders for the past 35 months. They arrive with no intention, whatsoever, of becoming American citizens who are loyal to the U.S. Constitution. They remain loyal to the Qur’an and Sharia Law. That “law” stands in direct opposition to our Constitution. They plan to install Sharia Law as their numbers grow.

As a matter of fact, one look at 300,000 Muslims in Detroit, Michigan will show you that de facto Sharia Law is already being practiced with honor killings, female genital mutilation and women are valued at ½ that of a male Muslim. You can take them out of the desert, but you cannot civilize them as shown by all the great men of history such as Churchill, Thomas Jefferson, John Adams and dozens of other thinkers. They said that Islam is the worst retrograde religion on this planet.

What other kind of colonization? Right now, reports by Clayton Morris show that a caravan grows with 4,000,000 people in lower Mexico. They expect to arrive at our southern border by mid-January 2024. He made a 15-minute video: America is about to change forever by mid-January 2024.

After watching that video, you need to start sharing it with your networks. You need to write your two senators and House member. You need to take any kind of action to make this issue the number one issue of the presidential race. We’re talking about the end of our country as we know it. This massive invasion will fracture and fragment us into caliphates, tribes, racial conflict, religious conflict and ultimately, break us into pieces.

Biden has already imported 8,000,000 illegal aliens from over 100 countries. He’s giving them cell phones, credit cards and tickets to fly or bus to any city they demand. They come from Russia, China, Iraq, Iran, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Somalia, Kurdistan, Yemen, India, and another 90 countries. They are costing us $163,000,000,000.00 annually to sustain them. That’s all those Muslims in Detroit, Chicago, Miami, Los Angeles, Denver and beyond. They live on welfare payments. Once a lady drops her baby on our soil, she is paid $2,200.00 monthly to care for that baby. Those refugees receive SSI payments, WIC, ADC and Section 8 Housing.

Is that not “COLONIZATION” of our country?

So, the questions become: When does it end? Can we take on another 10 million or 20 million or 50 million refugees? The reason I ask these questions stems from the fact that those refugees come for an overload of 83,000,000 new babies born annually, net gain, on this planet. In other words, there is no end to the line. So, can we save all of them? How long before we become like Europe’s countries? What happens when our systems collapse from the sheer numbers? What are we going to do when our citizens breakdown into chaos? What happens when the Muslim terrorists start their internal war against us? Do you not understand that total chaos will visit us at some point?

Final questions: how stupid and senile is this president and how stupid is the U.S. Congress and how stupid are the American people to sit by and watch their country devolve into a third world country?

Answer: really, really, totally, completely and utterly STUPID!

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Systematic Killing of America Part 5 of 6

By Reverend Glynn Adams

December 10, 2023

I certainly don’t claim to know everything about what is going on in our nation today but I read the Bible and books written by men and women who are influenced by the Book. The Bible is our instruction book on how to follow the LORD Jesus Christ and to live His abundant life. Hopefully, you will find out today if you can “handle the truth” of Scripture and commit to its obedience!!!

Today in this article, I want to bring your attention to some most important facts that most pastors and those of us in the Body of Christ have forgotten or never knew. There is so much I could write on but I am going to state what I feel are the most important to our current situation in America. I am amazed how little we follow the Word of God today and how little we actually know in order to be obedient to the LORD Jesus Christ. If Jesus Christ is your LORD, then He is LORD of everything in your life including your golf game, your money and how you use it; everything and God means everything!!!!

Deception is a powerful word. One of the profound truths which most followers of Christ do not know is, “by definition, a person who is deceived does not know he or she is deceived.” Once deception is cast down, there is light and revelation that amazes the one who was deceived. A major deception among the followers of Christ in America is the work of Satan in the world and in the lives of believers.

We are taught that Satan is bound and chained. Yet many cannot account for the attacks that come our way and the besetting sins in our lives that we cannot seem to overcome. We pray and pray, we struggle, and we just ignore hoping all will just go away. Much of the thought and counsel concerning dealing with Satan in the American religious systems today is “ignore him and he will flee.” What a deception. Most Christians today are confused and deceived about the work of Satan and how to effectively defeat him in their lives.

In Ephesians 4:11, the Bible says that we have been given apostles, prophets, evangelists, and some as pastors and teachers for the equipping of the saints for the work of service, to the building up of the Body of Christ until we all come to the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God…… Is that going on in your religious system today? I doubt it!!!

Most pastors I know and interview, don’t want to talk about Satan, demons, and strongholds. They ignore the subject while the Bible says to resist and that pastors are to teach this to the Body. I can tell you I went seven years to the best Bible School, university, and seminary that Southern Baptist have and not at any time in class was I taught about Satan, strongholds, and demons.

Most pastors in America know how to bring people to the light but know nothing about how to protect his congregation from the deception of Satan!!! I learned about casting out demons and anointing the sick with oil and praying for them from a Charismatic lay person and in the pastorate, it sure came in handy as a young man was brought to me who was on drugs, in the occult, used a Ouija board, a DJ at an acid rock radio station and in all types of sexual activity and perversion. Was I to tell him Jesus can’t help him? The Southern Baptist denomination I was in thought so. They labeled me a “Charismatic” and fired me!!! I praise God I was set free from all that demonic religious mess!!!

Because we have ignored Satan and refuse to resist him, America has been captured by Satan, we are ruled by Satan and not by God and we have become a habitation of demons in our culture and nation, and now the gods of Egypt and Babylon are now sitting up their high places and only God knows what else in our nation and we ignore Satan and his powers of darkness!!!!!

This revival of the occult such as witchcraft, satanism, and spiritualism have invaded our land in flood tides. Eastern religions have found new footholds in the land of the free and the home of the brave. We are a deceived nation – all because our pastors and religious institutions are deceived and ignore Satan and his powers of darkness and refuse to resist him.

We are in a war and we must get on a war footing; put on the whole armor of God and do warfare. Most people ask, “What warfare?” This is the response which often results when spiritual warfare is mentioned. Traditionally, the subject of spiritual warfare is disregarded by most people. Though the devil is admittedly a part of the total theological spectrum, he has been largely disregarded and ignored in most generations in this nation.

Don’t anyone in this nation blame the useful idiot Democrats or Republicans, or Klaus Schwab, the Council on Foreign Relations, all the demonic occult elites, Rockefellers, or whoever for the demonic demise we are currently in. They are just following their god, Satan who gives them nothing. The real blame is the pastors and those that claim to follow the Lord Jesus Christ, who died for our sin, gave us dominion, all authority and power to resist Satan and we refuse to be obedient to our loving God!!! HATH GOD REALLY SAID? Yes, He did – throughout the Scriptures we are warned not to be deceived and the Scriptures are clear we have an enemy called Satan and we are commanded and warned not to ignore Satan but to resist him!!!

Why do we ignore Satan? First of all, we are deceived but Hosea 4:6, tells us, “My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge. Because you have rejected knowledge, I also will reject you from being My priest. Since you have forgotten the law of your God, I also will forget your children.” Knowledge and the law of your God comes from the Bible – the Word of God. Are we as the followers of Jesus Christ prepared to continue to attempt to live the life of Christ without reading and abiding in Christ – the Word of God? My God what is it going to take to wake us up? Rejected from being His priest and God will forget our children.

We can’t continue to be disengaged in this war going on in this nation. As a follower of Christ, you can’t hide, you can’t play it safe – you try to save your life you will lose it so said Jesus. We have no fear of God among too many of the believers in this nation. In the Parable of the Talents in Matthew 24:14, Jesus explains you are a wicked and lazy slave if you try to play it safe in the Kingdom of God.

Let me before I continue on help your fear of God. Folks, I am not trying to be unkind or mean here but we have turned following Christ into a religion and a game and it is neither. We have been lied to by pastors and religious systems that following Jesus is a comfortable religion and you can do as you please and still go to heaven. You will be held accountable by Jesus Christ, Lord of Lord, King of Kings!!! In Revelation 21:8, the first to be cast into hell are cowards, immoral people, liars and etc.

When you made a covenant with God to follow Him and to obey, commit, submit, to be faithful, and show allegiance to Him, God one day will hold you accountable for what you did with what He gave you. You are not a follower of Jesus because you say you are but what you really did with what God gave you!!! As Pastor Dietrich Bonhoeffer said in trying to wake the followers of Christ in Germany up against Hitler, “Silence in the face of evil is itself evil; God will not hold us guiltless. Not to speak is to speak; not to act is to act.” To follow Christ is no game here. We are talking about life or death, heaven or hell, blessed or cursed, light or darkness, right or wrong, and truth or lies. This is not “Ho Hum!!!” This is serious stuff!!!

Jesus really will send you out as lambs among wolves. You will be hated, reviled, persecuted, and you will be handed over to authorities and put in prison or worse. If you can’t take that, then you will probably end up in hell. With Jesus, you are all in or not in at all. Again, we have been lied to. All you have to do to follow Jesus is go to a building, be comfortable and care-free, be yourself, sit there in your sins, listen to the sermon, its friendly, no challenge and you can feel good because you went to “church” and then go home do as you please because you have hyper-grace. When is the last time a pastor said you have spiritual responsibilities and you will be held accountable to carry them out. I really do hope this will help your fear of God. It’s all in the Word of God for you to see and obey.

As I have said many times over the years – WE ARE IN A WAR!!! Oswald Sanders, in his timely volume, ”Satan is No Myth,” says, “The consistent theme of the Bible from beginning to end is the conflict between good and evil between God and the Devil. It begins with the serpent in Genesis and ends with the devil in the lake of fire in Revelation 20. The intervening chapters depict the swaying tides of battle in conflict waged in the heavenly sphere as well as on earth.”

Despite the obvious truth of the statement, the average follower of Jesus today hears very little that would encourage him or her to prepare and equip himself or herself to fight confidently in this life and death struggle”. I can tell you if you are not resisting Satan, you will be overcome by him. Can you imagine an army which does not understand the nature of the engagement nor the character and methods of its enemy?

Yes, we are at war, like it or not and our war is not going away by ignoring it. It is a real war with real antagonists, real battles, and real weaponry. It is unseen but no less real than the smoking battlefields of Israel’s exploding war going on today. It is more than likely that we shall understand more and far better as believers as we continue to face the fact of this warfare in our nation today. Doubtless, the time has come for the followers of Jesus Christ to wake up, repent of our deception, and to sound the battle cry, get on a war footing, mobilize, train, and equip the soldiers and “fight the good fight of faith.” (1 Timothy 6:12)

Even a casual observance of the Apostle Paul’s writings will reveal that they are sprinkled with military terms denoting an intense warfare. (If you can’t see this it is because you have not read it in the Word.) Paul told Timothy to endure hardness as a good soldier of Jesus Christ in 1 Timothy 2:3, and to fight the good fight of faith in 1 Timothy 6:12. Paul’s own testimony was I have fought a good fight, I have kept the faith in 2 Timothy 4:7.

In writing to the church at Corinth, he declared, “For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh; for the weapons of our warfare are not carnal but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds, casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God and bringing into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ.” (2 Corinthians 10:3-5)

That one statement contains at lease seven implications of warfare (war, weapons, warfare, pulling down strongholds, casting down, and captivity. In Romans 8:37, Paul announces, “Nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us.” Our Savior Himself announced, “Think not that I am come to send peace on the earth. I came not to send peace but a sword.” (Matthew 10:34) It is clearly and very obvious that the ministry of Jesus on this earth was a continuous warfare. He announced to His disciples that in the world they would have tribulation and further declared that He had already overcome the world (John 16:33] Folks, we worship “another” Jesus that we have made up and not the real Jesus in the Bible.

Peter informs us that we should be sober and vigilant, knowing that our adversary, the devil, as a roaring lion, walks about seeking whom he may devour (1 Peter 5:8) But nowhere in the Bible is the subject of spiritual warfare treated with more seriousness and depth than in Ephesians 6:10-19. “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord and in the power of his might. Put on the whole armor of God that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.

Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God that you may be able to withstand the evil day, and have done all to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having put on the breastplate of righteousness. And your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace. Above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith you shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God. Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints. And for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, to make known the mystery of the gospel.”

The Apostle Paul is saying in this passage to all Americans to: “WAKE UP TO THE WORLD OF SPIRITUAL WARFARE.” We must discern who Satan is using to carry out his destruction and then openly confront them in the power of God and the authority of the Word of God. We have been given all power over the enemy and we must take the fight to them starting now!!!

Go speak to your pastor about your concern. Please be polite and Christlike – being moved with compassion and not indignation. Attempt to pass on what truth you have to him. If he will not listen to you, get out of there immediately. He is not your friend but an enemy. Take as many as you can with you and form a group and in unity do as the Spirit leads you in this warfare. We must come into unity and get out of any religious organization that will not come into unity and obedience to Jesus Christ. We cannot afford to neglect this spiritual warfare in this nation any longer.

If you choose to remain in a church system, the pastor should not preach salvation sermons only and neglect the culture of our nation. If he does, he is disobedient to the LORD Jesus Christ. Jesus is Lord of the salvation experience but also of what goes on in our culture that affects people. To neglect what is going on in our nation and culture is disobedient to the Lordship of Christ and He will not only hold the pastor accountable but those who sat in the pew and say nothing to the pastor. You are part of the Priesthood of the Believer and you are responsible for what goes on in your church system!!!

Please, read “The Coming Battle” written during the civil war and published in 1899. READ – how the banking money power, brought to America European socialists to infiltrate influential universities, collages and seminary schools .… By reading this book you will better understand the events taking place today. There is nothing new under the sun. History is repeating itself. Different players, the same game. World domination.

God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to “The Killing of Uncle Sam” by Pastor Rodney Howard-Browne, “Psychological Warfare and the NWO” by Servando Gonzales, “The Marketing of Evil” by David Kupelian, ‘Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300” by Dr. John Coleman, “Power from on High” by Paul McGuire, “The Second American Revolution” by John W. Whitehead, and “Spiritual Warfare” by the late Pastor Jack Taylor)

Click here for part [1], [2], [3], [4], [5], [6]

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Kissinger’s “China Card” for the New World Order

By Cliff Kincaid

December 10, 2023

The scary story about a Chinese Pearl Harbor-style attack on America’s allies and assets in Asia caught my attention. The 23 million people on the island of Free China on Taiwan are in immediate danger. But the article by Nixon scholar Harry J. Kazianis missed the main point of interest to Americans in the homeland. Would China launch such an attack on America itself and wipe out their most important colony?

The sad conclusion, that the United States has become over time a colony of Communist China, is based in the observation that America was suckered into this predicament with China in a decades-long process begun by President Nixon’s Secretary of State Henry Kissinger.

It’s not just a matter of Christmas toys and trinkets imported from China. The Chinese have already stolen us blind in the matter of national security. They stole our advanced nuclear weapons designs, as documented by the 1999 Cox Commission report. What is more, they have been continuing this infiltration of our nuclear labs, in the same way the Soviets did during World War II.

As China Joe’s involvement in Hunter Biden’s schemes come in for additional scrutiny, we must, in fairness, revisit the legacy of Henry Kissinger, who was the subject of published reports in the 1970s that he had a pro-communist record at Harvard and that he had served as a member of a communist intelligence cell in World War II.

My new report, “Before China Joe, There Was Kissinger,” examines this dangerous situation facing America and its allies in the context of Kissinger’s influence peddling. He was much better at it than China Joe and Hunter and was never held accountable.

Kissinger’s Influence Peddling

Kissinger did business through his own firm for secret corporate clients seeking deals in China, Russia, and other countries. Isaac Stone Fish, founder and CEO of consulting firm Strategy Risks, wrote the book, America Second: How America’s Elites Are Making China Stronger. He concluded that Kissinger was “an agent of Chinese influence, and, for the last forty years of his life, a businessman masquerading as a diplomat.”

After his passing, Kissinger has been praised by Republicans and Democrats as a great strategist and statesman but he, like Hunter Biden, engaged in influence peddling. To be sure, Hunter’s case is different. Hunter was a drug addict and sex pervert who didn’t pay his taxes on the business deals, according to the new indictment on tax evasion charges. He also violated gun laws, according to the other indictment of the president’s son.

He funneled some of the proceeds to the “Big Guy,” his father and current President China Joe, and that makes it extremely relevant to the forthcoming impeachment inquiry to be launched by House Speaker Mike Johnson.

The House has an obligation to make the case that China Joe has been functioning as an agent of influence for China, Russia, and other nations funneling cash to Hunter.

Yet the Republican-controlled House is threatening to impeach China Joe while many top GOP officials are still praising Kissinger and his legacy. My report raises the question: How can Republicans impeach “China Joe” Biden for taking money from China, Russia, and other countries when “Republican” Henry Kissinger got the money flowing in the first place?

The ”Opening” to China

The roots of the China problem lie with Kissinger’s “opening” to the genocidal Chinese communist dictatorship, in the same way Neville Chamberlain’s “Peace in our time” overturn to Hitlers’ Germany paved the way for World War II.

Assuming that a Chinese-style Pearl Harbor attack is now possible, all we can do as a nation is maintain a nuclear weapons deterrent to protect the homeland.

Based on his record, we know that former President Donald J. Trump is willing to protect America but China Joe and his Attorney General Merrick Garland are doing everything within their power to destroy his candidacy. Their main weapon is “Special Counsel” Jack Smith, trained by the United Nations to prepare bogus charges before a kangaroo court.

Destroying Trump is China’s agenda. Indeed, one can argue that it is one reason they launched COVID, costing the lives of one million Americans. Trump launched trade tariffs on Chinese goods and began the process of decoupling the American economy from the communists.

But there is more on the table ready to be stolen or compromised because of influence peddling by American officials.

The Trump White House document, “Trump on China: Putting America First,” says the Chinese Communist Party “has set its sights on controlling 90 percent of the world’s most advanced industries, including robotics, biotechnology, and artificial intelligence. To win the commanding heights of the 21st century economy, Beijing has directed its bureaucrats and businesses to obtain American intellectual property — the foundation of our economic leadership — by any means necessary.”

Kazianis, the Nixon scholar, recognizes this, saying, “Now is the time for the Biden administration to take the China military threat seriously and come up with a plan to mitigate it beyond phony rhetoric and buzzwords.”

But he’s whistling Dixie.

Kissinger’s Betrayal of Free China

As House Republicans prepare to impeach China Joe, it’s important that Kazianis and other Nixon supporters and Republicans take Kissinger’s betrayal of Free China on Taiwan more seriously. That occurred when Kissinger began the process of normalizing relations with the Communist dictatorship on the mainland.

As a result of this betrayal, 23 million people with a Democratic form of government face a communist invasion, on top of the wars in Europe and the Middle East. I visited the island in 1984. They want to keep their nation free. But American presidents such as Carter, Clinton, and Bush continued to conduct foreign policy based on Kissinger’s “One China” policy and sold them out, in much the same way that Kissinger’s Vietnam “peace accords” turned Vietnam over to the communists.

In a separate article, Kazianis offers a justification for Kissinger’s betrayal, saying, “Instead of seeking confrontation with China, Nixon and Kissinger sought to play the ‘China Card’ by deploying it against the Soviet Union.”

My new report, “Before China Joe, There Was Kissinger,” explains how the Sino-Soviet split was communist disinformation. Today, as we can easily ascertain, we have ended up with are two enemies, China and Russia, which now openly coordinate their militaries in a “no limits” arrangement. We must uncover the foreign agents of influence within the national security establishment.

How Kissinger Betrayed Nixon

So why did Nixon, an anti-communist who helped expose State Department official and United Nations founder Alger Hiss as a Soviet agent, hire Kissinger in the first place? It was a political move, necessary at the time. Nixon, in retrospect, seemed completely unaware that this Harvard professor had a secret agenda. All that he knew was that Kissinger had worked for Nelson Rockefeller, Nixon’ s adversary in the Republican Party, and Nixon thought hiring Kissinger would bring the party together in the 1968 campaign. It worked, as Nixon won the general election in 1968 and was re-elected in 1972.

But when Nixon resigned the presidency, Kissinger survived, continuing as Secretary of State for Nixon successor Gerald Ford.

During the chaos and turmoil of the Watergate scandal, in which the CIA’s secret war on Nixon played a role, Kissinger’s other foreign policy “achievement,” the Vietnam peace accords, fell apart and Vietnam went communist. This produced the Vietnamese boat people, re-education camps, and 2 million dead in the Cambodian genocide.

The failed U.S. military effort to keep South Vietnam free from international communism backed by Red China and the Soviet Union resulted in 58,000 Americans sacrificing and dying in vain, although President Reagan hailed their “noble cause.” The Congress, which was under the control of Democrats after Watergate, also bears responsibility for this disaster. They cut off aid to South Vietnam.

Kissinger’s anti-communist successes, saving Israel in the 1973 war with the Soviet-backed Arab/Muslim states, and the military coup that saved Chile from a communist takeover, can be attributed to the anti-communist Nixon, who took charge of American foreign policy in those specific cases.

The Untold Story

Those who doubt that Kissinger may have been a communist agent all along should look at what conservative journalists such as Gary Allen and Frank Capell wrote about Kissinger in their books and articles in the 1970s. CIA files include a Capell article. They warned us. For his part, Kissinger laughed off the charges at the time they were raised by a communist defector.

If you think such a penetration is impossible, look at what the China Joe Administration is now admitting in the case of former U.S. Ambassador Manuel Rocha, a former National Security Council official. “This action exposes one of the highest-reaching and longest-lasting infiltrations of the United States government by a foreign agent,” said Attorney General Garland, explaining Rocha’s indictment as a foreign agent for Cuba. He passed various background checks by the FBI and the State Department and spied for Cuba for 40 years. He even advised the U.S. military.

Garland doesn’t mention that the president who nominated him to the Supreme Court, Barack Hussein Obama, was under this foreign influence when he normalized relations with Communist Cuba and visited dictator Raul Castro, in much the same way Kissinger exchanged pleasantries with the greatest mass murderer in history, Mao.

Trump reversed that Cuba policy, too.

Among other questionable observations in his work on the topic of China, Nixon scholar Kazianis says that “…Beijing and Washington agreed to cooperate because they both viewed the rise of Soviet power as a bigger threat to their shared mutual interests.”

Marxist Dialectics

This was the Kissinger view. But our 2015 book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, features an interview with a former U.S. intelligence agency official who explained how the Sino-Soviet split deceived U.S. policymakers and weakened the Free World through what is called Marxist dialectics. His perspective was a dissenting view in the CIA and intelligence community bureaucracy.

Kissinger’s influence was negated by President Ronald Reagan, who broke with his predecessors and authored the “Reagan Doctrine” of overthrowing communist regimes. He said, “They [China and Russia] were allies and the only argument that caused their split was an argument over how best to destroy us.”

Reagan saw through the so-called Sino-Soviet split while Kissinger’s “China Card” gambit fooled many Republicans. His real agenda, which he talked about after Obama was elected as president, was a “New World Order.”

It was Henry Kissinger’s pro-China policy that made possible the scandals involving Hunter and China Joe. Republicans should not forget that fact.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

The Light of Life Gives Hope in a Dark World

by Rolaant McKenzie

December 10, 2023

The Christmas season is one of the most enjoyable times of the year. There is generally a lighter mood in the air, and people tend to be a little nicer and more charitable to each other. It is a time for family and friends to take time off from the routine hustle and bustle of life to come together in love, joy, fellowship, gift-giving, and great food. Most importantly, it is a season to remember the birth of Jesus, God’s greatest gift to save fallen humanity and reconcile us to Himself.

One of my family’s favorite traditions to kick off this season is setting up our Christmas tree in the great room, the most open and inviting space of the house. We enjoy listening to and sometimes singing Christmas carols and hymns as we decorate the tree with colorful ornaments, tinsel, and bright lights. At the base of the tree, we gently place an old wooden Nativity scene given to us as a gift from friends long ago, made by the Fontanini family of Bagni di Lucca, Italy. We have always appreciated its marvelously sculptured figurines of Mary, Joseph, and a few barn animals looking adoringly at the baby Jesus sleeping in a manger.

The finale of this joyful joint effort is the placing of the star at the top of the tree, a bulb on which is an image of the baby Jesus resting on a cloud with emanating rays of light. The top of the bulb gets thinner, looking like a long teardrop, and stretches upward into a star, the beams of light forming a cross.

On shorter winter days, it is quite dark outside and in the house when I get up in the morning. As sleep starts to leave my eyes, it warms my heart to see the Christmas tree lights spilling into the hallway, for it reminds me of Jesus Christ, the Light of the World, overcoming the darkness. This reminder engenders feelings of hope for whatever I may face in the day ahead.

In the 2013 Canadian post-apocalyptic science fiction film The Colony, climate modification towers built to cool the climate by dimming the sun have malfunctioned, causing a deep freeze worldwide with perpetual cloud cover and snow blizzards. Survivors formed small colonies in underground bunkers to escape the extreme cold, with much of their time spent trying to produce enough food and control disease. Never seeing the sun caused a palpable dreariness in the hearts of colony residents, with a growing sense of futility and hopelessness.

But one of these colonies received a message bouncing off a functioning satellite, where the leader of a distant colony showed a blue sky behind him with the sun shining. He said that at their location, the snow had thawed, and they were able to grow food outdoors. He offered refuge to anyone and asked them to bring seeds to plant.

Once the location of this colony was determined, the residents, filled with hope of seeing the sun again, feeling its warmth, and living above ground with enough food, packed up what they could carry for the long, dangerous journey in the snow, the chief of which was a container of seeds.

The Magi were wise men, most likely from Persia, who were familiar with the writings of the prophet Daniel (chief of the court wise men of Persia about 500 years earlier) that included a timeline for the birth of the Messiah. They also may have known of the prophecy of Balaam of Pethor (a town on the Euphrates River near Persia), made nearly 900 years before Daniel, that said, “A star shall appear from Jacob; a scepter shall rise from Israel” (Numbers 24:17).

Seeing the light of the star from Jacob, the Magi believed the word of God and recognized the fulfillment of this prophecy. They realized this newly born King from Israel was no ordinary king and perceived His divinity. With gladness and hope, the Magi embarked on the nearly thousand-mile journey, following “His star” to Bethlehem (Matthew 2:1-12), to the house where the Christ Child was with Joseph and Mary. When they found Jesus, they worshipped Him and gave the precious gifts of gold, frankincense, and myrrh.

Even during what should be a festive season, depending on location and circumstances, the world can be a very dark place for many of us. Economic hardship, illness, the grief of missing loved ones who are estranged or have died, the tragic consequences of being in a war zone, political or religious persecution, and loneliness may feel like a continual cloud cover that brings dreariness, despair, and hopelessness.

Henry Wadsworth Longfellow (1807-1882), on Christmas Day, 1863, wrote the poem I Heard the Bells on Christmas Day, which later became a well-known Christmas carol. The hatred, violence, and great suffering of the Civil War seemed to destroy the prospect of peace on earth and good will to men, but the sound of the church bells comforted him and reminded him that:

“God is not dead, nor doth He sleep;
The Wrong shall fail,
The Right prevail,
With peace on earth, good-will to men.”

Seeing signs of light, even at a distance, gives hope that the darkness will give way and be overwhelmed by joy. This can cause people, like in The Colony, to take a long journey through harsh terrain and weather to fulfill the culmination of their hope of living in abundance under the sun. Or, like the Magi, travel from a faraway country to pay homage to the Word come in the flesh, the Savior of mankind (John 1:1-14).

The darkness that inundates the world and causes all kinds of suffering comes from our own failures, mistakes, and sins against God, others, and ourselves. The world needs a Savior to rescue us from the darkness of our hearts and the eternal separation from God that it brings.

Whenever I see the evergreen branches of our Christmas tree, I am reminded of the everlasting life with God that comes through the Savior, Jesus Christ. The ornaments of many varieties and colors represent all those of every tribe, tongue, and people who trust in Him and are united together, reflecting His unquenchable light and love, bringing to mind the words of Jesus:

“I am the Light of the world; he who follows Me will not walk in the darkness, but will have the Light of life.” (John 8:12)

Believe in the Lord Jesus. He is the Light of life that gives hope in the darkness, assuring its end and entrance into His eternal kingdom of light.

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Daniel Webster [June 1, 1837]

Texas Comptroller Glenn Hegar Refuses to Pay Attorney General Ken Paxton His Back Pay

By: Amil Imani

December 9, 2023

We are talking about fairness and consistency in the treatment of elected officials. The question we should be asking is – Should an elected official face additional barriers in claiming rightful compensation, and is there room for a more compassionate approach in the face of legal intricacies?

“After being acquitted on impeachment charges, Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton now says he wants back pay for the suspended period while awaiting trial. Paxton’s office claims Comptroller Glenn Hegar infringed state law and the Texas Constitution by unlawfully withholding Paxton’s income.”

In this labyrinth, a troubling narrative unfolds – one that questions fairness and consistency. The crux revolves around whether an elected official should face additional barriers in claiming rightful compensation and if a more compassionate approach is warranted in the face of legal complexities. Yet, it appears that Comptroller Glenn Hegar, Texas, remains unyielding in his stance. And pray, what is his premise?

The question is, why is he playing hardball? Many speculations are flying around as to why Hagar is denying Paxton’s salary. In a letter obtained by The Texas Tribune, Paxton’s office charges that the comptroller violated state law and the Texas Constitution “by refusing to issue salary payments to a duly elected statewide officeholder.”

Some have suggested Hegar illegally took it away to help the House. He is aware that Paxton will sue him in Austin. Austin courts are all Democrats who would not side with Paxton. Glenn Hegar knows that and wants Paxton to sue him. Paxton most likely has to spend thousands of dollars on attorney’s fees, perhaps more than the money they owe him. It appears Hegar conspired with the House and has an ulterior motive.

Hegar’s actions might also be politically motivated, possibly in collaboration with the Texas House. Indeed, this is a significant angle – Hegar’s own political aspirations may play a role in this unfolding drama. His actions could be part of a broader political strategy. We are left speculating on what political dynamics or alliances could influence Hegar’s decision.

The crux of Hegar’s argument lies in two state laws supposedly guiding his decision. These laws, modified by the Legislature, allow certain state employees to enjoy paid leave under specific circumstances. However, Hegar explicitly states that these laws do not apply to state officeholders, which is false. In this case, the selective application of laws raises eyebrows, prompting us to ponder whether justice is truly blind to elected officials or whether Hager has personal issues with Paxton.

Moreover, the comptroller’s office contends that back pay for a suspended state employee hinges on a pre-existing agreement – a notion that, without prior clarity, retroactive payment might be construed as an employment benefit. This begs the question: Should an elected official be subject to a different set of rules regarding compensation, and is a nuanced approach being overlooked?

Paxton’s office contends it violates the Texas Constitution. Drawing on the precedent of allowing agency heads to grant leave without pay deduction, Paxton’s team asserts that this principle should be extended to Paxton during his suspension, which seems reasonable.

However, Glenn Hegar, curiously enough, stands by the decision to halt Paxton’s $153,750 annual salary. Hegar’s legal counsel recommends seeking a “definitive ruling” from the Texas Supreme Court, implying that the law is so clear-cut that only the highest legal authority can provide unequivocal guidance – raising the question, is the law truly that unambiguous?

The case of Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton stands out as a mystery – an innocent public servant wrongly suspended from duty and denied his financial salary. On the other hand, Hegar attempts to paint a picture of fidelity to an unambiguous law bolstered by a call for a “definitive ruling” from the highest legal authority.

One cannot help but wonder: Is there room for a nuanced perspective that upholds the principles of justice without compromising the integrity of the law? Does justice honestly wear a blindfold, or do the subtle nuances of legal interpretation sway it?

As the Texas Supreme Court looms on the horizon, the potential for a definitive ruling beckons. Will it unravel the complexities or further entangle us in the intricate legal intricacies? Only time will reveal the twists and turns in this unfolding saga, leaving us to ponder the elusive nature of justice in legal complexities.

Will America be Destroyed From the Inside?

By Paul Engel

December 9, 2023

Should the American way of life come to an end, would it be from a foreign foe or a domestic one?
Can an 18th century lawyer and a 20th century defector warn us about our future?
The Soviet Union may have died in the 20th century, but do its seeds still flourish in American soil?

In 1837, Daniel Webster wrote:

“I apprehend no danger to our country from a foreign foe… Our destruction, should it come at all, will be from another quarter. From the inattention of the people to the concerns of their government, from their carelessness and negligence, I must confess that I do apprehend some danger.”

I’ve been thinking about that statement lately. I also came across a video that I had forgotten about that’s part of an interview with Soviet defector Yuri Bezmanov. Mr Bezmanov was a former KGB agent who defected to Canada in 1970. In 1984 he gave an interview to G Edward Griffin, where he exposed a long-term Soviet plan to defeat America not by force of arms, but through psychological warfare.

You may be asking, what does a late 20th century defector have to do with a 19th century lawyer and statesman, and how could it possibly be relevant to our situation in the 2020s? I came to find out both of these men were quite prescient in their warnings to the American people.

Daniel Webster

As Daniel Webster warned, America is not being destroyed from without, but from within. Our apathy about what the federal government does, our carelessness in dealing with the bad actors that inevitably enter government services, and our negligent attitude when the Constitution is violated, has certainly led the United States to the brink of collapse. Mr. Webster went on to warn:

I fear that they may place too implicit a confidence in their public servants, and fail properly to scrutinize their conduct; that in this way they may be made the dupes of designing men, and become the instruments of their own undoing.

Daniel Webster [June 1, 1837]

Just think of the things the American people have placed blind confidence in those in government for: Retirement, health care, food and drug safety, education, and energy, just to name a few. Yet no matter how often government fails, the answer always seems to be a call to give them more. The collapse of our republic should be laid not at the feet of some nameless, faceless government actor, but on the American people who have been duped by their false promises.

However, there is one area where Mr. Webster appears to have gotten things wrong, because there was a danger from a foreign foe. They used our carelessness and neglect to not only accelerate our destruction, but also to supplant the American way with a collectivist and communist agenda.

Yuri Bezmanov

As a former KBG officer, Mr. Bezmanov was aware of many of the methods used by that organization to subvert the United States. In his 1984 interview with Mr. Griffin, he detailed some of these techniques, starting with “ideological subversion”. (Please excuse the flaws in the original transcript.)

Ideological subversion is is the process which is legitimate overt and open you you can see it with your own eyes all all you have to do all American mass media has to do is to unplug their bananas from their ears open up their eyes and they can see it … But in reality the main emphasis of the KGB is not in the area of intelligence at all according to my opinion and opinion of many defectors of my caliber only about 15% of time, money, and Manpower is spent on espionage as such the other 85% is a slow process which we call either ideological subversion or active measures активные меры in the language of of the KGB or psychological warfare what it basically means is to change the perception of reality of every American to such an extent that despite of the abundance of information no one is able to come to sensible conclusions in the interest of defending themselves their families their community and their country. It’s a great brainwashing uh process which goes very slow and it’s divided in in four basic stages.

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

Mr. Bezmenov then goes into describe ideological subversion in some detail.

The first one being demoralization it takes from 15 to 20 years to demoralize a nation. Why that many years because this is the minimum number of years which requires to educate one generation of students in the country of of of your enemy exposed to the ideology of the enemy. In other words Marxism, Leninism ideology is being pumped into the soft heads of of at least three generations of American students without being challenged or counterbalanced by the basic values of americanism American patriotism. The result the result you can see. Most of the people who graduated in 60s, dropouts or half baked intellectuals are now occupying the positions of power in the government, civil service, business, mass media, educational system. You are stuck with them you cannot get rid of them they are contaminated they are programmed to think and react to certain stimuli in a certain pattern. You cannot change their mind even if you if you expose them to authentic information even if you prove that white is white and black is black you still cannot change the basic perception and the logic of behavior. In other words these people uh uh the process of demoralization is complete and irreversible.

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

In 1960, then First Secretary of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, Nikita Khrushchev spoke at the United Nations, stating that Communism would outlast the United States. While the 1990s made it look like Mr. Khrushchev was wrong, it seems the KGB’s plans may have won in the long run.

Today we have people who refuse to believe video evidence of the atrocities committed by Hamas against civilians in Israel. Others continue to line up to get vaccinated in the face of evidence that these “vaccines” are neither effective or very safe. As Mr. Bezmenov describes, there is more to come.

Unlike in present United States there will be no place for descent in in future Marxist Leninist America uh here you can you can get uh popular like Daniel Ellsberg and filthy rich like Jane Fonda for being dissident for criticizing your pentagon. In future these people will be simply squashed like cockroaches nobody’s going to pay them nothing for their beautiful noble ideas of equality this they don’t understand and uh it will be greatest shock for them of course

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

Today, we have not only governments, but private actors censoring information they don’t like. Cancel culture attempts to punish individual and businesses for expressing ideas contrary to the agenda of the appartchik. In short, as Mr. Bezmanov describes, this phase of the demoralization of America was completed even before his 1984 interview, and we have taken in far, far beyond what the KGB had hoped.

The demoralization process in the United States is basically completed already uh for the last 35 years actually it’s over fulfilled because demoralization now reaches such areas where previously not even Comrade Andropov and and all his experts would would even dream of such a tremendous success most of it is done by Americans to Americans thanks to lack of moral standards as I mentioned before uh exposure to true information does not matter anymore a person who was demoralized is unable to assess true information the facts tell nothing to him uh even if I shower him with information with with authentic proof with documents with pictures even if I take him by force to the Soviet Union and show him concentration camp he will refuse to believe it until he he’s going to receive a kick in the in his fat bottom when a military boot crashes his then he will understand but not before that that’s the tragic of the situation of demoralization so basically America is stuck with with demoralization and unless even if if you start right now here this minute you start educating new generation of American it will still take you 15 to 20 years to turn the tide of uh of ideological perception of reality uh back to normal normally and and patriotism.

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

Ladies and gentlemen, this was 39 years ago! We could have turned the demoralization around twice, yet the American people were unwilling to do so. Rather, we have let the American education system poison the minds of several generations with little if any challenge. We stood by while the federal government illegally meddled in our educational system, making things worse.

The KGB may have started this process, but ultimately, we have done it to ourselves.

The next stage is destabilization this time subverter does not care about your ideas and the patterns of your consumption whether you eat junk food and get fat and flab it doesn’t matter anymore this time and it takes only from two to five years to destabilize a nation uh it’s what what matters is essentials economy foreign relations defense systems uh and you can see it quite clearly that in some areas uh in such sensitive areas as as uh defense and economy the influence of Marxist Leninist ideas in the United States is absolutely fantastic I I could never believe it 14 years ago when I landed uh in this part of the world that the process will go that fast.

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

Have you seen how the collectivist ideas have taken over our businesses, foreign relations, and defense? Businesses are being forced to hire people based on the color of their skin rather than their skills. Under Obama we turned our back on two of our staunches allies, the United Kingdom and Israel, to support China and Iran. The Defense Department not only has placed the “climate change” agenda above national defense, but the transgender, racial, and sexualization agendas as well.

The next stage of course is crisis it it it may take only up to six weeks to to bring a country to the verge of crisis you can see it in in Central America now and after crisis with a violent change of of power structure and economy you have so-called the period of normalization it may last indefinitely normalization is a cynical expression borrowed from Soviet propaganda when the Soviet tanks moved into Czechoslovakia in ‘ 68 com BR said now the situation in brotherly Czechoslovakia is normalized this is what will happen in United States if you allow all the Schmucks to bring the country to crisis to promise people all kind of goodies and the paradise on Earth uh to to destabilize your economy to eliminate the principle of free market competition and to put a big brother government in Washington DC.

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

How many crises have we had since 1984? The first and second Gulf Wars, 9/11, the Afghanistan War, the dot-com bust, the housing crisis, and I’m sure there are more. Then we have the self-inflicted crises: The Patriot Act, the surveillance state, COVID, the 2020 election, and the January 6th incarcerations. Now we’re told that these are normal.

Time Bomb is ticking with every second the disaster is coming closer and closer unlike myself you will have nowhere to defect to unless you want to live in Antarctica with penguins this is it this is the last country of freedom and and possibility

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

This time bomb Mr. Bezmanov has been talking about has been ticking for almost four decades. That is four decades of propaganda being pumped into the minds of the rising generations. Four decades of people being told the lie is the truth. Four decades of opportunities to restore not only the Constitution, but the American way of life, lost. Where does that leave us? What can we do?

people well uh the the um the immediate thing that comes to my mind is of course there must be a very strong National effort to educate people in in in the spirit of real patriotism number one number two to to explain them the real danger of Socialist Communist whatever welfare state Big Brother government if people will fail to grasp the impending danger of that development nothing ever can help United States you make his goodbye to your freedom including freedoms to to homosexuals to prison inmate all this Freedom will vanish evaporating in 5 seconds including your precious lives.

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

Step one must be an effort to educate the people. As John Jay put it, to teach the rising generation to be free. We need to teach the spirit of real patriotism and the dangers of all collectivist systems, including communism. If we fail at this, then we can wave goodbye to our freedoms. There’s a problem though; in most aspects, it’s the government actors who have been leading this country to destruction.

The second thing I the moment at least part of United States population is convinced that the danger is real they have to force their government and I’m not talking about sending letters signing petitions and all this beautiful noble activity I’m talking about forcing United States government to stop aiding communism because there is no no other problem more burning and and urgent than to stop the Soviet military industrial complex from destroying what is whatever is left of the free world. …

USSR the Soviet people 270 millions of of Soviets will be eternally thankful to you if you stop aiding a bunch of murderers who sit now in Kremlin and whom president Reagan respectfully calls government Today, it is not the Soviet military industrial complex, but the academic system that is destroying the free world. Our job, our duty, if we are to remain free is to FORCE government to stop aiding communism.

Yuri Bezmanov – G. Edward Griffin Interview Transcript [1984]

If We the People wish to remain free, it’s up to us to FORCE the government to stop aiding the collectivists. I don’t mean denying their rights, but stop aiding and abetting those who are trying to destroy this country. Stop federal funding of education. Stop subsidizing the collectivist agenda. Not by writing letters or signing petitions, but by making the politicians more afraid of disappointing the American people than their donors and political parties.

Conclusion

Daniel Webster was correct when he wrote:

Make them intelligent, and they will be vigilant; give them the means of detecting the wrong, and they will apply the remedy.

Daniel Webster [June 1, 1837]

While Mr. Bezmanov is right about many things, the one thing I think he missed is the how. How do we force governments to stop supporting collectivism and start honoring their oath of office to support the Constitution? How do we educate the people in the spirit of real patriotism? We can’t expect the same government that is promoting collectivism to teach our children the spirit of liberty. That job falls to us. Actually, that job was always ours; we’ve just been convinced to turn it over to government. Now it’s time to take it back.

Will we learn the lesson Yuri Bezmanov tried to teach us back in 1984? Do we still have time to save the republic? Whether we’ve past the point of no return or not, what is our alternative? Do we simply give up and drown in the tyranny of others, or fight for every breath of freedom we can?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Should Traitors in Congress Be Charged With Treason and All Manner of Crimes?

By Andrew Wallace

December 9, 2023

Individually, a majority of both parties in Congress are guilty of all manner of crimes, including Treason.

This paper will call them out and charge them for just a few of their countless crimes.

It is the responsibility and duty of all Citizens to demand a return to Constitutional Government in the loudest and most effective manner possible. Those who don’t are effectively perceived as the enemy.

I have written articles almost weekly in NewsWithViews on various aspects of this subject in depth. My article last week covers this problem in more depth from a different viewpoint.

CONGRESS IS CHARGED WITH TREASON

A majority of Congress is charged with Treason for giving aid and comfort to enemy invaders by allowing open borders, failing to deport them, and paying to support invaders at the expense of Americans. All of which is unconstitutional.

Article III, Section 3, Clause 1: Treason against the United States, shall consist only in levying War against them, or in adhering to their Enemies, giving them Aid and Comfort.

In addition to the charge of Treason, federal funds may not lawfully be used for anything except to carry out their limited and delegated Enumerated Powers.

Invaders are being cared for at a higher level than many of our own needy citizens. In addition to favorable treatment, the invaders are depriving Citizens of food, housing, and police protection.

In New York City alone, $100 million was deducted from the police budget to support invaders, leaving the poor at the mercy of criminals. Open hostility between the invaders and the poor is building, due to this conflict over government benefits.

This reminds me of French Queen Marie Antoinette, who purportedly said of the poor, “Let them eat cake”, which brought on the French Reign of Terror. We are rapidly approaching similar initiating circumstances in the United States.

LIMITED TO ENUMERATED POWERS

The federal government’s powers are limited to the Enumerated Powers listed in the Constitution. All other powers are reserved to the states or the people. The federal government can ONLY enact laws and spend money on subjects relating to the Enumerated Powers.

Some of the Enumerated Powers are taxation, borrowing money, paying debts, regulating commerce, coining money, post offices, patents and copyrights, lower courts, immigration, declaring war and maintaining a military. You can find others in the Constitution.

As with their Oaths to the Constitution, a majority in Congress ignore the Enumerated Powers and use “The People’s” money as their personal piggy bank. This results in multiple crimes against The People.

WE THE PEOPLE CHARGE CONGRESS WITH ALL MANNER OF CRIMES.

A majority of our legislators are minions of the largest Criminal Enterprise in the world, the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC). These criminals don’t honor their Oath of Allegiance to the Constitution and are guilty of all manner of crimes against “The People”, including the murder of millions and the destruction of entire countries in Wars for Profit (transferring “the People’s” money to the PSRRC). Congress is awash in the blood of innocents.

Following are listed only a very few of the major crimes committed by a majority of Congress (these are mostly violations of the Constitution, the Supreme Law of The land). These points are an outline for legal charges and complaints to Congress. I did my job, now you must do yours!

Every American who participates in unconstitutional federal programs is ignoring the existing constitutional limits on federal power. (per Joanna Martin, JD)

Unconstitutional formation and funding of the Departments of Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development, et al.
Failure to use tariffs to protect workers, industries, and fund government. Thousands of industries have been off-shored and millions have lost their jobs. I can’t say per se that this is a criminal act, but it is total indifference to the welfare of The People.
Funding Wars for Profit that did not have any relationship to national security without a Declaration of War. I can’t say per se that this is a criminal act, but it is total indifference to the welfare of the people
Allowed the unconstitutional privately-owned Federal Reserve Bank to continue to impoverish “The People” and enrich the wealthy. I can’t say per se that this is a criminal act, but it is total indifference to welfare of the people.
Allowed unconstitutional fiat dollars to remain, rather than using gold and silver as required by the Constitution, which would reduce inflation and make Wars for Profit very difficult. I can’t say per se that this is a criminal act, but it total indifference to the welfare of the people.
Unconstitutional funding of federal welfare programs (a state responsibility), foreign aid, and funding for illegal invaders.
Continuing to fund the FBI, the most corrupt police organization in the world. The Constitution stipulates that the Militia of the Several States will enforce laws of the union (Officers would be appointed by the states, which makes law enforcement more difficult to corrupt.) I can’t say per se that this is a criminal act, but it is total indifference to the welfare of the people.
Allowing un-elected bureaucrats (the Administrative State) to make laws in violation of Constitution. I can’t say per se that this is a criminal act, but it is total indifference to the welfare of the people.
Allowing deprivation of Citizen’s rights to Due Process of the Law (two-tier justice system).
Allowing Tax-Free Foundations to continue protecting the money and power of the wealthy forever. I can’t say per se that this is a criminal act, but it is total indifference to the welfare of the people.
Allowing ESG and DOE ‘woke’ programs to continue to violate The People’s Rights and degrade their standard of living.
Allowing courts or government to refuse to hear a case or petition for “Lack of Standing”, which undermines a Citizen’s Constitutional rights. This is not per se a criminal act, but it is total indifference to the welfare of the people.
Continuing to enact unconstitutional laws and failing its oversight responsibilities of the Executive Branch..
Allowing replacement of fiat dollars with unconstitutional fiat digital currency (CBDC). Government would know and control all expenditures and income. There would be no money in your pocket, and when electricity is out, you can’t buy anything. This is slavery.

You will note from these factual charges that Congress ignores the Constitution and does whatever the big donors, PSRRC, bribes them to do.

Note also that when Congress fails to comply with the Constitution, it is violating The Supreme Law of The Land and therefore has no legal basis for their actions or existence.

It is a Citizen’s responsibility and duty as specified in the Founding Documents to do everything possible and lawful to return to a Constitutional Republic. I will admit that I don’t know how to effectively bring charges or petition the government when the FBI is corrupt and the courts are complicit. I pray that someone out there has the smarts, courage, and resources to do it.

Some think, with good cause, that President Trump (warts and all) could return us to prosperity and a Constitutional Republic. If elections can change things, he is the only man who could do it. All others would owe their elections and loyalty to the big donor’s money. But remember what they did to President Kennedy when he got in their way.

However, if enough citizens read this paper and demanded action by Congress, we could prevail anyway. The big donors (criminal enterprise, PSRRC, swamp, establishment, etc.), through their bribed legislators and owned media, will fight any change until it destroys us.

This is not a call to arms, far from it. That would be like throwing the baby out with the bathwater. Just remember that everything being done by the criminal enterprise and their minions in Congress is designed to destroy us to make way for their New World Order. Some believe that blood must be spilled to return to a Constitutional Republic, but I don’t ascribe to that theory.

I believe that the rulers want a revolt (real or promoted by government, like January 6). Rep. Clay Higgins reported on Newsmax that Jan 6 was a government operation (false flag) with 200 embedded FBI agitators. Government believes they can crush any revolt. I would like to remind the ‘rulers’ that a revolt would mean Guerrilla Warfare, and no determined Guerrilla force has ever been defeated in the field, and certainly not now with our flag officers and demoralized military. They lost the last 30 conflicts.

In closing, the following quote from Joanna Martin JD is more than appropriate: “Americans need to understand that the federal government would never have become so huge and intrusive without the participation of State & local governments and the American People in unconstitutional federal programs. They willingly sold their retained Rights and Powers to the federal government—like Esau, they sold their Heritage for handouts.”

God Bless You and The Republic

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Top Montana Republican Leaders Support Democrats’ Climate Fraud

By Edwin Berry

December 8, 2023

Montana’s top Republican leaders support the Democrats’ climate fraud that Klaus Schwab and his World Economic Forum (WEF) are using to take over America.

Here is the most important question about climate politics:

Do you agree or disagree with this climate alarmist statement?

The earth is warming as a direct result of human GHG emissions, primarily from the burning of fossil fuels.

There are only two possible answers: YES or NO.

There is no middle answer.

Most Democrats will answer YES.

The surprise is most Republican leaders also answer YES.

They pretend to be Republicans by promoting carbon capture and green energy, which wastes billions of dollars and won’t reduce the CO2 level.

They prefer to live in delusion rather than learn the truth. Or maybe they are not on our side.

Robert Frost said there are only two roads, and the road we take will make all the difference.

The YES-answer will tear down America, dumb down our people, and ultimately, make us slaves.
The NO-answer will build up America, raise our intelligence, and save our freedom.

The good news is we (good scientists) have proved climate alarmism is a fraud.

The bad news is no one will tell you.

Our elected officials, except for a small, honest minority, our lying media, our nutcase university professors, and our incompetent “climate” scientists control the news.

They have brainwashed almost all of us to “believe” the climate fraud.

As Joseph Goebbels wrote,

If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it.

Let’s start with some critical information no one will tell you.

In June 2023, Montana lost the Held v Montana (HvM) climate lawsuit. HvM is the first significant climate lawsuit brought by the public in America.

Montana lost HvM because Montana’s Attorney General Austin Knudsen purposely threw the trial and all America’s conservatives under the bus.

I saw this coming and predicted this loss in June 2022.

Knudsen stipulated at the beginning of the HvM trial that he agrees with the statement above. In fact, that statement is Knudsen’s exact wording.

Montana appealed its loss to the Montana Supreme Court (MSC). The climate outcome will determine whether America sinks or swims because HvM will set a climate law precedent for all states and America.

The problem is they did not appeal their climate stipulation. They appealed only legal technicalities that they will likely lose. Their appeals are to make you think they support climate truth. They don’t.

Our Children’s Trust of Oregon began in Montana because it’s easy for power people to control Montana’s elected officials. For all I know, this Republican betrayal of truth and freedom may go all the way to Bill Gates.

As of now, the set climate precedent is a YES answer to the question.

Unless we can do something, Montana has permanently lost the climate part of the lawsuit for America. We are on the YES-road.

We have only one opportunity to overturn HvM’s climate decision.

I wrote an Amicus Brief for Montana that defends climate truth. It will overturn HvM if MSC accepts our brief. For acceptance, we need “parties” to our brief. Being a party is free because I am paying our attorney.

None of our high-level officials will be parties to our brief. Not our governor, not our US Senator, not our candidates for US Senator, and not our two Congressmen.

They are busy promoting their candidate Tim Sheehy, who has money but no experience in holding a government office. Sheehy and US Senator Daines lied about Judge Seeley’s decision on Held v Montana.

They are testing Joseph Goebbels theory of politics. Sheehy sends me four emails every day, assuming that will buy my vote. Sheehy is aligned with the Democrats’ climate change scam.

Our brief may be the best argument for climate truth ever written for the public reader, and you can read it for free.

Here’s how you can help.

We need elected or previously elected officials in any state or the US government to be parties to our Amicus Brief.

We also need non-profit organizations to be parties to our Amicus Brief.

So far, 22 Montana legislators are parties. These are the true patriot warriors who are defending truth. One is a candidate for governor. We need him to be governor.

I wrote this article to NWV because I have only about one week to get this show together and I don’t have enough time to also find people who can help me find people and organizations.

You can help save America by being a party to our Amicus Brief

To be a party, send an email to me ed@edberry.com and to our attorney qmr@montanalawyer.com asking to be a party.

Click here to comment on this article.

E-Mail Ed Berry: ed@edberry.com

Arms Rights Roundup

By Sidney Secular

December 8, 2023

A new hornet’s nest has been established in the White House that’s all abuzz with a beehive of activity. It’s the new so-called Office of Gun Violence Prevention, established as part of the Department of Justice in September, 2023. This particular action makes “preventing gun violence” into a “permanent national priority.” The Act wildly and falsely claims that “gun violence” is the leading cause of death in children and is an “epidemic,” making the situation into a disease that one can “catch” unless protected by your “government.” You could call this action a first, but much of what Biden does is, in fact, a first usually in depredation and tyranny, with one activity succeeding the last one in stupidity, grossness and unconstitutionality. The titular head of this new office is none other than the ubiquitous and ridiculous Kamala Harris who seems to be everywhere at once while, fortunately for Americans, her activities seemingly go nowhere. She seems to spearhead every new office or venture Biden creates. She is the most irrepressible, irreplaceable, yet irrelevant member of the Biden team, a “stalking horse” whose eternal failures do nothing to help Americans understand the total failure of the present “administration.”

But the real leading force and director of the new office is Stephanie Feldman, a longtime Biden aide and anti-gun zealot who has made it her mission to “defeat gun manufacturers” and thus, meaning to put them out of business. Feldman’s deputy director is Robert Wilcox, previously a Michael Bloomberg shill representing the “Everytown For Gun Safety” campaign. Feldman is also a promoter of the “Bipartisan Safer Communities Act” designed to whip up hysterical national reactions to the very few mass shootings by demented individuals! Of course, false flag shootings by our own government agencies are never mentioned as problematic – for obvious reasons! Wilcox has pushed for banning semi-automatic rifles, private gun transfers, punishing law abiding gun dealers for the acts of criminals and limiting the capacity of magazines used in self-defense firearms. Their salaries, and those of their staff, previously privately paid, will now be paid from your ever-shrinking inflation deflated net income via your tax dollars. All the while, the red carpet will continue to be rolled out for repeat criminal offenders, drug cartel operatives, child traffickers, spongers, faux refugees, and terrorists who flood across our border, sometimes accompanied by “concierge” assistance. On top of the direct federal funding of the new organization, it appears that Anti-Second Amendment organizations will receive subsidies to supplement their budgets if voluntary contributions begin shrinking. One way or another, the average American will continue to pay for the agencies that plan and carry out our eventual enslavement.

Of course, the “justification” given for this new agency is that it will end the “scourge” of gun violence in America. The campaign cleverly equates general gun use with gun violence, something that makes no sense whatsoever. On the other hand, the increasing criminality of our culture assures that “gun violence” will also rise that is, if one calls self-defense an act of violence. As for the “use-violence” equation, this claim has been made readily apparent when the Biden Administration attempted to strip elementary and secondary schools of federal funding if they had the audacity to maintain their successful and popular archery and hunting programs. That false-flag initiative was, thankfully, rebuked by Congress but as times continue to favor the left, that also may change.

Biden continues to push for his nonsensical bans on constitutionally protected commonly used rifles falsely and deliberately characterized as assault weapons, and high capacity magazines, something he equates with improper gun use. The 1994 Federal Assault Weapons ban that Biden touts and helped institute was effective through 2004, when its sunshine period expired, and it had little if any, effect on gun related crime rates. But Biden continues to insist that he is pursuing what the public wants, a claim contradicted by the fact that the number of background checks for purchases of firearms have never been higher, having exceeded one million per month for 50 straight months. Meanwhile, “constitutional carry” has now spread to more than half the states in recent years and it is not unlikely that as crime rates rise in blue cities and states, these liberal bastions may join the trend of an armed citizenry.

The impact of having the new gun control bureaucracy physically ensconced in the White House will be much greater than that which appears on the surface. The general influence of the gun control lobby will be enhanced, the collaborative media will be enlisted to promote and publicize the efforts of the new entity and Government officials outside the gun control coterie per se will have the real authority and resources to enforce their own dictates while being required to take the output from the “ministry of disarmament” seriously, implementing recommended changes to their agendas with ease and swiftness. The Director of the Office will be able to coordinate activities with federal agencies having policies with even minimal connections to “gun violence prevention.” Federal agencies such as the Departments of Health and Human Services, Veterans Affairs, Education, Housing and Urban Development, Homeland Security, Defense, Commerce, Interior, the Consumer Product Safety Commission as well as the United States Sentencing Commission will be immediately available to the anti-gun lobby and when the pot really starts boiling, you can be sure these will be embroiled in a whole host of new initiatives that are outgrowths of the “gun violence prevention” campaign.

Having Harris as the titular head of the gun control effort could prove even more hazardous to our national health than having her as border czar. She is a loose cannon – no pun intended! – that has positioned herself to the left of Biden on the issue and if she had her druthers would issue executive orders without the slightest consideration regarding how she might be violating the Constitution that she has sworn to uphold. Another “poisonality” in the new Office of Gun Violence Prevention is Greg Johnson, a second deputy director. He specializes in the “public health” approach to gun control that treats firearm ownership as a disease in need of a cure. Expect to see a renewal of The Centers for Disease Control Prevention’s involvement in gun control advocacy during the remainder of Biden’s reign of terror, a matter that will only become more problematic if there should be another “lockdown.”

The truth is that rates of gun accidents have been falling dramatically for over a century. Accidental firearm fatalities among children under 15 are outnumbered by drownings by a 12 to 1 ratio and motor vehicle deaths by a 25 to 1 ratio, using the CDC’s own numbers. In a sort of “American tradition,” especially boys receiving their first gun as a gift in their youth represented a rite of passage into adulthood with the implied message that you received the gift because you could now be trusted to behave responsibly. As that was the message, perhaps we should consider disarming our government that has proven it cannot be trusted to behave responsibly!

Firearms stand next in importance to the Constitution itself. — George Washington

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Rethinking Economic Analysis and Strategy

By: Amil Imani

December

The latest data on the Consumer Price Index (CPI) reveals contrasting trends, raising questions about the effectiveness of recent Federal Reserve actions and the potential impact on everyday Americans. As of October 2023, the annual CPI rose 3.2%, primarily due to the “fortuitous plunge” in energy prices. However, a deeper dive into the numbers exposes an inflation rate curtailed by falling energy costs. The core CPI, which sidesteps the volatility of food and energy, remained resilient, clocking in at 4.0%.

The divergence between headline and core inflation rates underscores the interplay of economic factors.

The Federal Reserve’s aggressive interest rate hikes were expected to quell inflationary pressures. Yet, the core CPI’s stubborn rise suggests a more tempered impact on the segments excluded from the headline index. Why?

Firstly, the interest rate hikes have inadvertently tilted the playing field against renewable energy technologies. As interest rates climbed, the levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) for renewables soared, jeopardizing their competitiveness vis-à-vis fossil fuels. It is a cautionary tale, reminding us that monetary policy can have unintended consequences on our pursuit of a greener future.

Higher interest rates shouldn’t impede progress toward sustainable energy – yet here we are, grappling with the repercussions on our journey towards a low-carbon economy.

The elevated interest rates provided legacy oil and gas producers a lifeline. Shielded from the onslaught of low-carbon alternatives, these traditional energy giants could maximize revenues from their aging assets. A dichotomy emerges – the Fed’s pursuit of economic stability inadvertently bolsters sectors that contribute to environmental concerns.

Are we inadvertently sacrificing our environmental goals in the pursuit of economic stability?

Moreover, the core inflation rate is not a monolithic entity; it responds to a myriad of influences. Rising shelter prices, a crucial component, witnessed a slowdown in growth due to falling hotel prices, not reductions in rent or homeowners’ equivalent rent.

It’s not just about energy and food but also the intricacies of housing costs that shape the economic narrative.

As we contemplate the repercussions of interest rate hikes, we must recognize the tangible impacts on individuals and businesses. Homeowners with mortgages face increased monthly repayments, potentially inducing financial stress. Simultaneously, enterprises grappling with higher borrowing costs might curtail investments, a potential drag on economic growth.

How are these interest rate hikes affecting you? Is your monthly budget feeling the strain, or is your business reassessing growth plans?

Furthermore, the indirect effects on the economy are equally profound. Higher interest rates could set off a wage-price spiral – a cycle of rising wages leading to higher prices, fueling further wage increases. This self-fulfilling prophecy can spawn an inflationary loop that is challenging to break.

Are we on the brink of a wage-price spiral? The interconnectivity of wages and prices can have cascading effects on our economy.

Beyond these direct and indirect impacts, such hikes can reshape expectations about future inflation and interest rates. If core inflation remains high despite rate hikes, it could dampen investment sentiments, potentially slowing economic growth.

It’s imperative to question the unintended consequences of policy decisions and their ripple effects on our collective pursuit of a prosperous and sustainable future.

The 3.2% annual increase in the US Consumer Price Index (CPI) has profound implications for the economy and individual households. Let’s dissect the potential fallouts of this uptick:

As a measure of the average price change for a basket of goods and services, the CPI signifies an augmented cost of living. This escalation strains household budgets, particularly those reliant on fixed or low incomes. The 3.2% CPI increase amplifies the financial challenges faced by everyday consumers, raising pertinent questions about the adequacy of income levels in the face of rising prices.

How does the increased cost of living impact your household budget? Are you making ends meet with the recent price surge more challenging?

Historically, the Federal Reserve responds to mounting inflation by raising interest rates. While this strategy proves effective, it concurrently amplifies the cost of borrowing, potentially slowing economic growth. The ripple effect extends to the stock market, where higher interest rates render bonds more attractive than stocks, influencing investment decisions and market dynamics.

How are you adjusting your investment strategy in response to potential shifts in interest rates? Are higher borrowing costs affecting your financial decisions?

If wages fail to keep pace with inflation, workers’ real purchasing power diminishes, culminating in a decline in the standard of living. This scenario poses challenges for individual households and introduces the specter of social unrest and heightened pressure on employers to reassess wage structures.

Have you noticed a stagnation or decline in your real purchasing power? Are calls for wage increases becoming more pronounced in your workplace or community?

The interplay between businesses passing on higher costs to consumers and anticipating prolonged high inflation can set the stage for a self-sustaining cycle known as ‘sticky’ inflation. If left unchecked, this phenomenon poses a formidable challenge for central banks as breaking the cycle becomes increasingly complex.

Do you perceive a sustained trend of rising prices, and how does this impact your expectations for future economic conditions?

The upward push of inflation can translate into elevated costs for servicing government debt, particularly if it leads to higher interest rates. This potential uptick in government expenditure on debt servicing could exert budgetary pressures, prompting government service cutbacks or tax increases.

Are you concerned about the potential repercussions of increased government debt servicing costs on public services and taxes?

While a 3.2% increase in the CPI may not be deemed excessively high by historical standards, its repercussions resonate significantly throughout, and the role of interest rates cannot be underestimated. Their direct and indirect impact is felt across various sectors and individual lives, shaping the contours of our economic reality.

How confident are you in the economic outlook? Are you adjusting your investment strategy based on expectations of future inflation?

So, are we treading the right path, or do we need to recalibrate our economic strategies?

Kingdom Christianity

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

December 7, 2023

Christ isn’t just the soon coming King. He is King right now!

For the most part, Christians are the most defeatist group of people you will ever hang out with.

Not in their personal lives, but in their view of the world. From a PERSONAL perspective they are, for the most part, optimistic. They believe God will bless them in the personal walk…. finances…health…relationships…but in regards to where we are in world affairs, they are mostly pessimistic people.

Their “faith” is more of a life enhancement tool rather than a Kingdom building focus. It is the rotten fruit of the “name it claim it” prosperity gospel that has permeated American Christianity since the advent of “Christian” television.

Make no mistake about it, much of Christianity has been hi-jacked by slick salesmen who masquerade as “ministers,” selling a product designed to appeal to the masses. These marketing techniques have worked wonderfully for the few and has given us a new genre’ of Christianity…the millionaire pastor.

Take a look at this list of millionaire pastors! Read it and weep. Jesus warned us “it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.”

Today, rich men run the kingdom. No wonder Christianity is in such trouble.

Kingdom Christianity. That is an interesting phrase. You don’t hear much about that from the pulpit these days, even though the Founder of Christianity taught us to pray that His “kingdom would come…on earth, as it is in Heaven.” Today, many pastors are using HIS Kingdom to expand THEIR kingdom. Did you know that many of our Christian Celebrity Pastors are now expanding and creating “campus” Christianity with “ministries” in more than one location?

Much of it is fluff…designed to draw in Gen Xers with a much more popular form of gospel…a judgement free one designed to make folks comfortable in their self-centeredness. Christianity was launched to expand a Kingdom, not to give the subjects six steps to a better life. Authentic Christianity is about dying to self, fighting evil, speaking the TRUTH, and exposing the unfruitful works of darkness.

But that does not fill the pews. Kingdom Christianity launches its adherents onto the front lines of a Spiritual War where the souls of men are the prize. War, especially Spiritual, is dirty business. Getting drafted onto team Jesus is a military assignment where we are called repeatedly to “lay down” our lives for the advancement of a Kingdom.

CHRIST IS KING and His followers are commanded to “go into all the world” and teach others to observe all He has commanded us. That is called “the Great Commission.” Commission is defined as a “charge; order; mandate; authority given.” It is a military term. Is that what those millionaire pastors are doing? Are they engaged on the frontlines of a war or are they running a marketing campaign for their flock’s personal improvement?

Paul warned us of them who “through covetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you…” Shysters. Blindly obeying the edicts of Luciferian controlled “government.” Shutting down services…promoting vaxes…bowing to Caesar. Tens of thousands of Churches took government money during the fake pandemic. Check this out

No man can serve two masters…you cannot take money from Caesar and claim to serve Christ.

But I continue to remain optimistic. I believe, to plagiarize Winston Churchill, that this will be American Christianity’s finest hour. We must get our focus off the “end-times” and engage the battle during the present times. Too many Believers are endeavoring to live out pre-written history. A new genre’ of Christian leader is rising.

What one believes, matters. I often used the phrase “if you think you CAN or if you think you CAN’T you’re probably right” as a coaching axiom. Currently, most of the American Church is waving the white flag, surrendering to the ideology that the Bible teaches that things are only going to get worse. Ignoring Christ’s clear command to “Occupy till I come.”

Most Christians have been taught to think linearly, in a straight line. We think in terms of minutes, hours, days, years, decades, and centuries. But God works in cycles…patterns, Winter, Spring, Summer, Fall. He moves from dark to light. “In the beginning the earth was void and without form and darkness was upon the face of the deep. AND GOD SAID LET THERE BE LIGHT!” And suddenly light WAS!!

America is nearing the end of a very dark period. In 1947 the SCOTUS criminalized public Christianity. Our nation slogged through the darkness of Viet Nam, recreational drugs, Timothy Leary, tune in turn on drop out, if it feels good do it, the sexual revolution, the slaughter of the pre-born, make love, not war, who are you to judge…the complete overthrow of Christian morality.

But the sun is starting to come up. A new day is dawning. God fearing Americans are awakening from their punch-drunk state and are finally starting to get their sea legs under them. The momentum is swinging as Moms and Pops are realizing that their families are under assault. Disney is dying. Bud Light is dead. The NASCAR crowd is beginning to push back. The light is starting to creep over the horizon.

Isaiah 9:6 For unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even forever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts will perform this.

Christianity is a story of victory. The triumph of light over dark, good over evil, right over wrong. What if most of Christianity has gotten it all wrong? What if the greatest revival the world has ever seen is just over the horizon? What if Satan and his minions are about to go down for the count? What if a new day is dawning in the world? It is always darkest before the dawn.

Stand up! stand up for Jesus! Ye soldiers of the cross; Lift high His royal banner, It must not suffer loss: From vict’ry unto vict’ry His army shall He lead, Till every foe is vanquished and Christ is Lord indeed!

Christ is KING not just Lord!!

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

The Valley of the Dry Bones

by Lee Duigon

December 7, 2023

As a wave of virulent antisemitism sweeps the Western world, my Bible-reading has brought me back to Ezekiel 37—the prophet’s vision of the valley of dry bones.

The hand of the LORD was upon me, and carried me out in the spirit of the LORD, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones, and caused me to pass by them round about: and behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry. And He said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live? (Ezekiel 37: 1-3)

What could be more desolate then a valley full of dry, dead bones? Yet as Ezekiel watched, God clothed the bones with flesh and sinew, put skin on them, brought up a wind to breathe life into them, and stood them on their feet, fully restored.

There followed the prophecy: Thus saith the LORD God; Behold, O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye shall know that I am the LORD, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, and shall put my spirit in you, and ye shall live… (verses 12-14).

I’m not a theologian, but I think we err if we try to interpret this vision literally: it’s bigger than that. Much bigger.

A valley full of dry bones seems like a vivid metaphor for spiritual death, spiritual desolation. There are more than a few such valleys in our world today. Our public schools and colleges, our corrupt politics, what we laughingly call our “entertainment” media, and on and on. Can these bones live again? Ezekiel said, “O Lord God, thou knowest” (v. 3).

How many times has this fallen world tried to wipe out God’s people Israel? The Assyrians, Babylonians, and Romans uprooted them from their homeland and scattered them over the world: the image of sowing seeds comes immediately to mind. The Jews returned to their homeland—after yet another attempt to exterminate them, this time by Nazi Germany– and established a new state of Israel in 1947. Today they fight to keep it.

But aside from the enduring importance of Israel—is our reach wide enough and long enough to grasp the full sense of this prophecy?

Something tells me that it isn’t.

The Son of God came in the flesh, did His Father’s works on earth, was crucified, dead, and buried. Dead bones in a stone tomb. And then, as He said He would, He rose.

He is the means by which all the dry bones shall be given life. Even those that don’t realize that they’re dead. God created the world for life, not death. His sovereign power will restore that life—life where human sin and hubris has planted only death.

We have entered our current Christmas season. It’s fitting that we celebrate. We ought to be overcome with joy. “Joy to the world, the Lord has come!” The hymn gets it right.

Those desolate valleys are waiting to be watered, planted, and restored to life.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Pearl Harbor Attack Dec. 7, 1941: Survivor S. J. Hemker Remembered

by Rees Lloyd

December 7, 2023

December 7, 2023 , Pearl Harbor Day, marks the 82nd anniversary of the Japanese air attack on U.S. naval and air installations at Pearl Harbor, HI, at 7:53 a.m., Dec. 7, 1941 — without a declaration of war.

It was then the worst attack on American soil in history: Some 2,403 died, 2008 of them Navy personnel; another 1,178 were wounded

Eighteen Navy ships, including the U.S.S. Arizona, were sunk or damaged. Almost all the planes at the island bases were destroyed or damaged while still on the ground.

President Franklin D. Roosevelt memorably called December 7, 1941, “a day which will live in infamy” in his dramatic speech to Congress, which then declared war on Japan.

Only the sneak attack on America by radical Islamic terrorists on 9-11-2001 in New York resulted in more deaths. But for many Americans of this generation — and millions of immigrants, legal and illegal — the meaning, the significance of Pearl Harbor, is not fully known, or appreciated.

One American for whom the Patriot Harbor attack did “live in infamy” for all of his long, productive, and patriotic 100-year life, was Pearl Harbor survivor Shelby John (“S.J.”) Hemker of Banning, California. Although he has now gone to God, his story reveals the nature of those Americans who served at Pearl Harbor; indeed, his story reveals the nature of America— then.

Shelby John (“SJ”) Hemker, a poor “country boy” whose childhood was the Great Depression, joined the Navy at 17. He was at Pearl Harbor near the end of his first four-year tour of duty when the Japanese attacked. He survived that horror, and went on to be a three-war combat Navy veteran — WWII, Korea, and Vietnam. After retirement from the Navy, he continued to serve America in peacetime as a life member of The American Legion.

Hemker, by his giving, patriotic life of service to God and country in war and in peace, was an exemplar of the Greatest Generation of WWII. Beloved by his comrade wartime veterans and his community, S.J. Hemker was honored by both on January 10, 2019, at a celebration of his 100th Birthday.

Representatives of the linked San Gorgonio Pass cities of Banning and Beaumont in Riverside County, CA, presented him with Proclamations honoring him. Commendations were presented by his American Legion San Gorgonio Post 428 and other Posts, and veterans organizations from as far away as Patriot Outreach based in Kansas.

Many words were spoken there about Pearl Harbor, its horror, and its meaning, then and now. The most poignant of those words were those of S.J. Hemker, himself, in a remembrance of Pearl Habor, and of what it should mean, in an earlier interview with me. It was my honor to read those words of S.H. Hemker about Pearl Harbor at the celebration of his life, and is an honor to publish his own words here:

“Ordinarily, we would have been at sea, We were at Pearl Harbor because we had to repair an engine that had been sabotaged at the shipyard back in California. I was up on the fantail of our ship, the USS New Orleans, a heavy cruiser, with the Chief Master at Arms. The Quartermaster was there, getting ready to raise the flag,” S.J. Hemker recalled.

“It was 7:53 a.m. when we saw the Japanese planes. They were flying so low I could see the pilots’ faces in the cockpit. They were grinning at us as they went down toward Battle Ship Row. Grinning at me and the Chief. They were so close, you could have thrown something at them and hit them. A potato, maybe. They were that close. Just skimming the top of the water. Torpedo planes. The pilots grinning at us,” Hemker reluctantly, but vividly recalled.

“The loudspeakers blared: ‘Man your battle stations – the Japs are attacking’. All hell broke loose… It was terrible, horrible, …,” he said, pausing in his remembrance.

“I spent the next eight hours down in the magazine loading for our five-inch anti-aircraft guns. We fired everything. If we had been hit, that would have been it for us in the magazine. We would have been blown up. We had a big crane over the top of our ship. I think that’s what saved us,” he stated matter-of-factly as to his own circumstance, then somberly related:

“The Arizona capsized. Thirteen hundred men went down with her. Half the guys I was with in boot camp died on the Arizona. That’s where the Memorial is today. They say that oil still leaks out every day. Those guys…they’re still down there,” Hemker said quietly, his voice trailing off, as if physically turning away from a memory, and reality, which was still too painful to talk about.

Getting Hemker to talk about it at all was no easy task. Like many of his fellow World War II veterans, he didn’t talk about his war experiences, never expected any thanks or gratitude, and never, ever boasted about it, despite the fact that after Pearl Harbor he served America in battles and combat zones for the duration of WWII, in the Korean War, and in Vietnam.

Hempker, a widower, roguishly handsome into his 90’s and possessed of a sly sense of humor, for years charmed the ladies in the American Legion Auxiliary with his country gallantry. He was universally admired by his comrade veterans in the American Legion. “I’m not able to do what I used to do, but I do what I can,” he said.

Hemker’s beloved wife died more than 30 years earlier. For the last thirteen years of her life, Hemker’s wife was bedridden, unable to perform the most basic of everyday tasks of life, totally dependent. It says a great deal about the kind of man S.J. Hemker was, that for all of those thirteen years Hemker cared for her, saw to her every need, lovingly dedicated his life to her care, until her death did them part.

Hemker had four sons. All four, like their father, are veterans who served in the Vietnam war. Hemker had no biological daughter. But, in his declining years, he had for more than fifteen years lived in his own room in the home of a loving “daughter-in-fact” if not of biology, Sue McConnell, and her husband,

No daughter has rendered more loving care to a father than had Sue McConnell to S.J. Hemker.

“I call him my ‘Dad’ because he is that to me. I couldn’t love him more,” Sue,told me. She had known Hemker for thirty-seven years, during which she had often risen up in fury when the VA had not done its duty “to this great man, this hero, my Dad.”

Reflecting on Pearl Harbor after surviving it, Hemker, who had lost his eyesight, but not his vision for America, observed:

“We Americans should never forget. If we forget our past and those who died, we won’t have a future. A free one, anyway. Look at what happened on 9-11. More people were killed on that day than were killed at Pearl Harbor. It can happen again,” he warned.

“I don’t think people remember Pearl Harbor and what it means, the way they used to do,” Hemker concluded. “That’s too bad. A lot of us can’t forget. An awful lot of really good people died to keep America free. They shouldn’t be forgotten.”

These are the last words of S.J. Hemker, veteran and self-described “ordinary American…just a common man,” about the attack on Pearl Harbor, that “day of infamy” on Dec. 7, 1941; about those who died in it; and about those who survived it and continued to serve until victory in WWII, preserving our American freedom.

Hemker, sad to say, is no longer with us. Although reaching his 100th Birthday on January 10, 2019, Hemker later in the year “transferred to Post Everlasting,” as we, his American Legion comrades, say.

Although S.J. Hemker may no longer be with us physically, he can be and should be with us spiritually—the spirit of patriotic love of country and service in its defense that he exemplified, as did and do so many others of the WWII Greatest Generation. Neither his life nor his words should be forgotten, if, as he warns, we Americans are to remain free.

May the God that S.J. Hemker served so faithfully bless and keep him. May the country he served so faithfully for all of his 100 years on earth, always honor and remember him.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

Destroying America’s National Identity: There Will Be No Peaceful Solution

By Frosty Wooldridge

December 7, 2023

As of three years ago when Joe Biden took over as president, your citizenship no longer means zilch. Biden or his handers have engineered the largest invasion of any country in the history of the world. As of 35 months ago, Biden invited 8,000,000 illegal aliens from over 100 countries to breach our borders. Islamic terrorists enjoy free access to our country. Even the FBI Chief Wray said we stand at the highest level of terrorist threats, ever.

At the same time, the majority of our U.S. Congress sits on their hands doing absolutely NOTHING to stop the invasion. Now, we feature somewhere between 4 and 8 million Muslims whose prime directive from the Qur’an is: “Convert or kill all non-believers.” They have not and do not intend to EVER become Americans loyal to our U.S. Constitution. They intend to install Sharia Law bit by bit, city by city, year by year, decade by decade…until America looks like Europe.

America’s National Identity Is Being Destroyed

If you think those 12 million illegals and now another 8 million illegal border jumpers intend to become loyal, flag waving American citizens…you need to see a psychiatrist. If you think that the 4 to 8 million Muslims imported into the United States intend to serve our Constitution, you would be a fool. Already in Baghdad/Detroit, Michigan where they’ve created their own caliphate, they promised to not vote for Biden because he supports Israel. Gees, who would have thought that American Muslims would stand by the Jews of Israel? The reality is, those American Muslims would like to exterminate all Jews from this planet.

If you looked at Dublin burning in the past week, you watched what’s coming to America. If you watched tens of thousands of British Muslims marching in favor of Hamas over the past month, you realize that the British can’t do anything to stop them. Why? Because of their numbers, those Muslims would burn London down. The United Kingdom killed itself by importing that barbaric religion right into its guts.

Reporter Theophilus Chilton wrote an incredibly incisive article on what’s happening to Ireland and all of Europe. They are SO deep into their immigration nightmares, they can’t escape, and thus the only solution is conflict. (Source: www.Cairco.org , “There is no peaceful Solution”, Chilton.)

Chilton said, “As most of us are surely aware by now, the fermenting demographic troubles in Ireland finally boiled over last week in a flurry of rioting… The deeper cause, of course, is the systematic set of policies enacted by globalist, transnational, mostly foreign “elites”

who have ruled Ireland for over a decade to the detriment of Ireland’s native population. These policies have methodically disadvantaged actual Irish people — economically, demographically,

and legally – while perpetrating a type of anarcho-tyranny to the advantage of vast numbers of third world “migrants” who have brought in huge amounts of crime and corruption…

“Of course, Ireland (like most other western nations, including our own) is ruled by a transnational body of foreign satraps who don’t give a rip about the native peoples of the countries they occupy. Indeed, violent resistance to illegitimate governments which despise their own people is entirely proper and right.”

There will become a point in American cities where will have to fight for our rights over Sharia Law. Or, we devolve into Islam’s nightmare for men, women, children and animals.

“The fact of the matter is that we’ve reached the point where there is no peaceful solution to the problems faced in the West by the mass importation of hostile, unassimilable foreigners nor the politicians who hate their own people,” said Chilton.

Ireland Faces Horrific Problems That Do Not Enjoy A Peaceful Solution

Chilton stated, “Ireland once was homogenous, relatively high IQ and high trust, was the Celtic Tiger with lots of prosperity. Then globalists decided that Ireland needed tons of “refugees” just like the rest of Europe and suddenly that prosperity, safety and high trust vanished.”

As millions of illegal aliens pour over the border from God only knows where, and averaging 10,000 daily, can you imagine what our national identity will become?

With this invasion nightmare accelerating, do you see any elected representatives in Congress doing a single stinking thing to stop it. Yes, a few speak up like Josh Hawley (R-MO), Tom Cotton (R-AR), Marsha Blackburn (R-TN), but no one else lifts a finger.

At some point, we will lose our national identity into a black hole of multicultural chaos and conflict. Why can’t the majority of Americans see it? Why aren’t our elected officials stopping it? Why are we supporting national suicide by our silence?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Guess Who’s Still Running the Country

By: Amil Imani

December 6, 2023

The policies of the Obama and Biden administrations have been frequently compared due to their shared history. As Vice President under Obama and now President through a stolen election, Joe Biden’s policies often seem to mirror his predecessor. This article aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of critical comparisons between the two administrations, specifically regarding border control, economic performance, Middle Eastern policy, relations with Russia, the Department of Justice, and American national pride.

Border Control

Under the Obama administration, there was no border control with an “open border” policy, which let in droves of illegal immigrants across the US-Mexico border—Ditto under the Biden administration.

The Biden administration even went several steps ahead with plans to boost refugee admissions, preserve deportation relief for unauthorized immigrants, and not enforce the “public charge” rule that denies green cards to immigrants who might use public benefits like Medicaid.

Economic Performance

Both the Obama and Biden administrations created a stagnant economy. Period.

Middle Eastern Policy with Terrorist Organizations Under both administrations, Iran’s regime was covertly and overtly empowered. The Obama-era policy of engagement with Iran (the Iran Nuclear Deal or the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action, or JCPOA) continues under the Biden administration. However, seemingly on paper, Biden recently vowed to “hold Iran accountable” for its alliance with Russia and its support of anti-Israeli militants such as Hamas, creating a mirage of a change in policy direction.

Both administrations failed in their handling of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, with groups like Hamas getting well-funded under their watch.

Relations with Russia and Ukraine Under both the Obama and Biden administrations, Russia has taken aggressive actions, including the annexation of Crimea and the invasion of Ukraine. Both administrations failed to deter Russian aggression adequately. Biden, who was in charge of Ukraine policy under Obama, bears a heavy responsibility for Washington’s inaction and its consequences.

Department of Justice

The Obama and Biden administrations weaponized the Department of Justice (DOJ). They were also guilty of various DOJ actions, such as handling the Fast and Furious operation and issues related to whistleblowers. The DOJ remains a critical institution in upholding the rule of law. The Biden administration has faced its share of dubious decisions about investigations and prosecutions.

American Pride

Finally, both administrations have attacked American pride through various factors, including political, economic, and social dynamics.

Therefore, it is evident that Obama is “still running the show” without any doubt.

The scariest thing is that Biden’s story is being blocked on social media and is nowhere in the NY Times, the L.A. Times, CNN, MSNBC, ABC, and CBS, and is minimally covered in the WSJ.

Let us keep in mind that there are not many differences between the D.C. Beltway elitist class politicians of either party.

Has the American Spirit and Work Ethic Evaporated?

By Sid Secular

December 6, 2023

No matter how early you get up in the morning, there are mobs of people outside — in the streets, on public transit, in the gyms, and in the shops. You’re constantly amazed at the spirit, the toil, the focus, and the raw skill that is typical of the scene . . . in a modern Asian country, something that was once typical of the hubbub in American “hubs” like New York City. Today, however, in the US, everything seems broken, listless, malfunctioning and the product of decay. The entrepreneurial spirit still resides in the Asians who seem to have taken over that particular ethic. Many Americans though animated by anomie, if you will, are lazy, irrational, socially touchy, and tend to gripe about their lot in life, though sadly not without a lot of justification.

The blue-collar workers and white-collared professionals may have the credentials, but they don’t have the competence, the experience and in many cases, the desire to be what Americans once were in this world – a driving force for personal and national betterment. This is especially true of the younger set many of whom allow themselves to get set in their less than satisfactory beliefs and behaviors. Many don’t have any real purpose save for personal satisfaction in whatever means decided upon. Any one-time religious zeal that these young people may have had, has been purposely attacked and drained from them by a secular and atheistic culture whose main motto is, “if it feels good, do it!” Today, people – even older people! – lack pride in what they do, and suffering from a lack of fulfillment, look for things to complain about, get litigious, constantly try in any of their efforts to cut corners but in the end, they simply can’t seem to cut it.

The Covidiocy killed many small businesses and undercut whatever entrepreneurial spirit remained in the populace. Only about half those sent home had the motivation to return to their offices when the lockdowns ended. Between the lack of workers’ competence and the lack of workers altogether, we see “help wanted” signs omnipresent, signs that, in their increasing need, even present the salaries of the positions to be filled! Anger, resentment, cynicism, and bitterness towards the world seem to be the milieu in which everyone is immersed. Familiar things of the culture feel broken and it has gone on for so long that all is accepted as normal.

Is there a way out of this decline? I would say, no – at least not with the “leaders” we keep voting into office.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

World Health Organization (WHO) Declares Truth as “Disinformation”?

By Bradlee Dean

December 6, 2023

“Vaccination is a huge delusion: …it has never saved a single life; but that it has been the cause of so much disease, so many deaths, such a vast amount of utterly needless and altogether undeserved suffering, that it will be classed by the coming generation among the greatest errors of an ignorant and prejudiced age, and its penal enforcement the foulest blot on the generally beneficent course of legislation.” -Alfred Russel Wallace, O.M., F.R.S. 1898

Regardless of how people want it to be said or how people want it to be heard, the truth of the matter is that the plandemic has been exposed for what it is, a conspiracy (Jeremiah 11:9). Just ask them. Start the video below at 1:17.

They are not able, nor will they ever be able to conceal the truth of the matter when it comes to the last 3 years of the crisis that they have created (Luke 12:2). This we all know.

Now knowing this, the World Health Organization (WHO) wants to force lock up anyone and everyone who is responsible for exposing them for who they are and what it is that they are responsible for doing.

The People’s Voice recently reported, that the criminal organization WHO Declares Global Disinformation Crisis: “We Must Lock Up Conspiracy Theorists”.

The World Health Organization (WHO) has urged governments to declare a “global disinformation emergency” and begin locking up people who spread non-mainstream opinions online.

Over 200 health journals funded by the WHO called on the United Nations’ global health body to declare martial law worldwide due to the ongoing threat of alternative news. They also urged government’s to impose strict new lockdowns due to the ongoing threat of so-called “global boiling.”

“Over 200 health journals call on the United Nations, political leaders, and health professionals to recognise that climate change and biodiversity loss are one indivisible crisis and must be tackled together to preserve health and avoid catastrophe. This overall environmental crisis is now so severe as to be a global health emergency,” declared the BMJ, a UK weekly peer-reviewed medical journal, in a statement on Wednesday.

Infowars.com reports: What the scientists failed to mention is that they’re funded by the very global body they’re calling on to implement the health emergency.

In other words, the WHO is essentially laying the groundwork for it to declare another emergency similar to the one they issued in response to the COVID plandemic in 2020.

This comes as WHO Director-General Tedros Ghebreyesus urged other nations to adopt its Pandemic Accords in part to combat “disinformation.”

COVID-19 “eroded trust between people, governments and institutions, fueled by a torrent of mis- and disinformation,” Ghebreyesus claimed on Thursday.

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Israel in the Crosshairs: Part 2, More Forgotten History

By Cherie Zaslawsky

December 5, 2023

Israel is the only nation on Earth that inhabits the same land, bears the same name, speaks the same language, and worships the same God that it did 3,000 years ago. –Charles Krauthammer

Most people either don’t know the history behind the formation of Israel and the Arab states, or have forgotten it. Here’s a brief refresher.

THE BRITISH MUCK THINGS UP

After WWI and the defeat of the Ottoman Empire, the League of Nations gave the British control of what was called Mandatory Palestine. This consisted of quite a large block of land, and the plan, as stated in the 1917 Balfour Declaration, expressed the British commitment to carve out a national homeland in the Holy Land for the Jews—a plan supported by the Allies as well, including President Woodrow Wilson. France was very much on board. Here’s an excerpt from a letter from the French Secretary-General of the Foreign Ministry Jules Cambon:

…it would be a deed of justice and of reparation to assist, by the protection of the Allied Powers, in the renaissance of the Jewish nationality [nationalité juive] in that land from which the people of Israel were exiled so many centuries ago.

Note that Biblical Israel includes land east of the Jordan River.

WINSTON’S HICCUP AND BRITAIN’S SLEIGHT OF HAND

Then came “Winston’s hiccup.”

Churchill was Britain’s Colonial Secretary at the time, and legend has it that due to his drinking more than usual, his pen slipped—hence the odd zigzag of the Transjordanian border.

Colorful legend aside, Britain did some fancy footwork in 1922, perhaps caving to Arab pressure, because suddenly, the large block of Mandatory Palestine that encompassed tracts on both sides of the Jordan river shrunk to only the narrow strip west of the Jordan—about 25% of the original territory. And now that 25% was slated to be split into two countries.

What happened to the other 75% so generously carved out of British Mandatory Palestine?

It went to the Arabs. We know it today as Jordan.

This was all the more surprising since:

The Mandate’s primary purpose was to reconstitute the Jewish National Home in Palestine, and since Israel’s ancient tribes had existed on both sides of the Jordan River, the Zionists anticipated the national home would extend beyond the eastern bank of the river and into Transjordan.

Indeed, when the Mandate was finally approved by the League of Nations in 1922, to the chagrin of the Zionist leader Chaim Weizmann, it contained a revised text enabling Britain to detach Transjordan from the Jewish national home. (Emphasis mine)

In other words, 75% of British Mandatory Palestine was awarded to the Arabs under the pretense that it hadn’t been in the Mandate in the first place! This was an astonishing betrayal of the British promise to create a Jewish homeland in the ancestral land of the Jewish people. Evidently, the Brits had essentially promised much of the same land to both the Jews and the Arabs, and had to weasel out of it.

PEELING THE PIE

So how to divide the remaining slender slice of the pie? British Lord Peel came up with the Peel Partition that proposed about 85% of the remnant of British Mandatory Palestine to the Arabs, and about 15% to the Jews. This was followed by similar slivers for the Jews and most of the land to the Arabs in the 1938 Woodhead Partition.

By now, the Jews were willing to settle for anything they could get. And the Arabs? Refusal after refusal. Ironically, had they accepted the Peel Partition, most of what is Israel today would have been an Arab state! At least in that instance, Arab recalcitrance actually served to benefit the Jews they sought, and still seek, to destroy.

In 1946, ten years after the Arab Revolt of 1936, and after proposing various ways to divide the remainder of the territory to no one’s satisfaction, the British washed their hands of the whole affair, summarily handing it over to the United Nations.

HOW THE DECK WAS STACKED AGAINST THE JEWS

Two facts muddied the waters in the decade or so prior to the UN taking over British Mandatory Palestine.

Much to the shame of the Brits, they actually caved to Arab pressure and denied entry into the Jewish homeland to Jewish refugees from Europe who were fleeing the Nazis! Not only that, but as Victor Sharpe puts it:

During its administration up until 1947, Britain severely restricted Jewish immigration and purchases of land while turning a blind eye to massive illegal Arab immigration into the territory from neighboring failed and stagnant Arab states. These illegal alien Arabs were the originators of those Arabs today who primarily call themselves Palestinians. (Emphasis mine)

The second mindboggling fact I learned while leafing through Joan Peters’ masterpiece of investigative journalism, From Time Immemorial.

In 1948, the UN changed the definition of…wait for it…”refugee”! Instead of people who were forced to leave a “permanent” home, the UN, in an underhanded Orwellian maneuver, redefined the term solely for Arab refugees, as “any persons that had been in Palestine for [a minimum of] only two years before Israel’s statehood in 1948.” (Peters, From Time Immemorial, p.4) Hence grandfathering in nearly all the recent illegal Arab immigrants as “refugees”—who would later claim the “right of return.” Not to be outdone, UNRWA, the United Nations Relief and Works Agency, further redefined “refugee” to include the descendants of those Arabs! Talk about fishy…

THE JEWS FINALLY GET THEIR HOMELAND

In November 1947, the U.N. proposed 43% of the remains of British Mandatory Palestine for the Arabs, and 55% for the Jews. The Jews said thank you. The Arabs said nothing doing. Six months later, in May 1948, the state of Israel was born, only to be immediately attacked by Arab armies from Egypt, Transjordan, Iraq, Syria and Lebanon. Not a very friendly welcome for the skinny new kid on the block. And that was, of course, only the beginning.

Miraculously, the Israelis won that war, and with it, more territory. After their humiliating defeat, the Arabs plotted their next offensives. Their surefire plan was to join forces once more and push the Jews into the sea in the 1967 Six Day War, but much to their chagrin, Israel not only won, but did so within a week, while regaining the Sinai Peninsula the Gaza Strip, Judea and Samaria, aka the West Bank, eastern Jerusalem, and the Golan Heights. Maybe a lesson there.

However, the Arabs regrouped and attacked again, just six years later, in 1973, on Yom Kippur, the holiest day in the Jewish calendar. This time Israel won territory in the Golan Heights, but withdrew from the land it had won from Syria the following year, as per a “disengagement” treaty. More “land for peace” wishful thinking.

A TRAGEDY OF THEIR OWN MAKING: THE ARABS’ REFUSALS

Even though Palestine was never a nation, so Arabs living in Gaza and the West Bank cannot be bereft of a nation that never existed, they are nevertheless in a predicament, and that is true whether we call them Palestinians or Egyptians, Jordanians, or simply Arabs. So how did that predicament come about, and who bears responsibility for it?

As Victor Sharpe reminds us: “…the Arab League, meeting in Khartoum in August 1967, delivered the infamous three no’s: No peace with Israel, no negotiations with Israel, no recognition of Israel. From 1937, Israeli politicians have five times offered the Arabs a state. Five times the Arabs have rejected the Israeli offers. The reason being the Arabs who call themselves Palestinians want no state next to Israel. They want no Jewish state to exist. Period!” (Emphasis mine)

And from Dr. Sergio Simon’s open letter to Queen Rania of Jordan:

Instead of absorbing them [the Palestinian refugees] into the Jordanian society, they were kept under inhumane conditions in concentration camps to pressure Israel and the United Nations. Nobody wanted the Palestine “problem” solved. … there were also the Jewish refugees from the Arab countries as well!

Hundreds of thousands of Jews had to flee Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, Algeria, Tunisia, Yemen and Morocco without anything, leaving behind all their belongings and properties… But Israel did not put them in camps. They were readily absorbed in the Israeli society and today…they are lawyers, doctors, teachers, university professors in Israel. There is no more a “Jewish refugee” problem. This could have happened with the poor Palestinians had King Hussein in Jordan, Gamal Abdel Nasser in Egypt and Shukri al-Kwatli and Hafez al-Assad in Syria done the same. (Emphasis mine)

ARAFAT’S GAME OF CAT AND MOUSE

What is the ultimate goal of the Palestinians? Is it possession of their own state?

If so, why did Yassar Arafat agree to the1993 Oslo Accords and then promptly violate virtually all the agreements? And why did he turn down the Camp David II Accords in 2000 proffered under Ehud Barak working alongside President Clinton? That plan would have given the Palestinians 97% of Gaza and the West Bank and a Palestinian Authority (PA) capitol in East Jerusalem. This was everything they’d asked for with a cherry on top! Only 3% shy of the UN’s original plan for a Palestinian state, yet Arafat responded with the Second Intifada.

More telling yet, when Clinton tried making the plan even more appealing to the Arabs, Arafat reportedly admitted in a phone conversation with Saudi Arabia’s Ambassador to Washington, Prince Bandar bin Sultan, that it was “the best offer imaginable.” (Meir-Levi: History Upside Down p. 98) Yet Arafat rejected it cold and stepped up the violence. Why?

It would seem that the PLO, and its offshoot the PA, have been playing cat and mouse with Israel for decades. And according to high-ranking Communist defector Ion Mihai Pacepa, this is not by accident:

Brezhnev, according to Pacepa, carried it one step farther when Carter came into office. He suggested to Pacepa that Carter might fall for Yassir Arafat PRETENDING to renounce violence and pretending to seek peace negotiations. He persuaded Arafat to do this by telling him that the West would shower him with gold and glory. It did. Billions of dollars and a Nobel prize. Ceausescu warned Arafat he would have to pretend over and over again. Abbas is still pretending. (Emphasis mine)

This kind of pretense is also sanctioned in the Koran, as Taqiya—the act of lying for a supposedly worthy goal. But what is the goal, if not a Palestinian state?

The utter and complete destruction of Israel through genocide against the Jews.

This appeals to those Arabs who dream of annihilating Israel and creating a worldwide Muslim Caliphate. Furthermore, it fits in with the Globalist/Leftist plan for a One World Government, entailing the eradication of Western civilization of which Biblical Israel has served as a cornerstone. And of course Christianity itself rests upon its Jewish roots.

The decades-long unresolved conflict between Israel and the Palestinians could almost be likened to the dysfunctional relationship between a battered wife and her abusive spouse. And this is why Israel ought never to have “disengaged” from the Gaza Strip, or ceded control of the Philadelphi Corridor on the Egyptian border. As Victor Sharpe points out: “It is under this corridor that Hamas [has] dug hundreds of tunnels through which they smuggle their weapons into Gaza.” Nor should Israel have agreed to a cease-fire and hostage/prisoner exchange before its mission to take down Hamas is complete.

Predictably, in the aftermath of October 7th, the Palestinian psy-op came into play: the jihadist terrorists shape-shifted instantly into the poor, stateless Palestinians. That’s been the game for some 50 years, and that’s what just happened, quick as a wink, after Hamas’ horrifically savage attack on innocent Israeli civilians, including women, children and even babies, many of whom were burned to death after being raped, brutalized, and dismembered.

Amazingly, within a day or two or three, the international hue and cry was for protection for the poor, innocent…Palestinians!

There’s always been tremendous pressure put on Israelis to play nice with people who’ve sworn to kill them. Certainly America is guilty of this—O’Biden in spades—but so is Israel’s own Deep State, comprised, like our own, of Leftists with their own “progressive” globalist agenda.

A FEW UNDENIABLE FACTS

Take a look at the map of the Middle East and North Africa as shown above. What jumps out to the naked eye is how huge Saudi Arabia, Iran and Egypt are, with Iraq and Syria not far behind. Jordan is a little smaller, yet it dwarfs the teeny, tiny sliver on the map that is Israel, in an odd configuration with part of its heart, Judea and Samaria, aka the West Bank, cut out.

There Israel sits, surrounded by a hornets’ nest of hostile Arab Muslim countries, not to mention jihadist Palestinians within its very border. It’s dizzying to count the number of times Arab nations have attacked the Jewish state, or how many times Israel has offered them land in exchange for peace, which they’ve turned down again and again. Why? Because their goal is not peace or land per se: their goal is the annihilation of Israel.

How do we know this?

The Arabs themselves have said so over and over. Take a look at the Muslim Brotherhood charter, not to mention that of the PLO or Hamas—the latter even made it into an Atlantic article entitled “Understanding Hamas’s Genocidal Ideology.” And their actions match their words, as we were reminded on October 7^th of this year, the latest in attacks and wars going back to the 1920s when the idea of a Jewish state took shape, and again in 1947, 1948-49, 1956, 1967, 1973, 1982, and 2006, not to mention the frequent bombings, missiles, and sporadic terrorist attacks. Is that enough proof yet to take them at their word?

By looking at the record of unprovoked Arab violence against Israel, how can we blithely accept the narrative that asks us to view Arabs as victims while damning Israel with the slurs of “oppressor” and “aggressor”?

Whom are we going to believe, the New York Times? CNN? MSNBC? The BBC? The UN? Al Jazeera? Iran? Arafat speaking from the grave through next-generation terrorists? Or our own eyes….

ARABS LIVING IN ISRAEL: APARTHEID? OOPS…NO

The fact that some two million Arabs live in Israel and enjoy full citizenship is proof positive that Jews and Arabs can live together in peace. One can find a number of Israeli Arabs who have only praise for Israel. Here’s one that may surprise you: an Arab Muslim who’s an IDF captain!

However, jihadist Arab Muslims can live in peace with no one—not even their brother Arabs, which is why they were chased out of Jordan and Lebanon, and why to this day, no Arab state wants to open its doors to the terrorist-spawning Palestinians.

PREDICAMENT OF THE PALESTINIANS: WHO’S TO BLAME?

It is perhaps not an exaggeration to say that the Arab leadership manipulated, exploited and abused the Palestinians beginning in 1947, first by enticing them to leave their homes in anticipation of the promised annihilation of Israel—after which they were told they’d reclaim their homes plus inherit the spoils of Jewish property—then by placing them in “refugee camps” and denying them entry into surrounding Arab nations. And that this systematic abuse has created a monster even they cannot control, but continue to exploit in their unending war against Israel.

The Arab refugee issue goes back to 1949 when Israel offered to return the Arab lands it conquered in the war for its survival, in exchange for a peace treaty. As David Meir-Levi puts it: “This would have allowed hundreds of thousands of refugees to return to their homes. The Arabs said no…”. Instead, they were planning their next winner-take-all war against Israel, which they launched in 1956.

Meir-Levi goes on to say:

At the Lausanne conference in August 1949, Israel again offered to repatriate a hundred thousand refugees even without a peace treaty. The Arab states refused again because such a negotiation would have involved a tacit recognition of the State of Israel. Instead, the Arabs insisted on maintaining the refugees in their squalor and suffering…. (Meir-Levi, History Upside Down, p. 74)

Moreover, as some Arabs were candid enough to announce in public, the refugee problem would serve as “a festering sore on the backside of Europe,” easily converted to moral leverage in the effort to win the emotional support of the West against Israel. (Meir-Levi, History Upside Down, p. 75)

Gaza: Screenshots from a short video online ———>

And in a Wall St. Journal Op-Ed, Fred Baumann describes the situation this way:

Rejected by their fellow Arabs, who largely kept them cooped up in camps and fed a diet of hatred and revenge from birth, Palestinians were meant to be a tool for a war of total destruction against the Jewish state. Eventually, the plan backfired and, after the (barely) failed attempt of radicalized Palestinians to overthrow the Jordanian monarchy, they became too dangerous to absorb. To this day, they suffer from their exclusion by their fellow Arabs, while directing their passionate hatred toward Israel.

Within those squalid camps where they were warehoused by Arab leaders, the Palestinians fed upon anger, hatred, envy and vengeance, while their leaders turned down every opportunity Israel offered to ameliorate their situation, including giving them their own territory.

In this climate, terrorist organizations like the PLO were born, with help from the Soviets, as discussed in Part One of “Israel in the Crosshairs.”

Writes Daniel McCarthy:

To many in the West, it seems puzzling that Palestinians don’t migrate to other Arab countries. But those countries will not take them.

Egypt has as little desire to rule a discontented and dangerous Palestinian population as Israel does.

By way of explanation TheLibertyDaily posted a jaw-dropping 4-minute video entitled Here’s Why No Muslim-Majority Nations Want Palestinians in Their Countries. View it here. In both Jordan and Lebanon, the Palestinians functioned as a “state within a state,” fomenting unrest and attempting to overthrow the legitimate government. Ring any bells?

The intransigence of the Arab leaders created the predicament of the Palestinians. But the abuse of the Palestinians by these leaders should not surprise us—it is the same principle as that of using children as “human shields” –exploitation of the powerless for political purposes.

There was a watershed moment in 2005 when Israel under Prime Minister Sharon unilaterally gave the Gaza strip to the Palestinians, even forcibly removing Jewish settlers who’d lived there for decades and didn’t want to relocate. The Israelis left them a thriving export business deriving from state-of-the-art greenhouses that supplied fruit and flowers to Europe.

Sadly, as Victor Sharpe points out: “Sharon had foolishly believed…the Arab residents would build a civilized and peaceful society, thus proving to both Israel and the world that they could live in peace with the Jewish state. It was a delusion…”

As articles in Newsweek and the NYTimes and various writers have pointed out, Gaza could have become the Singapore of the Middle East.

Instead, the populace, in an uncanny echo of Kristallnacht in Nazi Germany, shattered the glass of the previously Jewish-owned greenhouses, and elected the terrorist group Hamas as their leaders.

When you sow the wind, you reap the whirlwind.

Stay tuned for Israel in the Crosshairs, Part 3: The Fire of War vs. the Fog of Narrative

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

The Media and the Subtle Art of Manipulation

By: Amil Imani

December 5, 2023

“The art of manipulation is only successful when the manipulator remains undetected” ~ Robert Greene

In a world drowning in information, I always find myself at the crossroads of truth and deceit, only hoping to get a front-row seat to a sinister ballet orchestrated by the unseen puppeteers of the deep state. This should not be labeled as the stuff of conspiracy theories. Still, it is a collection of tales spun from the threads of our own experiences, where we understand how deep connections with the media can birth monstrous offspring –fake news, lies, and propaganda.

From the trenches of my insider vantage point, I witness how the web of relationships between the deep state and media personnel paves the way for manufacturing distorted realities. It isn’t just about sowing seeds of disinformation; it is a meticulously crafted symphony conducted by puppet masters interested in manipulating public perception.

Behind the curtains of newsrooms, “deep connections” aren’t mere networking; they are lifelines of influence. Top media personnel become conduits, willingly or unknowingly, for disseminating propaganda. Imagine a world where news isn’t a mirror reflecting reality but a canvas painted with the hues of hidden agendas.

As an unsuspecting and mostly gullible audience, navigating a landscape fraught with half-truths and calculated deception is difficult.

“Repeating a lie a thousand times gives it a veneer of truth” – is a maxim that has become the mantra of every clandestine operation. As the whisper of deception echoes through the corridors of power, it gains strength, morphing into a shrill noise that drowns dissenting voices. How many lies, I wondered, have been thus engraved in the collective consciousness, shielded by the armor of repetition?

The process always begins with creating the lie that suits the narrative of the agenda to be unleashed, which could be a false news story, a misleading statement, or a distorted fact. This lie is then spread through various channels, such as social media, blogs, and traditional media outlets. The more times the lie is repeated, the more likely it is to be believed, especially if it aligns with a person’s pre-existing beliefs or biases.

The lie is often crafted to be as plausible as possible, using techniques such as sensationalism, fear-mongering, and appeals to emotion. It may also be presented as a fact or a widely accepted truth, making it seem more credible. Once the lie has been spread, it is often difficult to disprove, especially if it aligns with a person’s beliefs or biases. This is because people tend to ignore or downplay information that contradicts their beliefs, a phenomenon known as confirmation bias. Ask yourself the question – how did this bias enter into the head in the first place? It is through a long chain of trickery that you become a player.

The news ecosystem, that intricate web connecting publishers, information, and users, becomes the battleground. “Fake news” isn’t just a buzzword but a weapon meticulously wielded to sway public opinion. The manufactured narratives don’t merely stay confined within the traditional news outlets; they permeate every corner of the digital realm, finding refuge in blogs and social media platforms.

But how does this web of deception ensnare the unwitting masses? The answer lies in the interconnectedness of it all. The relationships, the influence, the repetition—it was a carefully orchestrated dance where each step led the audience deeper into the labyrinth of falsehoods. Have you ever questioned the news you consume, wondering if it’s a reflection of reality or a distorted mirage?

The power dynamics at play are both subtle and insidious. The relationships between the deep state and media personnel are the glue that holds this elaborate facade together. But who are these puppet masters, and what is their endgame? The answers may seem elusive, hidden behind secrecy and plausible deniability. But ask yourself, what is it they want? Simply put – they want it all for themselves – a few greedy at the top of the pyramid, with dumbed-down masses at the bottom. You know it all but want to look the other way or are ghastly callous, not thinking of the damage it is already doing to you and future generations.

As I navigate the delicate balance between revealing the truth and protecting my identity, I implore you to question the narratives presented to you. Are you a mere spectator in this dance, or are you an active participant, discerning the moves with a critical eye?

In the end, this isn’t just my story; it’s a cautionary tale for those who dare to peel back the layers of the media landscape. The web of deception is intricately spun, but with awareness and scrutiny, we can unravel its threads and reclaim the narrative that is rightfully ours.

Me and Now

By Dennis L. Cuddy, Ph.D

December 5, 2023

In the 1800s as people moved westward across the U.S., wherever a town was begun, people used to help each other. If a farmer broke his leg, others would get in his crops, do his laundry, etc. This attitude of helping your neighbor continued to be widely practiced through the 1950s. I remember my Aunt Eloise took food to a sick neighbor. But now, things have dramatically changed.

On July 6, I had horrific car crash when a small truck hit my car. There has been a lot of pain and suffering and medical expenses since then, with me going to a wound and pain clinic. As a single person, I often went to a cafeteria for lunch or dinner, with many people knowing me there and what happens to me. However, not one has called me and asked, “Can I help you?” In the past, it was customary for people to ask others if an injured or sick person needed help (e.g., transportation, food, etc.). Of the NewWithViews writers, only “Coach Dave” has helped me.

The new life philosophy is “Me and Now,” because that’s what’s important to most people today. A girl went through a stop sign in front of me because all that was important to her was what she wanted at the time. The 1950s were known as slow-paced President Eisenhower years. But by the 1960s, George Orwell’s prophecy of “a quickened life tempo” had begun. People began to say “I don’t even have time to think” as they rushed from here to there.

By the end of the 1960s, the hippies were on the scene with slogans like “Look for number 1,” “What’s in it for me,” “If it feels good, do it,” and “Free love.” It was the latest version of the Garden of Eden wherein Eve said, “Not God’s will, but Eve’s be done,” as she ate the forbidden fruit! None of this happened by accident. In the 1890s, Friedrich Engels (Marx’s co-author of the Communist Manifesto) had written a published essay calling for women to leave the home and go to work, thus leaving their children to the State to rear and educate. This was made official policy in Arthur Calhoun’s 1919 three-part book series on the American family which became a popular and widely used college textbook on social work. It referred to families as representing the age of savagery while the State represented the age of trained “experts” rearing children!

In 1918 a news story in the Knickerbocker Press quoted War Industries Board chairman Bernard Baruch as saying, “We now live under Socialism where a person’s life is in service to the State.” Women increasingly have put their children in day care, and when the children get older, they put their parents in nursing homes where many cry in their pain and loneliness because their children only really care themselves and now!

Some decades ago, the letters IBM represented “I’ve Been Moved.” Many companies followed IBM’s example, so employees developed no roots in the community. People did not watch out for each other’s children and they were clueless that if they lived in a neighborhood of 13 homes, one of those is owned by the Chinese, probably spies. They were also clueless to the fact that Power Elite member Klaus Schwab’s, mentored by the late Henry Kissinger, prediction that “by the year 2030, you will own nothing but be happy” is a signal that we will return to feudalism (see my July 24, 2006 NewsWithViews article “Our Feudal Future.”). For the hippies, women were just to be used for pleasure (sex) rather than be loved and cared for. The only thing that mattered was “Me and Now” gratifications. Abortions, divorce, and crime increased as a result, and real lasting love decreased.

Are you going to do something about this, or only be concerned about yourself and now? The Holy Bible in Matthew 16:24 says “deny yourself.”

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

War-Monger Nimarata Nikki Haley: Globalist’s Darling

By: Devvy

December 4, 2023

December 6, 2023, is the fourth and final debate between GOP presidential hopefuls if they meet requirements set by the RNC. Likely challengers: Nikki Haley, Vivek! Rama-smarmy, Ron DeSantis. Iffy: Chris Christie, Doug Burgum and Asa Hutchinson. Trump will not participate.

Back in 2004, Haley ran for Congress as a Republican while voting for many Democrats in previous primaries. Haley supported flying the Confederate Flag on the statehouse grounds but decided after the Charleston church shooting it was a good thing to erase history just like the mobs who’ve toppled or removed historical statues since Black Lies Matter began their destructive rampages over three years ago:

“These grounds [the State Capital] are a place that everybody should feel a part of. What I realized now more than ever is people were driving by and felt hurt and pain. No one should feel pain.” Haley also said, “There is a place for that flag”, but she added, “It’s not in a place that represents all people in South Carolina.”

“I feel your pain,” Nikki, refused to support a bathroom bill to stop brainwashed individuals in the trans-cult from using women’s bathrooms. The bill would require individuals who are scientifically male or female to use designated bathrooms. STOP the NONSENSE of “identifying” as one of 72 “genders” insanity or the “sex assigned at birth” CRAP that’s evolved over the past few years. Haley said that bill wasn’t necessary. The hell it isn’t. This has produced a breeding ground for predators, rape and violence.

Young girl (age 12) is raped in school bathroom by transgender peer (Trial in VA. A second girl and possibly a third child constitutes a serial rapist to me. He playing she got probation.) Another: Transgender ‘Woman’ Convicted of Raping 10-year-old Girl in Restroom // 5 Times ‘Transgender’ Men Abused Women And Children In Bathrooms // Male, Transgender Youth Arrested for Raping 4-Year-Old Girl, Distributing Videos, Photos of the Act:

“Lawrence, Massachusetts. A youth, who seven months ago urged locals to vote “yes” on a veto referendum enabling those who identify as transgender to access locker rooms and similar facilities designated for the opposite sex, has recently been slapped with Sexual Exploitation Of Child and Distribution Of Child Pornography charges.

“19-year-old Jakob Nieves, a man who identifies as a woman, “did knowingly employ, use, persuade, induce, entice and coerce” a four-year-old girl “to engage in any sexually explicit conduct” with him “for the purpose of producing any visual depiction of such conduct,” court records show.”

Haley served as governor from 2011-2017 vetoing 50 bills; 48% were overturned by their state legislature. 2016 Haley campaigned for constitutionally INELEGIBLE Senator Marco Rubio who dropped out. She then went on to back Ted Cruz, another liar and cheat. Ted Cruz is very popular – a constitutional scholar!!! Well, Ted, as the old saying goes, denying the truth doesn’t change the facts.

In 2014, Cruz “denounced” his dual citizenship with Canada. Sorry, Ted, but you were born in 1970 in Alberta. Canada did not recognize dual citizenship at that time. Citizenship Act [February 15, 1977]

“The Citizenship Act, effective February 15, 1977, replaced the 1947 Act with a more equitable statute. For example, British subjects no longer received special treatment and dual citizenship became recognized.”

Ted Cruz is in the US Senate Illegally?, Dec. 4, 2015. “Unfortunately, there is no evidence to suggest that the parent or parents of Ted Cruz ever filed a CRBA form with the U.S. Government in or around 1970, which is why Ted Cruz released a copy of his Canadian citizenship records and not any U.S. citizenship records. At present, all FOIA (Freedom of Information Act) requests filed in search of any U.S. citizenship documents to confirm the true official U.S. citizenship status of Ted Cruz have been denied access. All citizenship records for Ted Cruz are sealed unless and until Ted Cruz agrees to allow any such records to be released by either U.S. or Canadian agencies.

“As a result, there remains no authentic evidence to support the claims that Ted Cruz is either a “natural born” or “naturalized” citizen of the United States.”

Oh, how they lie: “Senator Cruz became a U.S. citizen at birth, and he never had to go through a naturalization process after birth to become a U.S. citizen,” spokeswoman Catherine Frazier told the Dallas Morning News. “To our knowledge, he never had Canadian citizenship, so there is nothing to renounce.” Oops: “He’s a Canadian,” attorney Stephen Green, the former head of the Canadian Bar Association’s Citizenship and Immigration Section, told the Dallas Morning News.”

The Ted Cruz Canadian Citizenship — A New Look, 2016 – “In the final analysis, Ted Cruz is not a natural born citizen. He is not even a citizen of the United States. The best category he can fit into is, resident alien. Ted Cruz had sealed his records; birth records, family records. The last question is where did Ted Cruz get his passport in 1986?”

Ted Cruz’s Presidential Eligibility – Do those people not know how to do deep research? Well, the bottom line is Cruz gave up his Canadian citizenship and was not a dual citizen at the time of his birth. So, he’s a citizen of what country? All covered up by both Republicans and Democrats because Hussein Obama is also NOT a natural born citizen despite the fake birth certificate hailed by the prostitute media and political hacks as authentic. Americans simply turned a blind eye to legal facts in favor of voting for the first “black” president; they all seemed to forget his mother was Caucasian. Two very important columns:

Jan. 30, 2023: Nikki Haley Is Not A Natural Born Citizen of USA To Constitutional Standards – Not Eligible To Be President.

Dec. 1, 2023: Bing AI Claims “Consensus” on “natural born Citizen” Definition

Nothing to worry about. Both parties and the prostitute media will make sure the American people never know the truth. The U.S. Constitution doesn’t matter anymore in favor of political agendas destroying America. “I am concerned for the security of our great Nation; not so much because of any threat from without, but because of the insidious forces working from within.” General Douglas MacArthur’s speech to the Texas Legislature in Austin (June 13, 1951).

Political flame throwing. Haley is another back stabbing opportunist political hack. “I will not stop until we fight a man that chooses not to disavow the KKK. That is not a part of our party. That’s not who we want as president. We will not allow that in our country.” Haley was of course, referring to the horrible Charleston Church shooting where Trump was, as usual, roasted by the lying prostitute media. Not so funny are these race baiters who loved Trump and his money before he ran in 2016, but immediately branded him a racist when he announced his candidacy.

Why do younger black voters like Trump more than elders? UCLA study explains, June 12, 2020. “’Because they’re tired of hearing the same stories about victimhood, racism, and zero answers that the left has been giving for years,’ said black conservative activist Rob Smith.”

1999: Jesse Jackson Praises Trump’s Commitment To Minorities, ‘Under-Served Communities‘ [VIDEO], In both 1998 and 1999, Trump was an honored guest at the annual Wall Street Conference hosted by the Rainbow PUSH Coalition, Jackson’ DC-based “multi-racial, multi-issue, progressive, international membership organization fighting for social change.”

Trump insisted on including Jews, blacks at Palm Beach golf course in 1990s, March 4, 2016. (Who didn’t want them there? Why uber rich white Democrat elites in Palm Beach.)

Biden Praising the Exalted Cyclops of the KKK, Robert C. Byrd, C-SPAN; 2:33 video. Think Biden didn’t know his good buddy’s history? Byrd recruited 150 of his mates in the 1940’s to start up a new chapter of the KKK in W. Va., known as the ‘Klavern’.

Back to Haley who bitched Trump didn’t want to release his tax returns. Aww. She initially took the same stand about her own and then caved. By Oct. 2016, Haley endorsed Trump as “the best person based on the policies, and dealing with things like Obamacare”. Sucking up for a possible cabinet appointment. Haley supports the myth of queer marriage. “I feel your pain”, Nikki, has teased she’s willing to make big budget cuts which includes SS and Medicare. Of course, no president has that power. Those two taxes are set by Congress.

Haley: Time to show people reasons to support the U.N. (Mar 2017). Her time as ambassador to the communist controlled UN (1 year) is a joke. The ONLY thing Americans should support is getting US out of the UN, period.

Like John McCain and rent boy, Sen. Lindsay Graham, Haley is another war monger who believes “we” haven’t done enough for Ukraine. Give Ukraine and their corrupt former comedian president, Zelensky, a blank check from the sweat off your back. For what? Not the worn out “national security” propaganda.

Haley was recently endorsed by the Koch network. Right there alone should tell you “I fell your pain” little Nikki is the shadow government’s darling. Billionaire Koch Brothers Launch Super PAC to Support Open Borders Politicians, Sept.10, 2018 – “The pro-mass immigration, GOP megadonor, billionaire Koch brothers are forming a new super PAC ahead of the 2018 midterm elections to back politicians who support their agenda of open borders, amnesty, and endless free trade.

“The Kochs’ network of PACs and organizations will join together to elect candidates that fit their economic libertarian agenda, which stands in stark opposition to President Trump’s protective tariffs, border wall, and agenda to raise U.S. wages by reducing legal immigration levels.”

Of course, they’re for open borders. Cheap labor under cutting American workers. They don’t give a crap about you or your family. It’s all about big money. Koch Bros Running Ads for Democrats: ‘Thank You’ for Pushing Open Borders

Oh, you’re a racist; her parents were born in India, Sikh’s. Her skin color is brown. So what? Who cares? I don’t. She’s an empowered woman you sexist! Gag me. Oh, and let’s not forget: She is constitutionally ineligible to run.

Nikki Haley slams foreign lobbyists while accepting funds from them, May 31, 2023. These 16 Billionaires Have Already Donated To Nikki Haley’s PAC Ahead Of A Possible 2024 Run, Oct. 20, 2021

Nikki Haley’s Warmongering Has Made Her Rich, August 31, 2023 – “The more we dug on this story, the worse it sat with us … especially considering the Haleys’ history of such underhanded self-dealing. Last summer, senior editor Mark Maremont of The Wall Street Journal filed a report detailing how Michael Haley was gifted secret ownership shares in a company tied to the Two Kings Casino Resort in Kings Mountain, N.C.

“The stakes held by the politically connected people were masked from public view through several layers of corporations and limited-liability companies,” Maremont noted. They hid the shares, in other words … which I referred to as definitional “pay-to-play.”

“The real scandal, though, lies in the fact Haley – the most unbridled warmonger in the 2024 presidential field – has been overtly saber-rattling in support of the precise foreign entanglement which would enrich her husband (and her) to the tune of tens of millions of dollars.

“Don’t wait for something to happen in Taiwan,” she told an audience in New Hampshire earlier this summer. “Do it now. Make sure our allies are working with them to make sure they have the equipment now, to make sure they have the ammunition now.”

“The equipment? Like those military vehicles?

“Last week, Haley’s financial ties to the military-industrial complex she breathlessly extols was detailed in another excellent piece of investigative journalism from Lee Fang. Fang’s piece explored “the curious background of Haley, who went from near negligible wealth – with virtually no assets or investments other than a bank account with less than $15,000 in 2017 and up to $1 million in debt – to a sizable fortune.”

“According to Fang, Haley’s warmongering has helped her (and her husband) amass a net worth of more than $12 million.” Rest at link.

When DeSantis went after the formerly family friendly, Disney, Haley sided with that now super “woke” corporation hell bent on grooming and sexualizing children.

I don’t trust Haley for a split second. If you want to see our military used as more cannon fodder in foreign countries and their squabbles, vote for Haley as Commander-in Chief.

Vivek! Rama-smarmy is a smooth talker to be sure. Sounds like Trump’s policies most of the time and he’s intelligent, no question about that. He’s also IMHO an arrogant hustler who looks down his nose at you and me. I’ve been on this earth a long time. Been around thousands of people over the past 31 years. I’m a people watcher and Rama-smarmy comes off to me as someone looking for their next mark.

Speaking with a dear friend of mine about this, Vivek’s parents coming from India and being raised as a Hindu, my friend said, remember their caste system over there. Vivek! fits the bill to a T. His parents, Indian Hindu’s are Tamil-speaking Brahamins. Parents highly educated; father an engineer and patent attorney for GE. Mother was a geriatric psychiatrist. In India under their caste system, a Brahmin “is a member of the highest caste or varna and is an incarnation of knowledge.”

Vivek! likes to pitch he can bring in a younger generation. Good luck on that. Senior aide to Republican presidential candidate Ramaswamy quits to join Trump, Nov. 29, 2023

Vivek! immediately upon finishing school jumped into the biotech and big pharma cash cow industries. Vivek! became the man of the hour on Wall Street. He wasn’t always successful. One of his companies made him rich while screwing investors. One of the big losers in that venture was the California State Teacher’s Retirement System Pension Fund: “But some investors lost real money on Axovant. One large public pension fund, the California State Teachers’ Retirement System, sold its stake months later, when it was worth hundreds of thousands of dollars less than in the days leading up to the disappointing clinical trial news. (The fund declined to comment.)” [Note: I continue to encourage Americans to find out just where their retirement funds – regardless of profession – are being invested.]

Conservative Lawyer DC Draino Clashes with Republican Presidential Candidate Vivek Ramaswamy in Heated Debate Over Vivek’s Controversial Background, Nov. 26, 2023.

Globalist poison. Thankfully, Trump got us out of the TPP and the scam Paris Climate Agreement.

Vivek Ramaswamy Aligns with McConnell, DeSantis, Club for Growth and Wall Street Promoting U.S. to Reenter TPP Trade Agreement, July 29, 2023

Vivek! complains about China but his latest pharma venture is in Communist China. Even a quick search will provide you with Rama-smarmy’s long time business dealings with the commies. And finally, he’s another constitutionally ineligible candidate. The American people had better shout down the roof about this or the Constitution means NOTHING. Republicans and Democrats covered for Hussein Obama in 2008 fearing being called racists and potential riots and look where we are today with once again, more presidential candidates who are NOT eligible to run for president.

Vivek Ramaswamy Admits in NBC News Interview His Parents Were Not U.S. Citizens When He Was Born, Oct. 23, 2023 – “Vivek Ramaswamy admitted during live interview in Sep 2023 on NBC News that neither of his parents when he was born were citizens of the USA. Also, he admitted that although his mother later became a U.S. citizen his father never did.”

Just like Hussein Obama. His mother was a natural born citizen but his father was a foreign national under the jurisdiction of Great Britain.

The two columns below seal the deal for not voting for Ron DeSantis. Both are a must read. I know he has a loyal supporters, especially how he ‘handled’ the COVID plandemic hysteria, but he’s running for president and Commander-in-Chief. And while DeSantis has an exemplary and honorable record serving in the US Navy, he’s now in bed with those destroying our country.

DeSantis has been deserted, his globalist/RINO mentors don’t want him to run in ’24, April 1, 2023 by Tom DeWeese. Very comprehensive.

Kat Stansell’s excellent investigation also exposes what most Americans (and probably too many Floridians not paying attention) don’t know is absolutely outrageous:

DeGovernor DeSantis DeCides to Break Another Promise, June 2nd, 2023 – “In recent legislation, just signed by DeGovernor, voting by machine was made mandatory, and hand-counting votes was forbidden. Let that sink in.” Oh, how the lying, cheating Democrat/Communist Party USA must love DeSantis and their legislature. Kat has written extensively about DeSantis you never hear about unless you live in Florida. Taking away the right of any candidate being able to verify an actual vote count to me is grossly un-American and stinks of corruption and fraud.

Sean Hannity wets himself on a regular basis when speaking about DeSantis and the great job he did during manufactured COVID pandemic; Hannity has considerable real estate investments in Florida. How the whole country could take lessons on fast and accurate vote counting on election day! You couldn’t be more wrong, Hannity.

The remaining candidates are on the same par as ‘Legs in the air’ Kamala Ho Harris when she was the first DemonRat to drop out of the presidential race Dec. 3, 2019. Despite being female and non-white, no one wanted that walking air head. Burgum received a $100,000 gift from Bill Gates in his 2019 run for governor of North Dakota. Bye, Doug.

All those endorsements mean nothing to me and never have when it comes to a candidate – other than a warning of who they’re taking money from and past decisions while in office (if an elected official). I do my research and make up my own mind. I hope you’ll share this with everyone so they get a factual breakdown about those candidates.

NEW E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

He Should Be Trump’s VP Running Mate, Nov. 27, 2023 (Mine)

Fox News Board Member Paul Ryan is Working to Get Endorsements for Neocon Nikki Haley, Dec. 3, 2023

The real Ron DeSantis: DeGovernor Shows His True Colors; Not My Kind of Guy, July , 2023, Kat Stansell

A DeSantis PAC Founder Promotes Trump, Sept. 11, 2023, Kat Stansell – “The Election Crimes Unit for which Floridians are paying $1.4 million this year, has so far only tagged a few felons trying to register to vote, and had a lot of pressers on the subject. NO efforts have been made to resolve the massive voter record manipulations discovered by Kris Jurski’s People’s Audit, other than by a few individual county Supervisors of Elections.

“To solve election issues, DeSantis’s Tallahassee team passed legislation mandating machine voting – which even the RNC has resolved against, made hand-counting illegal, and made audits, canvassing and other verification procedures only allowed by state officials. This only hides fraud, instead of cleaning it up.”

On the Occasion of a Visit from our Governor, Sept. 8, 2023, Kat Stansell

Report: Gov. Ron DeSantis Provided $90K in Tax Relief to a Chinese Subsidiary in Florida Despite Denials, Dec. 1, 2023 – “The Washington Examiner reported Thursday that the DeSantis administration provided $90,000 in tax relief to the Chinese company JinkoSolar in 2020, through his urban job tax credit program. The company would be raided by the Department of Homeland Security in 2022 after allegations it violated the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act.”

Illegal Aliens Invasion Far Exceeding U.S. Birthrates

By Frosty Wooldridge

December 4, 2023

At this juncture in December 2023, the U.S. State Department reports that 50,000,000 (million) foreign born immigrants now inhabit America. That number constitutes the largest percentage of legal immigrants to the general population of citizens in the history of our country.

Not mentioned in the report: none of the 20 to as high as 30 million illegal immigrants and their children were counted.

The report, issued by Chairman Mark Greene (R-TN), shows the number of illegal alien encounters at the southern border under Biden outpace annual U.S births, where close to four million are born every year.

John Binder, reporter for Breitbart News said, “Since President Joe Biden took office in January 2021, there have been about 6.5 million illegal aliens encountered at the United States-Mexico border, according to a report from Republicans on the House Homeland Security Committee.”

“It may be a new fiscal year, but we’re still stuck in the same historic border crisis,” Green said.

Binder continued, “Under Biden and Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas, 6.5 million illegal aliens have been encountered at the southern border, while nearly two million are considered “known got-aways,” those illegal aliens who are known to have successfully crossed the border undeterred by Border Patrol agents. Several more millions, reported as unknown got-aways, have breached America’s borders.”

What should be frightening to all American citizens stems from the fact that not only are we being invaded by the hands of our own Joe Biden, DHS Chief Mayorkas and the entire U.S. Congress—-but they are doing it on purpose to change the entire demographic of America.

Altogether, about 7.8 million illegal aliens have been encountered at U.S. borders since Biden took office. Millions of those encountered at the nation’s borders have been directly released into American communities by the DHS thanks to the administration’s expansive catch and release network. In other words, a total negation of our laws on the books: Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution. Also, U.S. Code 8, Section 1324. What’s even more disgusting stems from the fact that U.S. corporations hire those illegals to create even more incentive to break our laws. It’s like those corporations want to destroy America’s foundation of laws. One look at the nightly news of $100 billion in annual shoplifting from our mercantile stores shows that the criminal world succeeds far beyond what the mainstream media reports.

Binder said, “Estimates from June suggest that nearly 17 million illegal aliens now reside across the U.S., costing American taxpayers $163 billion annually. This amount, though, does not factor in the higher cost of housing, unpaid hospital bills, lower wages, and lost jobs that Americans are on the hook for as a result of illegal immigration.”

Nor does the fact that all legal and illegal immigrants give cash transfers of over $100,000,000,000.00 (billion) to their home countries, annually. In other words, they are not here to be loyal, patriotic American citizens. They are thieves, liars, cheats and criminals.

And you can bet that among those millions of illegals, we are facing thousands of terrorists that will ultimately destroy our water systems, our electrical systems, our transportation systems and, ultimately, destroy the “rule of law” that has held this country together for 240 plus years.

What happens when foreign birthrates exceed 100,000,000 people not from our country? What happens when all those cultures, languages and world views clash with our standards, our ethics, our world view?

Do you understand right now that American universities are teaching our kids to hate America, to counter the Capitalistic system, to promote Critical Race Theory, to confront and disobey law enforcement? Do you understand that critical educational programs promote racial conflict?

For instance, do you see on TV ads where we should stop Asian-hate, Black-hate, Islamic-hate, Jewish-hate, LGBTQ-hate, and Transgender-hate? Who do you think they are targeting in their ads? Answer: the majority demographic of America, which is Caucasian people. In other words, white people are blamed for all the hate in America. How do you combat such organized racism against the majority of Americans?

How did all those pro-Hamas demonstrators marching all over our country get to dismiss that those Hamas Muslims’ prime directive was/is to exterminate every last Jew on this planet? Those Hamas terrorists just killed 1,400 Jews in a barbarian slaughter of innocent Jews on October 7, 2023. And, yet with their Islamic world view driven by the Qur’an, it was justified. Now, they are pissed because Israel is taking the fight back to Gaza’s front door. How stupid or evil is Hamas? Answer: pretty damned evil and really stupid.

What does all this international and national violent event show us? Answer: different incompatible racial, religious, ethnic, linguistic tribes should not intermix.

What are the majority of American citizens facing? Answer: we’re headed into the same violent quagmire as Israel, UK, Germany, France, Spain, Sweden, Norway, Finland, Denmark, Canada, New Zealand and Australia. Read: War on the West by Douglas Murray. When we allow barbaric/uneducated people from barbaric cultures infiltrate our country, we will see our country torn apart at the seams. You can see it coming as surely as the dawn.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Marshall Plan

By Sid Secular

December 4, 2023

The establishment makes The Marshall Plan appear as proof of America’s magnanimity towards prostrate allies and a defeated enemy. But, in fact, the plan was only meant as a sop to a resource-sapped and “zapped” vassal state as well as America’s much weakened allies. The reason trotted out for aid to America’s former enemy Germany was that it was intended to prevent the Soviets from rolling across a weakened continental Europe. But since the American military was already firmly ensconced in Germany and elsewhere in Europe – and that the Soviets themselves had suffered much damage in the war, that was not a reasonable scenario.

Most of the goods shipped under the Plan were surplus items left over from the War but, of course, this did not lessen their value or, indeed, such good will as the American public showed in their response to the needs of others, even former enemies. Meanwhile, American shipments of coal to Germany became necessary as the French and British had, with our approval, laid claim to almost all the coal being mined in the Ruhr and Saar Valleys. This resulted in coal being shipped abroad while the German population froze, even in the coal mining regions themselves.

Also unknown to the general public, the assistance provided by the Marshall Plan was a loan that was paid back with considerable interest in succeeding years into a fund that still exists today. Sadly, that money provides, among other things, funds to the CIA to furnish modern “junk” art to German museums, further degrading German culture with the same type of sexual and cultural degradation that took place after WWI during the so-called Weimar Republic that led to the rise of Adolf Hitler. Authentic German art is kept well out of sight in storage, while especially Jewish artists and their works are given special exhibitions to continue their influence in German’s culture today. However, we can at least rejoice that unlike great American art especially regarding historical figures, this German art is not a target for destruction – yet!

Interestingly enough, no peace treaty with Germany was ever signed at the end of the war, a fact that legitimizes the occupation and domination of that country by the US.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Setting the Agenda for Freedom’s Comeback

By Tom DeWeese

December 3, 2023

For more than 100 years the free market economy of the United States has been used to prop up the failures of socialism throughout the world. Over-taxed Americans have been forced to pay for it through foreign aid schemes and leftist pretend charity cartels. Armed with plundered American capital, global looters have had free rein to pillage some of the naturally richest nations in the world, now destroyed by socialism. Yet, all the while the socialists were gleefully accepting the cash to finance their failures, Americans were derided for being so rich. Now, many see America as the last source of funds for the plunder. When the lights go out in America’s once shining abundance of freedom and riches, what will these locusts have left but darkness?

Years ago, someone said to me, “One day freedom may rush to our shores from somewhere else.” It’s possible that the first drops of such a flood have begun.

Shockwaves are rushing through the international Deep State. It seems there are cracks opening in their well-planned drive for global control. The cause? Javier Milei, a limited government, free enterprise candidate was just elected president of Argentina and news reports tell us, “The red caste is shaking.”

For decades Argentina has been controlled by the same cabal that has set its sights on global control. Beginning with Juan Peron and his wife Evita, continuing with the regional influence of communist Fidel Castro, and ultimately the strong, destructive influence of Venezuela’s Hugo Chavez, Argentina has suffered all the usual socialist casualties to freedom.

President-elect Milei declared, “We want to be the moral beacon of the continent. We want to be the defenders of freedom…” He has called socialist leaders, “trash” and “human excrement”, and said, “Now, Argentina’s administration will be an ally to the U.S. and Israel administrations, to Europe, and to free countries. We’ll no longer see Argentina’s foreign service siding with dictators.”

Most exciting for freedom lovers around the world, who have hungered for a revolutionary voice of reason, Milei, sounding much like Ronald Reagan, stated, “The state is not the solution, the state is the problem.” Then he announced his proposal to eliminate eleven of the nineteen federal agencies, These include the Ministry of Environment and Sustainable Development; the Ministry of Women, Gender, and Diversity; and the Ministry of Education, which he called “the Ministry of Indoctrination.”

The people of Argentina, facing over 159% inflation, have spoken as they rallied, demonstrated, and turned out at the polls, shaking the globalist foundations as they delivered 55.7% of the votes to Milei. There is joy amid the rusting structure of a once free society. But caution must be added to firm determination for success.

Now Milei faces his greatest challenge as he takes office on December 10th and challenges the entrenched globalist political establishment. Like Donald Trump in 2016, he’s new to the office and is the direct target of the all-powerful cabal which has no intention of surrendering power. As we have seen with Trump, no stone will be left unturned, no tactic is out of the question in stopping this interloper from succeeding in his promises to the people. Milei appears to be a dedicated freedom fighter, well prepared for the fight. Time will tell if he succeeds.

But freedom advocates in the United States must take heart in what has been achieved in Argentina. For it represents a growing mood as many citizens, internationally and nationally, have finally felt the blunt forces of tyranny and are fed up with the corruption of those in power. Now is not the time for Americans or citizens of other nations to look down in defeat, but to take heart that tyranny, rather than growing, may be starting to crumble. Let me give you some recent examples right here in the U.S.

I’ve already reported on the developments in Iowa and South Dakota where local citizens succeeded in blocking powerful corporations and NGOs from taking their property for the idiotic carbon capture pipeline. Many said it couldn’t be stopped, but the local farmers refused to be intimidated, and forced the state legislatures to take action on their behalf. It’s a great start in the national plight of farmers.

As China plots a determined drive to buy and control vast amounts of American land, unchecked by the U.S. Government, Arkansas became the first nation to pass a law to block it. More states are considering such legislation. Texas Congressman Chip Roy has offered legislation in Congress to ban China’s land drive nationwide. It’s called, “Securing American Land from Foreign Interferences Act” (H.R. 344). Finally, some in Congress are starting to stand for American sovereignty and independence, in defiance of the drive for global governance! Meanwhile, local citizens in the tiny rural community, Pataskala, Ohio, are rising up to stop a Chinese company from building a massive plant to build solar panels. Others are rising up in Michigan and Illinois for the same purpose in their areas. Stopping China is a growing movement.

Tennessee has become the second state, behind Alabama, to pass significant legislation to ban enforcement of Agenda 21 policy in state legislation. More states are looking into similar legislation. This could lead to the ultimate death of the Green New Deal and the Great Reset.

In a direct blow to the climate change agenda, which is determined to replace oil, gas and any reliable energy source with worthless wind and solar, a major campaign is underway to block this threat to society. CFACT, the Committee for a Constructive Tomorrow, is leading efforts along the East Coast to stop the construction of offshore wind turbines. And it’s working. CFACT has revealed the hypocrisy of the radical environmental movement that spreads propaganda about saving endangered whales, yet they support the offshore wind turbines that have resulted in a disturbing amount of whales washing up dead on beaches. As a result, CFACT launched the STOP WINDMILLS SAVE WHALES campaign. In recent months more than one third of the offshore wind mill projects supported by the Biden administration have been stopped.

As many believe that the Republican Party is a lost cause, a major victory for the forces of freedom was achieved in the recent election in the state of Louisiana where every single elected statewide office fell to the Republicans. These included Governor, Lt. Governor, Attorney General, Treasurer, Secretary of State, and Commissioner of Agriculture. In addition, Republicans hold a 2/3rds super majority in both the House and Senate.

In addition, in Oklahoma at the national convention of the National Federation of Republican Women (NFRW), a few dedicated activists showed what can be done when determination and principle are employed. As the organization prepared resolutions to be considered at the convention, two vital resolutions were blocked for consideration by the NFRW president. One dealt with men’s and women’s sports and the other defined what a woman is. When the president refused to include them, 4 brave, smart women prepared ahead of the convention for a floor fight. They had a platform; they were determined; and they worked together. They won. Their victory has now inspired others to run against their leadership in state conventions, and 99% have been successful.

Meanwhile, common citizens across the nation are making their feelings felt against the WOKE corporations which are working to enforce radical change in our culture. Bud Lite beer, once number one in the nation, has dropped to number 14; the movie Sound of Freedom, exposing the horrible details of child trafficking, has become the most successful film of the year; the country song, “Try This In a Small Town” became number one on the charts; Disney has lost over $900M on their last eight movie releases; and Electric Vehicles, promoted as the replacement of gas-powered vehicles, have crashed and burned in the market.

All of this shows that the time has come for local activists to take action at home. As I have told my audiences across the country, we are not outnumbered – we are out organized. It’s time to fix that. People are ready for our solutions.

I’ve been teaching citizens across the nation to build Freedom Pods in their communities. Too many lack the confidence to get started. Here are a few suggestions to get the ball rolling. Keep it simple. Work against school district tax increases; demand protection of property rights; get your county council to cut county money to outside agencies; get your people to run for several county boards and make sure to sit on special committees when citizen input is required. Above all, get your people on the local Board of Elections! Be heard! Be consistent. And keep it direct and simple.

Juan Milie is now President of Argentina. He intends to lead his people to protect property rights, free markets and smash the Great Reset power cabal in his country. Incredibly, I’ve also just received this news, hard-right firebrand Geert Wilders has just been elected Prime Minister of the Netherlands. He is known as the “Dutch Donald Trump.”

If Donald Trump can find a way to assure honest ballot counting and is elected, more shock waves will rush through the entire world. The Great Reset will be splintered. Break the back of the global power elite and other nations will respond. More freedom leaders will be elected. You can feel it in the air. The whole world is watching and waiting. Now is the time.

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese

Widespread Shoplifting in America

By: Amil Imani

December 3, 2023

I urge the Governor of New York, Kathy Hochul, to take action to address this issue of rampant shoplifting and organized theft. I have heard the governor vetoed a proposed bill to establish a task force to combat organized theft. This decision has left the Retail Council of New York State, which represents retailers in the state, thoroughly disappointed.

The New York Police Department reported that 327 individuals were responsible for over a third of the retail thefts in 2022. These individuals were arrested a total of 6,000 times! What does this mean? They are arrested after the crime and then let off so they can return to their merry ways again! Isn’t it pedestrian common sense to ensure that repeat criminals are held accountable?

The National Retail Federation also reported national shrinkage losses of $112 billion in 2022, indicating a widespread problem across the retail industry.

Retailers are now taking preventative measures to combat this issue. For example, Dollar Tree has said it plans to remove goods from its stores like men’s underwear, an item most prone to retail theft. Retailers are also ramping up prevention methods, with 34% of respondents increasing internal payroll to support risks related to retail crime and 46% increasing the use of third-party security personnel, among other methods.

Since there is no other go, I suggest that they also take these measures to prevent shoplifting and organized theft:

Surveillance and Security Measures: Increase their surveillance capabilities to monitor their stores and deter shoplifters. This includes installing security cameras throughout the store and parking lot to detect and prevent criminal activity. They should also consider using electronic locks and other technologies to secure their stores.

Inventory Management: Retailers need to optimize their inventory management to identify discrepancies that may indicate high-theft items. This involves completing frequent physical counts to verify the information.

Policy Collaboration: Retailers also need to extensively collaborate with policing and government bodies to tackle the rise in shoplifting. This should include sharing intelligence with policing, understanding the tactics used by organized retail crime gangs, and identifying more offenders.

Customer Engagement: This is a must. Increase the visibility of high-theft items and acknowledge all customers to deter potential theft. It is better to create a single entry point and exit for the self-check area and staff it with a customer service monitor to enhance transaction monitoring.

Technological Solutions: The cost will be ultimately justified, so the retailers need to start using digital signage to display real-time video of customers as they shop, acting as a deterrent. They should also consider using cloud-based digital signage to mount small profile Smart TV screens adjacent to high ticket items and electronics.

Staffing and Training: This is the core of all preventive measures. Staff self-checkout areas with customer service monitors to indicate to potential thieves that they are being watched. Train your employees to handle self-checkout areas and monitor transactions.

One might also consider using low-tech measures, such as public-facing video monitors, giving front-end staff walkie-talkies, and installing a mirror on the kiosk to curb shoplifting at self-checkout lanes. Rather than stand-alone, this would help to complement more expensive high-tech ones to reduce inventory losses. Resource-rich companies like Walmart already use AI-powered cameras to recognize items and human behavior. The system alerts nearby employees of accidentally missed or intentionally skipped merchandise scans.

Given the apathy of our lawmakers, retailers should go for a multi-faceted approach to tackle the rise in shoplifting and organized theft. No single measure can eliminate theft; only a combination of strategies can effectively deter potential thieves.

The overall results might be somewhat mixed, but taking measures to safeguard your business is better than doing nothing and letting your stores get looted in broad daylight.

However, I understand that the effectiveness of these measures can vary depending on the specific context and implementation. Therefore, it should be the number one priority for the voters to urge the governor to take immediate action!

Good Is Worth Fighting For

by Rolaant McKenzie

December 3, 2023

In Peter Jackson’s 2002 cinematic adaptation of J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings: The Two Towers, Frodo Baggins and Samwise Gamgee from the far green country of the Shire are nearing the climax of their perilous mission to enter the black land of Mordor to destroy the Ring of Power. As an eye of blazing fire continually looking afar to and fro, the Dark Lord Sauron intently seeks it to dominate all life on Middle-earth. Frodo, weary of the journey and bearing this tool of evil, despaired of accomplishing his task. But Sam encouraged his disheartened friend.

Frodo: I can’t do this, Sam.

Sam: I know. It’s all wrong. By rights we shouldn’t even be here. But we are. It’s like in the great stories, Mr. Frodo. The ones that really mattered. Full of darkness and danger they were. And sometimes you didn’t want to know the end. Because how could the end be happy? How could the world go back to the way it was when so much bad had happened?

But in the end, it’s only a passing thing, this shadow. Even darkness must pass. A new day will come. And when the sun shines it will shine out the clearer. Those were the stories that stayed with you. That meant something. Even if you were too small to understand why. But I think, Mr. Frodo, I do understand. I know now. Folk in those stories had lots of chances of turning back only they didn’t. Because they were holding on to something.

Frodo: What are we holding on to, Sam?

Sam: That there’s some good in this world, Mr. Frodo. And it’s worth fighting for.

The satanically-inspired dark lords of our world and their disciples continually work to complete the construction of their own “ring of power” and wield it to control all life on earth. They use their considerable wealth and power to promote infanticide (abortion), euthanasia, sterilization through homosexuality and transgenderism, energy austerity, terraforming, famine, neglect of forest and infrastructure maintenance, and toxic health interventions to reduce the world’s population to a manageable number of serfs corralled into digital biometric IDs, central bank digital currencies (CBDCs), and 15-minute cities.

This overwhelming evil can be very daunting and discouraging to us. We may ask ourselves, “What can we do to oppose such darkness?” and feel despair about seeing good days ahead for ourselves and our children.

But as we still see some things around us that are good and beautiful, especially our children, family, and close friends, and the land we call home, the love we have for them causes us to keep pressing against the darkness in hope. Not the kind of hope that wishes for a favorable outcome that likely will not happen, but the kind that looks forward with the expectation that Sam expressed to Frodo in the midst of their arduous journey.

The following quote has been attributed to Martin Luther, though it does not appear in any of his writings. Some scholars believe that it originated with the Confessing Church of 1930s Germany, which used it to inspire faithfulness to God, hope, and perseverance during its opposition to Nazi tyranny.

“If I knew the world was to end tomorrow, I would still plant an apple tree today.”

This is one reason that parents homeschool their children: to truly educate and impart wisdom to them so that they may endure, succeed, and be saved from the destruction of Marxism and sexual groomers in the government school industry.

Families start home gardens, expanding them to small independent farms that provide wholesome food for themselves and their neighbors, giving them an alternative to the processed, genetically altered food manufactured by the corporate/government agricultural industry and famine engineered by globalists and their organizations.

Volunteers at Christian crisis pregnancy centers, at risk to themselves in this culture of death, save the lives of babies, help their mothers and fathers, and share the gospel message of forgiveness, hope, and salvation through Jesus Christ.

All these and many more, in various ways, day by day, do good to preserve what is good because they believe the darkness cannot endure and a bright new day will come.

Abraham was called to leave the familiarity and comforts of home to journey to Canaan, where God promised he would become a great nation and a blessing to the whole world (Genesis 12:1-3). He faced many challenges as he wandered from place to place in this new land, and his faith was sorely tested at times. He had many opportunities to turn back and return home, but he did not because he was holding on to something: God’s promise and his home in the heavenly city of God (Hebrews 11:8-16).

The tools the Saurons of our world use to establish their dark empire over humanity include burning our lands with arson and war, creating energy and food scarcity through sabotage and propaganda, and bio-warfare in the form of coerced spiked-protein injections that poison the lifeblood.

But Jesus, the conquering King who defeated the grave, will overturn their empire of destruction. He will douse their fires and give the Living Water (John 4:10, 7:37-39; Revelation 21:5-6) that extinguishes perdition’s flames to all who trust in Him. Jesus will turn their contrived famine into abundance because He is the Bread of Life (John 6:35). His shed blood on the cross for sinners brings healing from their poisons and grants eternal life for all who believe in Him (Colossians 1:13-20).

“Let us not lose heart in doing good, for in due time we will reap if we do not grow weary.” (Galatians 6:9)

Do not give up and turn back. Trust in God through Christ Jesus to discover and continue in the good works He has prepared for you to do (Ephesians 2:8-10).

The darkness will pass, and a new day will come where the Son will shine bright and never fade away (Revelation 21).

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

U.S. Declaration of Independence

Mounting Mischief From Electric Vehicles

By Sid Secular

December 2, 2023

In past newsletters we have already panned electric vehicles (“EVs”) and demonstrated that the devil is in the details of the “side effects” that are shoved aside as side issues like the side shows of old. In their utilization, as in the case of drugs, these affects keep adding up. Include in that, the batteries for these behemoths require scarce metals (rare earths) in their operation that are nearly all available only from China and parts of Africa and those Third World countries already being roped into China’s sphere of influence, and therefore can be cut off at any whim of that Communist regime. Also, environmentally speaking – and isn’t everyone these days! – vast chunks of the earth will be gouged out to attain the materials required to create these monsters leaving much of “Gaia” looking worse than those vast stretches of the Appalachians raped and ruined by coal mining. In other words, the same horrors brought about by efforts to produce our present power sources will be vastly enlarged by any effort to produce the supposedly “green” electrical power that become necessary in any effort to switch to electric vehicles. Consider this: all of the necessary charging stations for these “green” vehicles are powered by fossil fuels.

However, while every effort is being made to prevent more carbon being released, no effort at all is being made to address the above very real problems and, even more interestingly, no mention is made of the tremendous increase in the need for fossil fuels required to make “electric power” work! Many suggest that our “greenies” don’t see the problem at all, but it is far more likely that they are aware but willingly support what they hate in order to gain what they want – a world dependent upon their version of the Great Reset, a matter that requires an end to everything that has made mankind capable of existing without central planning!

Quite apart from the above, the very use of “EVs” is extremely problematic. From “recharging” a vehicle – a matter only practical in developed areas because of the weight of the vehicles (“EVs” are twice as heavy as similar gas-powered machines), the need to connect such stations to power sources capable of producing the necessary voltage – to the time required to recharge an “EV” and get the users back on the road, and finally to the tremendous danger of any accident involving an “EV” – they are simply bombs with steering wheels! – this method of transportation is rather equivalent to using a rocket sled to get to work! And this doesn’t even include the cost of purchasing, maintaining and using a means of transportation that comes in a distant third to a reliable ox cart.

And now comes another problem with “EVs” that our modern day (so-called) “thinkers” have not considered because they cannot actually “think” past the “wine and cheese” cocktail parties and the Third World cuisine they enjoy with their frenetically feasting friends. Of course, our present “gas guzzlers” produce dangerous gasses such as carbon monoxide, volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and nitrogen oxide as well as particulates that cause respiratory problems and contribute to smog and acid rain but 90% of the harmful gasses are converted into less problematic residue through the use of catalytic converters. Synthetic oils also significantly further reduce tailpipe emissions but, unfortunately, today’s “researchers” who have not done their homework – or who prefer bad news to good! – discount this “good news” with respect to fossil fuels.

On the other hand, they have discovered an even worse source of dangerous pollutants arising from our cars, that is, tires and brakes. The wearing down of these two essential parts – and especially tires! – produce fine particulates when “the rubber meets the road.” Upon total failure, tires also leave shredded pieces on the roads as well as particulate matter in the air. Of course, the larger the vehicle, the greater the pollution, so as a result, trucks are the major culprits in this as their much heavier weight leads more often to tire and brake failure. But EVs are, as noted, often twice as heavy as cars and so they will wear out their tires and brakes as rapidly as do gas powered trucks. Synthetic rubber, the main component of tires, produces even finer particulates than does natural rubber and, as a result, these are even more dangerous as it is even more difficult to prevent their passing into the air, the soil and the water and, eventually, those who are exposed. It would seem that it took our “safety experts” a century into the age of the automobile to make these discoveries.

Electric Cars beginning in 1832

In a similar vein, the copper, zinc, iron and other material entering the air as “brake dust” are even more toxic than tailpipe emissions and not as easily removed! But not to worry, in the planned 15 minute cities of the future, motor vehicles will probably be outlawed and replaced by bicycles and kids’ scooters, taking away from us the last vestige of the freedom we have come to expect in America. However, you can also expect our elite rulers to continue using fossil fueled cars and planes in their lives because they will be able to do so and they really don’t care what happens to Mother Earth.

As a final postscript on the subject of electric vehicles, a recent report on one of the many on-line news blogs made mention of an individual who went about studying the charging stations necessary to make these monstrosities work. They don’t just plug into your wall at home you know! In any event, besides the “charging stations” being directly connected to a fossil fuel means of providing them with the electricity that makes your car “go,” the inspector found that a large percentage of the damned things didn’t work at all! So, when you pull your expensive “green” means of transportation up to one of these stations, you might just find that there isn’t anything there that will make your “car” go! Well certainly, that will cut down on a lot of things, including your freedom to go where you wish, when you wish.

There is nothing new under the sun!

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

No Longer Capable of Freedom?

By Lex Greene

December 2, 2023

Over the past 247-years, Americans have held the absolute power and had every opportunity to protect their own liberty and the future of freedom for all. All political power in the USA is derived from the People. The problem is…the deafening silence is the People’s consent.

The basic fact is, nowhere on earth, throughout human history, has there ever been a government deserving of the People’s trust. All governments, at their very best, remain a necessary evil not to be trusted. As it always has been, so it remains today.

Despite the best efforts of our Founders, they too failed to create a system of government that could never become despotic and tyrannical towards its own people. That’s why they took great care to warn all future generations to “be forever vigilant” in constant protection of individual liberty and the future of freedom for all.

Unfortunately, the American People stopped paying attention (being forever vigilant) more than a hundred years ago and for generations now. Citizens assumed that because everything seemed fine today, it would always be fine. 247-years into the great freedom experiment, that would prove to be a fatal assumption.

Most Americans have never experienced the kinds of evil that have been common throughout the rest of the world, since the beginning of time. Most who are aware are only aware due to their own research and learning. But still, they have never experienced it personally, so even they struggle to believe it exists, much less, could visit them here in the land of milk and honey.

The modern American holds little trust in government or mainstream information systems, such as our government, network news, cable entertainment networks often believed to be news, internet search results and social media posts, none of which are real “news” outlets today. What we have in this country is for-profit commercial information systems with heavy government censorship. The golden rule applies, wherein those with the gold…make all the rules.

News in the USA is based upon advertising revenue. The huge international corporations and governmental organizations that spend billions per year in advertising certain ideas, products, services, concepts, and agendas, are in total control of the information available to the citizenry.

Yet most Americans believe that they are “well-informed” and in control of their own lives.

In discussions or speaking events, I often use this example to illustrate the point… If I randomly ask 100 Americans what kind of ketchup they like, over 70% will say Heinz. If I ask which other brands they have tried, the answer will most often be none.

So, the decision to put Heinz ketchup on your shelf was not your original idea. It’s on your shelf simply because someone, in this case Heinz, told you to put it in your grocery basket because Heinz is the best ketchup. Is it the best ketchup? Nobody really knows because they have seldom tried any different brand. To them, the idea that Heinz is the best is true, because it’s the best they have ever had.

The same goes for where you live, the kind of car you drive, your favorite restaurants, the clothes you wear, the cleaning products you use, even the people you vote for or are told to hate. All of these are decisions you think you made on your own, but in every case, you simply did what you were told to do. None of it was your idea…

So, it should come as no surprise that when the people you have been following all your life told you to lock down, social distance, wear a mask and accept mRNA bioweapon “vaccines,” about 70% lined up to follow orders as they had been all their lives.

Three years later, evidence is everywhere around the globe that the entire CV19 event was a lie from the start and the “medical protocols” put in place were more dangerous than any version of the common cold, otherwise known as a “corona virus.”

Most people don’t believe what is true. In fact, most don’t even know what’s true and not true today. That information has been kept from the general population. As a result, they only believe what someone told them to believe, most often, what they want to believe, whether true or not.

Only two types of people “hate Trump” as yet another example. The first is everyone in political power who feels threatened by Trump, who and what he represents, and that he can foil their global agenda. The second is those who will only listen to the people in group one. 99% of the time when interviewed, Trump haters struggle to come up with a single cognitive reason for their hate. They just hate…because they were told to.

This is not a society well-suited for freedom anymore. Freedom requires truthful leaders, not blind followers. Freedom requires a society more focused on preserving freedom for all, than cancelling everyone and everything they disagree with. It requires action, not mere chatter…and it requires courage, not people waiting for someone else to do something.

At least two American generations no longer even desire freedom…Pavlov trained via government-controlled education to believe that some form of socialism or communism will serve them better in life…even though these ideas have only been used to enslave people or kill them all over the world, and have as a result, failed everywhere on earth they have ever been instituted.

The younger generations simply have not lived long enough, experienced enough, to know what they don’t know. Those who hold the gold, told them not to even listen to common sense, truth, or advice from those with decades more knowledge and experience. “Those people are the past…you are the future…”

But if those who will shape our future have been denied the benefit of learning from the past, the future they will shape is one they won’t even be able to survive.

And so it is, once again, history must repeat itself, for all who have failed to learn from the past.

Every child would burn their hand on the stove, if not for the parent there to teach them from past experience, also known as wisdom. And if memory was only 24-hours long, they would burn their hand every day for the rest of their lives.

No, a vast majority of Americans are no longer capable of freedom, therefore, the hour glass on freedom will soon expire. It’s one problem to be ill-informed. It’s a whole different problem to be unteachable or unreachable.

As I told my kids while they were growing up… smart people learn from their mistakes. But brilliant people learn the easy way, from the mistakes, successes and failures of others.

E-Mail Lex Greene: lexgreene23@mailfence.com

Can We Return to “The American Dream” and a Constitutional Republic Without a Revolution?

By Andrew Wallace

December 2, 2023

This paper is premised upon our determination and ability to separate Congress and the Judiciary from Big Donor Money and Control. If this is impossible, a revolution is guaranteed.

For the purposes of this paper, let’s assume that we can separate Congress and the Judiciary from the Big Donors, aka The Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their minions in ‘woke’ corporations, government, academia, military flag officers, et al.

My associates will think I am insane to even consider that it is remotely possible to separate Congress and the Judiciary from Big Donor Money.

Most think it would take a bloody revolution similar to the French Reign of Terror. But I like to think positive, even though it is improbable that we could educate the brainwashed, ignorant, and apathetic, which would be required in order to prevent a civil war.

A depression or other major event like the war now brewing could cause an internal civil war. Anarchy, at the very least, is guaranteed if government can no longer pay its obligations that support half of the people.

Most legitimate Economists forecast a major economic collapse if government does not change its ways very soon.

The Enumerated Powers in the Constitution LIMITS the Federal Government’s powers to the following:

Taxation, borrowing money, paying debts, regulating commerce, coining money, post offices, patents and copyrights, lower courts, immigration, declaring war and maintaining a military.

The federal government has no power to legislate or spend money on anything not included in the Enumerated powers!, period

If the Federal Government was operating under its founding documents, and restricting its legislation and expenditures to its Enumerated Powers, we would be living in the Land of Milk and Honey in a Constitutional Republic, with a viable and attainable American dream.

The simple absolute truth is that if government was to comply with the Enumerated Powers as dictated by our Constitution, everything would be great again as follows:

There would be no Income taxes, as it was until 1913 (The Year of Infamy).
Tariffs would finance government and return middle-class jobs (as it was prior to 1913).
Wars for Profit would not be possible without income tax to finance them..
Terminate the unconstitutional Privately-Owned Federal Reserve Bank.
Replace the Fiat Dollar and CBDC digital currency with Gold and Silver to control inflation.
Terminate all Federal Welfare payments, as they are unconstitutional. Welfare is responsibility of the states.
Terminate all Foreign Aid payments, which are also unconstitutional.
Return all of our military from foreign countries (estimated at more than 150 countries!).
Military may only be used overseas for disaster relief and under a declaration of war as required to protect our national security. This would have prevented the thirty conflicts that cost us 108,866 military lives since WW2. We lost every conflict, killed millions, and destroyed entire countries. This is why we are hated around the world.
Terminate all support of illegal Invaders, which is both unconstitutional and Constitutional Treason.
Terminate the unconstitutional legislation and funding for the Departments of Labor, Agriculture, Health and Human Services, Education, Energy, Transportation, and Housing and Urban Development
With no foreign Wars for Profit, there is no need to “Project Military Force”, which will reduce military spending by about 50%.
Presently, federal income is reported to be $5 Trillion, Expenditures are $6.5 Trillion, Deficit is $1.5 Trillion. Debt is $ 33 Trillion and interest on the debt is $1 Trillion and rising, which equals projected military spending of $1 Trillion.
Lawfully complying with Enumerated Powers should cut federal spending by 50% and increase revenue, allowing for a reduction in debt and interest expense. All of this is possible when you are not transferring the People’s wealth to the PSRRC through Wars for Profit and Federal Reserve Bank actions.
The FBI is the most corrupt police organization in the world. It must be terminated and replaced with the Militia of the Several States, as specified in our Constitution.
Many federal judges can be eliminated because there will be fewer federal laws to litigate.
A majority of federal laws will be retracted by Congress because they are created without Constitutional Authority.
Constitution only gives Congress the power to make laws. The bureaucrats (Administrative State) can no longer write laws. Presidential Executive orders have no authority over the states, and no authority over any people who are not their employees, none.
Powerful people of both parties who commit crimes will get lawful due process and prison.
Tax-free Foundations allow the wealthy to protect and use their wealth and power through eternity, and must be eliminated.
The destructive, racist, and uneconomic concepts of ESG and DOE are forbidden.

The preceding is by no way a comprehensive list of all the benefits generated by the government begrudgingly adhering to its Limited Enumerated Powers. It probably won’t happen until the Citizens demand these changes and nullify all the unconstitutional actions. Remember, NULLIFICATION is the original right of self- defense, and is a natural right.

Our only impediments to unlimited prosperity and justice in America are the ignorant, apathetic and indolent who believe in a free lunch without work, and a government usurped by the corrupt, murderous and incompetent for money and power. Costs of corruption, mass murder and Marxist indolence are exorbitant. Returning to the Constitutional Republic will restore our rights and more than double our prosperity.

God Bless You and The Republic.

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Javier Milei: Making Argentina Great Again?

By Steven Yates

December 1, 2023

Javier Milei wins Argentina’s presidency: history’s first anarcho-capitalist president!

Last Sunday, November 19, 2023, Javier Milei made history. He decisively defeated his rival, Sergio Massa, Argentina’s Peronist Economy Minister, by a comfortable margin of 55.89% to 44.10%.

Milei has a reputation for eccentricity. Massa doubtless thought this would hurt him with voters. He was wrong. Argentinians clearly had had enough of a regime that had run the country of 46.6 million into the ground, with rising unemployment, 40% of the population now beneath the poverty line, and the inflation rate a whopping 140%!

Milei’s an outsider, a counter-elite, like Trump was — though unlike Trump he’d previously held an office. It’s no surprise that Trump told him (via Truth Social), “I am proud of you.” A colorful character with trademark bushy hair, once a member of a rock band that performed Rolling Stones covers, he became an economist and a television personality with a penchant for cultivated outrageousness. He is skilled at using media (including outlets that hate his guts) — just as Trump is. Small wonder pundits are alarmedly comparing the two.

He’s also the first self-described anarcho-capitalist to win a national election. What is anarcho-capitalism?

The term was coined by flamboyant libertarian economist and prolific writer Murray N. Rothbard. As a moral as well as economic philosophy it advocates for a society based on voluntary transactions and contracts — unfettered free markets — neither interfered with nor subsidized by the state. Its core moral value is the non-aggression principle (NAP): no one may initiate force or violence against another individual or group, nor enlist others to do so on one’s behalf. Physical force or violence is morally justified in retaliation against its initiation by another.

Property rights are then economic claims, limited only by the NAP (you can’t murder or enslave someone on your property).

As some libertarians put all this: everyone is the sole owner of his/her life and the fruits of his/her mind and labors. No one has a moral claim on the lives or the fruits of the labors of others.

To libertarians, this sounds idyllic. They imagine a world of unfettered freedoms in which all may flourish in their own way, living life according to their own choices and not the choices of someone else, absent coercion and violence. Various forms of libertarian thought, an extension of classical liberal thought, date at least to German economic thinkers such as Carl Menger and Ludwig von Mises of the Austrian School; and a few Americans ranging from Murray N. Rothbard, originally an acolyte of Mises, to philosophers such as John Hospers and the novelist / philosopher Ayn Rand.

I don’t know how many people who voted for Milei actually subscribe to this philosophy. Probably they just want a change in direction from the Peronists. Can anyone blame them for that? No one in his right mind, after all, who knows anything of the current situation in Argentina, thinks the country could keep going in the direction its Sergio Massas have been taking it.

Some history.

Once, long ago, Argentina was the most prosperous place in South America. Like other Latin American countries, it was settled throughout the 16^th, 17^th, and 18^th centuries, primarily from Spain. Under the Spanish Empire the country became the Viceroyalty of the Rio de la Plata. The country fought a six-year war for independence beginning in 1810. Decades of civil strife followed, however.

But by the end of the 1800s, economic growth based on an essentially classical liberal economic model led to rising prosperity. Noted for its natural resources which include oil, coal, natural gas as well as minerals such as silver, gold, copper, and lead, by 1880 Argentina had the seventh highest average per capita income in the world. The country’s name derives from argentum, Latin for silver.

The prosperity didn’t last — possibly because while the country had adopted a kind of classical liberalism, its political structure retained civil or Roman law (like Chile and other Latin American countries) instead of English-originated common law. Civil law both presupposes, and fosters, an environment of distrust that undermines the efficiency of markets and grows government via bureaucracy.

Argentina suffered during the Great Depression, just as North Americans did. North Americans bounced back. The U.S., following its victory over Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan in the Second World War, built the strongest economy the world had ever seen.

Despite having the second largest economy in South America, Argentina struggled. Two figures emerged at its helm in the 1940s: Colonel Juan Peron and his wife Eva “Evita” Peron. Thus began the first “Peronist” period, which ended in 1955 when Juan Peron was driven from power and fled into exile. Another period of instability ensued, ending with Peron returning in 1973: interestingly, the same year El Golpe in Chile toppled Salvador Allende and instilled the military rule of Augusto Pinochet, who ruled that country for the next 17 years but oversaw the rebuilding of its economy along a Friedmanite model.

Peron had no such luck. He died the following year. His wife tried to take his place. She couldn’t hold things together, and more instability resulted, characterized by left-versus-right armed conflicts. A military junta seized power in 1976 and began the so-called “Dirty War” which tried (unsuccessfully) to purge the country of leftists. This junta had to step down in 1983 following the Falklands fiasco the year before. When the dirt settled, its leaders were in prison.

Argentina became a democracy — or, at least, that was the intent. In 1989, the next Peronist, Carlos Menem, was elected president. Three years later, the Argentinian peso became the country’s official fiat currency, pegged to the dollar. A centrist government rose in the 1990s. This didn’t last, either. Amidst a massive recession and rising public debt, the Peronists returned in 2001 amidst the general strike of that year which brought the country to a standstill. Initially, for the Peronists, things did not look good at all! In December of that year, the banks shut down amidst a near-collapse of the currency and the withdrawal of $1.3 billion in aid from the IMF.

Riots ensued. Then things got worse. The following year, the country defaulted on an $800 million debt repayment to the World Bank.

A more “modest” Peronist, Nestor Kirchner, became president in 2003. Negotiations begin with the IMF resulting in an agreement to repay just the interest on its loan. This boosted the economy, and a couple of years later, Argentina repaid its debt.

Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner, Nestor Kirchner’s wife, succeeded him as president in 2007. By this time the country was again enjoying relative prosperity — relative to its recent past, anyway; for as with the U.S., it was debt-based and not sustainable. The financial crisis of 2008-09 sent everyone, everywhere, into a tailspin. The Argentinian government improvised, and things seemed to be turning around. But in 2013, the IMF censured the country for reporting false information on inflation and economic growth.

The following year, an Argentinian, Cardinal Jorge Mario Bergoglio of Buenos Aires, became Pope Francis, putting the country in the limelight despite that fact that both its economic and cultural problems were again worsening. Pope Francis became the first Latin American to rise to this stature.

The Argentinian peso continued its slow, agonizing tumble towards oblivion. Cristina Kirchner remained a key figure on the political scene, though she’d become a lightning rod: she had both fervent defenders and equally fervent detractors.

In 2019, Peronist candidate Alberto Fernández became president, ousting his predecessor the conservative Mauricio Macri who was unable to put the brakes on general deterioration. We’re almost to the present — to a weary Argentina clearly in decline (laws legalizing abortion, etc.), a government having fallen into complete dysfunction, with poverty soaring and inflation leading to the point of civil unrest. Voting is obligatory in Argentina — and voters were looking outside the standard political categories.

What the Peronists seemed to believe was a confusing and confused mixture of Argentinian nationalism and governmental interventionism, hailed by its leftist defenders for its social programs and by its openness to feminism, abortion, and “gay rights.”

Arguably Peronism has been a decades-long disaster for the country that has run its course.

Can Javier Milei fix things? That’s the question Argentinian voters overwhelmingly gambled on last Sunday. Who is he?

Who is Javier Milei?

He’s been described as a “populist,” typically by his detractors. The Peronists were also described as “populists,” suggesting the meaninglessness of that term.

Born in 1970, Milei studied economics at institutions like Universidad de Belgrano, Universidad Torcuato Di Tella and CEDES/IDES. He became a head economist for Corporación America, one of the country’s largest business conglomerates which runs its major airports among other large endeavors. He has authored around 50 scholarly papers and several books defending libertarian economics (his political party is known as La Libertad Avanza). Possibly being in the rock-and-roll band prior to becoming an economist and a television personality schooled him for life in front of an audience. He has been both hailed and decried for his outbursts against government spending.

As with Trump, his detractors in mass media could not argue with a salient fact: he boosted ratings. In this New Normal, outrage tends to do that. During his recent campaign he would wield a chainsaw at rallies, symbolic of his plan to axe government programs, close the central bank, and scrap the peso, replacing it with the dollar (!). He’s unmarried, and the owner of five mastiffs named after the economists he most admires.

To the best of my knowledge, none of his writings have been translated into English. Hence besides what everyone now knows, I don’t know his full worldview — whether it is Christian-leaning or premised on materialism. Having sided with cultural conservatives, he has vowed to put Argentina’s recent legalization of abortion to the test of a national referendum. He’s described man-made climate change as a “socialist lie” and denounced Pope Francis as a “filthy leftist” and “the representative of malignance on Earth.”

Here is what he says about leftists generally (I have this translation from a current Tom Woods letter):

“If you think differently from them they will kill you!… You can’t give sh** leftists an inch. If you give them an inch they will use it to destroy you…. You don’t negotiate with trash because they will end you!… We’re not only superior economically, we are morally superior, we are aesthetically superior, we are better than they are at everything. And that triggers them. And since they can’t beat us with real arguments, they just use the repressive apparatus of the state, with loads of taxpayer money, to destroy us. And yet they’re still losing!… Leftists are losing the cultural battle. For the first time ever, they are cornered.”

As the saying goes, holy horseshoes, Batman!

I think he exaggerates with that last — the battle against cultural leftism is far from over as he might find out if he puts abortion to the test and loses. What we can say for sure: he’s definitely not part of the leftist-globalist alliance of convenience!

Which is why I think of him as a counter-elite, using Peter Turchin’s vocabulary, just as Trump is a counter-elite. He wants to purge Argentina’s “political caste,” akin to Trump’s call to “drain the swamp.” He is planning “economic shock therapy.”

His argument against the central bank is that it prints money, money printing being the root cause of inflation. This seems to me correct. Money printing is inflation. What is inflated is the amount in circulation, which debauches a currency’s value. The reasoning is straightforward: the more you have of any desired good, the less value individual units of that good can command.

Prospects for a better Argentina?

My sense: Milei’s proposals for what Trump has called “making Argentina great again” provide a necessary condition for such, but probably not a sufficient condition.

They may be essential steps to a better Argentina, but what’s needed is more: a worldview transformation — which Latin America generally needs (also North America and Europe): explicit rejection of materialism as a worldview and a re-embrace of the kind of Christendom which proclaims individual persons not simply as “owners of their own lives” but as having intrinsic value as creations in God’s image — deriving their moral value from this and not mere economic value from what’s in their pocket or wallet or bank account or portfolio, or derived from class or group identity, or from any other contingent source.

Maybe Milei’s instincts lead toward something like this. Maybe not. He doubtless knows he won’t be able to make sudden, axe-wielding moves overnight, because doing so will lead to still more dislocations. Economics is downstream from culture, and cultural change cannot be made overnight. None of the countries of the West got into their present messes overnight, and none will get out of them overnight.

I don’t know what Milei’s policies will reflect over the long run, or if he’ll even be allowed by the remaining elites still in power in Argentina to enact them. But without both ingredients — political decentralization reducing the size and capacity of governmental and corporate elites to reign supreme, combined with a worldview appropriate to who and what human beings are — his term will only take his country part of the way.

At best, after an initial rough ride and reemergence of prosperity, it won’t be enough. What Turchin calls “wealth pumps” will emerge and redistribute wealth upwards into the hands of a tiny corporate elite, and the result will be another eventual burst of the kind of unrest Chile experienced starting in late 2019.

But one must begin somewhere. The fact that Milei is being demonized across globalist and left-leaning corporate media I see as a good sign! In any event, he takes office on December 10 (the 40^th anniversary of the end of Argentina’s military dictatorship). Thus will begin the biggest test we’ve yet seen on the world stage for the kind of anarcho-capitalist economics Milei represents. He’ll need more than charisma and chainsaws to lead his country out of its present cul-de-sac. That is going to take some doing!

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

If you enjoyed this article, consider becoming a Patron if you feel like supporting my writing.

Also, if the ideas discussed in this article seem important to you and you’d like to see them further developed, see my book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021), available here and here. My earlier book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

My new novel The Shadow Over Sarnath has been published and is available here.

Truth Under Attack

By Paul Engel

December 1, 2023

Do you believe that the truth shall set you free?
How do we know what the truth is?
How can the American people believe in self-evident truths if they don’t believe there is such a thing as truth?

There have always been attacks on what is true. From the serpent in the Garden of Eden asking, “Did God really say…” to today’s attempts to quash “disinformation”, truth has been under attack. While many of these attacks have been about what the truth is, over the past couple of generations the idea of truth itself has been under attack. Why is that? In the Gospel of John, Jesus said:

And you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” —John 8:32 (NKJV)

Could the answer be that simple? Could the attacks on the very idea of truth simply be attacks on our freedom? If that is true, then what can we do to defend not only our freedom, but the very idea of freedom itself?

Self-Evident Truths

Let’s face it, without the idea of truth, we never would have become independent from Great Britain.

We hold these truths to be self-evident, …

There are things that are not only true, but so obviously true we should not need to write them down; everyone used to agree they were true. While we all rarely agree on what the truth is, we still generally agreed there was a truth we could find. Knowing there is a truth is one thing; finding out what that truth is might be something else. So, if we want to be free, finding out what that truth is should be our first step.

Knowing the Truth

I recently received a question based on an article entitled “Feds Have Tied The Hands Of TN Law Enforcement On Illegal Immigration, Tennessee Leadership Refuses To Push Back“. It would appear, according to the author of this article, that not only is Tennessee law enforcement being restrained, but our legislature and people are as well. This position of federal supremacy comes from a statement I found in the article.

According to the Department of Homeland Security, under the Supremacy Clause in The Constitution, the assignment of immigration law and enforcement of those laws is given to the federal government, and in order to comply with a “cooperation only” approach, states are relegated to a prone position, at least, under The Biden Administration.

Feds Have Tied The Hands Of TN Law Enforcement On Illegal Immigration, Tennessee Leadership Refuses To Push Back

It would seem that the hands of all Tennesseans are well and truly bound by the whims of the Biden Administration. That is, except for one small thing: The truth.

According to the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), the Supremacy Clause of the Constitution gives the creation and enforcement of immigration laws to the federal government. However, the Supremacy Clause, found in Article VI, Clause 2, says no such thing.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

In order for any law to be considered the supreme law of the land, it must be made in pursuance, or following, the Constitution, which specifically states in the Tenth Amendment:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

So for a law of the United States to be the supreme law of the land, it must put into effect a power delegated to the United States by the Constitution. A quick look at Article I, Section 8, Clause 4 shows that Congress has the power:

To establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization, and uniform Laws on the subject of Bankruptcies throughout the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 4

Congress has the power to create rules for naturalization, which is:

The act of investing an alien with the rights and privileges of a native subject or citizen.

Naturalization, Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

It does not grant to Congress the power to regulate immigration, which is:

The passing or removing into a country for the purpose of permanent residence.

Immigration, Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

In fact, the term “immigration” does not appear in the Constitution of the United States. This means that Congress does not have the legitimate power to regulate immigration. Therefore, federal immigration laws are not the supreme law of the land, and in fact are void and meaningless.

An unconstitutional act is not a law; it confers no rights; it imposes no duties; it affords no protection; it creates no office; it is in legal contemplation as inoperative as though it had never been passed.

Norton v. Shelby County :: 118 U.S. 425 (1886)

So it seems that the federal government has not tied the hands of Tennessee law enforcement, or the law enforcement of any other state. Rather, these states have not only tied their own hands, but enslaved themselves to a lie. If only there was a way to set them free.

One Small Step for Truth…

As I have frequently said, I am not a lawyer, but I not only was I able to immediately spot the lie from the Department of Homeland Security, I was able to defend my position with proof that what I am saying is true. (By the way, there is a lot more to this argument. I’ve written an article about a similar situation with the Department of Education for members of the Patriots Program.) How was I able to do that so quickly? By following the advice of the first Chief Justice of the United States, John Jay.

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the United States

By reading and studying the Constitution, I’ve become so familiar with it that the lie from DHS was as obvious as a three dollar bill. Furthermore, that familiarity with the Constitution meant I knew exactly where to go to find the truth of the matter.

You may be asking yourself, “How could I gain such skills with the truth?” I followed John Jay’s advice and studied the Constitution. I did not go to law school, where, rather than studying the language of the supreme law of the land, students study the opinions of judges. It may seem daunting, but the language of the Constitution is generally very easy to read. After all, it was written so an 18th century farmer could understand it. I’ve even written a book called The Constitution Study where I take you through my study of the Constitution in plain, conversational English. Yet studying is just the first step.

In John chapter 8, Jesus told those who follow Him:

“If you abide in My word, you are My disciples indeed. And you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.”

John 8:31-32 (NKJV)

In a way, John Jay was saying the same thing. If you abide in the Constitution, if you read and study it as a disciple, then you will know the truth about this country and be freed from the tyranny of those who lie about it. In both cases though, the impetus is on us. Just as Jesus’ followers had to abide in His Word to be His disciples, we must spend time in the Constitution, becoming students of the document. If we wish to know the truth, we cannot depend solely on the words of others, but must find it for ourselves. We must always be in search of the truth, not merely content with the words we agree with. For the truth to set us free, it must be actually true. That is why the foundational principles of The Constitution Study are:

It’s only an opinion unless there is proof.
An expert opinion is only an opinion unless there is proof.
Original documents are our best sources.
Check your sources.

In 1983, U.S. Senator Daniel Patrick Moynihan was quoted in the Washington Post as saying:

Everyone is entitled to his own opinion, but not his own facts.

1983 January 18, The Washington Post, More Than Social Security Was at Stake by Daniel P. Moynihan, Quote Page A17, Column 5, Washington, D.C. (ProQuest)

While not the first to express that sentiment, Mr. Moynihan is probably one of the best known. We all have opinions, but that does not make them all true. While we often look to experts, we have to remember that they can be wrong as well. Millions of Americans have been enslaved to ideas based on opinion rather than facts. The consequences of those opinions have ranged from the benign to the truly horrific. Our entire legal profession is based on the opinion of judges, often completely devoid of facts, if not actually antithetical to them. If we wish to be free, we must start by making sure what we know is actually true.

… One Giant Leap for Freedom

John Jay said that reading and studying the Constitution would not only help you recognize when your freedoms were being violated, but be better prepared to defend and assert them. Imagine walking down the street not only knowing what your rights are, but how you can defend them. I’ve told stories before about standing up to illegal mask mandates, overly curious FBI agents, and questionable U.S. Attorney’s offices. That freedom was made possible by knowing my rights and being prepared to defend and assert them. That knowledge came from an honest and forthright study of what the Constitution actually says. Not what I had been taught in school or what “experts” like those at DHS said, but reading the actual documents. Because of that, I live free. That’s not to say there aren’t those who would attempt to take away my freedom because of lies that have been told. Rather than being defenseless, I have the truth on my side. I’m hoping to have a few million Americans on my side as well.

Most people are familiar with the Hans Christian Andersen story The Emperor’s New Clothes. Having been conned into believing he was wearing a fine set of clothes, the emperor walked through the village not knowing he was undressed. None of the townsfolk admitted they could not see the emperor’s cloths until a small boy pointed out the truth: The emperor was naked. Once the “spell” was broken, the entire town took up the cry.

Today, many in the federal government walk around believing they are wrapped in robes of power, some because of their own arrogance and others because “experts” have told them so. Most of the American people seem to go along with the lie, not because they can see the power robes, but because of the lies they have been told. I hope today, as I’ve pointed out in some small way how naked federal actors are, the “spell” will be broken and you will join me in pointing that out as well. While being a single voice showing the naked power grab of Washington, D.C. may allow me to live free, it will take the courage of millions of Americans to help break the “spell” nationwide. It will not be easy, and there are risks involved. If we wish to live up to the words of the national anthem and be the land of the free, we must once again become the home of the brave. That means being brave enough to not only seek for the truth yourself, but stand up and point out when the federal “emperor” is as naked as the day he was born.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Will Someone Investigate the NSA?

By Cliff Kincaid

December 1, 2023

The movie Oppenheimer is now for sale via various streaming channels at a cost of $19.99 on Prime Video, a complete waste of money. I am offering for free my 24-page analysis of how this film whitewashes a prominent member of a communist spy ring that stole our atom bomb secrets. My report, which also addresses the NSA’s role in whitewashing J. Robert Oppenheimer, raises a serious matter: who oversees our national security establishment?

My letter to NSA Director General Paul M. Nakasone said the following:

Our new 24-page heavily footnoted report (enclosed) documents how Chinese communists are continuing to infiltrate our nuclear labs, transferring knowledge of weapons of mass destruction to those who want to kill tens of millions of Americans!

Equally outrageous, I recently discovered that the NSA’ s National Cryptologic Museum has whitewashed the infiltration of our nuclear labs during World War II by the Russian communists. The exhibit wants us to believe that Soviet spy Robert Oppenheimer of the Manhattan Project was just a patriotic American!

I visited the NSA’s National Cryptologic Museum on August 9, 2023, confirming that the Venona exhibit [about Soviet spying] had been “rotated out” of the museum and replaced with a “Protecting America’s Secrets” display paying homage to Oppenheimer.

The letter was dated August 24 but I never received a response.

On the anniversary of 9/11, we were forced to consider the sad state of our so-called “intelligence” agencies, unable or unwilling to protect America. Israel is now going through a similar exercise regarding the terrorist attack on October 7.

Much of the conservative commentary emphasizes the political nature of the FBI and the CIA and their determination to keep Donald J. Trump out of the White House and maintain the Obama/Biden Administration in power. But the National Security Agency also bears watching.

The NSA is counting on Congress to reauthorize Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), ostensibly to collect information about foreign threats.

Matthew G. Olsen, Assistant Attorney General, wrote an op-ed that originally appeared in The Hill on August 16, 2023, arguing for congressional reauthorization of Section 702.

But how is this possible when the NSA refuses to acknowledge the truth about Oppenheimer?

The NSA is following the lead of the Biden Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm. It was Granholm who had announced the Department of Energy had vacated the Atomic Energy Commission’s 1954 decision to withdraw Oppenheimer’s security clearance.

Equally significant, the Daily Wire revealed the NSA has created a glossary of terms that push Critical Race Theory and radical gender ideology.

Rep. Matt Gaetz warned about these Marxist ideologies being “latched to the most exquisite spying and surveillance tools that have ever existed on the planet.”

It appears that the Marxism has been embraced by NSA leadership, which makes the American people who “cling” to anti-communism into the targets.

In addition to the communist lies embraced about the Oppenheimer matter, the FBI itself announced on October 23 that NSA employee Jareh Sebastian Dalke pleaded guilty to six counts of attempting to transmit classified National Defense Information (NDI) to an agent of the Russian Federation (Russia).

The Department of Justice says Dalke faces a maximum penalty of up to life in prison and sentencing is scheduled for April 26, 2024.

While this development is a sign of progress, depending on what happens to the perpetrator, much more needs to be done, including at the FBI, which used Russian disinformation to go after Trump.

Former FBI agent Max Noel says the Bureau used to investigate candidates for federal employment by analyzing Character, Associates, Reputation, and Loyalty to the United States. The first letters in those words make up the acronym CARL.

Noel told me that Barack Hussein Obama could not have been elected president if he had been subjected to the CARL test. He had too many communist connections.

Meanwhile, published reports suggest that Obama’s vice president, Joe Biden, who is now president, is not going to be charged for mishandling classified documents.

Rep. Mike Turner, chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, commented that “Biden has been found to be a serial classified document hoarder” and that “Over a 10-year period, he’s been taking classified documents, some of the most sensitive that threaten our national security home, without any protection, and certainly, you know, able to- for others to be able to access them. There needs to be consequences.”

He also noted that Hillary Clinton had “over 100 classified documents at home when she was Secretary of State and Vice President Biden both under Obama at the same time, [they] were taking classified documents home, and certainly had them be vulnerable, with no consequences — shows the Department of Justice is not pursuing Democrats.”

At the same time, Turner defended Section 702, saying it “allows the collection of [information from] foreigners outside the United States who pose a national security threat to the United States” and that “We have to continue to collect that data and information, it’s from which we are able to keep our country secure.”

Turner contradicted himself, saying Section 702 somehow keeps us secure even while top officials under Obama, one of whom is now president, jeopardize our security by hoarding classified documents in unsecure locations.

Before Congress even considers reauthorizing Section 702, hearings should be held into the Oppenheimer matter and subsequent reports that the Communist Chinese have also been infiltrating the labs. All of this is covered in my report, “Hollywood’s Whitewash of a Communist Spy and the Infiltration of America’s Nuclear Labs.”

Reps. Mike Waltz (R-FL) and Jim Banks (R-IN) say in a letter to Nakasone that they also want an explanation for the NSA glossary of Marxist terms and its implications for the intelligence agency’s hiring procedures.

At the same time, in response to Rep. Turner’s comments about the obvious double-standard, the House under new Speaker Mike Johnson should immediately defund the activities of anti-Trump U.N. lawyer Jack Smith, who has indicted former President Trump on bogus charges of mishandling classified documents.

Perhaps defunding the NSA should be the next step.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Did “The Federalists” Create our DC Monster?

By Lex Greene

November 30, 2023

In a word, YES! But stick with me a minute to understand.

It seems no matter the many things Americans have trouble agreeing on these days, the vast majority agree on one major thing…and that’s the reality that our federal government has become so criminally corrupt that it’s now public enemy #1 of the American people.

Ever wonder why the so-called “experts” use the term “democracy” when referring to our system, instead of what the U.S. Constitution created and guarantees every State and American Citizen, a “republican form of government?” How many Americans even know the critical difference between the two today?

Ever wonder why so many self-proclaimed “constitutional scholars” only reference the Federalist Papers when discussing issues with our runaway government, of, by and for themselves? Why do we never hear any of these “scholars” discuss the anti-Federalist Papers?

While the vast majority of Americans now agree that we have to do something to stop our federal government from destroying our country entirely, few agree on what the real problem is, much less what to do about it. That’s because few Americans alive today know anything at all about the foundations of freedom, how our government is supposed to work, and how it became destructive of the only purpose or intent of the government.

In part, people focus upon the Federalist Papers because that’s what the “experts” told them to do. Also, because the Federalists won the debate at the convention to secure adoption of the Constitution. However, the Federalists were only able to gain adoption of the Constitution by agreeing to immediately amend it, in what soon after became the Bill of Rights.

What was the real difference between the two sides of that debate?

To put it simply, the Federalists supported the idea of a strong central federal government, while the anti-Federalists favored a very limited federal government leaving most matters to be solved locally within each State of the union.

To know this, one must read the anti-Federalist Papers in contrast to the Federalist Papers. One should begin by reading anti-federalist paper Brutus #1 believed to have been written by and argued at the convention by New York politician and judge Robert Yates, who also wrote under the pen name “Sydney.” “Brutus” eventually wrote 16 essays on the subject, that would be published in New York-area newspapers.

It’s an error to refer to the Rights of the People as “constitutional rights,” or rights granted the People in the Constitution. The document mentions no rights of the people at all as that is not the intent or purpose of the document. The sole purpose and intent of the Constitution is to create the federal government, under certain specific terms and conditions, granting that governmental body, broken into three distinct branches, certain powers designed to protect the individual liberty and security of the American Citizens.

What Americans possess are Natural Rights, under the Laws of Nature and Nature’s God, as endowed by our Creator. In fact, the Natural Rights of the People are “inalienable,” – “that which cannot be legally or justly alienated or transferred to another.” In recent years, academia has falsely claimed that this word is synonymous with the term “unalienable,” as the two words are indeed very similar. They have even replaced “inalienable” with “unalienable” in modern samplings of historical documents.

The only difference between these two words is the word “inalienable” means beyond the power and authority of government. Simply stated, that which is “endowed by our Creator” cannot be legislated away by government. This is the foundation and true meaning of freedom and liberty, absent government tyranny by any method or means.

Americans by and large, agree with the anti-federalists, a republican form of government, limited in scope and authority, to prevent that government from ever becoming despotic and tyrannical towards its own people.

“Brutus” rightfully worried about the provision giving Congress “power to make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into execution the foregoing powers,” particularly when combined with the provision making federal laws the “supreme law of the land” and the government’s extensive taxing power. “[T]he authority to lay and collect taxes is the most important of any power that can be granted,” he concluded. “[I]t connects with it almost all other powers, or at least will in process of time draw all other after it.” He worried that, under the circumstances, the little power left to the states “must very soon be annihilated.” (SOURCE)

But a few key provisions in the Constitution were designed to prevent these things from ever happening…just to name a few.

“in furtherance thereof” meant that government only had the power to enact things that furthered the founding principles of freedom and liberty in the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Governmental actions which are not “in furtherance thereof” are by their nature, unconstitutional.
The “General Welfare” clause was designed to prevent the government from playing favorites, picking winners and losers by creating laws designed to help one group of People at the expense of others. All Marxist styled policies are in direct violation of the General Welfare clause.
The “enumerated powers of Congress” meant that Congress has no power beyond the powers enumerated.
“a Republican form of government” as opposed to a pure democracy, wherein any simple majority would have the power to rule over the minority at will, referred to as “mob rule” by our Founders.

To understand the concerns of the anti-federalists today, one need look no further than the tyrannical and despotic nature of today’s federal government, now the single largest employer in the world, not just in our country.

The Federalists may or may not have intended to create the monster we have in DC today, but no matter their intentions, they did indeed create this monster. But it’s very clear that the anti-federalists did all they could to prevent what we see today from ever happening in the USA, including by their Bill of Rights.

Contrary to the beliefs of many today, even the Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of the People’s Rights. Instead, it’s an additional enumeration of specific restrictions upon the authority of the federal government. The Natural Rights of the People are far too open-ended and numerous to ever attempt to list them. Our Rights do not come from, nor can they be regulated by any governmental body. In fact, all governmental authority is derived from us, the People. Government has no authority we don’t give it and it only holds that authority, so long as we allow it.

Like it or not, no matter what you may have thought true before now, only the anti-Federalist view can save our Republic now. It’s the anti-Federalist view that must restore the Natural Rights of the People, as well as States Rights, both of which have been destroyed by the monster in DC that was created by Federalists.

Just imagine… In 1776, 8 American men initiated what became the Declaration of Independence from British rule. It took until 1787 to adopt a constitution and until 1789 to adopt the Bill of Rights. But before the calendar ticked over to 1800, the federal government was already busy destroying the republican form of government they created. Just a few years later, British Common Law was reinstalled as our legal system and 247 years later, the USA is on the brink of total collapse.

The anti-Federalists were absolutely right! Yet, nobody even mentions them today.

I expect hate mail from all the self-titled “experts” on the matter. But remember this…

“When an honest man, honestly mistaken, comes face-to-face with undeniable and irrefutable truth, he is faced with one of two choices; he must either cease being mistaken or cease being honest.”

E-Mail Lex Greene: lexgreene23@mailfence.com

Unembraceable You

by Lee Duigon

November 30, 2023

Even if they could be done “safely”—which they can’t—and without creating chaos and driving everybody crazy—which they can’t—some things would still be just plain wrong.

Here are two examples.

New York City has just made it a crime (!) to “discriminate” against anyone too fat, too tall, or too short. This is not surprising. All over the doddering Western world, liberals are embracing corpulence as something to “celebrate.”

New York Mayor Eric Adams, with his plant-based brain, refuses to believe there’s any connection between your weight and general state of health. There are a zillion insurance actuarial tables to prove him wrong; but the beauty of Far Left kookism is, all the facts are B.Y.O. You get to bring your own. Remember “your truth” and “my truth.”

Even better: now that it’s a law, if you’re as fat as a house and you go to community college and can’t fit into those little desks they have—calloo, callay, O frabjous day! For you can sue the school! For failing to accommodate you.

I don’t know what would happen if they said you were too short, too old, or too slow to play on your college basketball team, let alone the pros. Play it safe and sue them, too. We’ll never run out of lawyers!

Rumor has it that the Democrats in the New York State legislature are getting ready to enact a similar law on the state level. By all means encourage obesity! Celebrate it!

And while you’re at it, here’s another thing they want you to embrace and celebrate.

Recently a bunch of men who “identified as women” crashed a women’s tech job fair in Florida—the fair’s organizers described it as being “overrun” and “invaded” by men. When the men got physical, a lot of the women just up and left.

But see—we are supposed to embrace and celebrate “gender fluid”—it’s like lighter fluid, only useless—and dagnab it, any man who says he’s a woman must be a woman!

Feminists, you started this. No distinction between the sexes, you said. In fact, you got rid of “the sexes,” claiming it was a “construct,” and replaced it by “genders”—which is indeed a construct, but it’s your own construct so that makes it… I dunno. Sacred? You are, you said, whatever the devil you say you are! And everybody else is supposed to embrace and celebrate it, or else! Hence “pregnant people,” men with periods, “people with penises,” the whole line of liberation loopiness. You asked for it, ladies.

“Give me a job because I say I’m a woman!” This is what our civilization has become. Men elbowing their way into women’s sports and winning all the medals: again, you asked for it.

What are we headed for? Some grotesque unisex world where there really is no male or female anymore, anyone can be plugged in to anyone else. Or, what’s more likely, a world wherein the human race is dying out because “gender reassignment” leaves you unable to reproduce. (But it would still be wrong even if it didn’t make you sterile.” If you need to ask “But why?,” you won’t understand the answer.)

How about we stop embracing and celebrating things that are demonstrably bad for us? We could do worse than simply reject anything and everything pitched to us by Far Left politicians and our babbling horde of overpaid academics.

When you see them point, just turn around and go the other way.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Has America Become TOO Big to Solve Its Problems?

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 30, 2023

As a math-Science teacher back in the 1970’s, three months off each summer allowed me to travel a great deal. Because I was so poorly paid, $5,400.00 annually, I traveled on a bicycle, of course! Every night, a tent under the stars! Those thousands of miles across America, and then, Europe, then South America, then Australia—really taught me more than all my years in college.

But it wasn’t until 1984 that I reached Asia. What a vast landmass of mountains, people, rivers, and astounding cultures and countries. For certain, I was a happy-go-lucky mid-twenties kind of guy pedaling on the road of life. If you would like to read about my life on the road, you might pick up a copy either in soft cover or audio-book: The Kickstand Chronicles—The Miraculous, Funny, Sublime, and Downright Terrifying—Subtitle: Inevitable Moments of the Journey, Bicycling Across Six Continents, 45 Years, 150,000 Miles. Published, January 2023. Amazon or Barnes and Noble. I promise you won’t be disappointed. To tell you the truth, it’s a wonder I’m still alive.

But it wasn’t until I reached China that my entire world view changed. Back in 1984, that country housed 1.2 billion. Today, 1.4 billion, and growing 8 million, net gain annually. Then, India at 1.1 billion. Today, 1.42 billion people, and growing by 16 million annually, net gain. India outranks China in numbers in 2023. They are both on a collision course with horrific pollution, lack of resources, massive poverty, diseases, horrible subsistence living conditions, and non-existent quality of life.

I floated the Yangtze River in China. Polluted beyond comprehension! Chemicals, human waste, animal waste, sewage of every kind floated out into the ocean to create a 20,000 square mile dead zone. I floated the Ganges River. It was/is a poisonous conveyor sewage belt that expels trillions of gallons of toxic waste into the Indian Ocean 24/7. And again, a 20,000 square mile dead zone. What is a dead zone? It occurs when so many toxic chemicals are expelled into the ocean by a river, vertebrate marine life cannot live in that zone.

Just to sober you up further, our own Mississippi River creates a 10,000 square mile dead zone in the Gulf of Mexico. Old Man River spews trillions of gallons into the Gulf 24/7 of chemical fertilizers, oil, GMO’s, glyphosates, Roundup poisons, weed killers, industrial waste, cans, bottles, papers and more. It starts out at 6 feet wide and 12 inches deep, and travels 2552 miles, 1,735 feet of elevation decline, 1.5 miles per hour from Lake Itasca, MN to New Orleans. How do I know? I canoed the Mississippi River 20 years ago. I loaded garbage bags full of junk I found along the way. At each city landing, I placed the trash in big cans.

Anyway, you cannot believe your eyes in China. They burn from the smokey, polluted, acrid air from millions of smokestacks, cars, diesel trucks and industrial manufacturing plants littering China. They build and put on line one full coal-fired electrical plant every week of the year. So much for stopping carbon exhaust and climate change!

Get this, 50 lanes of traffic, ONE WAY. When you see it, you can hardly believe your eyes. Go to YouTube for visual proof.

The government crams everyone into 200 square foot rooms in skyscrapers. Chinese must drink polluted water, breathe poison air and live among themselves in a crush of people. They are SO BIG; they cannot solve their problems. They are SO overpopulated; they can’t feed their own people. They have created a living nightmare for all their citizens.

Why do you think a total of 24,000 Chinese Nationals crashed our borders in October, 2023 as reported by the U.S. Border Patrol? Why do you think they are chain-migrating into America and Canada by the hundreds of thousands? Why do you think Vancouver, BC is now dominated by Chinese?

Let’s examine India: what a friggin’ living nightmare. They lack water treatment plants. They don’t offer porta-potties in cities, so everyone just does their business on the land, in the streets, rivers, lakes, et al. India offers Mother Nature a sanitation nightmare 24/7. If you look past the Taj Mahal, you will see a polluted river filled with plastic debris. It’s SO bad, they can’t or won’t pick up all the plastic they have created. So many people are so illiterate, they simply live within the trash, filth and garbage. They don’t live with standards. You don’t dare drink ordinary water. India’s population is so enormous, they cannot employ simple solutions for their citizens. Why do you think Indians are chain-migrating into America by the hundreds of thousands?

Which brings me to a most sobering reality check: why do you think we’ve been invaded by over 20 million illegal aliens in the past 30 years, another 8 million in just the last 34 months of Biden’s reign? Answer: people will migrate from misery to anywhere else in the world to save themselves. Look what’s happening to Europe, Canada and Australia.

The fact grows that America is on course to add 100,000,000 (100 million) more people within the next 25 to 30 years, give or take. Virtually all of that increase by mass immigration and their birthrates.

It’s right here in these two videos. This is what you and your children face if you’re alive in 2050 America:

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls“, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers-off the chart” by Roy Beck This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

That’s why I have written about the absurdity of “alternative energy” and saving humanity from “climate change.” With another 1 to 2 billion more people added to the planet by 2050…and all of them demanding energy to travel, heating homes, cooking food and living their lives, the human race and all life on this planet face a really, God-awful predicament.

What blows this journalist’s mind stems from the fact that the American people don’t have a clue as to what’s coming. The mainstream media won’t report what’s coming. And, the majority of Congress will continue sitting on their hands until America replicates China, Europe, and India.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Corruption Of Congress: UAW Forces Us Into Stack and Pack Housing Without Autos

By Andrew Wallace

November 29, 2023

Congress, UAW Leadership and Auto Companies have proven by their actions to be Enemies of the people and a Criminal Enterprise.

OUR CONSTITUTION PROVES IT

They are demanding that Americans buy expensive electric vehicles (EV) that most can’t afford (even with the government subsidies). If the people could afford them we lack the capacity to produce and deliver the electricity required. EV sales promote imports from China that has the raw materials for the batteries. EVs have limited use.

The end result of forcing Americans to buy EVs which most don’t want and can’t afford would be to totally destroy the American Dream of home ownership and private transportation.

It would also destroy the American automobile Industry. These criminals want to force us to live in dangerous and dirty Stack and Pack Public Housing like they now have in Communist Democrat cities. No wonder that people now living in Stack and Pack public housing spend a good bit of their time in looting, shooting and crime.

As an aside, the new CBDC digital currency will not allow you to carry pocket cash ( it won’t exist) and when electricity goes off you can’t buy anything. We can’t allow this instant slavery Unless the people really stand up quickly the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) , which is the largest and most powerful criminal enterprise in the world will have enslaved us.

Many refer to it as the deep state, swamp, establishment etc. But I prefer to use a more descriptive definition of this criminal enterprise as the” Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class “(PSRRC). It consists of the wealthiest families who own stock that controls corporate directors who in turn order corporate officers to bribe everyone else to do their bidding. Subservient Minions to the PSRRC are of course woke corporations, government, academia, military flag officers and anyone subject to their power and money. Remember the minions are only well bribed followers of the PSRRC.

Companies like Black Rock, State Street, et al. are maybe the most powerful examples of the PSRRC. The Tax Free Foundations are also part of the PSRRC. Effectively, these families and organizations control the world. There is nothing mysterious about it.

Those in the PSRRC are the “New World Order” people who say “we should own nothing and be happy” and they will rule the world.

In order to do this they must subjugate and impoverish the people. They have done a damn fine job of destroying us by usurping our Constitutional Republic It has been a gradual process, like the frog in water. The beginning of the end of the Republic was in 1913, “the Year of Infamy”. This is when they passed legislation for Income Taxes, Tax Free Foundations and the unconstitutional privately owned Federal Reserve Bank.

A majority of federal government legislation and actions are unconstitutional.

This means that they are mostly ruling with no legal basis for much of what they do. Our Constitution is the Supreme Law of the Land and it is mostly ignored by the PSRRC and their minions in both parties.

Congress is elected by the people and the UAW Officers are elected by their members and there is little doubt that both have sold out there constituents.

How else could they refuse Tariff protection that would have kept well paid jobs in the United States? And now they are going to allow the layoff of 117,000 workers to produce EVs that will move us into dirty and dangerous Stack and Pack public housing using public transportation and no cars of any kind. They know that since China has the required raw materials America will soon produce no EVs

You ask why the American auto industry would commit suicide?

The officers and directors have a fiduciary responsibility to the stockholders but they take orders from the directors elected by key stockholders who don’t give a damn about the company. But there has been some justice, officers that followed woke polices that reduced stock prices and income are being sued by stock holders.

There are two major woke concepts that are contrary to our Constitution and have resulted in starvation when fully implemented.

They are ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance) and DOE ( Diversity, Equity and Inclusion) They have also forced these concepts on our military with devastating results. Because of this social engineering the military can’t get enough qualified recruits and may have to resort to the draft.

The Constitution absolutely does not give the Federal Government the power or authority to force automobile manufacturers to build specific cars or to require them to function with specified MPG (miles per Gallon)

There is no authority in Constitution for federal government to protect the environment, none.

The Federal government’s powers are severally limited to those specified in the Enumerated Powers which they violate on a massive basis. In other words it is mostly a criminal enterprise to transfer the peoples wealth to the PSRRC and there minions.

Much of what federal government does is unconstitutional and therefore in violation of the Supreme Law of the Land.

Why did Congress, UAW Leaders and Automobile Companies allow government to take away the American dream of home ownership, private transportation and force us to live in dangerous stack and pack public housing in the near term? Twenty five percent of all housing units are owned and rented by corporations. I think there is only one conclusion. they are all minions of the PSRRC, money is their God and to hell with the people and the Republic.

When I write on serious Constitutional Issues I ask Joanna Martin JD a nationally known expert on Constitutional Law for her opinion. ( visit her blog: Publius Huldah Blog) Following is her unedited response. I’ll ask you.

Cite Article, Section, and Clause of the US Constitution which authorizes the federal government to involve itself in environmental protection.

There was a role for a Department of the Interior to manage the territories described at Article IV, Section 3, clause 2; but “territories” does NOT include lands illegally held by the federal gov’t for national parks, national forests, oil fields, etc.

When the Constitution was drafted, the “territory belonging to the United States” was the NorthWest Territory which the United States acquired as a result of our War for Independence. but that NW Territory has been long since divided up into States.

Pursuant to Article I, Sec. 8, next to last clause, the US may legally hold the federal lands purchased by them with the Consent of the States to carry out the enumerated powers. e.g., the fed gov’t. may own post offices, dock yards, military bases, federal courthouses, land for the US Mint, etc.; and they have constitutional authority to exercise general legislative powers over those specific areas.

What Article, Section & clause authorize the federal government to set mileage requirements for cars?

What Article, Section, and Clause authorize the federal gov’t. to require that automobiles be EVs?

Surely you know that the fed gov’t’s authority over the Country at Large is limited to the enumerated powers listed in our Constitution!”

May God Bless You and the Republic

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Censoring Freedom Of Speech Is The First Thing A Dictatorial Government Does!

By Bradlee Dean

November 29, 2023

“Freedom of speech is the great bulwark of liberty; they prosper and die together: And it is the terror of traitors and oppressors, and a barrier against them.” —Benjamin Franklin

You look at any government that means to control the people and the very first thing that you see them do is to illegally censor free speech (Ephesians 5:11).

Namely, I am talking about the speech that calls the governing body out for the very corruptions that it means to conceal (Psalm 94:16). What is happening in America today is just that, which is a clear violation of the First Amendment of the Bill of Rights.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances. -Amendment I

If it is not Facebook, YouTube, Google, then it’s the mainstream media and others who are illegally censoring or suppressing free speech. Everyone who is opposed to the government’s unlawful global agenda is being censored, that is everyone but them (Psalm 94:20).

What’s worse is when your representative government puts on the act that they are defending your God-given rights when, in fact, they are doing just the opposite (Proverbs 17:15).

Just last week on the Sons of Liberty national radio broadcast, I highlighted the fact that this current, criminal administration is doing its best to control every aspect of our lives, and now means to control the internet. Of course, liars will lie and that is exactly what they did in attempting to denounce the truth of the matter. But again, we knew the better.

While Americans are being continuously barraged by the lies of the mainstream media’s propaganda machine (Ephesians 4:14) that is conveying to you how other countries are under chaotic attack, we are here warning that you are the very ones that are under attack here in America by your own government (Ezekiel 33:3).

“If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter.” President George Washington

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Israel In The Crosshairs: Part 1 – A Soviet Psy-Op Second to None

By Cherie Zaslawsky

November 28, 2023

If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. –Joseph Goebbels

PRELUDE

The aftermath of Hamas’ Simchat Torah surprise attack on Israel has left us with definitive answers to several questions.

The vaunted Two-State Solution, previewed in Hamas’ barbaric October 7^th massacre of Israeli civilians, is dead in the water.
Arab Muslims are serious about wiping Israel off the map.
Jew hatred is alive and well.
And yes, it can happen again.

These are troubling discoveries, but we ignore the truth at our peril. And in that spirit, I’m going to forge ahead by not only commenting on the war between Hamas and Israel, but also by revisiting the history underlying this conflict in my article to follow.

But first I’d like to take a proverbial bird’s eye view of the whole situation.

There are three groups currently vying for world control. They are: the Chinese Communists, Muslim fundamentalists, and the Luciferian globalist elites with their plan for a New World Order/One World Government/Great Reset.

We might also include the Nazis’ vaunted plan for a Thousand Year Reich—but though we’re seeing Nazi eugenicist elements involving the mRNA vaccines, etc., we can include this element as a subset within the globalist NWO cabal—though to give the Nazi’s their due, the whole global plan is both communistic and fascistic in nature.

The Davos Elites, aka the globalist cabal, are the ultimate people without a state, as they have no loyalty to their own countries where they hold citizenship. Indeed, they coined the phrase “citizens of the world”—but that’s ostensibly meant for We the Serfs, as they prod us closer and closer to their planned Global Government. They clearly plan to be “rulers of the world,” not mere citizens. But they have no army or navy of their own, so how are they going to conquer the rest of us?

In part through the United Nations, which they fund generously—think about those whopping donations from great “philanthropists” like Bill Gates, who gave $1.2 billion in 2022 alone, Warren Buffett, who donates lavishly to the Gates Foundation which funds the UN and the WHO, and Ted Turner, who’s given $1 billion to the UN since 1997, etc. In fact, what they have is trillions of dollars and control of many governments through

bought-and-paid-for government officials. As they say, money talks.

And of course we know they plan to force us all to use a digital currency they control, while monitoring and surveilling us 24/7, so they can zap us with Social Credit Score violations, giving them excuses to turn off our access to our money. Shades of the Mark of the Beast, and a dastardly underhanded way to starve the “dissidents” to death who refuse their enslavement.

Still, they have no physical force, no shock troops, no military of their own.

ENTER THE CHINESE COMMUNISTS AND MUSLIM JIHADIST ARABS

Hypothetically speaking, wouldn’t it be possible for the Luciferian elites to fund and otherwise help to inflame the Arab Muslim world, including Hamas and the Palestinians? Why have there been so many fruitless wars in the Middle East in the past two decades or so? And why was Europe forced to open its stable countries to hundreds of thousands of so-called “refugees” all from Muslim countries—i.e. jihadist refugees? Just think what a mess UNHCR, the UN Refugee Agency, has made of Europe. At the very least, they’ve destabilized Europe already, making a thorough takeover that much easier—and with the added benefit from their perspective, of making impressive inroads on destroying Western Civilization.

THEN AND NOW

Recall what Communism under Castro did to the previously flourishing tropical paradise of Cuba, or how Iran prospered and flourished under the Shah, who westernized and modernized the country, gave women the vote, and the right to abandon the chador in favor of Dior New Look glamorous outfits from Paris, etc. Then came Khomeini, the militant Islamist, and suddenly women were not only deprived of many rights, but covered from head to toe in heavy chadors or hijabs, leaving only their eyes visible. No wonder so many fled to the West! It was as if Khomeini thrust them into a time machine that took them back to the 7^th century.

These two ideologies, Communism and Islam—which is an ideology as well as a religion—both rule with an iron fist. The resultant oppression, misery and poverty of the people in such nations seems unavoidable. The common denominator? Tyranny—exactly what our Founders sought to guard against in America.

And speaking of America, remember when we learned Chinese soldiers were training in Canada, near our northern border? Or that hidden among migrants trooping into America over our non-existent southern border under O’Biden’s regime, are military-aged men some of whom are from Muslim countries and likely jihadists? Do you think that the kind of killing spree and horrific massacre we witnessed on October 7th in Israel could never happen here?

But regardless of what evils the jihadist Muslims and Communist Chinese may yet inflict on other nations, I believe at present they are dangerous pawns in the hands of the psychopathic billionaire “elites.” It remains to be seen if either or both of the Frankensteinian monsters that currently serve the elites’ purpose, will turn on them in the end.

ISRAEL IN THE CROSSHAIRS, PART ONE: A SOVIET PSY-OP SECOND TO NONE

Suppose I were to tell you that the entire narrative about the Palestinians having lost their country was a fiction, a contrivance—a psy-op designed to enlist people’s sympathy for the Arabs living in Gaza and the West Bank, and to provoke anger towards Israel. In that case there would be no “Palestinians” since there never was a country called Palestine—a region, yes; a nation, no.

Who then would the Arab residents of Gaza be? Mostly Egyptians. And the so-called Palestinians in the so-called West Bank? Mostly Jordanians.

And if this were true, would you regard the current situation in Israel in the same light? Here’s another question:

If there never was an Arab country named Palestine, then what would be the meaning of the phrase, “From the river to the sea, Palestine shall be free”? It could only mean one thing: that Israel, the country nestled between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea, would be eradicated, leaving no Jewish state in the Middle East.

One more point to underscore: if there was no nation of Palestine, there was no country stolen from the so-called Palestinians.

Well, hang on to your hats—it just so happens that the seemingly fanciful propositions I listed above are actually true.

Dr. Thomas McCall explains it thus:

It was not until the Romans crushed the second Jewish revolt against Rome in 135 A.D. under Bar Kochba that Emperor Hadrian applied the term Palestine to the Land of Israel. … He took the name of the ancient enemies of Israel, the Philistines, Latinized it to Palestine, and applied it to the Land of Israel. He hoped to erase the name Israel from all memory. Thus, the term Palestine as applied to the Land of Israel was invented by the inveterate enemy of the Bible and the Jewish people, Emperor Hadrian.

… the original Philistines were not Middle Eastern at all. They were European peoples from the Adriatic sea next to Greece… the original “Palestinians” had nothing to do, whatsoever, with any Arabs.

Victor Sharpe, author of the four-volume work Politicide: The Attempted Murder of the Jewish State, sums it up this way: “Arafat twisted history and reality to disinherit the indigenous native Jewish people of the land.”

He quotes British author Melanie Phillips:

For decades, the Arabs have promoted the big lie that they are the indigenous people of the land, that the Jews were the colonizers who deprived them of their rights and that the Israelis continue to oppress and practice “genocide” against them. Every part of that is not only untrue but it is the “Palestinians” who seek aggressive conquest and the Israelis who are victims of their terror.

And Joseph Farah, founder of WND.com and a Christian Arab himself, has this to say:

There has never been a land known as Palestine governed by Palestinians. Palestinians are Arabs, indistinguishable from Jordanians (another recent invention), Syrians, Iraqis, etc. Keep in mind that the Arabs control 99.9 per cent of the Middle East lands. Israel represents one-tenth of one per cent of the landmass. But that’s too much for the Arabs. They want it all.

THE SOVIET/COMMUNIST CONNECTION

This begs the question: Who got the ball rolling regarding this fictional narrative? So let’s take a look at the origin of the Palestinian psy-op that by now is deeply ingrained in the media and the public square.

As described in great detail by historian David Meir Levy in his book History Upside Down: The Roots of Palestinian Fascism and the Myth of Israeli Aggression, the psy-op got its legs in the late 1960’s when radical Muslim Yassir Arafat was told by North Vietnamese leader Ho Chi Minh’s General Giap, “Stop talking about annihilating Israel and instead turn your terror war into a struggle for human rights. Then you will have the American people eating out of your hand.” Worked like a charm…

Though we have to give the Soviets credit for originating the fiction of the victimized Palestinians. It was pure Soviet disinfo, hatched along with their creation of the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO)—one of their many fake “liberation” organizations in the 60s and 70s, along with those the Soviets pursued in Bolivia, Colombia, and Armenia.

Moreover, Egyptian-born Arafat, soon to become the leader of the PLO (Palestinian Liberation Organization), was coached by the masters, including Romanian Communist dictator Ceausescu. Here’s a telling fact:

In the PLO Charter preamble they actually had to use the phrase “Palestinian Arab People” to exclude those Jews who had retained a presence in Palestine since Biblical times and had been a majority population in Jerusalem as early as 1845.

In other words, in the region referred to as “Palestine”—which is basically a synonym for The Holy Land, The Promised Land, Zion, and Israel itself—there were Palestinian Jews, Arabs and Christians.

Interestingly, Arafat proved an unruly pupil at first, fixated on obliterating Israel and impatient with the Soviet subterfuge. But he eventually got with the Soviet program after Ceausescu worked on him:

Romanian Communist dictator Ceausescu, at Soviet urging, persuaded Arafat to abandon his claim of wanting to annihilate the Jews in Israel in favor of “liberating the Palestinian People” in Israel.

That it was a deception was admitted by PLO members themselves. For instance, in 1977, in an interview for a Dutch newspaper, PLO board member Zahir Muhsein stated that… there is no such thing as the “Palestinian People”, that the term’s use is a political ploy, and there is no quest for political self-determination —as soon as the Jews have been wiped out, sovereignty would be turned over to Jordan.

And Hafez Assad is on record stating that prior to 1964, Arabs we’re told are Palestinians, called themselves “citizens of Greater Syria.”

All this and more can be found in an article by Wallace Edward Brand, entitled, Soviet Russia, the Creators of the PLO and the Palestinian People. Through Soviet Orwellian doublespeak, jihad became “liberation,” and tiny Israel surrounded by hostile Arab Muslim nations became an “oppressor,” while the jihadists were recast as freedom fighters and oppressed victims, in a seemingly diabolical inversion of reality.

Ion Mihai Pacepa, the highest ranking Soviet defector of all time, was one of Arafat’s coaches. Here’s his revelation from a conversation he had with KGB Chairman Yury Andropov:

According to Andropov, the Islamic world was a waiting petri dish in which we could nurture a virulent strain of America-hatred, grown from the bacterium of Marxist-Leninist thought. Islamic anti-Semitism ran deep. The Muslims had a taste for nationalism, jingoism, and victimology. Their illiterate, oppressed mobs could be whipped up to a fever pitch.

And here’s Pacepa’s own shocking confession:

“In the mid 1970s, the KGB ordered my [Rumanian intelligence] service, the DIE— to scour the country for trusted party activists belonging to various Islamic ethnic groups, train them in disinformation and terrorist operations, and infiltrate them into the countries of our “sphere of influence.” Their task was to export a rabid, demented hatred for American Zionism by manipulating the ancestral abhorrence for Jews felt by the people in that part of the world.

In the mid-1970s we also started showering the Islamic world with an Arabic translation of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, a tsarist Russian forgery that had been used by Hitler as the foundation for his anti-Semitic philosophy. We also disseminated a KGB-fabricated “documentary” paper in Arabic alleging that Israel and its main supporter, the United States, were Zionist countries dedicated to converting the Islamic world into a Jewish colony.

We in the Soviet bloc tried to conquer minds, because we knew we could not win any military battles. (Emphasis mine.)

And conquer minds they did, as one can see today by reading anti-Semitic and pro-Hamas articles galore in the news and online, and many more in readers’ comments. In fact, I’ve come across whole websites that spew the anti-Semitic rubbish about Zionists planning to take over the world, as well as people referring to the long-debunked “Protocols of the Elders of Zion” as if they’d just found the Holy Grail.

Of course myths die hard, and this one has become so entrenched many people will likely experience cognitive dissonance when learning the truth, and be tempted to shut it out. Nevertheless, it is essential to understand the actual facts if we’re to keep our moral compasses pointed to the true north.

Stay tuned for Part 2 – Israel in the Crosshairs: More Forgotten History

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

The Looking Glass

By Dennis L. Cuddy

November 28, 2023

In the 1800s, British authors criticizing the crown often used symbolism so they would not be jailed. Lewis Carroll, author of Alice in Wonderland and Through the Looking Glass, was one such author who used to also like to play with young naked girls. He made up characters like Tweedle Dee and Tweedle Dum symbolizing the leaders of the two major political parties to show they weren’t really much different. The Red Queen running with Alice told her that “you have to run twice as fast just to stay where you are” to symbolize the effect of inflation. The “Mad Hatter” refers to politicians meaning the opposite of what they say when they sing “A Very Merry Un-Birthday To You!” The Rabbit in Alice going down the rabbit hole saying, “I’m late, I’m late, for a very important date” refers to George Orwell’s concept from his future 1984 book saying they would “quicken the tempo of human life.” The Caterpillar smoking a water pipe refers to the use of drugs. The Cheshire Cat appearing and not appearing but always smiling is like politicians.

The reason nothing gets done in the U.S. is that Congressional leaders often greet new members with a big smile. Then through a series of questions the leaders determine whether the new member will do their bidding. If not, they are assigned to the Postal Committee where their bills go nowhere. And they are then ousted by the same voters who elected them because they didn’t get the money for their constituents’ highways.

In George Orwell’s 1984 book he also says “you are going to come to love Big Brother.” And people today love their computers, cell phones, and credit cards. These are the tools Big Brother (the world dictator to come) uses to monitor our activities and control our behavior. American authors such as L. Frank Baum did similarly in his The Wizard of Oz. With courage (the Lion) a brain (Tin Man) and a heart (Scarecrow), they can save Dorothy (Mother Gaia, the earth). You can also find out more about this reading my 1991 440-page book Now Is The Dawning of the New Age New World Order (second edition).

The idea of the Power Elite is to keep the people occupied. As Nero said 2000 years ago, “Give them circuses.” Today, instead of chariot races we have NASCAR. Instead of gladiator fights we have wrestling, football and martial arts. A recent saying is the people are “fat, dumb and happy.” This would fit with the 2016 email of top Democrat strategist Bill Ivey saying they had already conspired to create “an unaware and compliant citizenry” who are clueless and manipulable, willing to accept a return to a high tech feudalism under the Power Elite. As Power Elite member Klaus Schwab said, “By 2030 you will own nothing but you will be happy.”

You are comfortable with your life now, not realizing you are like the frog in the increasingly heated water, being boiled until it is too late and the secret Nazi and Communist plans come to fulfillment. When you then ask yourself who is to blame, look in the mirror (looking glass) and respond as Pogo did to Albert (the alligator) in the cartoon strip about saving the environment. When Albert flicked his cigar ashes into the punch bowl, Pogo shockingly said, “Albert, we have met the enemy and he is us!”

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

WHAT “Lack of Standing?”

By Lex Greene

November 28, 2023

Since a Supreme Court opinion in the June 1992 case Manuel LUJAN, Jr., Secretary of the Interior, Petitioner v. DEFENDERS OF WILDLIFE, et al., federal courts have abused this opinion to block U.S. taxpayer access to the courts when seeking redress of grievances against federal acts, strictly on a “lack of standing” claim, totally unrelated to the case that created this legal theory.

For 207-years, the government didn’t block Citizen access to the courts on any “lack of standing” claim. This practice started in 1992… Scalia was correct in his opinion concerning that particular case. But that opinion should never be applied everywhere it has been since. Sadly, most Americans were never taught anything about the foundations of their freedom.

Twenty-eight years later, more than seventy cases filed across the country in an effort to present clear compelling evidence of blatant election fraud in 2020 were all denied the Right to present evidence in any federal court across the country. In every case, the federal courts claimed a “lack of standing” on the part of petitioners who filed the cases, as if American voters and taxpayers “lack the legal standing” to present evidence of election fraud or anything else the government does unconstitutionally.

Is the U.S. Constitution the “supreme law of this land” or not?

The U.S. Judicial Branch is most responsible for the undermining, usurping and destruction of our Constitutional Republic, via unbridled increasingly broad misinterpretations of law. Shortly after the adoption of the Constitution in 1787, Founders were already warning that they failed to tie the hands of the judiciary.

In a letter written to John Wayles Eppes, 1807, almost immediately following the adoption of the constitution, Thomas Jefferson wrote – “The original error [was in] establishing a judiciary independent of the nation, and which, from the citadel of the law, can turn its guns on those they were meant to defend, and control and fashion their proceedings to its own will.” (Rules of Precedence and Procedure)

By 1820, Jefferson wrote in a letter to Thomas Ritchie – “The judiciary of the United States is the subtle corps of sappers and miners constantly working under ground to undermine the foundations of our confederated fabric. They are construing our constitution from a co-ordination of a general and special government to a general and supreme one alone. This will lay all things at their feet, and they are too well versed in English law to forget the maxim, ‘boni judicis est ampliare jurisdictionem’ [good judges have ample jurisdiction]. . . . A judiciary independent of a king or executive alone, is a good thing; but independence of the will of the nation is a solecism, at least in a republican government.”

And by 1823, Jefferson wrote in a letter to A. Coray, October 31, 1823 – “At the establishment of our constitutions, the judiciary bodies were supposed to be the most helpless and harmless members of the government. Experience, however, soon showed in what way they were to become the most dangerous; that the insufficiency of the means provided for their removal gave them a freehold and irresponsibility in office; that their decisions, seeming to concern individual suitors only, pass silent and unheeded by the public at large; that these decisions, nevertheless, become law by precedent, sapping, by little and little, the foundations of the constitution, and working its change by construction, before any one has perceived that that invisible and helpless worm has been busily employed in consuming its substance. In truth, man is not made to be trusted for life if secured against all liability to account.” (alleged Case Law)

Two-hundred years later in 2023, the Judicial Branch has established via British Common Law, that no American citizen has “legal standing” to challenge the unconstitutional or unlawful actions of their government, relying upon the 1992 opinion above to establish this unconstitutional rule of the federal courts.

Why are American Courts using British Common Law, as if it’s Constitutional Law?

Meanwhile, those same courts are granting millions of illegal invaders access to our courts on arrival, along with billions in taxpayer funded benefits and Rights that average Americans no longer possess.

Millions of former military service members die homeless and hungry on our streets, while our government houses illegal invaders in 5-Star hotels across the country at enormous expense to taxpayers.

A single private case concerning the rights of a wife within a marriage, Roe v. Wade, was “misinterpreted” to claim a “constitutional right” to abortion, resulting in the killing of more than 70-million American children in the womb. That court opinion was rightly reversed decades later, on the basis that the Constitution grants no authority to the federal courts to create any law from the bench.

However, because the very cornerstone of American society is based upon the fundamental Right to Life itself in our Declaration of Independence, it’s my opinion that the Supreme Court holds both the authority and duty to uphold and enforce a fundamental Right to Life in the USA. Instead, the issue of life itself has become a mere political football used to manipulate voters for partisan power.

Likewise, the high court recently looked at the 14^th Amendment and by some strange process of interpretation, declared a right to gay marriage never even mentioned in the 14^th Amendment. Jefferson was right…the scholars sworn to uphold and defend the constitution were now the biggest enemy to the constitution, our republic, and all Americans.

The Judicial Branch was no longer there to uphold and defend the USA from foreign invasion and occupation, it had become an active party to an “insurrection” intent upon overthrowing our constitutional republic.

In a letter to Abigail Adams, September 11, 1804, Jefferson wrote – “Nothing in the Constitution has given them [the federal judges] a right to decide for the Executive, more than to the Executive to decide for them. . . . The opinion which gives to the judges the right to decide what laws are constitutional and what not, not only for themselves, in their own sphere of action, but for the Legislature and Executive also in their spheres, would make the Judiciary a despotic branch.”

A TRUE “lack of standing”

The simple truth is this… The U.S. Constitution created the federal government, under certain specific conditions and restrictions. So long as the federal government exists within the boundaries of the terms, conditions and restrictions in the Constitution and Bill of Rights, that government has a right to exist.

But when that government no longer exists within those boundaries and terms and has in fact set out to undermine the very purpose for their existence, then it is that government, who “lacks the standing” to even exist, much less rule over the people.

“…whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness.” – Declaration of Independence

If the U.S. Constitution didn’t exist, the federal government wouldn’t exist. This document created our federal government, and all federal authority and power are derived from this single source. The Constitution does not create a “democracy,” but rather guarantees all member states and all Americans “a republican form of government.” Our federal government is further restricted by the first ten amendments, the Bill of Rights, defining things the government has no right or authority over at all.

The U.S. Constitution is “the supreme law of the land” only so long as the terms and conditions of that contract are adhered to by all parties to the contract. When the people or member states violate the contract and attempt to overthrow our constitutional republican form of government, this is a true “insurrection.” (unlike a political rally on January 6, 2021)

But when the federal government breaches that contract, becoming increasingly tyrannical and destructive of its intent and purpose, in violation of the Constitution and Bill of Rights, then the contract can be rendered null and void by the parties to the contract, eliminating the right of government to exist at all.

It’s nearly impossible to find a licensed attorney in the USA willing to make these constitutional arguments in any American British Common Law court today. Law schools have only taught British Common Law since the 1940s and even the few lawyers who took it upon themselves to learn Constitutional Law outside of the lecture hall, fear losing their license to practice if they dare make a constitutional challenge to the Common Law used to undermine our republic daily.

It is as it has always been, up to the American people to protect and defend their Constitutional Republic, from all enemies, foreign and domestic. Today, the federal government is public enemy #1 to our Republican form of government guaranteed every state and Citizen. Read my previous piece HERE to further understand my claim in this regard. The government is D.C. is no longer our government.

The Buck Stops with The People

After decades of dumbing-down and drugging-up Americans, the vast majority of Americans know nothing about what I just explained in this piece. Yet, it is the reason why our country is not our country today, and it’s the foundation for any honest effort to save this republic from certain ruin.

Unfortunately, due to massive efforts to control mass information flow and eliminate truth in America today, very few people will likely ever see this piece, unless every reader shares it with others.

The first step in saving America is to properly understand the problem causing its demise. The second step is to unite with others to change the course of history, as just eight men did in the development of the Declaration of Independence 247-years ago.

Whatever happens to our Republic, it will be the result of what the people do…or don’t do.

If every American Citizen lacks “legal standing” for redress of grievances in our courts, then Americans have no Rights at all and only one means to resecure those rights, which is why the 2^nd Amendment exists and must never be infringed.

God help us if that’s the case!

Last to my fellow patriots…the foundations for a republican form of government are not found in the Federalist Papers. They are in the anti-Federalist Papers.

E-Mail Lex Greene: lexgreene23@mailfence.com

He, Should Be Trump’s VP Running Mate

By: Devvy

November 27, 2023

Speculation about who Donald Trump should pick as running mate on the 2024 presidential ticket is a major topic of discussion. For a few days splashy headlines were all over conservative web sites: Tucker Carlson for VP! YES! Ah, no. Tucker Carlson is very, very popular, no question. (I watch his shows here and there on Musk’s platform X.) Carlson is worth $900 million bux and has been in the news business for decades. Why shouldn’t he be Trump’s pick?

We must remember the purpose of a VP is clear cut: Should something happen to a lawfully elected president (assassination, crippling health issues, natural passing away), the VP must be someone who can immediately step into the job of being America’s president. Nothing personal, but Tucker Carslon is not that person. You may not agree and that’s okay.

For one thing, he is extremely polarizing which is something this country doesn’t need right now. When Trump announced two-faced Mike Pence as VP pick, few in this country outside Indiana had ever heard of him or knew anything about the real Mike Pence.[1][2] Not uncommon in presidential races. Career crook, liar and POW sell-out[3][4], John McCain, chose an unknown (outside the power political circles) governor, Saint Sarah Palin, for his running mate. I attended the Republican National Convention in St. Paul [MN] in 2008 and watched her on stage with McCain. Gag me.

As I’ve been in the trenches full time for 31 years, all of the GOP 2024 presidential candidates are quite familiar to me with two exceptions: Vivek! Rama-smarmy and North Dakota’s governor, Doug Burgum. Candidates have been dropping out of the race following the second debate.

These are the left-overs still in the race: Ron DeSantis, Nikki Haley, Vivek! Rama-smarmy, Asa Hutchinson, Doug Burgum, Chris Christie. As I haven’t owned a propaganda box (TV) for over seven years, didn’t watch the debates live nor would I have even if I owned a TV. All the reviews and the video clips I did watch on-line was like watching chickens clucking around. Burgum was treated like he wasn’t even on the stage. During the second “debate” he was given two questions in two hours. Very unfair. While I don’t want him as president, fair is fair.

The damage done by Trump’s back-stabbing cabinet picks in his first term has been a harsh lesson for him about who he chooses to advise him. Of course, Trump never listens to us nobody’s who’ve been in the trenches for decades, know who the evil doers are and how the game is played. I’m just one of many who sent Trump the immediate legal action he should have taken after the 2020 election was stolen from him. In my case, I sent the information twice overnight express mail to the WH (to his hot-shot top dog adviser, Stephen Miller) and Trump’s office at Mar-A-Lago.

And, one copy to one of his attorney’s, Binnall in Virginia, who very skillfully argued Trump’s case proving the election was stolen in Nevada. Response: Crickets. Not a single word about Foster v Love case to this day from any of his big money attorney$. Had my name been someone famous like a Hollywood ‘star’ or some big money GOP donor, perhaps Trump would have been informed and gone right to the U.S. Supreme Court for an emergency hearing.

Here, this is your decision, SCOTUS. Despite a couple of justices kicking Trump’s election cases to the curb, Trump’s legal team could have shoved the case right in their faces. Had SCOTUS upheld that prior decision by their court, Trump would now be serving out the end of his second term.

Elections Undecided by Midnight are Void & Preempted by Federal Law – Foster v Love (1997; 9-0 Decision) PREFACE OF THE BATTLE PLAN, November 18, 2020. Oral arguments here.

Trump was so far ahead by midnight, he was clearly the winner. All those swing states were in violation of federal election laws and here we are today. And, it wasn’t just about Trump in Nov. 2020. Wrote a column about it. Many GOP candidates for the U.S. House and Senate were cheated out of a fair, legal election. Those ARE federal elections and vote counting had to end at midnight ON election day. None of them paid any attention to Foster v Love and so we ended up with the current rot in the Senate.

Yeah, I did send the information to half dozen GOP senate candidates about the case and told them to fight back. Never a peep out of any of them. I might as well have spit in the wind. IMHO, they kicked all their dedicated supporters and donors in the gut by just saying, oh well.

So, who would be the ideal person for Trump to choose as his 2024 running mate? No candidate is going to be perfect for every individual voter in the country. That’s a given. But, Trump’s pick is critical and even though he’s in excellent physical and mental health, he’s also 77 and would not be sworn in until 6 months shy of his 79^th birthday. Not to mention thinly veiled hopes of Trump being assassinated by those on the left who hate him. (See at the very bottom.)

When Trump announced his running mate would be back-stabbing Mike Pence, few in this country had even heard of him – except in Indiana when Pence was governor. Including yours truly. But, once announced, Pence was on the campaign trail and his face became quite familiar. No one I know who supported and voted for Trump in 2016 wanted Pence – one heart beat away from the presidency. Trump’s VP pick MUST NOT be another Mike Pence.

So, who for Trump this time around? Thankfully his WEF daughter, Ivanka and her husband are no longer involved as unpaid advisers as they were during Trump’s first term. And, boy did the two of them cash in on daddy and father-in-law being the president. Now they are living the high life leaving daddy to fight his own battles. Ivanka Trump tells U.S. Congress she rejects father’s election fraud claim

Quite honestly, my choice, because I would hope this individual would get elected in 2028 as president, is U.S. Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY]. He is far and away THE most constitutionally grounded member of the U.S. House hands down. Massie has no baggage or fabricated scandals the “left” can use as fodder in an effort to destroy his good name.

Every two years (since 2014) Massie introduces the same bill TO STOP DOUBLE TAXING SOCIAL SECURITY. It always dies in committee – even when the GOP controlled both chambers of Congress while Trump was in the White House. And, where’s the senior lovers at AARP? Crickets.

Representative Thomas Massie Reintroduces Bill to Eliminate Social Security Double Tax, Washington, D.C., May 12, 2023

“This bill assists middle-class seniors by eliminating the unjust double tax on Social Security benefits. As the Congressional Research Service reports, “Before 1984, Social Security benefits were exempt from the federal income tax. Congress then enacted legislation to tax a portion of those benefits, with the share gradually increasing as a person’s income rose above a specified income threshold.”

“Although seniors have already paid tax on their Social Security contributions via the payroll tax, they are still required to list these benefits as taxable income on their tax returns,” said Rep. Massie. “This is simply a way for Congress to obtain more revenue for the federal government at the expense of seniors who have already paid into Social Security. My bill would exempt Social Security retirement benefits from taxation and boost the retirement income of millions of older Americans.”

As usual, my U.S. Rep. Jodie Arrington [R-TX] is NOT a supporter of the bill. Text here. Same as last session, 30 co-sponsors, all Republicans. GovTrack predicts ZERO chance of it being passed. Thank you, Republicans who just love America’s seniors.

Not a peep from Trump about that bill while he served his first term even though it would give him tens of millions of votes in 2024 he might not get from seniors who beg from Democrats for every little scrap. Not a word from Trump since he announced his candidacy this time around. You see, Trump doesn’t like Rep. Thomas Massie.

Why? Because in March 2020, Massie was balking at direct payments to individuals because panic was eating Congress alive over COVID based on a mountain of lies about cases and people dying. That is a FACT. Locking down this country and all the livelihoods destroyed because of fear mongering and hysteria created by the prostitute media is one of the worst tragedies ever to hit this country.

Massie’s real concern was about piling another $2 TRILLION BORROWED DOLLARS to the national debt which IS GOING TO EXPLODE AND DESTROY THE LIVES OF TENS AND TENS OF MILLIONS OF AMERICANS. In response to attacks by RINO’s in the House, Massie responded, “I know there are people saying, ‘Oh, you gotta vote for it. You can’t slow this down,’” Massie argued. “Meanwhile, they spent a week in the Senate arguing how much money should go to the Kennedy Center.” Think about that. And, yes, I received the $1,200 check and donated every penny over several months to my ten charities I donate a small amount to each month, year in and year out.

My little sister works in a nail salon. Dangerous maniac governor, Gavin Newsom, locked down the state. Even when he partially lifted, the county where she works kept the lockdown in place until January 2021. My sister lives at near poverty level. Living in No. California is expensive and their personal state income tax is worse than highway robbery.

The lockdown destroyed her income and if it wasn’t for me sending her money as well as some wealthy friends to help, she would have ended up on welfare. Only 4 of her clients came back. By then the rest were broke (the lockdowns kept them from working), so yes, I do understand the horror that went on that NEVER should have happened. Don’t think my heart didn’t break for the tens of millions of my fellow Americans put through such tyranny. It did.

Unfortunately, Trump fired off his mouth before loading his brain (which we’ve all done at least once in our lifetime) and viciously attacked Massie: “Looks like a third rate Grandstander named @RepThomasMassie, a Congressman from, unfortunately, a truly GREAT State, Kentucky, wants to vote against the new Save Our Workers Bill in Congress. He just wants the publicity.” Trump then blasted Massie should be thrown out of the Republican Party.

Oh, but The Donald praised and endorsed career criminal, China’s Pimp, Mitch McConnell. That didn’t last long because by 2021, McConnell was out for Trump’s scalp and Trump didn’t hold back on his opinion about China’s _itch, Mitch McConnell: Trump Blames McConnell’s ‘Stench’ After Trump-Endorsed Kentucky Candidate Loses

Rep. Thomas Massie not only isn’t a ‘grandstander’ by any stretch of the imagination, he does not and has never sought out publicity. Despite Trump’s grossly misplaced attack on Massie, on the same day Massie allegedly reached out to Trump.

But who is this Massie guy? Well, besides being a hard worker (he once got to the train station only to find out a vote was about to take place and literally ran back to the capitol to vote):

Rep. Massie Introduces Bill to Abolish Federal Department of Education, Washington, DC, February 8, 2021. WHAT? (That cabinet is unconstitutional, period. America does NOT need it. More on this in another column. Never mind the “more money for education” propaganda. That dept is a cancer that must be killed.)

“Representative Thomas Massie announces that he has introduced H.R. 899, a bill to abolish the federal Department of Education. The bill, which is one sentence long, states, “The Department of Education shall terminate on December 31, 2022.”

“States and local communities are best positioned to shape curricula that meet the needs of their students. Schools should be accountable. Parents have the right to choose the most appropriate educational opportunity for their children, including home school, public school, or private school.”

“The Department of Education began operating in 1980. On September 24, 1981, in his Address to the Nation on the Program for Economic Recovery, President Ronald Reagan said, “As a third step, we propose to dismantle two Cabinet Departments, Energy and Education. Both Secretaries are wholly in accord with this. Some of the activities in both of these departments will, of course, be continued either independently or in other areas of government.

“There’s only one way to shrink the size and cost of big government, and that is by eliminating agencies that are not needed and are getting in the way of a solution. Now, we don’t need an Energy Department to solve our basic energy problem. As long as we let the forces of the marketplace work without undue interference, the ingenuity of consumers, business, producers, and inventors will do that for us. Similarly, education is the principal responsibility of local school systems, teachers, parents, citizen boards, and State governments. By eliminating the Department of Education less than 2 years after it was created, we cannot only reduce the budget but ensure that local needs and preferences, rather than the wishes of Washington, determine the education of our children.”

On that issue Massie & Trump agree. The 2023 budget is $88.3 BILLION BORROWED DOLLARS. Trump wants to close the Department of Education, joining calls by GOP rivals, Sept. 13, 2023

In 2019, Massie was a co-sponsor of a bill to get US out of the toxic UN. Previous bills all died from 2013 to today. The UN isn’t a government. It’s a collection of representatives from almost 200 countries who exchange spit, never keep peace anywhere on this planet and rape We the People in dues for NOTHING. Americans voted to reject membership in the League of Nations in 1919. We must to get out of the United Nothing aka United Nations.

Massie on the issues:

Vote to defund the PRIVATELY OWNED Planned Parenthood. NO WHERE in the U.S. Constitution does it authorize Congress to fund Ducks Unlimited, Main Street Bakery or Planned Parenthood. Either the Constitution matters or our constitutional republic will be completely destroyed and America will die as a democracy. NO DEMOCRACY IN THE HISTORY OF THE WORLD HAS EVER SURVIVED.

Life begins at conception. (Nov 2012); Prohibit federal funding for abortion. (Jan 2017); No taxpayer funding of abortions via ObamaCare. (Jan 2015) On the economy as our Founding Fathers intended: You can’t spend money you don’t have and either there’s a balanced budget or the same old push and shove between the two parties will continue until the inevitable collapse.

“I, however, place economy among the first and most important republican virtues, and public debt as the greatest of the dangers to be feared.” Thomas Jefferson to William Plumer, July 21, 1816. “In September of 1789, Thomas Jefferson sat down to write a letter to James Madison asking the question: Does one generation of men have the right to bind another generation to its debt and laws?”

Back to Massie: Exclude industrial hemp from definition of marijuana. (Nov 2012); Exempt industrial hemp from marijuana laws. (Feb 2013). This is my column from the US Observer newspaper probably 15 years ago, maybe longer; ignore gap and keep scrolling down. Industrial Hemp Production. The Declaration of Independence and Constitution are written on hemp paper.

Massie: Support all free market domestic sources of energy. (Nov 2012); Cap-and-trade has no impact on global temperatures. (Jul 2010); Explore proven energy reserves & keep energy prices low. (Jul 2010). Massie supports term limits. Second Amendment: Our God-given right. Defund, repeal, & replace federal care with free market. (Jul 2010); Repeal any federal health care takeover. (Aug 2012). In other words, stick to the Constitution and let REAL free market economics reduce the cost of health care. War must be declared by Congress.

I am positive Massie would never hold an event like this:

Trump hosts gala for homosexual Republicans at Mar-a-Lago after Biden signs same-sex ‘marriage’ law, Dec. 19, 2022 – ‘We are fighting for the gay community, and we are fighting and fighting hard,’ said Trump at a gala with the Log Cabin Republicans and a slate of pro-homosexual RINO speakers.

“Trump was joined by Arizona’s 2022 GOP gubernatorial candidate, Kari Lake, and an array of high profile “GayCons” (homosexual “conservatives”) including former Director of National Intelligence Ric Grenell, a Trump appointee, and frequent Tucker Carlson guest commentator Chadwick Moore.

“Fox News’ Tammy Bruce, a lesbian, received the “Spirit of Lincoln Award” from the Log Cabin Republicans, the GOP LGBT organization which sponsored the event. Last year’s recipient was former First Lady Melania Trump…

“And instead of congratulating the 500 or so “GayCons” gathered in Mar-a-Lago’s ballroom, Trump and Lake should’ve asked these men and women to show that they truly are conservatives by affirming the immutable definition of marriage – as conjugal and complementary – and repudiating RMA.” *End of excerpt*

“If a man lies with a male as those who lie with a woman, both of them have committed an abomination and they shall surely be put to death; their blood shall be upon them.” — Leviticus 20:13 KJV. “For this cause God gave them up unto vile affections: for even their women did change the natural use into that which is against nature:

^“And likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman, burned in their lust one toward another; men with men working that which is unseemly, and receiving in themselves that recompence of their error which was meet.” Romans 1:26-27 KJV. “Thou shalt not lie with mankind, as with womankind: it is abomination.” Leviticus 18:22 KJV

Trump held that event after he left office which is his right. Presidential races are NOT about social issues and the perverted propaganda and moral rot that’s been the number one agenda of the Democrat/Communist Party USA for decades. America is electing an individual whose ONLY duties as president are found in Art. 2, Section 2 of the U.S. Constitution and that also applies to Congress, Art. 1, Section 8. Of course they can express their opinions and beliefs while in office, no problem and frankly, it’s welcome.

Who wants a president who thinks children should be subjected to porn in classrooms during “sex ed” or ‘drag queen’ exhibitionism is good for children? Oh, yeah, that’s been going on for decades in schools; the disgusting ‘drag queen’ fest has grown like weeds in record time. America has always looked at their president as sort of the father of the country. To be there through the worst and best of times for the American people. Nothing wrong with that; most countries on the planet look to the leader of their country for the same reasons.

Liberals (socialists) and progressives (communists) would squeal like stuck pigs over Rep. Massie’s Christian beliefs but there is a great moral awakening going on in this country as Americans are seeing in-your-face degeneracy by the hour, pushing the “trans cult” for profit and by design, flooding our country with illegal aliens from foreign cultures who have no intention of assimilating into our Western culture and traditions.

So, you see, Trump and Massie align pretty closely with the exception of a few issues which is why I believe Rep. Massie would be a perfect running mate for Trump. I’ve watched Massie over the years. He’s calm, a great thinker and above all, is a constitutionalist. Is he perfect? Of course not.

I can only say I pray Trump has learned from his first term regarding advisers he chose who were actually working against him and America. Back-stabbing globalists and RINO’s like Jeff Sessions and Bill Barr. It would be a huge mistake for America if Trump picks any of the remaining GOP challengers. I wouldn’t vote for any of them for city council, but that’s just my opinion.

If you feel Rep. Thomas Massie would make a good VP choice for Trump, he needs to hear from you and remind him: He wants to work for us again and this is what we want. You can drop him a short letter: Office of the Former President Donald Trump, Mar-A-Lago, 1100 South Ocean Boulevard, Palm Beach, Florida 33480. Send him a message on his Truth Social platform. Tell him to make nice with Massie. Pick Rep. Massie for your running mate. Massie, I believe could then go on to run for president in 2028. Tragically, between now and then, we are in for a very bad time in our history.

I don’t know if Rep. Massie would even consider the VP slot, but time grows short and Trump will have to make his move very soon after Christmas. Massie and Trump could mend fences or Trump could make another horrible choice like Mike Pence. Do visit Massie’s official web site. Short videos you should watch of him on very important issues. Don’t underestimate Massie. He’s very intelligent and committed to America and our Constitution.

NEW E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

“First, Levi Strauss heir Rep. Dan Goldman says Trump must be “eliminated,” and now Business Insider is openly asking: What would happen if Donald Trump “dies while seeking reelection” in 2024? Don’t put anything past these people.”

History is important. FACTS are important

Footnotes:

[1] Pro-Amnesty Vice President Mike Pence And His Establishment Friends, Jan. 15, 2018

[2] VP Pence pledges commitment to the dictatorial European union, Feb. 24, 2018

[3] Vietnam Veterans Against McCain – video

[4] Try to separate the REAL John McCain for the MYTHICAL John McCain

Senator John McCain: the Ultimate “Rhinestone Hero” Part 1

Senator John McCain: the Ultimate “Rhinestone Hero” Part 2

Obama & McCain: Modern day Godfathers, Oct. 10, 2008

Is Sarah Palin qualified to be president? Sept. 11, 2008

McCain-Palin taking donations March 2008 & Obama action alert, Oct. 23, 2008

The Palestinian Removal Act

By Cliff Kincaid

November 27, 2023

Anybody who thinks a “two-state solution” will solve the Arab/Muslim conflict with Israel is not paying attention. Neither Hamas nor the Palestinian Authority will co-exist with Israel. The only solution is a Palestinian Removal Act, modeled after the Indian Removal Act in the United States, which stopped the Indians from murdering the American settlers and allowed the new nation to develop.

This may sound harsh, but it is sometimes necessary to acknowledge that two peoples cannot exist together and in proximity.

Israel faces genocidal opposition that can only be resolved by relocating the so-called Palestinians back to neighboring Arab/Muslim states.

The Indian Removal Act was a last-ditch effort under President Andrew Jackson to save the American Indians from their own destruction.

President Jackson is supposed to be a villain, as communist agitators tried to take down his statue in Lafayette Park near the White House, calling him a “killer” for removing Indians from areas of conflict in the new America to federal safe zones or havens for their own protection. Jackson offered the Indians federal protection.

As Robert Remini writes in his book on Jackson, “The Trail of Tears was a terrible price to pay for this legislation but, as Jackson predicted, the Cherokee, Chickasaw, Creek, Chocraws, and Seminole tribes are alive today. They were not annihilated like the Yamassee, Mokawks and Pequote, and other eastern tribes.” In his book on Jackson, Sean Wilentz confirms this, writing, “In completing the removal of the Indians to what he considered a safe haven, Jackson may well have spared them the obliteration that had been the fate of many northeastern tribes.”

In other words, the Indians were fighting among themselves, in addition to their wars on the American settlers.

By way of analogy, the “Palestinians” have been fighting among themselves, in addition to their campaign to “liberate” Israel from the Jews. Hence, Hamas controlled Gaza and the Palestinian Authority controls the West Bank.

But removing Hamas from Gaza does not solve the problem, and the Palestinian Authority is hardly a “moderate” alternative. It is the outgrowth of the old Soviet-sponsored Palestine Liberation Organization.

Geert Wilders, leader of the Freedom Party (PVV) in The Netherlands, has suggested the conflict between Palestinians and Israel could be resolved through their relocation to Jordan. “Jordan is Palestine,” he says.

In the past, he has put the matter more diplomatically, saying, “The two-state solution is an internal Israeli matter and I hesitate to interfere. But my personal belief is that there is a two-state solution for the Palestinians. One of those states is called Jordan.”

Wilders, whose Party for Freedom has emerged as the largest party in the Dutch House of Representatives, proclaims, “Israel is West’s first line of defense.”

“Long a Bastion of Liberalism, the Netherlands Takes a Sharp Right Turn” proclaims a shocked headline in the New York Times.

It can happen here, too.

In Israel, it’s important for what the media call the “far-right” to continue to be in charge. It is a matter of Israel’s survival.

As we see in this current conflict, many Palestinians are moving south, because of Hamas terrorism against Israel and the military response from the Jewish state, and Biden seems to agree with Israeli authorities that Hamas must not be allowed to return to power there. But Biden still pushes the “two-state solution,” apparently with the other state being controlled by the Palestinian Authority. This is another recipe for genocide against Israel.

Both movements are puppets of foreign states. Hamas is controlled by Iran and the Palestinian Authority is controlled by Moscow, the main international backer of Iran.

In this context, the words of Geert Wilders, who wrote the book, Marked for Death: Islam’s War Against the West and Me, are important and noteworthy. He made the point, “…although defeated Nazi Germany was subject to de-Nazification, there was no de-Marxification after the fall of communism… And without the public accounting of a trial, people tend to forget how evil communism was.”

Co-existence with communism is also impossible.

It is not, therefore, shocking to discover that communists in the United States are behind the anti-Israel protests. Our media will not tell you this story. But my report on the protests documents with photographs who is really pulling the strings.

It will take courage, such as that exhibited by President Jackson during America’s battle with the Indians, to solve these problems.

It will not be pretty but it must be done. There is too much hatred for the Jews in the world today. Jew-haters on the borders of Israel will only mean more death and suffering for both peoples.

One thing we know is that a “truce” or a “ceasefire” will only delay the inevitable. The hostage-takers and the terror masters in Moscow and Tehran must be destroyed.

Then, and only then, can the “Palestinians” be accommodated in Jordan and Egypt and any other Arab/Muslim state that wants them.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.uasurvival.org

The Rotting Underbelly of America in 2023: You Can Smell It

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 27, 2023

One of our Founding Fathers said that the only way that the U.S. Constitution could prevail stemmed from an honest, loyal citizenry that contributed to the welfare of the country. That citizenry needed to be educated, so they created schools. That citizenry needed communication, so Ben Franklin created the Postal Service. That country needed soldiers to protect its borders. That country needed to care for its citizens first, middle and always.

Today, our country needs those 535 Congressional Critters in Washington DC to stand up for America. They need to be honest lawmakers who will benefit the common citizen. Today, we need a president of this country who walks with integrity, honesty and a record of excellence.

As you look across America’s landscape today, do you see any of that happening? Do you see an honest, competent Joe Biden? Good luck with your answer! That cadaver of a man doesn’t know the day of the week unless his handlers write it on the teleprompter. Do you see competence in Vice President Kamala Harris…who, by the way is the ultimate anchor baby because her parents were Jamaican and Indian from Asia (not citizens when they conceived her on American soil), so she’s really an illegal anchor baby?

Do you think our Democrat-dominated cities are thriving as to schools, businesses, caring for the homeless, and simply making law and order a top priority? Would you live in southside Chicago, Muslim-dominated Detroit, Michigan or New York City? How would you like to move to “Somaliland” in Minneapolis where you can hear Allah’s call to prayer over loudspeakers five times a day? Same in Detroit!

Would you like to visit San Francisco to see your car’s windows smashed and everything stolen after you rode on the Trolley Cars? Would you like to walk through the drug addicts and human waste as you walked along Fisherman’s Wharf?

My wife and I did that last summer: it was anything but pleasant. Sickening, really. You never quite get accustomed to the flavor of drug addicts, stinking tents strewn all over the sidewalks to “house” 35,000 homeless in San Francisco’s streets.

How about that aspect of honesty to maintain our society? Did you know that we’ve got thieves stealing $100,000,000,000.00 (billion) in mercantile goods annually? How do you like the mayors and governors of those major cities standing by and watching it happen, and in fact, aiding and abetting lawlessness? That’s what California’s Governor Newsom does: he helps criminals by making sure they are not arrested or prosecuted. Same with San Francisco’s Mayor Breed! She sets the benchmark for uselessness and incompetence. She is the epitome of “Affirmative Action.”

What about our once secure and defended borders? Do you like it that 8,000,000 illegal criminals jumped our borders at the invitation of Joe Biden? Is it his criminality, incompetence, indifference or just plain dementia that allows him to skip out without enforcing our borders? What happens when the hundreds of terrorists start their methodical destruction of our country at vulnerable points?

Why didn’t Congress impeach DHS head Mayorkas last week? How insane and criminal is that? My own House member voted to keep him. Why haven’t they impeached Joe Biden? He’s broken all our laws.

What happens when those refugee Islamic terrorists sniper-shoot truck drivers bringing food into our big cities? What happens when the truck drivers don’t want to get killed, so they don’t haul food into Chicago, Detroit, NYC, Atlanta, LA and beyond? Do you understand what hungry people do when they can’t obtain food?

Did Joe Biden or his handlers think about that? Who will take credit for the first post 9/11 terrorist attack? Answer: Biden will be dead or have suffered a stroke, but any one of us could be killed, maybe thousands will die. Do you want to be one of them? For sure, some of us will die at the hands of Biden and Congresses’ refusal to secure our borders. Are you excited about that happening to your kids?

Do you know what’s happening in Spain or Ireland? Over the weekend in Spain, 1,000,000 citizens in 42 cities marched against massive and unending illegal immigration. In Dublin, Ireland, more riots and burning of the city! Just look it up on YouTube. My brother reports to me from Europe…so I know what’s going on over there. Read Douglas Murray’s The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam. That book will frighten the hell out of you. Why? Because it’s happening in America, too!

Last month in October, the U.S. Border Patrol tabulated 240,000 illegal aliens they processed and set free into the guts of America. You pay for all of them with food, hotels, medical and transport. You’re paying for their kids’ education and food. With Biden in for another 14 months, if you do the math, we will face over 12 to 14 million legal and illegal immigrant refugees who will undermine every aspect of our society. Ironically, 36 percent of Americans, all liberals, think that a vacant-dementia-minded man named Joe Biden is a fantastic president. It shows you how blind-stupid they are to party politics.

Like those 1.0 million demonstrators in Spain, we need to write our senators and House members. We need to write our papers. We need to get on talk radio. We need to yell, scream and stand up for our country. We need Old Glory to fly from every house. We don’t want to support Hamas slaughtering little children and mothers. We don’t want $100 billion in theft. We don’t need Palestinian immigrants flying Palestinian flags in our country. You’re either an American or you’re someone we don’t want in our country…such as Rashida Tlaib or Ilhan Omar.

Don’t we want to support our schools with classes that teach our kids instead of indoctrinating them? Don’t we need our borders closed, PERIOD!? Don’t we need to support our police and military? Don’t we need to vote people into Congress that abide by our Constitution? Don’t we need to deport anyone who supports terror or terrorist organizations like C.A.I.R., Islamic Brotherhood, Hamas, et al.? Don’t we need our country back for our citizens…not citizens of every other stinking country in the world!?

Does this commentary make sense?

Would you like to be around when some brilliant historian pens a book ten years from now: The Strange Death of America—Immigration, Identity, Islam. Well, would you?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Systematic Killing of America, Part 4 of 5

By Reverend Glynn Adams

November 26, 2023

I hope these articles have helped you to understand what is going on in this nation and why we are in the spiritual mess we are in. There is a reason why most pastors and religious people have no knowledge and cannot discern the truth. “However, when He, the Spirit of truth, has come, He will guide you into all truth; for He will not speak on His own authority, but whatever He hears He will speak; and He will tell you things to come.’ (John 16:13)

What most people miss, especially people who say they are following Jesus Christ, is the exact procedure or process in which we receive the truth. The Spirit of Jesus Christ, will guide you into all truth. Therefore, if you are spending all your time working or watching endless television, playing video games; whatever way you waste your time, you will not receive His truth. Receiving truth is a process based on your willingness to read and study the Word of God, “My people are destroyed for a lack of knowledge; because you have rejected knowledge, I will reject you from being My priest. Since you have forgotten the law of your God, I also will forget your children.” (Hosea 4:6) Knowledge comes from the Word of God and everything a Sovereign King says is law, so the Word of God is His law.

Jesus in Matthew 7:24-27, explains this even more, “Therefore who hears these Words of Mine and acts upon them, is a wise man who builds his house on the rock.” “Everyone who hears these Words of Mine and does not act upon them will be like a foolish man who builds his house on the sand and when the storms of life come, great is his fall.”

Knowledge or truth only becomes relevant when it is translated into action. Knowledge or truth must become action; theory must become practice; theology must become life. There is little point in going to an expert for advice unless we are prepared to do what we hear him say to us. And yet there are thousands upon thousands of people who listen to the teaching of Jesus Christ every Saturday or Sunday or attend endless Bible studies, seminars, or listen to endless podcasts who make little to no deliberate attempt to put the Word into practice.

Is there any word that sums up “hearing” and “doing?” That word is obedience. That is what living for the LORD Jesus is all about – obedience!!! “And by this we know that we have come to know Him, if we keep His commandments. The one who says, “I have come to know Him,” and does not keep His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him but whoever keeps His Word, in him the love of God has truly been perfected. By this we know that we are in Him; the one who says he abides in him ought himself to walk in the same manner as He walked.” (1 John 2:3-6) HATH GOD REALLY SAID?

Just because you “say” you are a follower of Jesus Christ is not enough. Obedience demonstrates your love for Him. The Bible says in Psalms 81:15 (NAS), “Those who hate the LORD would pretend obedience to Him; and their time of punishment would be forever!!!” The LORD Jesus is the LORD of Lords and KING of Kings and we have no opinion or private interpretation to what a Sovereign King says. His Word is law and is to be obeyed. Obedience has been lost in what we call church today that practices a false religion and a form of godliness led by their false celebrity pastors.

So, you have a process to receive truth from God. The Spirit of God or Jesus Christ will guide you into all truth based on our willingness to read and study the Word of God. You cannot short cut the process. You will limit the truth by refusing to do your homework. You must be willing to study, read, research, gather and understand the facts. To the degree you are willing to do that, it is to the degree that you will have seeded your mind with the proper information to work with. This is when the Holy Spirit can lead you to all truth!!!!

In America today we are surrounded by powerful demonic elites with great wealth and their useful idiots working faithfully to bring about the great reset of the New World Order and to enslave the citizens of this nation. We are a captured nation, ruled by Satan’s elites, we have become a nation where demons and false gods have gathered from around the world. The spirit of Babylon and the antichrist are among us but the true followers of Jesus Christ have been given the power to change and create the future. As an unknown philosopher once said, “the artist is more powerful than the politicians.”

Most Americans just assume that high level politicians, Presidents, and Globalists elites are far more powerful than artists and creative people like filmmakers, authors, and actors. But the real truth is that anyone is more powerful than politicians, presidents, and Globalists elites who possess the power to change the hearts and souls of mankind which creates massive changes in the human spirit and transforms nations. As followers of Jesus Christ, we have always had the massive power to change the human spirit and nations but in the 1900s until this date, but like Adam and Eve, we have lost our power to influence or change the human spirit and nations because of our falling away and disobedience to the LORD Jesus Christ.

But the confession of our sin and our repentance for our falling away and disobedience can restore the power of God back to the true followers of Jesus Christ. Nothing is more powerful than the true Christian in obedience to the LORD Jesus Christ and speaking the truth of the Word of God, out on the streets of this nation, influencing people to the ways of Jesus Christ.

Nothing is more powerful than the followers of Jesus Christ, in the full armor of God, out on the battlefields pulling down demonic strongholds and exalting the Word of God against the lies and deception operating in our nation by the Globalists elites and their useful idiots – the Democratic Party!! This is what following Jesus Christ is all about not this fake religion of sin and deception we have in America today!!! All true believers of Jesus must get out of these denominational institutions of religion!!!

These institutions are of Satan and not of God. For years now, principalities and powers, demonic amies; and the voice of Satan has for years been attacking and opposing God’s principles, truths, and institutions such as marriage and families for the sole purpose of keeping God’s faithful followers from winning spiritual victories in this nation.

The reason we are not winning this spiritual battle is we have a mindset that going to a church building is all our spiritual responsibilities so we go to hear a sermonette from a false pastor and then we go home. These false pastors never challenge us with the truths of the Word of God about what our spiritual responsibilities are nor do they “equip the people for the work of service to the building up of the Body of Christ until we all come to the unity of the faith and of the knowledge of the Son of God.” (Ephesians 4:16)

I have said it before that you cannot take the Old and New Testament and find a biblical basis for what we do in our church services today nor find where the pastor is in control of the whole service and also preach a sermon from a pulpit where the people sit passively in the service. You cannot find it in the Bible. You can go in the history books of the Third Century and find where Constantine, the Emperor of Rome instituted the way we have church today.

In the First Century, the apostles and disciples met in homes. They observed the Headship of Christ and the Priesthood of the Believer. Christ was invited as Head of the Body to tabernacle with the people and the people instituted the Priesthood of the Believers by PARTICIPATING in the service, one would bring a Psalm, one a song, one a tongue, one an interpretation, one a revelation, and on and on so says the Book of Acts. This junk we call “worship of God” today is a form of godliness and demonic.

We have been commissioned to have dominion and to influence the whole world spreading the gospel of the Kingdom of God and Jesus Christ to all nations, making disciples of Christ and teaching them to observe whatsoever Jesus Christ commanded us. Instead, we went to a building we have blindly followed the traditions of men from the Third Century. We are no better than the Scribes and Pharisees. They did nothing for God but only for themselves. We must come out from among this mess and get back to the New Testament pattern clearly demonstrated in the Scriptures.

Just look at what our religion and our religious ways have done to this nation. God and Jesus Christ made us guardians but we have allowed ungodly men to come into this nation and capture us with their demonic lies and ways. We are ruled by Satan and not by God. Are you so deceived to believe that Jesus Christ is happy and well pleased with us in allowing this to happen to our nation. Why do you think the Word said for us to resist evil, not to tolerate evil, or to ignore the evil going on in this nation?

“Therefore, be imitators of God, as beloved children and walk in love just as Christ also loved you and gave Himself up for us an offering and a sacrifice to God as a fragrant aroma. But do not let immorality or impurity or greed even be named among you, as is proper among saints and there must be no filthiness and silly talk, or course jesting which as not fitting but rather giving of thanks.

For this you know with certainty that no immoral or impure person or covetous man, who is an idolater, has an inheritance in the Kingdom of Christ or God. Let no one deceive you with empty words for because of these things the wrath of God comes upon the sons of disobedience. Therefore, do not be partakers with them for you were formerly darkness but now you are light in the Lord; walk as children of light (for the fruit of the light consists in all goodness and righteousness and truth), trying to learn what is pleasing to the Lord. And do not participate in the unfruitful deeds of darkness but instead even expose them; for it disgraceful even to speak of the things which are done by them in secret. But all things become visible when they are exposed by the light, for everything that becomes visible is light. For this reason, “It says, Awake, sleeper, and arise from the dead, and Christ will shine on you.” Therefore, be careful how you walk, not as unwise men but as wise, making the most of your time, because the days are evil. So then, do not be foolish but understand what the will of the Lord is.” (Ephesians 5:1-17)

Everyone one of us are guilty before God, some more than others. We must repent of our sins and our deceptive thinking before God for what we have allowed to happen in this nation. We must first get back to the Word of God and to the power of God. Man has run things in the Name of Jesus long enough in this nation. I am warning you that all of us had better fall on our face before God with a broken heart and repenting from the heart for our apathy and disobedience to our Lord and King!!! The judgment of God is on this nation and what is coming to us, if we don’t change our religious ways, will make the cruelty of the French Revolution look like child play.

After you have repented, receive the power of God, then go to Proverbs 29:18, and get your vision. “Where there is no vision, the people perish.” (Proverbs 29:18) We lost our vision of Christ and His Kingdom ways years ago in this nation and that is the reason we are perishing. God has given us His Word and power to develop a vision of what we would like to be and what we would like our culture and nation to be based on what we learn from reading and studying the Word of God.

IF WE DO NOT RISE UP AND DEVELOP OUR OWN VISION, THEN WE WILL REMAIN UNDER THE VISION OF THE DEMONIC GLOBALISTS ELITES AND THEIR DEMONIC OCCULTS!!! Our actions determine our rewards for our obedience to His ways or our punishment for our disobedience and religious ways!!!! I can assure you that the demonic globalists elites and their demonic occults have a vision from Satan and they are unified and in one accord with their vision as they systemically and obediently carry it out!!!

Everyday when we fellowship with our Lord Jesus we are to pray, read the Word of God, and seek His face. This is not works – this is maintaining a daily, intimate relationship with our Lord. As we read the Word, then receive it, and then act on it, we are developing our vision. My vision is something like this: that I die to my flesh daily, renew my mind daily (the way your mind is renewed is as you receive the water of the Word, it washes out that old junk and knowledge you received from the world system and replaces it with the ways of God in your mind –so you can have the mind of Christ), I pray to seek first the Kingdom of God and His righteousness and all these things will be added to me, I pray to abide in Christ and His Word, to love my wife as much as Christ loves the church, I pray my wife to honor me, I pray to rise my children in the ways of Jesus Christ every moment of the day as teaching moments occur and to prepare them and equip them for what they will face in our culture and these hell-holes we call public education, As I teach them the Word, I tell them to learn to say, “No or react” whenever they hear a lie being exalted against the Word of God, and I pray we receive the wisdom and knowledge of God.

There is a lot more but hopefully you get the idea on how to develop a vision. Everything we receive and act on in the Word of God is our vision. The reason we are not resisting evil, pulling down strongholds, standing up against the lies of the globalist elites, the Democrat Party, and the demonic occults is it is not in our mind and our mindset to resist the evil overtaking this nation. Not only have we not read it in the Word, we have not received or acted on it.

The Bible, both Old and New Testaments are full of spiritual warfare against our enemies. Read the Book of Joshua until you get to the battle at Jericho and II Corinthians 10:3 on pulling down strongholds, or Ephesians 6 on putting on the full armor of God. The Bible is full of commands in spiritual warfare to fight against the powers of Satan and his powers of darkness!!! That is why we are so disobedient and not pleasing to the Lord, if we have no vision from the Word of God.

Please, read “The Coming Battle” written during the civil war and published in 1899. READ – how the large corporations, with the banking money power, imported cheap foreign labor to take away Americans jobs, resulting in countless labor riots in late 1800’s.… By reading this book you will better understand the events taking place today. There is nothing new under the sun. History is repeating itself. Different players, the same game. World domination.

God bless, I remain his warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to “To the Killing of Uncle Sam” by Pastor Rodney Howard-Browne, “Psychological Warfare and the NOW” by Servando Gonzales, “The Marketing of Evil” by David Kupelian, “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300” by Dr. John Coleman, and ”Power from on High” by Paul McGuire)

Click here for part [1], [2], [3], [4], [5], [6]

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Count Your Blessings

By Rob Pue

November 26, 2023

In these times of trouble and tribulation, with all that’s happening in the world today, it’s easy to succumb to a spirit of hopelessness, despair, and grief — for the deceived, lost and perishing people around us, and yes, even for ourselves. It’s especially grievious when those deceived, lost and perishing are people we know and love. Perhaps even our own spouses, children and grandchildren.

We look around and see how Satan and his demons seem to be in charge of everything now, and how truth is now regarded as “hate speech,” having fallen in the streets long ago. We see how successful the enemy has become at twisting hearts and minds, and fundamentally changing our society and culture and the entire world all around us, and it’s easy to become discouraged. There are so many lies, so much hatred, so many who have departed from the faith and chosen instead to follow doctrines of demons. Yes, it can become very disheartening.

But here’s what I KNOW: “God’s Word is truth” (John 17:17). And the Bible He has given us, from Genesis to Revelation is FILLED with all we need to know about the history — and the future — of this world. It is FILLED with all we need to know to live our lives as God’s own children, to raise OUR children to know and love Him, and to learn to disciple others and share the Good News of the Kingdom and Jesus’ redeeming work on the cross with them as well. It’s also FILLED with warnings about what NOT to do, how NOT to live in this world… as well as instruction on how to fight the spiritual battles that threaten to ensnare us every day. In short, God’s Word is FILLED with everything we need to equip us to live here on this earth and to prepare us for eternity. We need no other instruction than that which He has already graciously given.

Having said that, I’d like us to consider today, just how much JOY, PRAISE, and BEAUTY we also find in God’s holy Book. And though it’s easy to take our eyes off of our Creator and dwell on the negative, there are virtually countless Scriptures that talk about God’s goodness, His peace, the Comfort of the Holy Spirit, and especially giving thanks.

Just as WE appreciate it when our earthly children are THANKFUL to us for all we provide and do for them, our Heavenly Father wants US to be thankful to Him as well. And we have SO MUCH to be thankful FOR! You know, you cannot be discouraged or depressed AND THANKFUL for all the many blessings you’ve received from the Lord at the same time… it’s just not possible. So I encourage you to be THANKFUL today… and every day to the One who Created us, and this amazing “habitat” called “Earth” that He designed as our temporary home.

I’m reminded of the old hymn by John Oatman, written in 1897, titled “Count Your Blessings.” It goes like this:

“When upon life’s billows you are tempest-tossed, when you are discouraged, thinking all is lost; Count your many blessings, name them one by one, and it will surprise you what the Lord has done.

“Are you ever burdened with a load of care? Does the cross seem heavy you are called to bear? Count your many blessings, every doubt will fly, and you will keep singing as the days go by.

“So, amid the conflict whether great or small, do not be discouraged, God is over all; Count your many blessings, angels will attend, Help and comfort give you, to your journey’s end.”

Oftentimes, when I find myself loaded down with burdens and cares, I’m not able to sleep at night, or to calm my troubled mind. So I spend time in prayer and then I begin to count MY many blessings. A word of caution here: if you DO this — (begin to count your blessings) — instead of helping you fall into peaceful sleep, oftentimes I find myself UNABLE to name all the many blessings God has so graciously given me, and I find I’m actually so filled with thankfulness and wonder and awe at what God has done for ME, I’m too excited to sleep after not very long!

I think of God’s beautiful Creation — the entire universe, designed and set in motion and sustained by His mighty hand. Through a powerful telescope on a dark, starry night, I’ve seen with my own eyes the rings of Saturn, and other planets, close up; not to mention our own moon — created by God and placed in just the right spot to not just light our way at night but also to help sustain life on our planet.

And this beautiful, wondrous earth. I have been blessed to be able to see and enjoy more of it in my lifetime than I ever thought I would… I’ve been to the highest mountain peaks in North America (and played in the snow at those summits with my kids on my birthday in August) …as well as the lowest point called “Death Valley.” I’ve swam in both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, I’ve been to tropical rain forests and desolate, wind-swept deserts. I’ve seen the raging rivers and the awesome power of Niagara Falls. Living in Wisconsin, I’ve spent much time taking in the splendor of the Great Lakes. I was even blessed to pilot a steamship part-way across Lake Michigan one time.

I’m constantly amazed at God’s creation. Just the sheer BEAUTY of it is beyond description. And I often wonder what Eden must have been like, before the fall. When everything was perfect. As incredibly beautiful as our earth is today, none of us can even begin to imagine what it once was — and will one day be again — when the New Heaven and New Earth appear.

Before Adam sinned, everything was perfect. But once mankind disobeyed God and brought sin and death upon us, our earth began producing thorns and thistles. There were no thorns before that… just beauty and perfection. I think of what Christ did on that old rugged cross for those who repent and call upon His name… and how His tormentors tortured Him so cruelly before nailing Him to that Tree… they even went “the extra mile” by fashioning a crown of thorns and jamming it into His head. Think of that: THORNS… the very thing that was brought upon this earth by our own disobedience and unbelief. Those thorns were part of the curse when God cursed the ground because of OUR sin.

But now think of THIS: Jesus Christ, our Lord, REVERSED that curse and conquered sin and death for us as He wore that crown of thorns on His head! Truly, those who murdered Him knew NOT what they were doing — and Satan perhaps even thought he had “won.” But God worked even that wretchedness together for good for those who love Him and are called according to His purpose. Yes, He wore the crown of thorns — He bore the curse and He REVERSED the curse for all who will repent and turn to Him.

Yes, I’m very thankful for this beautiful world God made for us. And all the animals and birds and flowers He filled it with for our pleasure. Each one an incredibly amazing, unique creation. Some of you know I am a bird-lover; if you just look at the incredible design of BIRDS alone — the many different ways each one is designed… some colorful and bright, “painted” with such creativity and splendor by the Master Craftsman Himself. Some with unbelievable eyesight… I’ll always remember the time I was out on a lake watching in awe as a Bald Eagle soared high overhead, circling. Suddenly, he swooped down, just above the surface of the lake, and before my eyes, snatched a fish from the water and flew it home to his Eagle family for dinner! Yes, God let me see that. Amazing.

Some birds don’t even fly — they swim, like penguins. But each one is beautiful, and each is designed with everything it needs to live and survive, and each is FED by the hand of God. Now think of all the other animals the Lord made; then think of the “lillies of the field!” Some designed to be our food; some just for the pure beauty of seeing them, because God LIKED them!

And I have to wonder, looking around JUST AT CREATION, how anyone could ever even question the fact that there is a God in heaven who made all this. Romans 1 tells us, “the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead….” Yes, those who doubt God are indeed, without excuse.

The human body is also a miracle of Creation. There is nothing else like it, designed for our souls to live in on this earth, but also blessed with the senses of sight, hearing, smell, touch, and taste. Did you ever consider God did not HAVE to give us all these things? But He wanted us to be able to experience ALL these wondrous aspects of His creation — and in the New Heaven and New Earth, I can only imagine the wonders He has in store for our new, restored bodies!

Then, think of the changing seasons. The warmth and beauty of summer. The spectacular colors and crispness in the air at harvest time. The restoration time when the world sleeps during the winter, and then the rebirth that comes in the spring.

If you look around, you’ll see there is such BEAUTY and MAGNIFICENCE in this world that God provided for our earthly home. It’s hard to believe there are so many who continue to hate Him, deny Him, persecute those who love Him and seek to destroy all that is beautiful, lovely, and good.

Yes, there is great beauty, but also great ugliness. One one side, you have the things of God and His incredible creation, His amazing design for mankind. You have the natural family, one man and one woman, designed to be united for life in holy matrimony, a covenant union, producing beautiful babies that we are to nurture, train up and teach all we know about our Heavenly Father, teaching THEM to honor and revere their Lord too. On the other side you have darkness, evil schemes, greed, lies, deceit, treachery, sorcery, demonism, hedonism, and death. Spiritual warfare continues and daily we are to put on the armor of God that we might stand firm in our faith and resist the wiles and temptations of the enemy.

And again, the work of spiritual warfare — which we are ALL, as Christians, CALLED to engage in, serving as a restraining force against evil in this world — is much easier for us when we count our blessings and remain THANKFUL to God for each one. Psalm 95:2, “Let us come into His presence with thanksgiving; let us make a joyful noise to Him with songs of praise!” Psalm 106 and 107 both begin with the same words: “Give thanks to the Lord, for He is good. His steadfast love endures forever.” And in case you didn’t catch the gist of those Scriptures, look at all of Psalm 136!

Philippians 4:4, “Rejoice in the Lord always; again I say, rejoice!” And we all know Philippians 4:6 and 7, “Do not be anxious about anything but in everything, by prayer and supplication, with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known to God, and the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, will keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.”

And continuing on in Philippians, in Verse 8: “Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things.”

We have so much to be thankful for. Yes, the world around us may be dark and growing darker every day. We may very well be at the closing end of days here on this earth, and we may be precariously perched on the precipice of the Great Tribulation, when the wrath of God is unleashed on all those who hate Him. But while we are still here, while we still have breath in our lungs, there is still good work for us to do. And our job is to BE His Church, to BE the salt and light of the world, to serve as His restraining force against the evil of the enemy, to preach the Gospel and make disciples, and to ALWAYS be thankful to our Creator and Sustainer and to praise Him in all circumstances. There is no greater calling and no greater purpose.

When the enemy of our souls has you discouraged and depressed — again, simply begin to count your blessings and name them, one by one. Thank the Lord for all He’s given you, and then with a grateful heart for the privilege of serving your King, pick yourself up, dust yourself off and get back to work. Use your talents wisely, because there comes a day, perhaps soon, when no man will be able to work; so let us be about His business as good stewards of the faith and press on, rejoicing always and thanking God for His abundant love and grace toward us. Let there never be found among us any hint of grumbling or murmuring or ungratefulness. Our Lord has made us His own children, and we’ve been blessed beyond all measure. Thank Him, every day, and let’s do EVERYTHING we do as service unto our Lord. I pray you and your loved ones will have a blessed and happy time of Thanksgiving this year — not just for a day, but every day, as you work to minister to and serve all those around you.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Discerning Truth in a Sea of Lies

by Rolaant McKenzie

November 26, 2023

The Running Man is a 1987 science fiction action film set in a future dystopian United States several years after a worldwide economic collapse, where food, natural resources, and energy are in short supply, causing widespread, desperate poverty. The formerly free country has been transformed into a totalitarian police state, divided into paramilitary zones, that rules with an iron hand. The government monitors and censors all media, art, literature, and communications. All dissent is quickly and brutally crushed.

The government pacifies the population through violent, gladiatorial-style television shows. The most popular is The Running Man, a game show where criminals (runners) must complete navigation of a grueling obstacle course while avoiding being killed by armed mercenaries (stalkers). Runners are promised a full pardon, a large sum of money, and a life of freedom and ease in Hawaii should they succeed.

Captain Ben Richards command a helicopter gunship that patrols California airspace. While flying over Bakersfield, he observed a food riot involving approximately 1,500 unarmed people. Base command ordered Richards to eliminate the rioters, but he refused, not wishing to fire on helpless, starving people. He was subdued by his colleagues, and the second in command carried out the orders. Sixty men, women, and children were killed, and many more were injured.

The government, using artificial intelligence (AI) video generation technology, created footage of the event showing Richards callously disobeying orders not to fire on the rioters. It appeared so real that only someone who witnessed the actual events would know it was false. This footage was played on the evening news to blame Richards for the massacre, resulting in his being sent to a prison labor camp.

Eighteen months later, Richards escaped the prison camp and sought refuge at his younger brother’s apartment, only to discover that a woman named Amber Mendez lived there. She told him that his brother was arrested and sent to a re-education camp. Richards took Mendez hostage in order to use her security travel pass to escape to Hawaii, but he was captured when she alerted airport security.

Later that evening, Mendez, back at her apartment, noticed a news report stating that Richards shot and killed several people at the airport. Once again, convincing footage was shown of his bloody rampage as he tried to escape. But Mendez, being a witness to what actually happened, knew the report and video were not true.

Richards was forced to be a runner in The Running Man, but with help from Mendez and several others, he was able to access the television network’s satellite link and broadcast to the nation the actual footage of the Bakersfield massacre, proving his innocence. Richards revealed to the nation, before the network was taken down, the government’s lies through manipulated AI images and video footage. The film ended with the hope that the government’s ability to deceive and maintain its control through manipulated media propaganda would be greatly diminished, and the people would be encouraged to move toward restoring a free society.

Unfortunately, as in The Running Man, powerful government and corporate entities are not above using manipulated video to influence the minds of the people to support certain agendas that enhance their power and control over them.

In the first week of October 2019, President Donald Trump ordered a withdrawal of U.S. forces out of northern Syria. Concerned about the prospect of diminished U.S. war involvement cutting into their lucrative profits and geopolitical goals, the military-industrial complex sought to use their mass media servants to turn public opinion toward increased military intervention in Syria, even though it risked a wider and more dangerous regional conflict.

About a week later, ABC News, under the banner “Slaughter in Syria,” aired shocking footage allegedly showing a fierce attack against Kurdish civilians in a Syrian border town by the Turkish military. The footage was meant to promote the narrative that the Kurds, U.S. allies against the Islamic State (ISIS), were unjustly being abandoned to destruction and that more intervention on their behalf was necessary to save them from the atrocities supposedly being committed against them.

However, the artillery bombardment, fiery explosions, and tracer bullets turned out to be edited video from the night shoot finale of the Machine Gun Shoot and Military Gun Show a few years earlier at the Knob Creek Gun Range in West Point, Kentucky. Fortunately, independent news researchers caught the deception and destroyed the false narrative that could have led to disastrous consequences.

Since then, the ability to use AI technology to create convincing synthetic media content to portray things that never happened (known as deepfakes) has only increased in sophistication, making it almost impossible to detect with the human eye. This has caused widespread concern that creating fake histories, videos, or audio could be used to propagandize, manipulate, embarrass, or falsely incriminate people.

This was highlighted in October 2023 at Westfield High School in New Jersey, where some male students used AI image generators to create and share fake nude pictures of female classmates. Some of the girls targeted expressed fears that the images, in addition to compromising their safety, may reappear sometime in the future and damage them socially, academically, or professionally.

We are continually surrounded by messages coming at us from government, corporate, individual, and other sources. The availability and growing use of AI media fabrication technologies has made determining what is real and what is fake a daunting task. How do we discern truth in an ocean of lies?

When Jesus was asked by His disciples about the time of the end, the first thing He told them was to be careful that no one deceived them (Matthew 24). Deception would be a key characteristic of the end times (Matthew 24:24; 1 Timothy 4:1).

During the ascendance of King David, the sons of Issachar, gifted by God with wisdom, were commended for their discernment of the times and the proper course Israel should take (1 Chronicles 12:32). At the beginning of his reign, King Solomon prayed to the Lord for the ability to discern between good and evil, between what was true and what was false, and God was pleased to not only answer his prayer but also make him the wisest man who ever lived (1 Kings 3:6-14).

When Jesus taught His disciples about prayer, He told them that the Father was pleased to give the gift of the Holy Spirit to anyone who asked Him (Luke 11:1-13). He also told them that the Holy Spirit of truth would grant them the discernment to know truth from falsehood and things to come (John 16:13-15).

The antidote to being led astray by the deceptions of our time is to repent, believe in the Lord Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins, and receive the gift of the indwelling Holy Spirit. God generously grants discernment to those who trust in Him (James 1:5-8).

Jesus is the ark of truth that protects all who trust in Him from being overwhelmed by a sea of lies, no matter how strong, pervasive, or sophisticated (1 John 4:1-6).

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

The Next Phase of Communist Revolution in America

By Cliff Kincaid

November 25, 2023

Conservatives regard Thanksgiving as a Pilgrim achievement but the Marxists in our midst see it differently. To them, Thanksgiving is a stain, a stigma, an opportunity for Marxist exploitation of racial differences to advance a communist revolution.

The “progressive” strategist Steve Phillips, author of Barack Hussein Obama’s “Permanent Revolution” strategy of political power, refers to the practice of “land acknowledgment,” or recognizing the indigenous land owners, but he quickly adds the following important note: this “simply doesn’t go far enough in addressing and bringing about justice and reparations for the murder, genocide, and brutality that Native peoples faced at the hands of settler colonists; the theft of their land; and the conditions and challenges their descendants continue to face today as a result.”

In line with this, consider the message from the group “Progressive Maryland,” declaring that “Operating on stolen land, we voluntarily pay a monthly land tax to the Cedarville Band of Piscataway Indians, aiding efforts to revitalize Native land and communities while empowering Indigenous people to regain control of their ancestral territory.”

Progressive Maryland says it “acknowledges that both our organization and the spaces we work within stand upon the unceded ancestral homelands of the Indigenous people of Maryland, including the Accohannock Indian Tribe, Assateague Peoples Tribe, Nause-Waiwash Band of Indians, Piscataway Conoy Tribe, Piscataway Indian Nation, Pocomoke Indian Nation and Youghiogheny River Band of Shawnee Indians. We acknowledge them as the original stewards of Maryland’s lands.”

In other words, we must give the land back to the Indians and pay them for it.

In Maryland, that amounts to 7 million acres of “ancestral land.”

But don’t get the idea that these “progressives” are going to give up their homes and salaries to the Indians. Don’t think progressive Governor Wes Moore will vacate his office and turn it over to an Indian chief.

In truth, this is all about whitewashing the brutality of the Indian and demonizing the white man. Hence, the name “Redskins” for the local Washington NFL team was eliminated and they have now become the “Commanders,” still losing to the Dallas Cowboys.

The narrative is that these Indians simply co-exist with nature and are no threat to anybody else. But let us remember that the sacred document, the Declaration of Independence, declares that “He [King George III] has excited domestic insurrections amongst us, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants of our frontiers, the merciless Indian Savages, whose known rule of warfare, is an undistinguished destruction, of all ages, sexes and conditions.”

As I have noted in a previous column, the British-backed Indian attacks on the Americans were a factor in the cause of independence. Our founders understood that some of these “savages” were ruthless killers fighting for the British against the American revolutionaries.

An honest rendition of American history shows that Indians hostile to the revolution raided white settlements, murdering men, women, and children. The barbaric practice of scalping was so common by the Indians that some forts had people who specialized in treating scalped heads. One of the scalping treatments was called “pegging.”

Another part of relevant history, frequently overlooked, is that Indian tribes owned slaves. One tribe, the Chickasaws, owned over a thousand black slaves, as noted by David S. Reynolds, the author of Waking Giant: America in the Age of Jackson.

In Maryland, the Piscataway Conoy Tribe received Maryland State recognition on January 9, 2012. The state says the traditional territory of the tribe primarily included present-day Charles, Prince George’s and St. Mary’s counties, extending north into Baltimore County and west to the foothills of the Appalachians.

So when the group “Progressive Maryland” says that we are “operating on stolen land” and voluntarily paying “a monthly land tax to the Cedarville Band of Piscataway Indians,” they are laying the groundwork for what is to come – reparations from the citizens of the state of Maryland, to be copied on a national basis.

As part of the “Landback” movement, we learn that their objective is the “reclamation of everything stolen from the original peoples” and that, in the name of Mother Earth, we anticipate “a future where Black reparations and Indigenous LANDBACK co-exist” and “BIPOC collective liberation is at the core.”

BIPOC stands for Black, Indigenous and People of Color.

The BIPOC Project “aims to build authentic and lasting solidarity among Black, Indigenous and People of Color in order to undo Native invisibility, anti-Blackness, dismantle white supremacy and advance racial justice.”

So eliminating the name “Redskins” isn’t the end of this movement. What it means is that our ancestors and their descendants must pay the ultimate price — in money and our own place and situation in America today.

We are the targets.

Exposing this Marxist movement, which is the next phase of Obama’s Permanent Revolution, is our challenge.

We must remember President Andrew Jackson’s Farewell Address, highlighting the plight of the Indians and referring to their “unhappy race” and them being “the original dwellers in our land.” But now, he said, “we may well hope that they will share in the blessings of civilization.”

So-called “nation-building” worked in America. We owe the Indians nothing.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

It’s Not Our Government in DC

By Lex Greene

November 25, 2023

The time has come for all Americans to come to terms with the reality that the government in DC is not our government right now. Almost no one in DC power is of, by, or for us! Only fools honestly believe that “the people” elected these anti-American criminals currently in charge.

For starters, a government for the American people would live within the authority we granted it in the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution and Bill of Rights…our Charters of Freedom. This government isn’t even close in this regard. 80% of what the federal government is doing today is unconstitutional on its face. The machinery built by taxpayers to protect and defend the People and our Constitutional Republic is being used to destroy it all.

A government for the American people would not…

Spy on and track its lawful citizens
Attempt to disarm its lawful citizens
Destroy our economy
Start wars all over the globe
Leave billions of military assets to the Taliban
Make excuses for known terrorists, like Hamas, Islamic Jihad, Hezbollah, and Iran
Negotiate with terrorists
Falsely accuse rally goers of an insurrection
Collapse the US Dollar
Fund known terror states and their proxy jihadis
Promote an ongoing foreign invasion of our country
Silence free speech
Use federal force to punish those of opposing political views
Control all mass media including social media
Force and coerce human gene (mRNA/DNA) experiments on its people
Try to eliminate all political opponents
Assassinate whistleblowers
Undermine and manipulate legitimate elections
Work to dumb down and drug up all future generations
Encourage the murder of innocent children in the womb
Fill college lecture halls with anti-American Marxist professors
Promote thousands of blatant lies as if they become truth, once spoken often enough

Once again, the list could go on for quite a while here, but if you don’t get the point by now, you never will.

The current US Federal Government is not currently of, by, or for the American people…any of the American people. It has become entirely destructive of its sole intended purpose and right to even exist.

In the USA, “all political power is derived from the consent of the governed,” us… As established in our first founding document, “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” – “That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness.”

Every day for decades now, I have received mail from deeply concerned Americans asking “How can this be? How can this happen? How is this able to continue?”

The answer is always the same…so long as good people do nothing in the face of evil, those with evil intent can do anything they want. It won’t stop until someone stops it.

But for more than a hundred years now, the American people have failed to be “forever vigilant” in protection of their own freedom. While we were busy making a living, raising a family, enjoying the fruits of our labor, our country was stolen from us, right out from under our noses.

After more than a century of neglect by the People themselves, we now have so many problems in so many different areas that a vast majority of citizens feel “there’s nothing we can do.” To be certain, at this late date, the challenge of regaining control of our own country is a daunting task at best. Yet, two things remain true – quitters never win, and winners never quit.

You can’t finish a race if you won’t leave the starting gate — or win the race if you quit before you cross the finish line.

Saving our Constitutional Republic isn’t a sprint or 40-yard dash, it’s a marathon. One person can’t do the job. A team of determined citizens have to do the job. Politicians don’t want the job and neither do the lawyers sitting on federal courts across the country. There’s no one to save the people but the people themselves, and there never has been.

The truth is, throughout human history, there has never been a government deserving of the people’s trust. Americans are just learning this again, the hard way.

“When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them…”

The attacks on our freedom, peace, and prosperity, even the fundamental Right to Life itself, from the halls of our own Federal Government, far exceed those that drove our nation’s Founders to declare our independence from King George and England 247 years ago.

What happened on July 4, 1776, was a true “insurrection” to overthrow British rule in our country. What happened on January 6, 2021, was not even remotely close to any form of an insurrection. The events of that day were labeled an insurrection by those who should be overthrown today, allowing them to use treason statutes to prosecute political opponents. Even the FBI concluded its investigation with “there’s no evidence of an insurrection or even an organized riot.”

Americans haven’t just been missing in action in terms of being forever vigilant in protection of their own freedom, many have been missing in action when it comes to raising their own children as well. That’s why we see thousands of young students so easily manipulated into our streets in support of the most blood-thirsty brutal terrorists to ever roam the earth.

But the good news about being the problem is we can also be the solution. We held the power to allow this hell to exist. Therefore, we hold the power to stop this hell by simply turning an about-face and doing the opposite of what we have been doing for decades. Our silence can no longer be our consent.

The future of this country does not rest in the hands of corrupt criminal politicians unless the People allow it to rest in their hands.

Once we know we are headed in the wrong direction, all we have to do is reverse direction. When what we’ve been doing, or not doing, brought us to where we are today, to go the opposite direction means we have to change course within ourselves.

Personally, I don’t care what political party someone affiliates with. They are either pro-America or anti-America, and both are found in all political parties today, including the so-called “independents.”

It’s either AMERICA FIRST ALWAYS… or it’s the end of the America we once knew.

The choice isn’t left to any politician or judge… it’s in our hands.

America always has been and always will be what we make it, or what we allow it to become! The buck stops with us!

E-Mail Lex Greene: lexgreene23@mailfence.com

Demand Change Now Before Government Collapses and You Starve in a Civil War

By Andrew Wallace

November 25, 2023

There are many crimes by the “rulers” that could start a Civil War right now, but again I guarantee a Civil War when the government collapses (as it soon must) without dramatic changes!

I guarantee a Civil War because 50% of the people are supported by the government, one way or another. When the checks stop, these people will be deprived of the money to live, and we will have instant Anarchy and bloodshed. Most of these people are apathetic and ignorant of reality, due to the media that is owned by the enemy and their programmed-propaganda educational system, etc.

Those getting their government checks don’t want to rock the boat, not realizing that if they don’t act now, the government will soon collapse and they will lose Social

Security, Medicare, VA and all such “Benefits”.

Of course stores will be empty, fiat dollars will be next to useless, public services will cease, and those requiring expensive medical care will die. The only real money will be based on gold and silver, but most transactions and exchanges will be based on barter. We can’t function as an industrialized economy based on barter. Period.

Regular readers can attest to the fact that I have covered many different aspects and ramifications of this critical subject in great detail, almost weekly. Trying to inform and motivate people on such an important subject is the most daunting task in my 89 years. I pray that God will give me the words I need to succeed.

Unless “The People” demand that Congress obey the Constitution, the economy of the United States will collapse.

This is not just my opinion; it is the opinion of every Economist I know except for Biden’s stooges. The result will be a Civil War.

The Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), who are the ultimate “rulers”, want you fearful, Hungry, without adequate police protection and unable to defend yourself. Seconds count when you and your family are in danger, and the police are minutes away…or not at all. I can pretty much assure you that in periods of anarchy, there will be no police protection for you.

The Communists in government have allowed millions of military-age invaders into our country who don’t share our values, and they can attack us with countless Nine-Elevens.

Destruction of the United States is, after all, the Communist objective to make way for the New World Order.

My best advice is have a 12 gauge or an AR15 with plenty of ammunition, survival foods and medical supplies…and don’t advertise it.
When mobs are hungry, history teaches us that they always kill for food. If you live in a large Democrat (Communist) city, move out if you can. These Marxist enclaves are already deadly killing fields without proper law enforcement, and will be intolerable without deliveries of food and utilities.

Members of Congress, Bureaucrats, Judges and Military Flag Officers must decide if they are to remain enemies of the people or sworn Representatives of “The People”. They either honor their oaths to the Constitution, or they are despicable traitors. It is that simple. Demonstrably by their actions they are mostly traitors. Any student of history knows what is going to happen to these people.

Most of the federal government does not comply with the Constitution. Many of their agents and policies deprive people of their Constitutional rights “Under the Color of Law” (USC Title 18, Section 242). See the recent NWV article by Lex Greene.

Urgent: Now you can expect multiple 9/11- scale attacks from the millions of illegal Invaders and the many migrants from countries that find our beliefs and lifestyle to be repugnant. They came primarily for the welfare. This is evident by their substantial protests of our support of Israel. Hamas attacked Israel in such a brutal manner that Israel is forced to respond in kind. Hamas was willing to sacrifice itself and all the Palestinians to cause a worldwide Jihad against Israel and the United States, which will result if Israel destroys the Palestinians with our help. It was a brilliant but venal move by Hamas who obviously could see no other alternative..

Congress is responsible for all of our problems and, short of Civil War, they are the ones who can restore our Republic.

Governors of Red (Free) States have the Constitutional powers to rein in the federal government by kicking the unconstitutional federal departments and agencies out of the states, etc.

Any governor who refuses to follow the Constitution is a paid minion of the PSRRC.

One example is the corrupt FBI that has destroyed the people’s confidence in law enforcement and justice. By the FBI’s actions, people are in fear of being framed by them.

The FBI is a construct of the PSRRC that was formed so federal law enforcement could be controlled by them. The Constitution clearly states that the laws of the Union are to be enforced by The Militia of The Several States (Militia). Congress abolished the Militia with the unconstitutional Dick Act and authorized the FBI. The federal government has no police powers in the states, none, but that did not stop Congress from passing unconstitutional laws giving it jurisdiction in the states.

The federal government plans to make it impossible for you to have cash in your pockets, to know what you buy, to control what you can buy, and thereby convert you into a slave.

It is called the CBDC digital currency. When your bank closes or the electricity goes off, you will have no way to purchase anything, not even an ice cream cone. This is as dangerous as taking away our firearms. Remember, established retailers can’t do business using barter as payment.

I pray for the people who live in Democrat/Communist cities. These people are underfed, under-employed, under-educated, dependent, victims and perpetrators of crime, brainwashed, and self-inflicted casualties of a corrupt and incompetent Marxist government that is unconstitutionally financed by taxes from the Red (free) states. They are Lenin’s “Useful Idiots” with no hope of changing their status or “leaders”. These people know not why they are losers nor how to change their station in life.

Short of action by congress or a Civil War, the only answer is in the Constitution of the United States under Article IV, Section 4: “The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government…”

May God Bless You and the Republic

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Heads-Up Jewish Americans: Democrats Are Your Enemies! – Don’t Vote For Them

By Joan Swirsky

November 24, 2023

Montana has about 1,400 Jews, Mississippi about 1,500, South Dakota 250. If I lived in any one of those beautiful states, I would not be writing this article. But I live in New York––home to about one-million, 800-thousand Jews––so the politics of being Jewish affects me and my family in a very existential––life and death––way.

It’s quite simple for me, as it should be for all Jews, given the fact that in a world of about eight-billion people, we Jews are a miniscule 16 million, only about six-million in the United States, eight-million in Israel, and another two-million around the world. That is equivalent to the proverbial drop in the ocean.

A PRESSING IMPERATIVE

If we Jews and our supporters don’t aggressively address the pandemic of anti-Semitism that is galloping around the globe and exploding here in America, rampant on college campuses, aided and abetted by a craven media that gives credibility to career hate-mongers like Louis Farrakhan and his ilk, and even contaminating the hallowed halls of the U.S. Congress––with more floridly hate-Jews/hate-Israel Democrats than ever before in history––then we know from our tragic history that annihilation could be right around the corner.

Sadly, the Democrat Party of old––of JFK, Sen. Henry “Scoop” Jackson, Senator and VP Walter Mondale, et al––has vanished, replaced by Democrats like “the squad” who spew their poisonous hatred of Jews and Israel from the House of Representatives itself. Then there are those who remain thunderously silent––including elected Democrat Jews like Senate Majority Leader Charles Schumer, Jerrold Nadler, Eliot Engel, Adam Schiff, Richard Blumenthal, et al.

Don’t be fooled by the boilerplate, politically correct press releases written by their aides. Once these statements are made public, these cowards go back to cowering before the radical leftists who now call the shots in the Democrat Party, most prominently the racists who continue to vent their anti-Semitic bile to this day.

WHERE DID ALL THE ADVOCATES GO?

Shockingly, most of the Jewish organizations that once supported and defended Jews in America abandoned those roles, having caved to their biggest donors’ conversion to a new religion called “Social Justice.” These are the quislings who “reach out” to––in essence, endorse––groups like Black Lives Matter, Antifa and others that wantonly attack synagogues, Jewish businesses and ordinary Jewish citizens walking in their neighborhoods, and brazenly promote the Boycott-Divest-Sanction (BDS) movement to destroy Israel through economic strangulation.

For instance, The Anti-Defamation League (ADL), founded in 1913, aggressively and successfully fulfilled its mission to “stop the defamation of the Jewish people” until 102 years after its founding when, in 2015, Jonathan Greenblatt became the ADL’s national director and CEO. Greenblatt worked for three far-left regimes antagonistic to Israel––the Clinton Administration, the Obama fiasco, and the George Soros-funded Aspen Institute. Now, Mr. Greenblatt sounds deranged when he states that “only a small number” of the Black Lives Matter anarchy group don’t like Jews, when he knows full well––and Americans can see with their own eyes––that it is one of the most rabidly Jew- and Israel-loathing groups in the world!

According to columnist and author, the late Rabbi Aryeh Spero, the ADL under Greenblatt “has betrayed its original mission of fighting anti-Semites by forging a new partnership with one of America’s most notorious anti-Semites, Al Sharpton.”

But the ADL is only one example out of nearly a dozen that I place in the category of turncoats against the Jewish people. [More on this in a future article].

AMERICA TO THE RESCUE

I have always felt safe in America, protected by the powerful principles of the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights, by the always-reliable police-and-fire departments in every community where I’ve lived, and by local, state, and national leaders of both political parties who fought to preserve our extraordinary way of life through our country’s bedrock foundations of God, family, freedom and safety.

But with the advent of the well-organized, heavily financed emergence of the Jew-hating, Christian-hating, America-hating “Cancel Culture,” what can people do? Yes, they can call or write a letter or e-mail to their elected representative, for which they’ll get back a form letter written by an intern.

But a sure-fire cure for this downward plunge into the sewers of our body politic is to vote out every Democrat running for office. Not one of these America-loathing, anarchist-supporting people is worthy of representing either their constituents or America itself.

Just ask them. They will tell you that they “support” the terrorism––which they call “protests”––and also that they want to raise your taxes, cut funding to the police and military that protect you and your children, institute the socialized medicine and education that have failed in every country they’ve ever been instituted, and enact the Big Government programs that “protect” you from cradle to grave.

In next November’s crucial election, your life could be changed forever for the worse. Whether Jew or Christian, if you believe in self-preservation, be smart!

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com

We Still Have a 14th Amendment, but Do We Have a First?

By Steven Yates

November 24, 2023

The Strange Case of Douglass Mackey

Douglas Mackey, an ordinary guy with a degree from Middlebury College in his native Vermont, might be on his way to prison. His “crime”: making fun of Hillary Clinton and Clinton voters on Twitter back in 2016.

He was taken into custody by the FBI exactly seven days after Joe Biden’s inauguration in 2021 — almost five years later — and not told why.

Welcome to the New Normal, an era of events you couldn’t make up if you tried.

Tucker Carlson, ever the intrepid media counter-elite since his ousting from controlled opposition Fox News, recently talked to Mackey on Tucker on X (formerly Twitter).

Who is he? He’d been working as an economic researcher in New York. He was posting pro-Trump memes, links to articles, etc., under a Twitter screen name.

Mackey seems to exemplify the sort of guy I’ve talked about: someone for whom all the official ruling elite narratives had collapsed — lost all credibility — and to whom Donald Trump therefore appealed as “a breath of fresh air.”

He simply assumed he had rights under the First Amendment, i.e., to criticize, or make fun of, a member of America’s ruling class. Or anyone still naïve enough to vote for them.

Hillary is as ruling class as it gets.

Mackey posted a meme addressed to Hillary votes stating that they could text their votes to a certain number.

The meme read, word-for-word: “Save time, avoid the line, vote from home; text ‘Hillary’ to 59925 and we’ll make history together.”

He didn’t create it but found it: one of several such memes then floating around online.

He told Tucker it was intended as a joke, an expression of a kind of dry humor too subtle for our ruling class and its foot soldiers.

On national television, Hillary called it “a very deliberate effort to mislead people about where and how to vote … going from speech to action meant to subvert the election …”

Algorithms, she said, sent the meme to thousands of people who, she assumes, doubtless unintentionally, were too stupid to get the joke. (Did she honestly think Mackey controlled algorithms on Twitter?)

This, from the person who supported the largest election subversion effort in U.S. history: the Russiagate hoax. British intel operative Christopher Steele — architect of the infamous Steele Dossier — turned out to be working for her, after all.

Given that he’d used a screenname, how did anyone find out his identity? He related to Tucker how he’d been doxed by a reporter at leftist HuffPo who had contacts inside the Twitterverse, which at the time was still mostly a hard left echo chamber.

Mackey related how four FBI agents and six police officers awakened him banging on his door at 7 am one week after Biden’s inauguration, without any prior warning. He was handcuffed and forcibly taken into custody, and not told what the charges against him were. Still pondering what he could possibly have done, he was put in leg irons in jail. Because of plan-demic (covid) restrictions he interacted with a public defender on Zoom. Seems the public defender didn’t know the charges, either.

He was in disbelief when he found out at his arraignment what they were.

That this had something to do with his posting a meme that made fun of Hillary voters had never occurred to him. Especially as four years had elapsed.

But Democrats were back in control of the Executive Branch. That meant the ruling class was back in power.

The political environment was very highly charged, moreover. January 6, which the ruling class and its controlled media were already branding an “insurrection,” were fresh in everybody’s minds. The Asylum on the Potomac had been turned into an armed camp, we were told, to protect the newly instilled regime from the thousands of “white nationalists” elite-controlled media said was out there … somewhere.

Mackey relates how he was arraigned, released on bond, then put out on the street. He had to get home on his own, twenty miles away, in the middle of a big city. He didn’t have his wallet or his phone. He’d been told, crazily, “You won’t need those.”

As the case worked its way through the courts, he assumed he’d be found innocent, but in March this year he was convicted of — are you sitting down? — “Conspiracy Against Rights stemming from a scheme to deprive individuals of their constitutional right to vote.”

So-called “fact checkers” insist that this case isn’t about Mackey’s right to free speech, about his use of the meme itself, but rather about his purposefully putting out inaccurate voting information that crossed the legal line.

While contending that some 4,900 texts had gone to that number (59925), the court couldn’t find anyone able to testify to actual harm, of having been deprived of their right to vote.

A jury thus found him guilty on the basis of … nothing!

There was no harm done, nor malicious intent.

Leftists don’t require themselves to produce substantive evidence, of course. Ruling elites don’t base their authority on evidence. They do what they do because they can.

And they assume they can get inside the heads of those they accuse, psychoanalyze them, divine their motives. I’ve seen this over and over. This is the basis of the claim that all white men who criticize affirmative action are closet racists and misogynists.

Only conservatives are told that their claims about, say, a stolen election, are “baseless” and “without evidence.” And then called election deniers.

The legal eagles in Brooklyn had found twelve people who would convict based on a fabrication: that Mackey had conspired with other “Twitter influencers” to deceive Hillary voters and thus interfered with the election.

He was at risk of going to prison for a maximum ten years!

In October he was sentenced to seven months.

Leftists are celebrating his conviction and prospective imprisonment!

Another “defeat” for a Trump supporter!

Mackey has appealed, obviously. Unsurprisingly, he’s short on cash and having to crowdfund.* The entire episode, beginning with his doxing by HuffPo, has been extremely stressful on him and on his family.

In his Tucker Carlson interview, he was remarkably stoic. “No use for self-pity,” he says near the end. His dry sense of humor has doubtless helped him immensely.

But this is the New Normal we’ve all having to navigate in various ways. Someone who had supported Trump by poking fun of one of the left’s heroes, Hillary Clinton (or her voters), is threatened with immanent jail time for spreading “election misinformation.”

Do Americans even still have a meaningful First Amendment?

Trump’s criticisms of the 2020 election, as well as those that came from his legal orbit back then, are being held against him in the Democrat-controlled (i.e., ruling class controlled) courts — in the Asylum on the Potomac and its branches in New York and down in Atlanta.

Even a former President of the United States isn’t afforded First Amendment protections.

Controlled corporate media outlets (The New York Times, the Washington Post, CNN, ABC, NBC, NPR, HuffPo, Salon, Time, The Atlantic Monthly, The Los Angeles Times, The Atlanta Journal/Constitution, the Miami Herald, and countless others) have spilled gallons of ink and used equivalent bandwidth space trying to foment abject terror of a Trump 2.0 administration that would begin on Monday, January 20, 2025.

It will be authoritarian, autocratic, proto-fascist, or full-on fascist, etc., etc., they shriek. It will “end our country as we know it,” Hillary recently warned hysterically.

You’re not supposed to notice that if you’re in the U.S. you’re living under an authoritarian regime now, under political-economic ruling elites that have largely gutted the right to free speech both online and offline. The ruling class has similarly gutted freedom of assembly (as when parents are arrested at school board meetings and threatened with domestic terrorism charges for protesting their kids being “educated” about transgenderism); the right of those accused to be informed of the accusations against them and allowed to confront their accusers without being railroaded; the right to privacy and security in their homes; and many more.

The Bill of Rights, a correspondent angrily told me a couple of weeks ago, is dead! America is a de facto police state!

But we do have a 14^th Amendment! Attempts to have Trump’s name removed from state ballots are failing, one by one. They’ve failed (so far!) in both Minnesota and Michigan. Last Friday, a Colorado judge refused to remove Trump’s candidacy, but still endorsed the official narrative that Trump fomented an insurrection. That leaves the door open for appeals by leftist groups trying to block the one person who poses an existential threat to their cultural dominance and ruling elitism generally.

No one in his right mind thinks this battle is over.

It’s a cliché that those who play with fire sometimes get burned. I’ll only say that if any such effort succeeds, anywhere, it could lead to a social explosion. I sometimes think that’s what the left wants. Especially when the candidate the left wants to block is leading the field for the opposition party.

Oh, I missed something earlier.

This, posted to Twitter on Election Morning, November 8, 2016, from someone going by the name Kristina Wong. She is posing as a Trump supporter, wearing a MAGA hat. “Hey Trump supporters!” the text portion of the tweet reads. “Skip poll lines at #Election2016 and TEXT in your vote! Text votes are legit. Or vote tomorrow on Super Wednesday!” In a video she says to vote for Trump that day (not Tuesday!).

I thought the case against Mackey was based on text votes not being “legit.”

Wong — or whatever her real name is — not only has not been arrested and charged for trying to “mislead” Trump voters or on some other “election subversion” charge, she has not even been ordered to remove the tweet, which remains online for all the world to see!

The cynicism and hypocrisy of leftists never ceases to stagger me. You’d think I’d get used to it.

*Warning: on attempting to access Mackey’s crowdfunding page the antivirus software on my laptop responded with a garish RISKY SITE warning. That’s the sort of thing that will discourage most would-be visitors from accessing the site. I wonder if even antivirus software firms are now owned subsidiaries of the ruling class. Who knows?

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

If you enjoyed this article and feel like supporting my writing, please consider becoming a Patron.

Also, if the ideas discussed in this article seem important to you and you’d like to see them developed further, see my book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021), available here and here. My earlier book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the America Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, my novel of cosmic horror The Shadow Over Sarnath has just been published. To learn more, or to read a few fragments, feel free to shoot me an email.

Hard Cases Make Bad Precedent

By Paul Engel

November 24, 2023

Under what circumstances can the government suspend your right to keep and bear arms?
What rights does someone subject to a restraining order have?
Will a case with an unsavory party be used to deny the right of others?

There is an adage in the legal profession, “Hard cases make bad law.” Well, since court cases in this country are not law, only precedent, you might be tempted to dismiss this saying. However, since our courts are so devoted to their precedent, we should be very careful when hard cases come to the Supreme Court. For example, one case heard by the court has a very unsavory respondent. The question is, will Mr. Zackey Rahimi’s past be used to infringe on the rights of the rest of the American people?

For months I’ve been hearing the Second Amendment community talk about the case United States v. Rahmimi. The question at hand in this case is:

Whether 18 U.S.C. 922(g)(8), which prohibits the possession of firearms by persons subject to domestic-violence restraining orders, violates the Second Amendment on its face.

While many in the Second Amendment community are happy to see the question brought to the court, the specifics of Mr. Rahimi’s case may leave such a bad taste in the justice’s mouths we may not get a constitutionally sound answer. Now that the court has heard oral arguments, I thought it was time to discuss the case.

Facts of the Case

The heart of the case is the question of when it is constitutional to prohibit someone from being able to keep and bear arms. If you were looking for a poster child for this question, Zackey Rahimi is just about the last person you would choose.

Respondent Zackey Rahimi was a drug dealer who “mostly sold marijuana and occasionally sold cocaine.” …. In December 2019, Rahimi and his girlfriend C.M. had an argument in a parking lot in Arlington, Texas. … C.M. tried to leave, but Rahimi grabbed her wrist, knocking her to the ground. … He then dragged her back to his car, picked her up, and pushed her inside, causing her to hit her head on the dashboard. Realizing that a bystander had seen him, he retrieved a gun and fired a shot. … In the meantime, C.M. escaped the car and fled the scene. … Rahimi later called her and threatened to shoot her if she told anyone about the assault.

I think it’s safe to say that Zackey Rahimi is not a nice guy. In fact, Mr. Rahimi seems to be a perfect example of someone for whom the possession of a firearm would be considered a danger to others. This fact did not escape the Texas legal system.

In February 2020, after giving Rahimi notice and an opportunity for a hearing, a Texas state court granted C.M. a restraining order, which was valid for two years. … The court found that Rahimi had “committed family violence” and that such violence was “likely to occur again in the future.” … The court accordingly prohibited Rahimi from committing family violence and from threatening, harassing, or approaching C.M. or her family. … The order also suspended Rahimi’s handgun license, prohibited him from possessing a firearm, and warned him that possessing a firearm while the order remained in effect may be a federal felony. … Rahimi signed an acknowledgement that he had “received a copy of this protective order in open court at the close of the hearing in this matter.”

It may not surprise you that Mr. Rahimi did not take this opportunity to reform his life. In August of 2020, Mr. Rahimi not only contacted C.M. via social medial, but went to her house in the middle of the night. Then, in November of 2020, he threatened another woman with a gun, for which he was charged by the State of Texas with aggravated assault with a deadly weapon. Between December 2020 and January 2021, it also appears Mr. Rahimi participated in a series of five shootings. After being identified as a suspect in those shootings, police executed a search warrant, where they found a pistol, rifle, magazines, and ammunition. This led to Mr. Rahimi’s federal case.

A federal grand jury in the Northern District of Texas indicted Rahimi for violating 18 U.S.C. 922(g)(8) and 924(a)(2). … Section 922(g)(8), which Congress enacted in 1994, prohibits a person who is subject to a domestic-violence restraining order from possessing a firearm in or affecting commerce. At the time of Rahimi’s conduct, a knowing violation of Section 922(g)(8) was punishable by up to ten years of imprisonment.

So what does 18 USC 922(g)(8) say? Rather than quote you the details, I’ll let the Solicitor General’s words from the petition describe it.

To trigger Section 922(g)(8), a restraining order must satisfy three conditions. First, a court must have issued the order after giving the person subject to it notice and an opportunity to be heard. 18 U.S.C. 922(g)(8)(A). Second, the order must forbid the person from harassing, stalking, or threatening an “intimate partner,” the person’s child, or an intimate partner’s child. 18 U.S.C. 922(g)(8)(B); … Third, the order must either (1) include a finding that the person poses a “credible threat” to the physical safety of the intimate partner or child or (2) explicitly prohibit the use, attempted use, or threatened use of physical force against the intimate partner or child. 18 U.S.C. 922(g)(8)(C).

I read §922(g)(8) and the Solicitor General accurately describes the trigger portions of law. I thought it would be easier to read than the text of the law, which you can find here. Did the restraining order against Mr. Rahimi meet those requirements?

The restraining order in this case satisfied each of those requirements. Rahimi received notice and an opportunity to be heard. … C.M. was Rahimi’s intimate partner because they had a child together. … And the order both contained a finding that Rahimi posed a credible threat to C.M.’s physical safety and prohibited the threatened use of physical force against C.M.

At this point in the narrative, there’s a restraining order against Mr. Rahimi. Because it involves domestic-violence, he is prohibited from possessing firearms, or at least that’s what the United States is claiming. So how did we get to this case?

Rahimi moved to dismiss the indictment, arguing that Section 922(g)(8) violates the Second Amendment on its face.

United States v. Rahimi – Oral Arguments

The district court denied the motion, but the Fifth Circuit affirmed, at first. After the Supreme Court NYSRPA v. Bruen the Fifth Circuit withdrew its opinion. After receiving a supplemental briefing on Bruen, the Fifth Circuit again reversed the lower court’s decision, holding that §922(g)(8) violates the Second Amendment. This is the state of the case when oral arguments were heard by the Supreme Court on November 7, 2023.

Oral Arguments

As you would expect, the two parties to the case, the United States and Mr. Rahimi, see things very differently. Solicitor General Elizabeth Prelogar argued on behalf of the United States:

Guns and domestic abuse are a deadly combination. As this Court has said, all too often, the only difference between a battered woman and a dead woman is the presence of a gun. Armed abusers also pose grave danger to police officers responding to domestic violence calls and to the public at large, as Zackey Rahimi’s own conduct shows.

To address that acute threat, Congress and 48 states and territories temporarily disarm individuals subject to domestic violence protective orders. Congress designed Section 922(g)(8) to target the most dangerous domestic abusers. It applies only if, after notice and a hearing, a court makes an express finding that the person poses a credible threat to an intimate partner’s physical safety or imposes a specific prohibition on the use of physical force, and the disarmament lasts only as long as the order remains in effect.

“Guns and domestic abuse are a deadly combination.” So are knives, clubs, and motor vehicles, though none of them are prohibited for those under a restraining order. It seems, in her haste to condemn the possession of firearms, Ms. Prelogar has conveniently ignored all of the other weapons frequently used to harm not only the victims of domestic abuse, but police officers and the public at large.

Mr. Wright, the public defender representing Mr. Rahimi, was not nearly as articulate in the opening of his argument.

My friend described several times the government’s principle that in this case, they are not relying on any analogues that were directed at people who were not part of the people, outside the community, the national or political community entirely.

United States v. Rahimi – Oral Arguments

Mr. Wright went on to respond to some questions that had been raised by the bench during his opponent’s oral arguments. He closed his opening statement with:

When Congress enacted Section 922(g)(8) in 1994, it acted without the benefit of Heller, McDonald, and Bruen, so we shouldn’t be surprised that they missed the mark. They made a one-sided proceeding that is short a complete proxy for a total denial of a fundamental and individual constitutional right.

United States v. Rahimi – Oral Arguments

In short, Mr. Wright said Congress got it wrong because they did not have the benefit of the court’s opinions in previous Second Amendment cases. Overall, I think the government made a better case. Mr. Wright’s primary assertion seems to be based on Bruen’s “text and history” standard, where the court seeks to see if the law in question has any basis in the text or history of the nation around the time of the ratifications of the Bill of Rights or the Fourteenth Amendment.

Analyzing the Case

When I first looked at this case, I saw something different. First, I saw this not so much as a Second Amendment issue, but a violation of the Fifth Amendment’s Due Process Clause. Just like any other property, the government can only take away a right following Due Process of law, which the Free Legal Dictionary defines as:

An established course for judicial proceedings or other governmental activities designed to safeguard the legal rights of the individual.

Due Process – The Free Legal Dictionary

In order to suspend the right of Mr. Rahimi to keep and bear arms, the government must show that it followed a process that protected his rights. The first right to look at is the right to be considered innocent until proven guilty. While not specifically called out in the Bill of Rights, it is recognized under the Ninth Amendment.

The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IX

The most fundamental aspect of innocent until proven guilty is the prohibition of punishment until an actual finding of guilt. That’s not to say the accused cannot be detained or otherwise restricted, but that it should be based on probable cause in the details of the case at hand. As was stated by the Solicitor General in the petition for certiorari, in order for a court order to prohibit the possession of a firearm under §922(g)(8), it must fulfill three criteria. First, there had to have been a hearing at which the accused had an opportunity to participate. While Mr. Rahimi was notified about the hearing and did participate, that’s not a finding of guilt, but seems to have provided evidence of probable cause. Second, the order must restrain someone from threatening an “intimate partner”. This would seem to violate the concept of equal protection, since a restraining order against a stalker, business associate, or neighbor would not qualify. Again, while the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment is limited to the states, the right to equal protection in federal law is just as protected by the Ninth Amendment. The third criteria for an order to trigger §922(g)(8) has two components, either of which is necessary. Either the order specifically prohibits the use or attempted use of physical force, or a finding that the accused represents a credible threat to the physical safety of the intimate partner or child. The former is dubious because the prohibition against a use of force can be included in a court order whether the accused has been shown to be violent or not. I’m not fully behind the latter because a judge’s finding may be subjective and not based on probable cause from the accused’s actions.

Looking at §922(g) as a whole though, I found a more serious problem with the law.

(g) It shall be unlawful for any person- …

to ship or transport in interstate or foreign commerce, or possess in or affecting commerce, any firearm or ammunition; or to receive any firearm or ammunition which has been shipped or transported in interstate or foreign commerce.

18 USC §922(g)

Article I, Section 8, Clause 3 of the Constitution authorized Congress to regulate interstate and foreign commerce, not to regulate anything that passes through said commerce.

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 3

Since Congress only has the power to regulate interstate commerce, and this law does not regulate commerce of any kind, 18 USC §922 violates both Article I, Section 8, Clause 3 and the Tenth Amendment of the Constitution and is therefore void.

An unconstitutional law is void, and is as no law. An offence created by it is not a crime. A conviction under it is not merely erroneous, but is illegal and void, and cannot be a legal cause of imprisonment.

Ex parte Siebold :: 100 U.S. 371 (1879)

Conclusion

Let’s step back and look at the big picture. Should people who are under a credible threat of serious physical harm or death be granted a restraining order? Absolutely, but we need to remember that those orders are nothing but ink on paper. The order cannot protect you, but it can help law enforcement restrain a person if they violate the order. Should someone have their right to keep and bear arms suspended if they are subject to such an order? Only after they have received due process. There must be a hearing where the accused not only can participate, but bring evidence in their favor. If the finding of such a hearing is that there is probable cause that said person is dangerous to themselves or others, then more should be done than simply depriving them of legal access to firearms. As this case shows, a restraining order did nothing to prevent Mr. Rahimi from contacting and approaching C.M. Even after Mr. Rahimi was arrested for violating the restraining order, he is accused of participating in five additional shootings.

I think I have shown that §922(g) is unconstitutional, not because it violates the Second Amendment, but because it violates Article I, Section 8, Clause 3 and the Tenth Amendment. While §922(g) may be unconstitutional and void, that’s not to say that state laws suspending the right to keep and bear arms to those under a “domestic violence restraining order” are unconstitutional. Just as with federal law, the state must insure that the accused receives due process before issuing such a penalty. Otherwise, they would be in violation of the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause.

nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

While I am disappointed by both attorney’s arguments, we’ll have to wait and see how the court decides. Sadly, I’m not expecting the court to come to a constitutional decision. First, there’s the issue of neither side bringing up the fundament flaw in §922(g). What the court has not heard, it’s unlikely to consider in its deliberations. Second, Mr. Rahimi appears to be the perfect example of why such a law, at the state level, may be helpful. While it obviously did not stop Mr. Rahimi from carrying firearms, it would have added an additional charge to his arrest in 2020 when he violated the order. That might have meant that Mr. Rahimi would not have been on the streets in November 2020 to assault another woman with a firearm, or to participate in the other shootings of which he is accused.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

America’s “Collective Responsibility”

By Cliff Kincaid

November 23, 2023

We hear a lot these days about “collective responsibility” for what a nation does. Thanksgiving represents gratitude for what our ancestors gave to us. But “collective responsibility” means something more.

The Palestinians brought Hamas to power and are paying the price, in the same way the Germans ultimately suffered because of Hitler’s rise to power.

The USA is unique in that we, as a people, do not seem to hold other countries responsible for what they have done to us. Consider Paul Kengor’s article, “Killed by a ‘Silly,’ Deadly Communist,” examining some of the evidence that the Russian Communists used Lee Harvey Oswald to kill John F. Kennedy. To this day, the old Soviet Union/Russia has never been held responsible for this crime.

If there was justice in the world, Vladimir Putin, a former KGB colonel, would be put on trial for crimes against humanity, not only for the murder of JFK but the attempted assassination of Pope John Paul II. The KGB was responsible for both.

In a speech in Indianapolis in July 1968, President Ronald Reagan stated:

“Five years ago, a president was murdered by one who renounced his American citizenship to embrace the godless philosophy of communism, and it was communist violence he brought to our land. The shattering sound of his shots were still ringing in our ears when a policy decision was made to play down his communist attachment lest we provoke the Soviet Union.”

Just last week China Joe entertained the Chinese Communist ruler, Xi Jinping, who bears ultimate responsibility for more than one million dead Americans from COVID. But China Joe treated him like a conquering hero on American soil. China Joe did call him a “dictator” but that is not controversial. What is controversial is that Xi acts like a dictator of America and that the USA appears to be a colony of China.

For this strange predicament, we bear “collective responsibility.” It is our fault. We as a nation did not object sufficiently when Democratic Party officials used the COVID pandemic as an excuse to make illegal changes in election law that permitted their own political party to grab power under questionable circumstances in several swing states, turning the results against President Trump.

Faced with the opposition, Trump endorsed a patriotic and peaceful protest but then, in the end, ceded power to a corrupt political machine and its puppet, Joe Biden, operating at the behest of Barack Hussein Obama, the real power.

Speaker Mike Johnson notes, “Since the Obama Administration, the Left has fallen deeper and deeper into the fell clutch of Marxism.” But our descent into oblivion began decades earlier.

For those confused by the communist claims that right-wingers or the CIA murdered JFK, I encourage you to read the text of the speech that John F. Kennedy was scheduled to give at the Trade Mart in Dallas on November 22, 1963, the day of his assassination.

Kennedy was an anti-communist determined to stop communism’s advance around the world by making the U.S. into the strongest military power on earth. This was the main subject of the speech Kennedy never gave.

Ominously, Kennedy, the victim of a communist assassin, spoke in the prepared remarks of “the guerrillas, saboteurs, insurgents and assassins who threaten freedom” in the world. It was a clear reference to Castro and communist efforts to take Latin America and Southeast Asia.

As we remember those words, our attention turns to an amazing development – the election of an anti-communist to the presidency in Argentina, Javier Milei.

But in the same way we continue to hear disinformation about the real villains in the JFK assassination, I urge people to go to Milei’s own website, to understand what his “Freedom Advances” political party is all about. He is a free-market economist who supports Israel and Ukraine and opposes the policies of the pro-Marxist Pope Francis and Russia and China.

But he is being smeared as a lunatic and extreme right-winger.

His stance should be copied by conservatives here, especially in foreign policy. His pro-Israel and pro-Ukraine positions represent the best of anti-communism today. These two countries, as well as Taiwan, are standing strong against Russia, Iran, and their clients.

Milei’s running mate, Victoria Villarruel, is an Argentinian lawyer and president of the Center for Legal Studies on Terrorism and its Victims (CELTYV), which documents communist terrorist crimes committed from 1969 to 1979 in Argentina. She promotes legal rights for Argentinian victims of communist terrorism and fights against Cultural Marxism.

During the 1970s, the Montoneros and the People’s Revolutionary Army (ERP) by its Spanish acronym) carried out many acts of communist terrorism. They were part of the Russian use of terrorism to achieve communist ends.

It is difficult to overstate the significance of their victory in Argentina. They promise huge changes, making them targets of the communists.

To understand their opposition, especially in the economic sphere, consider the letter signed by over 100 “progressive” economists from across the world ahead of the elections. They don’t want Milei to dismantle the Big Government welfare state.

Echoing the points in this letter, the far-left British Guardian nevertheless noted, “Four in 10 citizens currently live in poverty and annual inflation is close to 140 percent – a crisis Milei has vowed to fix by defeating his rival, Argentina’s finance minister, Sergio Massa, and taking dramatic measures such abolishing the central bank and dollarizing the economy.”

With 4 in 10 in poverty and an inflation rate close to 140 percent, no wonder the people threw the bums out. They realize socialism doesn’t work.

What Milei has done in Argentina we must do in the United States. Like Israel, Ukraine, and Taiwan, Argentina is now a shining example of what can happen in the U.S.

Our Central Bank – the Federal Reserve – is supposed to ensure financial stability. People can see that it has not worked out so well.

We operate in a dollar economy, still the world’s reserve currency, but the rating for our outlook has shifted from stable to negative, and the day may come when Treasury securities may not find buyers because of inflation, national debt and deficits.

Ironically, the workers and “the people” in the United States are revolting against the liberal elites. And that means that Trump or any Republican, if elections are fair and honest, should be easily able to win the presidency in 2024.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

Thanksgiving: Forks In The Road, Stop Signs, And Dead Ends On The Highway Of Life

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 23, 2023

While taking a hike down a country road near dusk in my teens, an old farmer, plodding along with his walking stick, abruptly stopped me.

His wrinkled-weathered skin did not diminish the energy in his clear blue eyes. Silver locks flowed from his wide-brimmed hat while his peppered beard gave him a majestic air of wisdom.

“Where you goin’ sonny?” he asked.

“Just taking a walk to catch a few fire-flies when the night settles in on us,” I said. “They seem to show their magic just as the sun goes down, but before the stars come out. I like the way they turn the long grass into streetlamps, but none of the city noise to go with it.”

“Should be a lot of them out this evening as soon as the red-winged black birds fall silent,” he said. “So, if you don’t mind my asking, where are you going with your life?”

“My mom wants me to go to college,” I said. “She said it will give me a leg-up on living as well as make me a better educated man.”

“Good for you,” he said. “But what do you want to do with your life?”

“After I graduate from college,” I said, “I want to travel the world before settling down to a job. I want to figure out some things about this life.”

“Do you mind a bit of advice?” he asked.

“My dad told me to listen to my elders to learn their knowledge,” I said.

“The path to your destiny has “forks in road” that require the imperfect ability to discern the difference between opportunity and pitfalls,”

he said. “You will make mistakes in judgment. You will fail often. But remember to make those failures into stepping-stones toward your ultimate success. Never get down on yourself. None of it comes easy, but it gets easier as you travel the path with a good attitude, application by work and your ingenuity.”

“My dad said something like that,” I said.

“Smart dad,” he said. “In addition to “forks” there will be “cul de sac’s” or “dead end’s” where you rest and re-evaluate the route you have taken. Everyone comes to these markers at some point. You will become wiser. Experience is the best teacher. So, if you find yourself going down the wrong road, or the road isn’t working for you, turn around and go back. When you return to your original location, strike out in a new direction with the wisdom you learned while you traveled along the wrong road.”

“That works for me,” I said.

“As a young man, you are heading toward your “destiny,” he said. “To me the term “destiny” implies a pre-ordained purpose by some higher power. This implies a personal belief in that higher power. That may or may not work for you. It also implies that one’s “destiny” answers the question, “Why am I here?” You will find out on your journey.”

“Another thing,” he said. “Your mom is right…choose your friends carefully. You will adopt some of their characteristics into your personality. When you hang with the smarter, more responsible folks in your school, you become more like them and succeed like them.

“Additionally, memories of your experiences are what come to you in those future quiet times with yourself.

Make sure you accept yourself at all times.

Even if you are not sure, assume a sense of confidence in your own talents whatever they might be or come to be.”

“Some memories will be filled with regret and some will be joyous. You will have both in your life. You get to choose the number of each by the way you live. And, one final thought from my days of meditation on hay bales and sitting beside a quiet pond with dragon flies, turtles, snakes and muskrats: everything you become, you chose. And, everything you chose, you wanted.”

As the fireflies lit the long grass, the old man tipped his hat before continuing on into the gathering darkness.

“Thank you, sir,” I said, as I walked through the magic of fireflies and stars twinkling in the sky.

My wife Sandi and I wish you and yours a most joyous, bountiful and heartwarming Thanksgiving. May God bless America and may peace be brought to all of humanity.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Free Speech—Sayonara?

By Lee Duigon

November 23, 2023

In a forum which I visit regularly, yesterday a commenter exulted, “The days of unfettered free speech are coming to an end!”

So who’s going to wear those fetters, champ; and who’s going to put them on? Oh, wait, I know! Everybody on your side, Far Left Crazy, is going to clap on the cuffs; and everybody who’s not you is going to wear them. Have I got that right? I think I do.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! All the wrong people are using it! Why should people who are not you be allowed to dish out misinformation, disinformation, conspiracy theories, and online hate? Why should we be free to speak as we please? Shouldn’t there be some kind of authority—you, for instance– to decide who gets to say what?

Meanwhile, the governor of New York has announced what amounts to a regular jihad against non-leftist speech. Gov. Kathy Hochul says she wants a Domestic Terrorism Prevention Unit Threat Assessment Management team on every single college campus in New York. She’s also asking for $3 million to set up a regime that would cover all children in grades K-12—get ‘em while they’re young. Honk if you can still think of defensible reasons to send any children to public school.

Oh! But it’s not going to be oppressive or anything! Heck no. According to Hochul, even with her Ministry of Truth in place, you plebs will still be allowed “sunset posts” (whatever they are) and “tweets about your favorite football team.” It’s only “hate” that’ll be forbidden. Although if you “hate” some leftids’ favorite football team… watch out. Crikey, she’s almost a libertarian—eh? Except when it comes to conspiracy theories. Only the Far Left’s conspiracy theories will be permitted: because those are all true, don’tcha know.

Higher up the ladder, we’ve got a senile dishrag of a “president” who thinks everyone who didn’t vote for him is a White Supremacist from whom “Our Democracy” needs to be rescued.

Notice how finicky these characters are about what constitutes “hate.” It’s never hate when they do it. It isn’t even hate when Hamas does it. Riots are “mostly peaceful protests”: our Free and Independent Democrat Nooze Media say so.

The questions float to the surface. Are they serious about forging fetters for free speech? Who will decide what’s permitted and what’s not? (Well, they will, of course! That’s an easy one.) What kind of enforcement apparatus will they set up to make sure everyone’s mind is right—and punish you if it isn’t? And above all… do they really, truly, want this? Really?

The historian Plutarch, going on 2,000 years ago, said that tyranny is a grand and lofty perch—but that there’s no safe way down from it. How many of Lenin’s friends and followers did Stalin have shot? Those victims thought they’d be the ones to decide who got shot. More fool them.

Obviously there is tons of “misinformation” on the Internet. Being misinformed, or just plain being wrong, is not against the law. It’s part of life. “I don’t eat strawberries because I saw a video of a guy saying it gives you shingles.” Who’s going to bother to censor that? No—they’re after you if they don’t like your politics. Unless you’re a Democrat, they want to prosecute you for suggesting that the 2020 presidential election was something less than honest. You have to understand the nuance: “Trump won by cheating” is permitted; “Biden cheated” is not. I’m glad I’ve cleared that up for you.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Climate Justice, Nonsense on Steroids

By Kathleen Marquardt

November 33, 2023

According to the Center for Climate Justice (CCJ), Climate Justice is the remedy for the faux fact that there is a “disproportionate impact of climate change on low-income communities of color around the world, the people and places least responsible for the problem”.

Yep, the climate is different for different people – even if they live in proximity. The rich, and even the middle class, have decent to great weather, while the poor are inflicted by smog and other man-made evils. Basically, smog is the only man-made evil mentioned on the CCJ site, so the other climate problems – hurricanes, drought, and floods – that are impacting those communities that are the targets of CCJ’s benevolence are the focus of Climate Justice. Smog is being reduced all the time through scientific inventions. My question is, how do hurricanes, drought, and floods disproportionately impact “low-income and BIPOC (Black, Indigenous, People of Color) communities around the world, the people and places least responsible for the problem”?

And how does the Center for Climate Justice propose to remedy the situation? Noting that “Low-income countries and communities often have lower capacity to adapt”, and while “conventional models of economic development have been promoted as a strategy for increasing adaptive capacity”, CCJ claims that these models created the inequity in the first place. Their answer is Social Justice. “Social Justice initiatives can be pursued through many different types of government programs via wealth and income redistribution, government subsidies, protected legal status in employment, and even legalized discrimination against privileged groups through fines and taxes or even through purges historically.”[1] (emphasis mine)

Got it? The answer is socialism. But I don’t remember that socialism has ever worked before; why would anyone think this time will be any different? Perhaps because it now has another name, Sustainable Development. And legal discrimination? A contradiction in terms. But now that we live in a world of moral relativism, anything goes – anything except moral absolutes. Purges? Exactly what is going on today through COVID and the vaccine, the purging of those who will not blindly obey the powers-that-be.

Climate Justice comes with baggage: The Six Pillars

1. Just Transition

“At its core, a just transition represents the transition of fossil As-based economies to equitable, regenerative, renewable energy-based systems. However, a just transition is not only centered around technological change. It emphasizes employment in renewable energy and other green sectors, sustainable land use practices, and broader political (and) economic transformations.

“The Green New Deal (GND)l, for example, is an innovative proposal that tackles both climate change and inequality and is therefore very much aligned with climate justice.”

Of course, the Green New Deal and climate justice are more weapons of Agenda 21/Sustainable Development. And the broader political and economic transformations? Or Technocratic socialism, the redistribution of wealth, and the universal basic income.

2. Social, Racial and Environmental Justice

As noted above Climate justice connects the climate crisis to the social, racial and environmental issues in which it is deeply entangled. It recognizes the disproportionate impacts of climate change on low-income and BIPOC communities around the world, the people and places least responsible for the problem. The power of a climate justice approach is that by addressing the root causes of climate change, we simultaneously address a broad range of social, racial, and environmental injustices.

By the way, the root causes of climate change are the sun and the weather; neither of which we can control. And why? They assume to address social and racial issues through climate change, but what racial issue is caused by the weather changing?

3. Indigenous Climate Action

”Kyle Powys [2] Whyte states “Climate change is not a new phenomenon for indigenous people, he explains. There are long-standing traditions in indigenous cultures that enable societies to respond to seasonal and inter-annual climate variability. Indigenous people have also already experienced climate change through their endurance of colonialism. Whyte describes how the current threat to indigenous people is a continuation of colonialism and how the consciousness gained from their prior experience with climate change can provide sound leadership for confronting the problem today.”[3]

I’m sorry, but how can anyone with an ounce of integrity dream up, let alone declare publicly, that climate change is at all related to colonialism?

4. Community Resilience and Adaptation

One example: The Health Program Specialist I (HPS I), Local Health Department Climate Change Program and Policy Specialist, position is an opportunity for meaningful contribution to advancing health and racial equity through action to address the greatest health challenge of the 21st Century: climate change.

And how are these specialists in Climate Change, a chimera, addressing this challenge? They are banning all reasonable sources of energy and instituting exorbitant methods that work sporadically and severely damage wildlife and the environment.

5. Natural Climate Solutions

“As the Natural Climate Solutions Research Analyst II, you will conduct research on the transformational changes required across forests, land, freshwater, and ocean ecosystems to limit global temperature rise to 1.5°C, halt biodiversity loss, and secure a more just, equitable future for all. Your analysis will be featured on Systems Change Lab’s data platform, the State of Climate Action reports (WRI’s most downloaded publication in 2021), and other knowledge products published by the Lab, WRI’s Climate Program, and partner organizations.”[4]

6. Climate Education and Engagement

“With a widespread perspective that centers equity, we can build civic engagement to support candidates who recognize climate change as an urgent, existential crisis, unite countries with science and a systems-thinking approach, and take bold steps toward deep carbonization that do not further in equities. This approach which unites people around equity, has the power to make real and lasting system-wide change.”

If you go to the CCJ website, you will see that they are working to enlist and train Eco Warriors. Especially among the youth.

Climate justice is just another Public Private Partnership/NGO set up by the global elite to bring about one world government through Sustainable Development. The same ol’, same ol’. There is no ‘there’ there. We are dealing with fabricated laws designed to manipulate contrived conditions.

This is just another tool in the arsenal of Cancel Culture. What we are facing is a raft of programs that are attacking our proven successful system of private property, free markets, and personal life choices. It must all be “transitioned” into social justice — the doublespeak of sustainable/socialism. History has proven that socialism has never worked. Sustainable Development is an agenda to solve a problem that doesn’t exist by redistributing wealth that isn’t theirs. Chaos, poverty, and human misery are the only possible results.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com
Kyle Whyte is the Timnick Chair in the Humanities and Associate Professor of Philosophy and Community Sustainability at Michigan State University. He is also a faculty member of the Environmental Philosophy & Ethics graduate concentration, and a faculty affiliate of the American Indian & Indigenous Studies and Environmental Science & Policy programs
Indigenous peoples and climate justice by Kyle Powys Whyte
Research analyst world resources institute WRI

Scroll Through All Of The Criminals That Have Been Caught Committing Voter Fraud

By Bradlee Dean

November 22, 2023

“It is enough that the people know there was an election. The people who cast the votes decide nothing. The people who count the votes decide everything.” -Josef Stalin

You can rest assured that nine times out of ten when the mainstream media and their useful idiots are telling you that something is not true, after digging into it, you will find that it is true and vice-versa. There is no truth in them (John 8:44).

The same goes with their said CIA-controlled “fact checkers,” who are doing their best to combat the truth in hopes of covering for the crimes of conspirators (Jeremiah 11:9).

Just last week, we found that Pennsylvania voting machines are shutting down and flipping votes for judges in North Hampton. Nothing new to see here.

Without belaboring this article, because I want to get you to the link below, I would have you consider all of the lies that have been told to you by the mainstream media in denying the criminal acts of voter fraud, and this on a massive nationwide scale (Isaiah 5:20).

https://www.heritage.org/voterfraud-print/search

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Pope Francis Embraces Global Islam and Mother Earth

By Cliff Kincaid

November 21, 2023

The FBI was caught with a memo authorizing surveillance of traditional Catholics but FBI director Christopher Wray disavowed the memo. We now understand that the assignment was subcontracted to Pope Francis, who just sacked a conservative Bishop in Texas. This does far more damage to the Catholic Church than anything the FBI could do.

On Sunday, November 12, as Catholics were reading the Gospel message about the need to avoid falling asleep “for you know neither the day nor the hour” of Christ’s return, many were waking up to learn that Texas Bishop Joseph E. Strickland was fired from his post. Strickland, an advocate of traditional Catholic teachings, was removed from his duties in the diocese of Tyler, Texas.

Strickland was NOT caught in a sex scandal, and his Tyler, Texas, diocese did not have to go bankrupt because of sex scandal payouts to victims. Instead, he was accused of criticizing the pope.

“The only answer I have to that,” referring to his removal, “is because forces in the Church right now don’t want the truth of the Gospel,” he said.

If this is the case, then what explains the direction of the Vatican under Francis? What is his agenda if not the Gospel of Christ?

One answer may lie in the report by conservative Bill Donohue of the Catholic league that, on October 17, Francis “welcomed Catholic dissidents who have previously been condemned by U.S. cardinals and bishops. He met for almost an hour with Sister Jeannine Gramick, who, along with Fr. Robert Nugent, founded New Ways Ministry (NWM) in 1977; it is a radical pro-homosexual group.”

What is more, says Donohue, Gramick “was best friends with the most notorious serial child rapist priest in American history, Fr. Paul Shanley.”

While homosexual activism is being embraced by the Vatican, the pope has remained silent about the case of Mark Houck, a Catholic father of seven children who was arrested at gunpoint by dozens of FBI agents in front of his weeping children for allegedly violating a federal law restricting pro-life protests. Houck, who was acquitted, is suing the Biden administration’s Department of Justice (DOJ) and seeking $4 million in damages for his dramatic arrest.

Strickland had been under attack by the Vatican for protesting providing Holy Communion to pro-abortion politicians such as Joe Biden.

Newsmax reported that Bishop Strickland “has been at odds with Francis’ far-left changes and pronouncements, some of which directly contradict the ancient faith’s core Christian beliefs. Recently Francis has suggested priests can bless same-sex unions, even though the church has long held that any sexual relations outside of marriage is sinful. And this week the Vatican indicated transgender individuals could be baptized and serve as godparents.”

Amidst the carnage of two major wars and the United States in moral and economic decline, Pope Francis, leader of 1.3 billion Catholics, has decided that the world must come together because of “climate change” and that Catholics who believe in the right to life and other traditional teachings must be given the boot. On October 4, he issued Laudate Deum, described by his supporters as “a powerful exhortation to all people to address the climate crisis with faith and courage.” It was a follow-up to his environmental encyclical, Laudato si!, citing the mystical work of Teilhard De Chardin, who was nearly excommunicated.

Pope Francis, one of the most liberal popes in history, wants the world to come together in a “Faith for Earth” initiative and has announced he will be attending the upcoming United Nations conference on climate change and rub elbows with Muslim leaders.

Francis will travel to Dubai, United Arab Emirates, from December 1 to December 3, to participate in COP28, the U.N. Climate Change Conference, and then take part in the inauguration of the Faith Pavilion, the first-ever hub for “interfaith programming and engagement” at COP. He will appear with the grand imam of Al-Azhar and chairman of the Muslim Council of Elders, Ahmed Al-Tayeb.

While he pursues an alliance with Muslims and the environmental movement, Pope Francis has not cleaned up the corruption in his own church. His recent moves seem designed to cause more Americans to leave the church in disgust over the child sexual abuse scandals and left-wing direction of the Vatican.

George Neumayr, author of The Political Pope, examined the left-wing ideology driving Francis and his seeming indifference to the threats posed by radical Islam and Russian communism. Russia continues to be a country with special significance in terms of the Fatima revelations and Bible prophecy.

In that apparition to the children at Fatima, the Virgin Mary requested the consecration of Russia, otherwise the “errors” of Russia would spread around the world.

In the book, The Devil is Afraid of Me, Fr. Gabriele Amorth, an exorcist for the diocese of Rome, confirms that the consecration had never occurred because Russia was not specifically named in a sacred ceremony which took place under the auspices of the Vatican.

If the consecration had taken place, as requested, the world could have been spared 100 million dead from international communism.

Before invading Ukraine under President Biden, Russian President Vladimir Putin had visited the Vatican and acted like a religious believer. Putin made the sign of the cross, gave the pope a Virgin Mary icon, and bent over to kiss it. Pope Francis followed suit.

Last August Francis appeared to justify the invasion of Ukraine by praising the Russian empire.

Before firing Bishop Strickland, Francis had returned Miguel D’Escoto to his duties as a priest in the Roman Catholic Church, after a 29-year suspension. D’Escoto, who passed away in 2017, was the former foreign minister of Communist Sandinista Nicaragua and Catholic Priest of the Maryknoll Order who advocated Marxist-oriented liberation theology and won the Lenin Peace Prize from the old Soviet Union. He served as President of the U.N. General Assembly from September 2008 until September 2009.

D’Escoto had been removed from his post on direct orders from John Paul II, the anti-communist pope.

The Washington Post noted that while John Paul II was “extremely public in his fight against communism,” Francis seems dedicated to being known as a “master builder of bridges” between the communist and free worlds. This has worked to the advantage of the communists.

Today, in Sandinista-controlled Nicaragua, Catholic priests in the country are being imprisoned as enemies of the communist state. Bishop Rolando Álvarez of Matagalpa, Nicaragua, was sentenced to 26 years in prison.

The U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops reported that five priests, a deacon, two seminarians and two media professionals employed by the Diocese of Matagalpa were deported from Nicaragua to the United States. Bishop Álvarez was on the list of deportees to be sent to the United States but refused to leave Nicaragua. He decided to stay and fight from a jail cell.

This is what happened because of the olive branch Francis extended to the Sandinista communists. But his sacking of Bishop Strickland demonstrates that Francis has not learned any lessons from this. He is doing the work of the FBI in targeting conservative Catholics for removal from the church and society.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

USA Point of NO Return

By Lex Greene

November 21, 2023

Millions of Americans sense that the USA is currently at a most vulnerable, dangerous time in U.S. history, as they try to prepare for the Thanksgiving holiday while struggling to feel thankful for anything going on in the country or the world since November 2020.

Eight years of Obama was anything but peaceful, productive for America or of benefit to any American. Obama’s 3^rd term behind the curtain of the so-called Biden administration, run by all of Obama’s former staff, has been even more violent and dangerous to the country and the world than Obama’s reign between 2009-2017.

Since the beginning of Obama’s Manchurian term in January 2021, the USA has been driven into the toilet while wars with numerous foreign countries have been ignited to destabilize all sovereign nations in preparation for their “One World Order” under Nazis at the World Economic Forum (WEF), United Nations (UN), and World Health Organization (WHO).

The only peaceful and prosperous time in recent U.S. history was four years of Trump when our country was not at war with anyone, and we made significant headway towards peaceful diplomatic solutions to global conflicts. Bush was at war for eight years in the Middle East, followed by eight more years of war under Obama, four years of peace under Trump and another warmongering period under Biden, aka Barack Hussein Obama.

Yet despite these “facts,” millions of young Americans still hate Trump while calling for peace in the world? They are in American streets supporting known terrorists Hamas, Islamic Jihad and Hezbollah, all proxy terrorists for Iran and their global Caliphate.

These ignorant children chant “from the river to the sea, Palestine will be free” without any clue at all what they are chanting. Between the river and the sea is Israel. They are chanting for the complete elimination of Israel and the rise of a new Islamic terror State in its place. They are chanting for the death of Israel and all Israelis… They have no clue that it isn’t just Israel in the crosshairs of their global Caliphate…

Today’s deeply indoctrinated American youth is so fatally brainwashed that they may not be salvageable. They weep for terrorists in Gaza who attacked innocent Israeli men, women, children, and infants on October 7, gang-raping, murdering and beheading innocent citizen neighbors, while calling the victims of that attack “terrorists.” It’s impossible to imagine brains more backwards than this…

These young fools think they are “independent thinkers” while demonstrating no ability to think independently of their slave owners, the anti-American global Marxist community organizers who lit the fire in Israel, mobilized the mindless kids into our streets, with pre-printed flags, signs, and t-shirts manufactured well in advance of the October 7th attacks. Still, these kids ask no obvious questions.

No matter what Americans do to turn the tide back towards a better America today, these mindless kids are fast becoming a controlling voting majority in the USA. These foolish kids are determined to vote themselves and all of us into hell, under global totalitarian rule that only respects force, death, and destruction as a proper means to our end.

The question isn’t who should have a right to abortion, but rather, why do millions of Americans want to murder their own children in the womb? It’s not about what weapons can be used to take the life of an innocent, but rather, why do people want to kill innocent people at all? It’s not about how to take care of illegal invaders flooding into our country, but rather, why are we tolerating a massive foreign invasion of our country? Why are they allowed to be here at all, illegally, at insane taxpayer expense?

These kids have been taught that their expensive education replaces basic common sense, experience and the wisdom that only comes with years of experience. They actually believe that they are smarter than the people who had to teach them how to use a spoon, how to walk, and talk. They don’t want a job or career useful to the world. They want to be social media influencers…and video game experts.

Their little minds have been so twisted inside out, that they may never be able to tell daylight from dark.

This, my friends, is the point of no return for any freedom-loving nation.

These kids cry for freedom for all, while they work to cancel every freedom-loving person they encounter. Despite all forms of socialism and communism failing everywhere on earth it has ever been tried, and countries that fell from those experiments running from those concepts now, these kids still think it can work for them, because they don’t want to earn anything on their own.

If we can’t reform these young minds, we will have no choice but to sit them on the sidelines in order to save them from themselves.

Since July 4, 1776 – The USA has always been and will forever be, whatever the American people make it, or allow it to be. When American sovereignty, security, freedom, liberty, justice, peace, and prosperity are no longer the #1 priority of every American, none of these things will exist in the USA anymore.

Be thankful this week, that there remains a few Americans willing to make a united stand for all Americans, no matter the cost. If not for the few, all would be lost already.

We now have only two types of people in the USA… those who love America and Freedom, and those who hate both. Those who stand for the innocent, and those who stand for the evil in this world.

Within these two groups, there are only three types of people, in both…

People who make things happen
People who watch things happen
People who wonder what just happened

Right now, the people who hate the USA and everything it stands for are very organized, unified, very well-funded, and mobilized in group #1. But a vast majority of people who love America and freedom find themselves stuck in groups #2 and #3, either watching it all happen, or wondering what just happened.

If it’s true that “we” still outnumber them, you can’t tell it by their action and “our” inaction.

The only thing that separates “patriot” from “pretender” is ACTION. Without ACTION in “our” group, including the financial resources to move mountains instead of propping up politicians, there are absolutely no solutions to anything.

E-Mail Lex Greene: lexgreene23@mailfence.com

Want to Make a Difference? Read On

By: Devvy

November 20, 2023

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like beasts in dens and caverns. I am not one of these.” President Thomas Jefferson

Hard to believe Thanksgiving Day is but a few days away…ah, do I hear groans? You know what comes the following day: Black Friday. Don’t know how it got such a gloomy label. Silly, really. The Friday following turkey day is the beginning of the Christmas shopping season. A tradition in America. No matter what’s going on in the world and no matter how hard America haters try to destroy our traditions, we will NOT submit or surrender.

While Christmas is just another “holiday” for millions, it is the celebration of the birth of Jesus Christ by Christians and Messianic Jews[1] world-wide. While I am one of those who believes Jesus was not born on December 25^th, tradition throughout the world sets aside that day to celebrate His birth. I have all my life. For a lot of Americans Christmas Day is another paid holiday, lots of football and suds. However, when you take your last breath, none of that will matter.

“Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me.” John 14:6 (KJV). Money itself is not evil, but how the money is used is what’s important. One can have family stuff million-dollar bills (if they existed) in your coffin with your corpse but its meaningless. Eternity is a long time. Your soul is eternal. It doesn’t matter how much money you’ve accumulated in your lifetime.

Americans are very worried about the economy. Millions more have been added to poverty level since President-Elect Donald Trump was cheated out of his second term. Not going to get into the finer intricacies of the root of that problem and why Congress refuses to implement the only solution in this column.

What millions of us do know is inflation has been killing the middle class by design for decades. Americans – especially seniors – have been dipping into their retirement just to make ends meet. Those at the poverty level are totally dependent on food banks and either state or unconstitutional federal welfare. This holiday season (Thanksgiving through New Year’s) is going to be a huge challenge for so many families and businesses. But, know what? We can make a difference that will be positive long term good for our republic.

First, buy nothing, if possible, from our mortal enemy, Communist China. For another column, they’re in financial trouble more than people know. Stop enriching corporations that hate America and who only want your wallet. “Woke” corporations who want to jam nonsense (pronouns instead of a person’s name) down our throats and promote the horror and destruction of the trans cult; the list is endless in their social engineering agenda. So many lives destroyed because impressionable young people – or parents who decide their son should be a girl at age 5 and start them on dangerous hormone blockers and then mutilate them by their teens – don’t give them your money. They need your wallet; you don’t need them.

Second, support American companies that make quality products and who want your business. Be creative by making something for a gift. America has millions of wonderfully talented people. My little sister works at a nail salon and every year, she puts together something she’s made special for each of her clients and they love it. Buy local and support your fellow Americans who provide the things you need or want. The more products we purchase from American companies, the more competitive they will become. The more we demand Made in America from big retailers, the more they will seek out those companies as suppliers.

The more clothes we buy from American companies, the more jobs we create along with quality and competition. We are under no obligation to keep people in foreign countries employed with jobs that used to be here on our soil. Now, now. I’m not against trade, but I am against “free” trade which has been destroying our ag, industrial and manufacturing sectors since NAFTA (No American Factories Taking Applications) now replaced with an even more destructive one: The United States-Mexico-Canada (USMCA) “Trade Agreement”. [2][3] Tragically, Trump listened to his globalist advisers and agreed to yet another agreement we should never have entered into.

After pounding on this issue since 1994, there are signs that ‘Buy Made in America is making a come-back and it warms my heart. I can only tell you what it’s been like looking into the eyes of Americans who lost their factory and manufacturing jobs since 1994. Throughout my travels over nearly two decades after the signing of NAFTA, I spoke with old timers in towns who darn near cried talking to me over the destruction. Displaced workers who hate living in big cities, forced to leave their places of birth and family, just to find any work to feed their families because “free” trade destroyed all they have known. Families scattered all over the country because of the gutting of our most important job bases; so many cannot afford travel expenses to see each other for years. How very sad.

Fathers who asked me, “What am I going to do? I have two children to feed. My wife wants to stay home with our children to give them the love and nurturing in those important first years. We could do it on my former pay. Now my job has gone to China. What am I going to do?” If only the American consumer could have seen the pain of their fellow Americans when more than a million good-paying jobs (especially textile workers) went overseas or to Mexico after NAFTA and GATT were signed.

Now the sovereignty destroying USMCA Agreement is in place with more trade agreements being signed on a regular basis that do not benefit US. I’ve refused to be part of it since 1995. I don’t need some electronic gadget made by “cheap” slave labor, thank you. I don’t need 65 pairs of shoes, an iPOD, a play station or 19 purses. If Americans would just buy Made in America, competition would keep prices reasonable and we will all be supporting America first. We will be investing in America and the future for our children and grand babies.

Might I make some suggestions for this Christmas? Make memories. One year I gave my niece’s children a family gift: a one-year pass to the Las Vegas Natural History Museum. Cost: less than $50.00; not sure the cost of family passes this year. That gift was used many times over the year and the kids loved it. There are wonderful museums all over this country. Get kids off those dang phones. Bring family together and give children the gift of learning. They have wonderful shows that are not only entertaining, but kids learn something instead of mindless garbage electronic toys that promote laziness and atrophy of the brain.

I believe in my heart that children would rather spend time with their parents and family on an outing than get another cheap piece of plastic that gets thrown aside for another cheap piece of plastic under the Christmas tree that gives nothing meaningful to the child. The money stays in the local economy, does not support communism or sweat house labor run by brutal regimes.

I wish my mom’s phone wasn’t invented, 2nd grader writes in school project // Why Parents Really Need to Put Down Their Phones – Parents on devices distress children and reduce their resilience. // How parents’ smartphone use affects their kids: “Of all the measures included, the only one that was associated with lower child emotional intelligence was parental use of cell phones in the presence of their children.”

I visited one of my nieces years ago in Colorado Springs, CO. Got to her house, she was blabbing on her ‘smart’ phone. After hello and for the next half hour, one call after another while I sat in the kitchen. I finally got up to leave and my niece said, “Auntie, where are you going?” I told her I didn’t drive 10 hours to listen to her gab on that damn phone. Turn it off or I’m going back to my hotel. That took care of that and I spent two days with her and the kids which I remember today. Fond memories.

Another suggestion is humane aquariums and zoos (like the fabulous San Diego Zoo). Just look up on-line for your area. Oh, boy, the aquarium in Monterey Bay, California, is absolutely a must visit. Maybe a family member is financially struggling. Give a gift card for an oil change at the appropriate location. Giving from the heart. I read or hear all the time, “Everything is made in China.” Wrong. Small to medium businesses are the backbone of our economy. American owned, American made, American pride. Sure, it might take a few extra minutes to look up Made in USA but if we don’t support our own, we’ll end up owned and controlled by international corporations who don’t give a damn about you. They will turn on us like rabid dogs, make no mistake about that.

An excellent resource: “Roger Simmermaker has written five books on buying American and trade policy since 1996, including three editions of How Americans Can Buy American: The Power of Consumer Patriotism. He also writes ‘Buy American Mention of the Week’ articles for his website HowtoBuyAmerican.com and WND.com. Roger has a degree in Electronics Engineering Technology and is a former president of his local Machinists Union (IAM&AW).

“Roger Simmermaker has been a guest on the Fox Business Network (Mornings with Maria, Neil Cavuto), CNN (Lou Dobbs Tonight, Headline News, Saturday Morning News,) Fox News (Your World with Neil Cavuto, Fox & Friends, Hannity & Colmes), and MSNBC (The Ed Shultz Show, Sam Shane). Roger has also been quoted in The Wall Street Journal, Business Week, USA Today, US News & World Report, Industry Week, AAA World Magazine, Chicago Tribune, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Orlando Sentinel, Florida Today, and The Washington Times. Radio interviews include WGN Chicago, KFI Los Angeles, and KSFO San Francisco.

“Roger grew up in Jacksonville, Illinois, earned his degree in Electronics Engineering Technology in Chicago, and now lives in Orlando, Florida, with his wife and four cats.” Do visit his web site. As he says so spot on (Emphasis mine):

“Buying American is about so much more than simply buying American-made products. We truly buy American only when we buy American-made products from American-owned companies–that’s what keeps more jobs, more profits, and more tax revenue within our national borders. American-owned companies typically pay more taxes to our U.S. Treasury, employ more American workers, and use more domestic parts in their products than foreign-owned companies.”

This is wonderful and hopefully, more and more companies (and investors) will follow their example:

U.S. Clothing Company Combats Supply Chain Holdups by Growing Its Own Cotton, Oct. 23, 2023

Congressman Henry Clay said it best back in 1824: “The measure of the wealth of a nation is indicated by the measure of its protection of its industry; the measure of the poverty of a nation is marked by the degree in which it neglects and abandons the care of its own industry, leaving it exposed to the action of foreign powers.”

A special shout out to Mike Lindell, founder of My Pillow. From crack addict to CEO providing hundreds of great paying jobs for Americans for decades. Conservatives all over this country know who he is and all the sacrifices he’s made in exposing the provable fraud which robbed President-Elect, Donald Trump, a second term. Millions and millions of his own money spent on exposing the fraud is now causing Lindell to suffer severe financial problems – like paying lawyers for lawsuits from the ‘get Trump’ scum bags.

Visit his web site and see if there’s products that might be on your shopping list from pillows to pets. He also launched My Store – Shopping Channel TV. Pretty cool. Be part of Save America.

NewsWithViews.com has so many excellent publications in their book section and also extremely well done and critically important CDs and DVDs. We can continue to educate our fellow Americans using these valuable resources. Whether you or a loved one has a particular interest in the law, our food supply, educational, cultural or religious issues, clean no “woke” propaganda children’s books. Kids who read succeed. I hope you will check out the selections. Books, Children’s books, DVD’s.

I did have a Made in America section on my web site which I updated regularly. Dozens and dozens of companies who manufacture here and employ Americans. But, hitting on the links for this column, almost all of the companies are now out of business so I retired it. Sad. Tens of thousands went under because of the totally unnecessary COVID lockdowns. Here in Texas with our supposedly great governor, Greg Abbott, 50,000 businesses closed their doors for good. Thanks, gov. Of course, big box stores like China Mart aka Walmart got a free pass.

Making America Great Again means starting right here at home. On Thanksgiving I always think of my fellow Americans who work so hard in so many sectors for you, me and our families. I am thankful for all their sacrifices. I am thankful for our farmers and ranchers who have been so badly SCREWED by Congress longer than I’ve been alive. Let me tell you, they have a tough life whether it’s raising cattle, chicken, turkeys or pork. Besides battling weather – it’s a constant fight against being driven off the land by big tech farming operations.

Our dairy farmers/dairy ranchers get up before dawn every day of the week no matter the weather or how tired from the previous long day of labor. Family farms are under constant attack either by unelected state bureau-rats choking them to death with regulations or the vermin in Congress or state capitols. Our truckers fondly known as ‘road warriors’. Without them, well, you can just imagine. So, I want to thank all of them this Thanksgiving for what they do for all of us. Not an easy life.

WE – you and me – WE are the Masters of our Destiny and while America is ready to go over the cliff, WE can and WE will stop those out to destroy us. Those who fought in the Revolutionary War had it worse than us but with God’s help, we will prevail. Those sitting on the sidelines afraid of their own shadow, get out of the way.

Defeatism Ensures Defeat by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Sept. 14, 2023. (Empasis mine) Ten years ago: “If any combination of words sounds as a leitmotif throughout the political tone-poems being played in “the alternative media” today, it is that America is inevitably, inexorably, irretrievably, and even already “doomed”: “The Constitution is dead.” “Martial law and the confiscation of firearms is just around the corner.” “Surveillance cameras…”; “constant NSA, CIA, and FBI surveillance…”; “FEMA camps…”; “drone strikes…”; “blah, blah, blah…” ad nauseum. And worst of all: “There is nothing common Americans can do to stop it.”

“This discordant theme is being performed with such overdone fortissimo in “the alternative media” that, on the subject of America’s imminent demise, “the alternative media” are no longer “alternative” at all, but merely a set of echo-chambers for the big “mainstream” media’s dirge that even those patriots who are not half-witted “extremists” and rustic buffoons are still helpless, hapless, and hopeless in their opposition to the fascistic police state now being erected at breakneck speed in the Disgrace of Columbia. It is not enough that the “mainstream” media are overrun with well-coiffed reincarnations of Josef Goebbels, in the viewers’ choice of sexes. The likes of Lord Haw-Haw, Axis Sally, and Tokyo Rose are over-represented in “the alternative media”, too.

“This is just too much. But what can American patriots who refuse to resign themselves to unconditional surrender do about this situation? First and foremost, they can recall that “God helps those who help themselves”. They can stop complaining about their weaknesses and start taking an inventory of their strengths. They can stop whining that nothing can be done to save this country and what used to be called “the American way of life”, and instead figure out what they can accomplish with the moral, political, and especially legal resources at hand.” Rest at link.

This is the most extensive list I’ve seen of “woke” companies and corporations who not only want your money, they want to control your thoughts and brainwash you through clever Market Steet advertising. Anheuser-Bush made a HUGE mistake pushing some guy dressed up as a woman (part of the trans cult) to sell their beer. As of July 2, 2023, their stock has lost $27.5 BILLION dollars. It will be a long time, if ever despite partnering with UFC which is apparently the world’s premier mixed martial arts organization before they might make it back.

Sadly, so many rank-and-file hard working people have been laid off (distributors, drivers, etc.) since Anheuser-Bush unleashed their social engineering stunt which backfired spectacularly in their face. Men and women with families to feed, mortgages/rent to pay, their job gone in a NY second. It’s been awful. But, you can only push us around for so long before we strike like a scorpion and we do it through our wallets.

Wishing you and yours a safe and enjoyable Thanksgiving, hopefully with family and friends. Be safe out there, the crazies are everywhere. And thank Almighty God for all the blessings he’s bestowed on America. Now it’s up to us.

This is a woman named Lara Aboli and she’s not about to back down (4:08). What say you?

Lord Jesus, deliver us from evil. pic.twitter.com/HmXSRSuKbf

— ChatterBoxMuse ❂ (@ChatterBox_Muse) November 14, 2023

NEW E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Footnotes:

[1] What Do Messianic Jews Believe and Practice?

“Messianic Jews are a blend of the Jewish and Christian faiths. Mostly of the Jewish nationality, they keep the basic culture, traditions, and principles of Judaism. Additionally, Messianic Jews believe Jesus Christ was the Son of God and through faith in his death and resurrection, there is salvation.

“Messianic Jews adhere to the teaching of the Torah, the Hebrew Bible, yet believe that the promised Messiah was Jesus Christ the Son of God.

“Judaism and Messianic Jews share similar foundational truths. Both faiths are derived from God’s covenant with Abraham in Genesis 15 as well as God’s commandments given to Moses and the Israelites in the book of Leviticus. Messianic Jews continue to follow the commandments and traditions in the Jewish culture, but understand the salvation of Jesus Christ serves as an atonement, or payment for sin—not the act of observing the Jewish Holy Days.”

[2] USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws: Connecting the Dots

[3] The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government

The Jew Haters in Power Were Very Carefully Taught

By Joan Swirsky

November 20, 2023

First published on July 17, 2021 (Revised)

In 1949, the trailblazing anti-racist musical “South Pacific”––created by composer Richard Rodgers and lyricist Oscar Hammerstein II––debuted on Broadway to wild critical acclaim, running for over five years in nearly 2,000 performances.

A particularly powerful and influential song from the musical, “You’ve Got to Be Carefully Taught,” carried the message that hatred does not arise spontaneously in the human species, but rather is inculcated––taught, sermonized, infused––by parents, teachers, coaches, political figures or other impassioned haters. Here are the still-relevant lyrics:

You’ve got to be taught to hate and fear,
You’ve got to be taught from year to year,
It’s got to be drummed in your dear little ear,
You’ve got to be carefully taught.

You’ve got to be taught to be afraid
Of people whose eyes are oddly made,
And people whose skin is a different shade,
You’ve got to be carefully taught.

You’ve got to be taught before it’s too late,
Before you are six or seven or eight,
To hate all the people your relatives hate,
You’ve got to be carefully taught!

The show takes place on a South Pacific island during World War II, which make the lyrics relevant and understandable. This is why the world-famed composer (who was Jewish) and lyricist (whose father was Jewish) didn’t include the hatred for Jews that children have been taught for literally thousands of years.

CARRYING THE TORCH FOR THE OLDEST HATRED

When Americans see Joe Biden––or whomever is running the show for him and Kalamity––appointing a virtual Who’s Who of Jew- and Israel-haters to the highest positions in his regime, and promulgating policies specifically designed to destroy Israel, it is clear that all of these appointees, as well as Ole Joe and Kalamity themselves, were very “carefully taught.”

And when Americans see the growing number of elected anti-Semitic Democrat haters––Ihlan Omar (MN), Rashida Tlaib (MI), Ayanna Pressley (MA), Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (NY), Cori Bush (MO), Jamaal Bowman (NY), the list gets longer every day––it is equally obvious that these DNA haters were very carefully taught and imbibed their toxic hatred with mother’s milk.

For a refresher, please see the documentation I’ve supplied of the alarmingly large number of vicious Jew haters and Israel loathers––the DNA anti-Semites––who Biden & Co. have put into the highest positions of the U.S. Government––look ‘em up!

2, 2021: Joe’s Jews
April 13, 2021: More About Joe and the Jews
May 29, 2021: The Oldest Hatred Now Fulminates and Flourishes at 1600
March 22, 2022: Joe Biden’s Lust
June 13, 2022: Hear O Israel – How do I hate thee?

In the interests of space limitations, I share Dan O’Donnell’s exhaustive research into Joe Biden’s Six Decades of Racism, particularly when it comes to Blacks, and the Geller Report on how Biden has repeatedly betrayed Israel for the past many decades. No doubt this is why Vernon Jones, a Black Representative and lifelong Democrat from Georgia, called Biden “a full-blooded bigot.”

Some other articles for your reading list:

The Democrats’ 2020 Platform Resurrects Obama’s Hostility to Israel and Appeasement of Iran by Carol S. Greenwald.

Joe Biden Has a Glaring Anti-Semitism Problem by Stacey Lennox.
Biden’s Hostility to Israel by Shmuel Klatzin.
Obama’s Latest Autobiography Rewrites Israeli History to Make You Hate the Jewish State by Rabbi Aryeh Spero.
Biden Appoints Rationalizer of Palestinian Suicide Bombers to His White House Staff by Monica Showalter.
Biden Pick For Civil Rights Chief Promoted Racism and Anti-Semitism at Harvard by Kevin Daley.

Again it is crystal clear that Biden and all his appointees and the Squalid Squad who follow the Democrat racist line were all “carefully taught!”

AN EERY ECHO

If you’ve either lived through or studied Nazi Germany in the 1930s and 1940s, it is clear that a resurgence of the same kind of Jew hatred is now rearing its head in 2021. Of course, it started thousands of years ago, but it reappeared dramatically in 2009, when the Race-Baiter-in-Chief, Barack Obama, utilized his community-organizer, rabble-rouser tactics in the Oval Office, fomenting racial divisiveness, fabricating conflicts where none existed, and using his bully pulpit––with the collaboration of the bought-and-paid-for leftwing media––to manufacture “hate” crimes that were once, quite accurately, considered indisputable criminal acts.

All of Obama’s fancy footwork depended on the gullibility of the American public and its desire to see the first Black president––okay, half-black-half lily white––succeed.

This magical thinking has been used before, for instance when the proponents of Socialism-cum-Communism ultimately realized that this tyrannical system of government failed horribly in every country it’s been practiced throughout history, but still fantasized that they can do it better.

Similarly and in spite of centuries of failures––even Hitler failed at extinguishing the Jews––the Jew haters think that they’ve finally figured out a way to rid the world of the people who make them green with envy because of their accomplishments and success and disproportionate contributions to the world.

In this century––largely as a result of global communication through the technology that puts fanatical haters in touch with each other––the Jew haters have made some disturbing inroads.

We now have a true pandemic of virulent anti-Semitism not only throughout the world but right here in America, including on most college and university campuses where massive Arab endowments have dictated anti-Semitic curricula and politics, which accounts for so many craven professors and administrators caving to the money and actually colluding with the Jew-hating students to vilify Jews and Israel.

Yes, in America, where the corrupt media turn a blind eye to the “carefully taught” racists and indefensibly ignore the innocent, often aged Jews who are attacked in the streets or have their synagogues lit on fire or are murdered in cold blood and thrown off a third-story balcony, as was 65-year-old retired doctor and mother and grandmother Sarah Halimi, in France.

But who does the degenerate media applaud?

The “woke”-infatuated corporations,
The paid-by-China national sports teams,
The leftist media whores,
Even the publishing industry…
And the Jew-hating thugs from Black Lives Matter and Antifa––whose year-long riots have destroyed the cities of New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Portland, Seattle, Minneapolis, on and on––all run horrifically by Democrats.

All of them carefully taught!

JOE’S RACISM

Again, because of space limitations, I will list some of the recent horrors that fall directly on the heads of Joe Biden and his racist handlers and appointees for both their promotion of Jew hatred and abject failure to condemn––and to stem––the tsunami of anti-Semitism now emblematic of his racist regime. This is a very small sample:

♦ Biden funds Palestinian terrorists.
♦ Biden to ‘prioritize’ ending Israeli demolitions of terrorists’ homes.
♦ Biden’s Nominees’ Ties to Anti-Israel Group.

I rest my case.

WHY JEWS DRIVE THE HATERS CRAZY

Jews like me who know Jewish history also know that we have been through this before and not only prevailed but flourished, just as we will through this upheaval. Yet, the fight goes on with those “carefully taught” Jew haters who spend their days and nights and social occasions and professional time––even holidays––obsessing about those damn Jews.

How could it be, they wonder, that in a world of nearly eight-billion people, these miniscule people––only 16 million! ––gain prominence in every country in which they land (even when they arrive with no money and not knowing the language), and inevitably manage to do amazing, world-changing things. For instance––again, this is the very very short list!

Too many to name, too little space. Here’s another small taste: 10 Inventions by Jewish People that Changed the World and here: An Informal List of Jewish Inventions, Innovations and Radical Ideas.

These astounding contributions provide immense benefits to all those “carefully taught” Jew haters who have never figured out how to rid themselves and the world of the people who make them feel so bad about themselves, so inadequate, so un-chosen, so jealous!

HYPOCRISY ON STEROIDS

Strangely, it is liberal Jews, and there are many of them––read my article: Suicidal Jews––who vote for the Jew-hating Democrats and raise not one objection when these floridly racist politicians are thunderously silent as their colleagues spew their anti-Semitic bile and then proceed to enact policies that are viciously antagonistic to Israel, the most egregious being their fanatical mission to allow Iran to develop nuclear weapons…a state whose mullahs have declared for decades that their intention is to wipe Israel off the map and kill every last Jew in the world.

This is because the “values” leftist Jews and Democrat pols share override their interest in anti-Semitic American professors, violent Jew-hating racist groups like Black Lives Matter, or genocidal mullahs––values like saving the whales, the colossal hoax of global warming, and slaughtering infants in the womb right up to the moment of birth, ala New York Democrats, and equally if not more grotesque, infanticide after the baby has been born, ala the depraved former Democrat Governor of Virginia, Ralph Northam.

These are the people who have been bleating “my body, my choice” for decades when it comes to abortion, while today they support the Biden regime’s call for mandatory injections of the experimental, non-FDA-approved, clinically controversial and even dangerous Covid-19 vaccines that stand for the opposite: my body––not my choice!

WHAT TO DO?

If you have a thought, an opinion, a grievance, or a disagreement with this or that policy emanating from the White House, take one minute––literally 60 seconds––to call:

The White House hotline: 1-855-948-2311.

Comments: 1-202-456-1111
Switchboard: 1-202-456-1414

Or send an e-mail to: Contact Us | The White House

You can do this every day! The White House accumulates Yes and No piles and often bases policies––or should––on the will of the American people.

*****

Keeping in mind that the Democrat Party is now the official party of racism and hatred of Jews and Israel, it is imperative that in the next election you vote for whomever is running against a Democrat and whomever is running against Republicans in Name Only (RINOs).

*****

It is now clear that Jewish organizations which once strongly advocated for Jewish issues and fought anti-Semitism aggressively no longer do so unless they involve politically correct issues that won’t inspire the vindictive wrath––and financial support––of Jewish Democrats.

Writer Seth Mandel elaborates on the rot inside American-Jewish organizations, as well as the Jews who are complicit in Jew hatred.

Those organizations include, among others: the UJA-Federation; the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) whose head, Jonathan Greenblatt, is a former employee of George Soros, the Clintons, and Barack Obama; the American Jewish Committee (AJC); the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC); the Hillel chapters on college campuses and the Reform movement.

So don’t count on these organizations and don’t send them another dollar!

*****

Martin Niemöller, a German theologian and Lutheran pastor during Hitler’s reign of terror, is famous for words that resonate to this day:

“First they came for the socialists, and I did not speak out because I was not a socialist.

Then they came for the trade unionists, and I did not speak out because I was not a trade unionist.

Then they came for the Jews, and I did not speak out because I was not a Jew.

Then they came for me—and there was no one left to speak for me.”

It is not only Jews whose freedoms are threatened by the scourge of the racist regime now occupying the White House, it is every freedom-loving, non-racist American in this country––the vast majority! Never has the political action of We the People been more urgent. Time to act!

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: http://www.joanswirsky.com

Your Responses to America Adding 20 Million Muslims

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 20, 2023

With our country being twisted up like a pretzel on the racial front with Critical Race Theory, on the gender front with transgender men competing in women’s sports, on the political front with Biden’s dementia and open borders, and/or, the highly volatile Israeli/Muslim war—-whenever a journalist enlightens the public with facts that they otherwise wouldn’t think about or even consider, readers across the nation respond.

And so those responses poured into my computer after last week’s column on the consequences of adding 20 million Muslims to America! Some of you are frightened. Many of you are angry. Most of you don’t have a clue as to what’s happening in Detroit, Michigan or Minneapolis, Minnesota or anywhere Muslim immigrants have become dominate in any American city.

It’s stunning to my senses that huge numbers of Muslim-Americans riot in favor of Hamas’ barbaric attacks on Israel. But then, those are Muslims. That’s their tribe. Violence is a mandate of their leader, Muhammed the Prophet. He was a violent man who had competitors’ heads and hands cut off. He raped women and little girls. He birthed a religion that has killed millions over the centuries. Hitler and Muhammed belong in the same category in history’s bloody march into the 21^st century. Nazism and the Qur’an belong in the same category of violence.

Wherever Muslims gather in greater numbers, such as Sweden or most of Europe, you find social upheaval of a host country and violence toward Christians and Jews, or Buddhists or Hindus or anybody of any other religion . That’s a fact. Why? Because Islam is not only a religion, but a political force bent on subjugating every human being on this planet into the arms of the Qur’an. “Covert or kill all non-believers,” states the Qur’an.

But when citizens of countries speak up about the obvious, you’ve got politicians covering over the facts. France’s Macron stands eyeball deep in Muslim violence. Same in the UK and Germany. Once the most peaceful country in the world, Sweden finds itself with rapes, bombings, carjacking, shoplifting, churches being burned and Muslims causing social chaos. You’ve got the likes of vacant-minded Vice President Kamala Harris organizing a new government committee to “Combat Rising Islamophobia in America.”

Then you see bumper stickers, “I discovered all I want to know about Islam on 9/11.”

“Individual Moslems may show splendid qualities. But the influence of the religion paralyses the social development of those who follow it. No stronger retrograde force exists in the world. Far from being moribund, Mohammedanism is a militant and proselytizing faith. It has already spread throughout Central Africa, raising fearless warriors at every step; and were it not that Christianity is sheltered in the strong arms of science – the science against which it had vainly struggled – the civilization of modern Europe might fall, as fell the civilization of ancient Rome.” (Winston Churchill / 1874-1865)

How much mayhem by Muslims? On the worldwide scale, it’s mind-boggling:

“Thus, by way of illustration, we can establish that between 1979 and May 2021, at least 48,035 Islamist terrorist attacks took place worldwide. They caused the deaths of at least 210,138 people. On average, an Islamist attack has resulted in the death of around 4.4 people. We identify and quantify the modus operandi and targets. Explosives are the most common type of weapon used (43.9%), while the military is the main target (31.7%), ahead of civilians (25.0%) and police forces (18.3%). The picture of this phenomenon is becoming clearer. Afghanistan was the country most affected by Islamist terrorism, ahead of Iraq and Somalia. Within the European Union, France was the country most affected, with at least 82 Islamist attacks and 332 deaths. We also show that the majority of Islamist attacks (89.5%) were in Muslim countries and that the victims were mainly Muslims, in the same proportions.” (Source: www.fondapol.org ; Islamist Attacks Around the World 1979 to 2021)

In other words, every American needs to be “Islamophobic.” We need to be aware that another Muslim could shoot us up in a grocery store or set a bomb off in a car in Times Square or kill people at a San Bernardino Christmas party or kill our soldiers in cold blood at Fort Hood, and another thousand violent situations.

Your responses to adding 20 million Muslims:

Carolyn from Nebraska said, “I have been frightened by Muslims ever since I first heard about them over 30 years ago. I did a lot of research about them! We cannot keep allowing them into our country!

“Thomas Jefferson and our founding fathers of this country had to finally give up and decide to get rid of them completely. They chased them all the way back to Tripoli. The Crusaders slaughtered them and chased them out of European countries even before there was an America.

“Well, look what has happened ever since Israel was forced to give the Gaza strip to the Palestinians…nothing but instant heartache, suicide bombers, rocket attacks and troubles. You cannot allow even one of them into your country! No other country wants their refugees! And yet Obama, while he was in office, imported 10,000 Muslims into this country several times!

“We are doomed. We cannot get them to assimilate at all. Just in sheer numbers, they will be taking over the USA. How can we possibly get rid of them all now? They are already infiltrating all our public offices.

“Another thing that irritates me no end…SINCE WHEN IS IT OKAY TO FLY A FOREIGN FLAG ON AMERICAN SOIL??? Our own children are not allowed to even wear a t-shirt to school that has an American flag printed on it…”because it might offend someone!” Well, when I see Palestinian flags, Mexican flags, and illegal aliens marching into our country carrying Venezuelan and Honduras flags…THAT OFFENDS ME!

“Pardon my patriotism, but our flag means something to me! If you want to fly your Palestinian flags…GO BACK TO YOUR OWN COUNTRY AND DO IT TO YOUR HEARTS CONTENT!!! This is American soil, and your flag offends me!”

Ken, Mabank, TX said, “Can you name ANY part or department of the federal government that uses common sense & follows the United States Constitution? Tyranny & treason go hand in hand with these reprobates! NONE of them in DC are worth a $1. ANY of us out here knew Muslims coming to the U.S. was dead wrong! We all know Obama was an impostor & illegal president.”

Mark R. said, “Frosty, Good Morning!!! You are spot on in regard to Islam and Sharia. Ignorance and indifference are painful.”

Jock from Penrose, CO said, “I compliment you on having the balls to say what should be on the lips of all the citizens that want this country to remain America and not turn into a Mideast sh*t hole. Good luck, most are too afraid to even discuss the subject. The total hate speech thing has scared many people into silence and the truth has left the building like Elvis. Evil will reign if the population refuses to wake up and the pastors of the Church are still silent and hiding behind their pulpit’s.”

Richard R. said, “We goyim as we’re called, have already lost our country, Frosty. So, I guess the question to ask: would life be better under Islam or the one world globalism concept? I want neither.

“History has shown that these people always cause grief to the nations that hosted them.”

Richard T. said, “A slow, and gradual invasion of our country is taking place, and not just from Muslims. It would be interesting to see how all the south of the border types would interact with all the Muslims when the day comes….and it is coming.”

Dear fellow American, I could copy another 20 comments, but have run out of space. Our country stands eyeball-deep in trouble. I don’t think our feckless politicians have the guts to stop it. At some point, it will boil down to what’s happening to Sweden. They did it to themselves and our politicians are doing it to us.

“Ever since the religion of Islam appeared in the world, the espousers of it…have been as wolves to all other nations, rending and tearing all that fell into their merciless paws, and grinding them with their iron teeth; that numberless cities are raised from the foundation, and only their name remaining; that many countries, which were once as the garden of God, are now a desolate wilderness; and that so many once numerous and powerful nations are vanished from the earth! Such was, and is at this day, the rage, the fury, the revenge, of these destroyers of humankind. Islam.” John Wesley (1703-91)

How ugly do you think it’s going to get in the years ahead?

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Systematic Killing of America Part 3 of 5

By Glynn Adams

November 19, 2023

During the time of the Houses of Carnegie, Morgan, and Rockefeller, the common man did not know what was going on because of the secrecy of the CFR and Company. Some of our politicians spoke out but the power and influence of the deep state, establishment, shadow government, led by the Council on Foreign Relations, was so astronomical, that to make a serious effort to speak up would immediately cost you the next election or your life.

I’ll make my point – President John F. Kennedy was a Socialists who belonged to the Fabian Society, who during his presidency made many enemies. Included among them was the “capos” of America’s leading mafia families, who lost their holdings in Cuba, the CIA for his failure to ensure the success of the Bay of Pigs invasion and last but not least, the Rockefeller Family. In prompting the Alliance for Progress, Kennedy said he was sick of the US government acting as the representative of private businesses, including the interests of the Rockefellers and other Globalists elites – who headed the deep state in America of subterranean network of financial, intelligence, and military interest that guided national policy no matter who occupied the White House. In a speech to the American Newspaper Publishers’ Association, that may have sealed the fate of the President as he spoke in a veiled reference to the House of Rockefeller and the money cartel, “of a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy” that sought to rule the world.

Then the matter of Executive Order #11110 by which President Kennedy instructed the Treasure Department rather than the Federal Reserve “to issue silver certificates against any silver bullion, silver, or silver dollars in the Treasury.” This meant that for every ounce of silver in the US Treasury’s vault, the government could introduce new money, with actual value, into circulation. In compliance with this order, US notes in the amount of $4,292,893,815.00 were produced in two-and-five-dollar denominations. This was not fiat money. It was paper currency with actual value. And, since it was issued by the government rather than the Federal Reserve cartel, the money came interest free.

An event of alarming proportions had taken place. Kennedy with one stroke of the pen, threatened to put the Federal Reserve out of business. The Globalists demonic occults controlling the Federal Reserve could no longer manipulate the economy by producing and withholding money to create depressions or recessions, no longer could it manufacture money out of nothing and no longer could the money cartel, including the House of Rockefeller, exact billions in interest for lending the money to pay off the national debt. When Kennedy “actually minted non-debt money that does not bear the mark of the Federal Reserve; when he dared to actually exercise the leadership authority granted to him by the US Constitution,” according to Colonel James Gritz, he had “prepared his own death warrant. It was time for him to go.”

One week after President Kennedy’s brains were blown away in board daylight, President Johnson established a commission and declared that Kennedy had been killed by a long gunman, Lee Harvey Oswald. But it failed to provide anything from Oswald’s past that could serve as a motive for the crime. The lesson was learned. In the wake of the killing, no more silver certificates were issued and no other American president dared to defy the Fed and its secret shareholders.

The 60s in our nation were terrible and turbulent times. Not only did we have the assassination of a President but the systematic changing of our thinking in this nation would take place in the 60s and 70s. The Globalists elites with their vast wealth enlisted a Marxists Think Tank called the Frankfurt School and a Community Organizer by the name of Saul Alinsky to forever change our nation.

These radicals, using the newly developed Marxist Ideology, did not sell us Communism, Marxism, or Socialism but sold us Satanic corruption disguised as freedom. These radicals whom I would classify as part of the “Beast” in Daniel and Revelation whose tentacles, expressed through the Frankfurt School and Saul Alinsky, reached far and wide, was manifested throughout our culture.

The Frankfurt School and Saul Alinsky had obviously read the Bible and observed the New Testament Church in America was weak, religious, passive, disengaged in culture and carnal. They remarked that it is impossible for a nation to be captured and turned to the ways of Satan if the Church was obedient and followed the ways of Jesus Christ.

So, evaluating what they saw, they declared war on Christianity and systemically set out to destroy our family unit, our morality, pollute our culture, assault our values and demonized Christians as extremists and bigots for holding on to Biblical beliefs we have held for generations. These evil radicals used their deceptive language and reclassified our Christian values into hatred. Ideas that were moral and trustworthy became hateful. Marriage, manhood, military service, freedom of speech, witnessing, the Bible, freedom, and even the American Flag all were turned into symbols of oppression.

Then they started the God is Dead movement to question if there was a God, the women’s liberation movement to get the mothers out of the home and into the work place. They changed our public schools and universities into their indoctrination centers. They did away from individual desk chairs to sitting at a table that seated 7-12 kids because the tables represented the collective rather than individuality of the desk chairs.

They changed the curriculum to indoctrination rather than teaching. They taught our children that America was a bad nation and perverted our history and replaced our real history. They taught our children about sex and sexual perversion, abortion is good, you don’t have to obey parents, and on and on assaulting Biblical truths and culture norms.

At the same time, our courts scrubbed America’s classrooms surgically clean of every vestige of Jesus Christ and His ways – the lie of separation between church and state. Since the 1960s, we have gone from a nation unified by traditional Judeo-Christian values to one in which those same values are increasingly scorned, rejected, and demonized. They moved this nation from thinking homosexuality was a sin to most believing it is a normal lifestyle.

As Americans, we have come to tolerate, embrace, and even champion many things that would have horrified our parents’ generation. Things like abortion up to the time of birth, judges banning the Ten Commandments from public places, a national explosion of middle school sex, thousands of homosexuals openly flouting the law and getting “married,” and online porn creating late-night sex addicts in millions of homes in America.

The plain truth is, within the space of our lifetimes, much of what Americans once almost universally abhorred has been packaged, perfumed, gift wrapped, and sold to us as though it had great value. By skillfully playing on our deeply felt national values of fairness, generosity, and tolerance, these demonic radicals have persuaded us to embrace as enlightened and noble that which all generations since American’s founding regarded as grossly self-destructive – in a word, evil and very sinful!!!

The question of the hour in this nation since the 1900s is: Where have the Pastors and church members been? What has the pastors and church members in America done in response to this systematic war on Christianity and this nation? I am not afraid to answer those questions!! Too many of our pastors and church members have retreated to their safe zones like cowards and have totally ignored the evil overtaking this nation.

We have an open revolution against Jesus Christ and His followers but the pastors and church members refuse to show up at the battlefield with the full armor of God to resist this evil and as a result, this nation has been captured very easy. Satan now rules in America and not God and we have become a habitation of demons in our culture.

Since our pastors and church members have abandoned their spiritual duties, the enemies of this nation have in 60 years, moved this nation from a Christian World View to a Globalists Luciferian World View. Now for the first time in our history, we have people in this nation that openly express their hatred and distain for God and they openly shake their fists at Almighty God.

And what do the cowards in our pulpits and pews do? They huddle in their safe zones and play their false religious games and have the nerve to call upon the Name of God while they refuse to assume any spiritual responsibility for what they have allowed to happen in this nation. These cowardly pastors violated their first duty as shepherds to equip the people in the Word of God, to lead them into the power of God, and to resist the evil overtaking this nation.

We now have an enemy we have never faced before – OUR FALSE RELIGIOUS SELF!!! It is not the useful idiots in the Democrat and Republican Party and the demonic Globalists elites that are destroying America; it is the people who claim to be the sons and daughters of the Lord Jesus Christ and who should be full of discernment, full of the dynamite power of the Holy Spirit, living according to the Word of God, and in absolute obedience, submission, commitment, faithfulness and showing allegiance to the LORD of Lords and KING of Kings and assuming all spiritual responsibilities against Satan and his demonic hordes overtaking this nation!!

“Submit therefore to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you.” (James 4:7) Jesus made it perfectly clear who the real followers of Him are in Matthew 12:30: “He who is not with Me is against Me; and he who does not gather with Me scatters.” HATH GOD REALLY SAID? YES, WE JUST READ IT!!!

God’s judgment is here in America against all blatant disobedience and has turned many of our citizens over to their devices and they refuse to resist evil and is escalating their destruction in this nation!!! In America, we now lead the world in sickness and disease and suicide is common with 22 veterans committing suicide every day and our children, ages 14-25, commit suicide every 90 minutes.

We are a nation of violence, rape, murders, immorality, sexual perversion, abortions, idolatry, strife, division, disobedient to parents, disobedient to authority, lawlessness, dissensions, factions, and outburst of anger. Who do you think carries out these evil deeds on people but none other than Satan and demons?

Yet our pastors and church members are still asleep, disengaged, remains silent in the face of evil which is evil in itself, is providing no moral compass to this nation, and refuses to resist the evil before us. The scary part if God sees that these pastors and church members are content with what we have going on in this nation, according to the Word of God, He will continue to allow them to have what they desire!!!

In the late 70s and the early 80s, the late D. James Kennedy of Coral Ridge Ministries, the late Jerry Farwell of Moral Majority, the late David Wilkerson, and the late Dr. Francis Schaeffer and many other brave pastors, and brave writers have warned America of the evil in our government and our nation. I was on their mailing list in the 80s and begin to carry their message to whoever would listen. But most pastors and church members weren’t listening, and did not want to listen.

We were branded by the press and church leadership as “radical” while those who would not hear our message and refused it, were considered “main stream” believers. I was fired from the Southern Baptist Church as I was told the pastors who are speaking up are giving the churches a bad name. Many other pastors were fired and boycotted. We learned some hard lessons in those days.

The church is asleep, is not listening, and ignores the evil before us. We learned the hard way that if pastors and churchgoers cannot see something, you cannot make them see it. Be faithful in giving the message but only God can ultimately open eyes. We learned most pastors and churchgoers do not know the God they worship or the Bible that helps one to get to know Him. Pastors and churchgoers will not only ignore the message but they will attempt to destroy the messenger.

We learned that churchgoers sang they will go where Jesus leads them until they find out where He is leading them. We learned, much to our surprise, that God has a Remnant and many of the best and learned Christians are no longer in these denominations and sectarian organizations but are meeting in homes or in ministry outside of the organized church and every one of them who heard out message, received it, and acted on it. We also learned that religious people, when living in comfort and ease, seldom if ever change.

We learned to never be moved to indignation over what people do or say but be moved with compassion toward them. Those days were very painful and frustrating for many of us but I give thanks to God every day for every minute of this most valuable learning experience, and for the Glory that showed up and the changes that have taken place in my life because of the persecution and boycotts.

Like Jeremiah of old, I cry a lot these days because I know from God’s history written in the Word of God, what happens to people when they no longer listen and are disobedient to God. If the Body of Christ in America does not wakeup, repent, and receive afresh the Holy Spirit, and commit to the obedience of our King – the LORD Jesus Christ, we shall continue to be overcome with evil, along with more of their curses, and the ministry and the doctrine of demons, and the schemes of Satan, will produce untold pain and suffering to the citizens in America and will continue to destroy what is left of our once righteous nation and we will see more bondage and loss of freedoms!!!!!

Please, read “The Coming Battle” written during the civil war and published in 1899. READ – how the European Socialists came to America with the backing of the money power took control of the influential colleges, universities and Seminary schools… By reading this book you will better understand the events taking place today. There is nothing new under the sun. History is repeating itself. Different players, the same game. World domination.

More next week on the Systematic Killing of America Part IV. May God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Blessings and grateful thanks to “To the Killing of Uncle Sam” by Pastor Rodney Howard-Browne and Paul L. Williams, “Psychological Warfare and the New World Order” by Servando Gonzales, “The Marketing of Evil” by David Kupelian & “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300” by Dr. John Coleman)

Click here for part [1], [2], [3], [4], [5]

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

All the World’s A Stage

By Rob Pue

November 19, 2023

Shakespeare once wrote the: “All the world’s a stage, and all the men and women merely players.” Indeed, today, all the world is a stage. We find ourselves in a gruesome theater production put on by the demonic controllers of this world — the Globalists, the Communists, the New World Order tyrants, and the “woke” useful idiots they’ve managed to brainwash into compliance and servitude.

Over the past three or four years, the “acts” in this macabre theater production have sped up exponentially, to where we now find ourselves moving from one horrendous, tragic event to another on a daily basis. It’s a race toward Agenda 2030 — now, I’m told, moved up to Agenda 2025 — with a goal of absolute, total control over all humanity by tyrants we can’t see; are never allowed to see.

Of course, there are the “front men,” like Klous Schwab and his WEF minions around the world, and of course, the lying mainstream media who only allow the world to see what their handlers want us to see. But behind them, there’s an even darker force of evil…even more depraved and demented men and women pulling the strings and manipulating world events to achieve their ultimate goal.

Today the 24/7 news cycle revolves around events in Israel and Ukraine. Regarding Israel, all down through the many ages of history, there has rarely ever been peace in that region. This tiny piece of land, which most people couldn’t even pick out on a map if they had to, has been in almost constant turmoil, under constant attack and controversy. This, by itself, should lend great credence to the validity of God’s Word, the Bible, even for God-haters who deny the divinity of His Book — still the number one best seller in world history, and still the least-read and most-banned Book in the world.

Today, the world powers are focusing on Israel, now surrounded by enemies on all sides. But that’s nothing new. What is new are the many implications this has for the world, no matter how things eventually play out. One thing is certain: if war is what the Globalists want, war is what they will have.

Make no mistake, the Israel of today is not the Israel of the Bible. In Genesis 15:18, God made a covenant with Abram, saying, “Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates.” And in Genesis 17:8, He said, “And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession, and I will be their God.”

This land God gave to Abram and his seed, extends from Egypt all the way to the Persian Gulf in Kuwait. It includes half of modern-day Iraq, much of Syria, all of Lebanon and all of Jordan. But modern-day Israel is now just a sliver of land, 263 miles long and just 70 miles wide, along the Mediterranean Sea. And because this part of the world was chosen by God for His people, it’s been the center of contention and wars forever.

But the nation of Israel has rarely held up their end of the bargain in the covenant God made with them either. Instead of worshiping the one true God of Creation, the people there have chosen to follow other gods, false gods, and even no God at all. Moses warned the nation, before his death, what would happen if Israel ever failed to honor Almighty God. Deuteronomy 8: 19 & 20, “if you by any means forget the Lord your God, and follow other gods, and serve them and worship them, I testify against you this day that you shall surely perish. As the nations which the Lord destroys before you, so you shall perish, because you would not be obedient to the voice of the Lord your God.”

So, what we’re seeing happening in that land today is merely an ongoing fulfillment of biblical warnings and admonitions. There are some, in Israel, who follow Christ as their Messiah. Most, however, follow Jewish religious traditions and reject the Lord Jesus completely. And for the most part, Israel has become largely a secular nation; the United States has become just as Godless.

We have other things in common with Israel as well. Israel is surrounded by demonic, Muslim enemies. But America has taken it a step further, inviting, and welcoming enemies who hate us to come in and live here. More than that, we not only welcome our enemies’ demonic activities, we also support them, with “free” food, shelter, clothing, and cash, all paid for by you and me. If that’s not enough, we’ve placed our enemies in power over us, as Senators, Congressmen, mayors, county board members, city council members, and school board members.

And as we continue with our open border policies, more and more enemies are moving into our states, cities, and neighborhoods all across this land. The United States is not just surrounded by enemies, we are filled with enemies who hate America and all it used to stand for. Thus, we now have the re-writing of history, the tearing down of historic symbols of our American heritage, the communist indoctrination of our children in public schools and ungodly, demonic brainwashing of our college students.

Regarding the removal and revision of our American history and heritage, are you aware that the city of Charlottesville, Virginia not only removed the massive statue of Robert E. Lee which graced one of their city parks for nearly 100 years — but now they’ve also melted it down, and intend to create some new “art” — something more “inclusive” and acceptable to the “woke” community? I can only imagine what that will be.

The Globalists need America to fall. America must be destroyed in order for the New World Order to be fully implemented. America is key to their plans. So, while all eyes may now be on Israel, you should understand that the real target is US.

While we were once the defender of freedom for the poor and the tyrannically oppressed people of the world, we’ve since become the aggressors. Our current “leadership,” following the orders of the WEF and their Globalist handlers, is intent on World War 3. Our so-called “leaders” think they’re so “smart” that they’re able to get away with it and get rich in the process. So far, they’re making out like bandits, having sent trillions of dollars to Ukraine — most of which is “laundered” there and then returned to the pockets of those who sent it. Ukraine is a money-laundering operation for the US, and nothing else. They may be getting away with their scheme for now, but retribution will come.

And now, we’re also funding both sides in the Israel/Hamas war and stirring up the war drums with other Islamic nations as well, because our “leaders” need to destroy America. Yes, I said it. The government now claiming to represent the United States is in place specifically to destroy the United States. Every action they take, in every situation, foreign and domestic, underscores that fact.

The Regime cannot afford for there to be a 2024 election here. They know it will be the most closely scrutinized election in history, and they know they cannot win on a level playing field — especially if they’re opposed by an America-first, patriotic candidate — whoever that may be — who’s willing to oppose the Globalist agenda.

Our enemies — foreign and domestic — also know they will have a tough time crushing the American spirit of freedom as long as our people are armed. Thus, we have mass shootings and an ever-growing call for more and more gun control and confiscation. The fact that mass shootings and violence are most prevalent in gun-free zones and gun-free cities is of no consequence. The mass shootings will continue until we are all forced to disarm.

Meanwhile, we’re also on a collision course with destiny as America is not only broke, but we’ve gone more than bankrupt long ago. This, too, has been by design. America must suffer a financial collapse, in order to bring about the “Great Reset” with a new global, digital “currency.” World War 3 would be the ideal scapegoat to get that done… with no blame laid at the feet of our “leaders” who made it all happen. On the contrary, most Americans will be eager to accept the new, “reset” economy, as the government, once again, comes to our “rescue,” to solve the problems they purposely caused.

So, I want to warn you again today, that things in the news and things happening in the world are not as they may seem. Remember, the so-called “news” only lets us see what they want us to see. It’s a programming device, programming our minds to blindly accept lies as truth. Terrible things are coming to our country in the coming months. The new year will be unlike anything we can even imagine right now, so I urge you to prepare.

As is always the case when communist regimes begin to take power, one of the things they must gain total control over is information. We’ve had extreme censorship of the truth on the internet and social media since they dropped the COVID bomb. This will intensify. Those who speak the truth are de-platformed, persecuted and prosecuted. Truth vanishes down the “memory hole,” never to be heard of again, while the “official narrative” is parroted by every media outlet, pushed by every internet search engine, and assaulting our eyes and offending our intellects with every “public service announcement,” every billboard along the highway, every television, radio and magazine ad.

You see, those on the Left cannot play fair. Their philosophy, whatever it may be — from “climate change” to “transgenderism” to “safe and effective” death shots — doesn’t have a leg to stand on, scientifically or intellectually. So, they must silence all dissent, under the threat of imprisonment or death. And yes, that’s really happening.

Understand that the “news” is meant to manipulate people and control their thinking. The big stories of the day keep shifting quickly, keeping everyone in fear and off-balance, not knowing which way to turn and only those with the determination to get the truth will work hard enough to dig it out from among the lies and deception. No sooner is one crisis reported than it cycles out of the headlines and something else takes its place.

Meanwhile, real atrocities are taking place in our world and very few know about them…if they did, heaven forbid, people might actually be moved to action and demand justice. If our so-called “leaders” want a REAL “insurrection,” just let people know the truth about things and they’ll see what a real insurrection looks like soon enough.

I go back to August 8, when the Globalists burned down the town of Lahaina on the island of Maui, Hawaii. This was an obvious land grab, to make way for a 15-minute-SMART-city run by AI. I’ve written on this in detail after a great deal of study and research, and speaking with those who live there. While the Regime continues to send billions to be laundered in Ukraine, the people of Lahaina were promised a mere $700 per family in federal aid, despite Biden stating the people would get all the federal help they needed. From my sources on the ground there, almost no one has even received that $700. There’s always a reason why they don’t “qualify.”

First of all, $700 per family, for American families who lost everything is an enormous insult. But then to deny them even that, is absolutely reprehensible. And the destruction of Lahaina was a mere blip on the radar screen of mainstream media. It was quickly gone, replaced by more news of Ukraine, the United Auto Workers strike, Kevin McCarthy being booted from the House Speakership and the ensuing drama from that, another “looming” government shutdown, more “climate change” nonsense and now we have the attack on Israel by Hamas and the pending buildup of military forces from around the world and all eyes on Israel. Meanwhile, Americans in Lahaina are still left with nothing, and FEMA seems to be there with only one purpose: to hinder efforts of citizens helping their neighbors, while enjoying a free Maui resort vacation in thousand-dollar-a-night hotel rooms.

This is just one example of real Americans suffering while the distractors continue to direct our attention elsewhere. (Pay no attention to that man behind the curtain). Remember East Palestine, Ohio? Remember the Utah man gunned down by the FBI because he was critical of Biden on social media? Remember the ongoing invasion of our country by foreign military soldiers disguised as “immigrants?” The theater continues and all the world’s a stage.

I’ll close with Ecclesiastes 12:13 & 14, “Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God and keep His commandments, for this is the whole duty of man. For God will bring every work into judgment, including every secret thing, whether good or evil.” This is both our duty and our hope as Christ-followers. Let us stand strong, as a restraining influence against evil, persevering ‘til the end, as salt and light in a world of lies, deception and demonic destruction.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

What You Need When You Need It

by Rolaant McKenzie

November 19, 2023

In Rod Serling’s famous television series, The Twilight Zone, there was a fascinating episode called What You Need (Season 1, Episode 12, 12/25/1959), based on a 1945 short story of the same name by Lewis Padgett. It told the story of a kind, elderly neighborhood street peddler, Mr. Pedott, who had the uncanny ability to provide his customers with just what they needed shortly before it was needed.

Pedott enters a nearby bar, where he first gives a woman at the counter a small bottle of cleaning fluid from his case. Then he gives an unemployed former Chicago Cubs pitcher a bus ticket to Scranton, Pennsylvania. Moments later, the baseball player receives a call on the bar’s pay phone offering a coaching position for a minor league team in Scranton. His excitement is diminished a little when he notices a spot on his jacket. He wished he could remove it so that he might look his best when he met his new employers in Scranton. The woman offers to scrub it out with the cleaning fluid she received from Pedott.

Later in the episode, Pedott was provided with what he himself needed to save his life from the murderous intent of a frustrated, greedy small-time crook seeking to exploit it for his own desires.

Pedott’s gift of providing people with what they need at the proper time is a reminder of God’s timely provision for the needs, not necessarily wants, of His children for their benefit. This is true at all times, but especially so in trying times.

After the death of his father, Omri, Ahab (874–853 BC) became king of Israel and followed his evil example. Encouraged by his Phoenician wife Jezebel, he led Israel more than all the kings before him into rebellion against God through the worship of Baal (1 Kings 16:28-33).

Because of the unfaithfulness of the leadership and the nation, God sent the prophet Elijah to tell King Ahab that rain would not fall. For more than three years, severe famine plagued the land, and an angry and desperate Ahab sought to find Elijah, even earnestly seeking him in other nations (1 Kings 18:1-18).

During this terrible time, God protected Elijah and provided him with what he needed at the proper time (1 Kings 17). He told him to hide east of the Jordan River by a small brook called Cherith, where he would have water to drink. The Lord also sent ravens in the morning and evening to bring him bread and meat.

When the brook dried up due to the drought, God sent Elijah to stay at a widow’s home in the Phoenician city of Zerephath, where he lodged in the room on the roof accessible from outside the house. When he arrived, he asked her for some water and bread, but she revealed her desperate poverty. She told him that all she had was a handful of flour and a little oil that she was going to prepare, along with a few sticks, for herself and her son as their last meal.

Elijah told her to make a bread cake for him first, then make one for herself and her son, prophesying that as long as the drought and famine continued, the Lord would make sure that neither the flour nor the oil ran out. On another occasion, when her son became sick and died, the Lord, through Elijah, restored his life. So God provided the widow and her son with what they needed at the proper time: sustenance and life, which strengthened their faith in the God of Israel.

A man likely encouraged by this account in the Bible was Christian evangelist and pastor George Müller (September 27, 1805 – March 10, 1898), who, with his wife, established orphanages in Bristol, England.

Müller was in continual prayer and totally dependent on God’s provision through donors for food, clothing, and money. One of many documented examples of this was a time when the children were sitting around the breakfast table, though there was nothing to eat in the house. As they finished thanking God for His provision, the baker knocked on the door with enough fresh bread to feed everyone, and the milkman gave them plenty of fresh milk because his cart had broken down in front of the orphanage.

Throughout his ministry, the Lord provided Müller with what he needed when he needed it to care for and educate more than 10,000 orphans. He never solicited financial support, nor did he go into debt. Every morning after breakfast, there was a time of Bible reading and prayer. The children were well nourished, dressed, and educated, preparing them for a godly, productive life.

The people of Israel were told by the prophet Samuel that if they rejected God’s rule and adopted a king, he would take an exorbitant portion of their income and property for his friends and servants, and they would be oppressed with increasing poverty and decreasing liberty (1 Samuel 8).

It is said that one of the slogans of the American Revolution was, “We have no king but Jesus.” But God has largely been rejected in America, and another king has been put in His place: corporate/government central bank cartels such as the Federal Reserve, supranational firms, and the government regulatory agencies they control.

This collective “king” inflates the currency supply, decreasing the purchasing power of families. It taxes, fees, fines, and destroys freedom through the rules of unelected bureaucracies, benefiting large corporate donors and causing increasing economic hardship and destitution for the average citizen struggling to provide for themselves and their families.

As many of us struggle to make ends meet in this intended environment of increasing costs for food, fuel, clothing, health care, and other essentials, we may be tempted to forget God’s ability to provide for our needs and lose hope.

The Lord Jesus said these words in a country ruled by the Roman Empire, which imposed oppressive taxes that impoverished most of its people:

“Do not worry then, saying, ‘What will we eat?’ or ‘What will we drink?’ or ‘What will we wear for clothing?’ For the Gentiles eagerly seek all these things; for your heavenly Father knows that you need all these things. But seek first His kingdom and His righteousness, and all these things will be added to you.” (Matthew 6:31-33)

The prophet Elijah, the widow of Zerephath and her son, George Müller, and countless other faithful through the centuries who lived through challenging and dreadful times, found their trust in the Lord justified and strengthened in His timely provision for their needs (Philippians 4:6-19).

Have faith in God through His Son Jesus Christ, and seek His righteousness, not your own, to be reconciled with Him. Famine, financial hardship, oppressive rulers, war, or any other severe circumstances cannot prevent Him from providing what you need when you need it and taking you home to His kingdom, where want is no more (Revelation 7:9-17).

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Lindke v. Freed – Oral Arguments

A Look Behind the Latest Republican Rout

By Steven Yates

November 18, 2023

What happened?

There was an off-year election last week. So-called abortion rights were on the ballot in Ohio; a legal right to abortion got added to Ohio’s state constitution. There were governors’ races in Kentucky (the Democrat won) and Mississippi (the Republican won). The General Assembly in Virginia was up for grabs and Democrats won out. Abortion was a factor there as well.

To listen to the pundits, the defeats were a complete surprise for Republicans.

I wasn’t surprised at all.

I’ve been advising people since Dobbs (which reversed Roe v. Wade) that no Supreme Court decision, or law passed, or policy enacted, would reverse the death culture.

Death culture? Any culture which regards human life as expendable because it has become inconvenient, or an unwanted expense. Perhaps: any culture that sees a human being as some kind of societal construct, instead of having a complete set of human DNA (the biological criterion). The expendability of human lives will follow easily.

I’ve emphasized from the get-go what numerous writers have stated in various ways: political economy is downstream from culture. I then add: culture, in turn, is downstream from worldview. What does this mean, exactly?

It means that worldview considerations dominate, identified and acknowledged as such or not. Your worldview tells you — even if you’re not conscious of having one — what is true or real, who we are and how we came to be, what is of value in life, and how we ought to live, including how we should treat our fellow humans.

Answers to these questions are embodied in our lives, our institutions, and today, in voting patterns.

Traditionally, philosophy was the enterprise concerned with such matters, but with rare exceptions, academic philosophers dropped this ball long ago.

Some of us have tried to pick it up again.

Materialism.

Cutting to the chase: materialism is the dominant worldview in the West. Another term you could use for it is naturalism. It became dominant gradually, displacing Christendom — marginalizing it in such a way that (1) Christian traditions, holidays, and practices such as churchgoing remain, but their capacity to influence the body politic is minimal; (2) many churches got corrupted by pop culture (consider the places where you’re unsure if you’re at a church service or a rock concert); finally (3): attempts to reverse the decline in godly influence are denounced as efforts to establish a theocracy. Christians who actually achieve stature in public life, such as our new House Speaker Mike Johnson, face a wall of distrust.

Materialism (or naturalism) says that nothing exists except this world. There’s no “god.” There’s nothing special about humanity. We’re animals like other animals, differing only in complexity, having emerged from a process that did not “have us in mind.” There’s no soul and no afterlife: no Heaven and no Hell.

The nineteenth century German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche was the first to fully recognize the implications of removing God from our world picture. Everything God’s existence gave meaning to falls with Him.

Materialism, if worked out consistently, discards over 2,000 years of Western ethics, which was Christian at its foundations, pulling in Aristotle and the Stoics at key points. Nietzsche’s term for the consequences of this Real Great Replacement was the advent of nihilism. Nihil is Latin for nothing. It means belief in nothing. Nietzsche advocated filling this nothingness with a new ethic: of strength, health, prowess, bravery in the face of material reality’s indifference to whether we live or die. He called this a “revaluation of all values.” The one who best embodies this new ethic will be the Übermensch (“overman” or “superman”), as opposed to “last men” who flee the new order in favor of continuing their mundane lives of servitude to the old (today he’d call them “bitter clingers,” I suppose).

Nietzsche was wrong in one fundamental respect. When we abandon God, we don’t believe in nothing. We believe in anything. Different populations substituted surrogates for God: the state (a big one, for Marxists and also for neocons), money and massive accumulations of wealth (a big one for capitalists), pleasure (think of the sexualizing of modern culture), happiness, self-actualization (Maslow), Reason (cap-R; think Ayn Rand), a few more.

None have worked, and we’ve floundered — and moved inexorably toward technology-based soft tyranny.

What does all this have to do with the past few election debacles?

Behind the abortion issue.

Behind the argument over abortion is an argument about the nature of human life and its intrinsic value. Is human life to be defined genuinely scientifically — that is, biologically, as a complete set of human DNA? Then, does every human being thus understood have intrinsic value, having been created in God’s image. Or not?

Millions of women (and plenty of men) have made their choice. They’ve sided with the materialists. They don’t even know it, because philosophical education is now so impoverished. They speak in euphemisms such as “women’s reproductive rights” and invoke “choice,” often as casually if they were talking about where to have dinner, not a decision to violently end an innocent and completely defenseless human life.

This is what is electing Democrats in 2020s America!

No Supreme Court decision is going to change this. It can’t be changed by fiat.

It can’t be changed in the way some Christians want to do, by challenging Democrat victories and outlawing abortion.

That’ll just invite more pushback.

How do you change a culture from one of death to one of life?

One thing we can be sure of. It can’t be done by force.

Not even brute force can change a society’s worldview, if its adherents psychologically dig in their heels.

The Soviet Communists spent 70 years trying to eradicate Christianity. Russia today, with Orthodoxy, is one of the most Christian nations in the world. A reason, I strongly suspect, that the country is so violently hated in our secularist Establishment.

Chinese Communists have continued suppressing all but a watered down, state-approved “Christianity.” The real thing stubbornly remains the fastest growing faith in China.

Make no mistake about it: cultural Marxism / Maoism in the West is at war with Christianity — not “capitalism” which it uses shamelessly as it can. Cultural Marxism is a form of materialism, its foot soldiers too poorly educated to recognize the fact. (I consider anyone who can’t define a woman or who believes one sex can be changed into another to be poorly educated.)

This doesn’t leave them politically ineffective. They’ve been very effective.

How Worldview Replacement Happens. Eugenics.

It might be instructive to examine how the great change from Christendom to materialism was accomplished in the West. The change wasn’t just intellectual, but also organizational and propagandistic.

For example, “Darwin’s bulldog” (Thomas Henry Huxley, father of Sir Julian and Aldous) sold Darwin’s theory to the scientific community: vigorously persuaded scientists to embrace it, to incorporate it into their very conception of science.

This embrace had little to do with actual scientific or empirical evidence, which was skimpy at best and nonexistent at worst. We had no evidence whatsoever that life could come from nonlife naturalistically. This gave Darwin himself sleepless nights.

But as physicist Max Planck observed:

“A scientific truth does not triumph by convincing its opponents and making them see the light, but rather because its opponents eventually die and a new generation grows up that is familiar with it.”

Whether he’s talking about truth or not, Planck was onto something.

More recently, philosopher and historian of science Thomas S. Kuhn destroyed the idea that the replacement of one theory in physics by a later theory is a matter of evidence-based logical argumentation (in his landmark tract The Structure of Scientific Revolutions [1962]).

Worldviews, we can be assured, are “laxer” intellectually than theories in physics!

Materialism, finally, offered liberation from the behavioral and policy strictures Christianity imposed on society — especially on its leadership.

Eugenics was one result. This is the idea that superior races should rule, that it would improve the human “stock” if inferior races are not allowed to breed. If troublesome enough, inferiors can simply be exterminated.

“Discredited” when the Nazis made use of this evil notion, I would argue that eugenics has come back.

No one dares call it that, of course.

The idea that there are just too damn many people in the world is a prevailing one in GloboCorp — the globalist predators, the power elites, the Great Resetters, architects of the “fourth industrial revolution,” call them what you will.

It’s true: there are too many people to control technocratically.

So force them to take poorly tested “vaccines” for a lab-made virus? So they begin to die from a range of conditions, some almost immediately, others over a long enough period of time to supply plausible deniability?

If that’s not eugenics, wielded primarily against the elderly and other “useless eaters,” then pray tell, what is?!

Materialism was furthered indirectly by people whose only interests were money and power, as when the Rockefeller Foundation bankrolled efforts to understand how “the masses” could be more easily incentivized, made into better consumers, obedient to political authority, and so on.

Government (“public”) schools were key. The Rockefellers created endeavors such as the General Education Board (1903), then bankrolled John Dewey’s Progressive Education which held that the role of education in a “changing world” is socialization, i.e., mental conformity, not critical, independent thinking.

Finally were decisions, many of them by the Supreme Court, to remove Christianity from government schools on spurious First Amendment grounds.

In other words, the process by which materialism replacing Christianity in America wasn’t fundamentally intellectual. It wasn’t logic-based; it wasn’t evidence-based. It was a matter of money and policy. The perpetrators got away with it!

That militates against the idea that we should expect to dislodge its grip with intellectual arguments.

What is to be done?

If Supreme Court rulings and political actions won’t work, and intellectual arguments won’t work, then what will?

This, I think, is one of the great dilemmas of our time!

Making matters worse: we anti-materialists don’t have any billionaires on our side that I know of. No, the Kochs aren’t interested in this, they’re neocons and therefore materialists who don’t know it, like many in well-heeled foundations, even those labeled “conservative.”

So we can’t expect anyone to bankroll us. At least, I stopped expecting that some time ago.

Our books aren’t going to gain a broad readership, because we’re not sexy or entertaining.

Roughly four years ago, a friend showed me a quotation that brought me up short. It came from architect, inventor, and systems thinker R. Buckminster Fuller:

“You never change things by fighting the existing reality. To change something, build a new model that makes the existing model obsolete.”

We need to build new models. They need to make the existing ones obsolete.

They need to undercut the dominance of central banks and other leviathan corporations, political classes, current educational structures, industrial food production, industrial medicine, etc.

I’ve since learned that such efforts are already underway in every one of these areas.

The situation is not as bad as it looks at first glance! There’s hope!

What we have to do is get the word out, in ways that will vary depending on what each of us can contribute. I’m a writer, so I write. Others make videos and movies because their skills lie in those areas. Homeschooling continues to surge. Private schools and even wholly independent universities are starting to appear (the most recent I know of is the University of Austin in Austin, Texas).

In another arena, others are establishing independent farms and building agrarian communities. Those who can grow food will be better positioned to survive the Great Taking when (not if) it occurs.

It won’t be easy. Nothing worthwhile ever is.

The road back to independence guided by a worldview that places God at the center, respects the divinely-ordered Creation, and sees persons as having intrinsic value won’t be easy.

Scare tactics work. It’s how the power elites were able to lock down most of the planet back in 2020, working through public health bureaucracies in every nation!

They used fear to force the mRNA shots on reluctant populations, including fear of unemployment.

This works both ways, however.

While the matter calls for a separate article, a second Trump presidency absolutely terrifies the Establishment and its punditry.

Trump will “end democracy” and establish authoritarian rule, says (well paid) pundit after pundit.

The other day, Hillary Clinton pontificated that Trump 2.0 would be “the end of our country as we know it.”

But if that means ending something circling the drain, its borders destroyed, its energy independence undermined, its middle class a thing of the past, the value of its currency gone, suffering from probably the worst mental health crisis in its history, and its only prospect a slow and painful integration into “global governance” as well as a reduced standard of living, wouldn’t that be a good thing?!

The rest of Hillary’s rant is projection.

The telos of materialism is totalitarianism. Because power — the capacity to control other people — is what will get the last word.

Look at China, where covid was hatched (bankrolled by Fauci and his henchmen).

Covid, in the West, was just a steppingstone.

I think that if we can make such points which are fully documented in books such as that of the Breggins, we might have something.*

A parallel economy has begun outside presently-dominant institutions. What I’ve seen of it is far healthier than the “above ground” economy the pundits routinely assess.

I’d like to see a revival of interest in philosophy alongside this parallel economy, especially the kind of philosophy that asks, and answers, “What’s a good life.” I’m happy to report: there’s significant interest out here in the hinterlands. Even YouTube has dozens of channels devoted to the subject. They get thousands of hits — not up there with celebrity and entertainment channels, obviously, but not nothing.

This might not stop the globalist predators. But it will continue to slow their progress to a crawl. Given that time is running out for them for various reasons — counter-elites (Trump is an example, and also Tucker Carlson) are not going anywhere, and their base of support grows by the day alongside those who are simply ignoring globalism as they tend their corner of the parallel economy. That might be enough!

*When attempting to access Dr. Breggin’s website my Google Chrome browser kept giving me 403 Forbidden. Online censorship, which barely existed before the Trump upset in 2016, will continue to be a challenge.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

If you enjoyed this article, consider becoming a Patron if you feel like supporting my writing.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, my novel of cosmic horror, The Shadow Over Sarnath, will be published this month. To learn more or to read a few fragments, feel free to shoot me an email: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com.

We are Turkeys Waiting for Thanksgiving!

By Andrew Wallace

November 18, 2023

You may prefer the analogy of a frog in water waiting to be slowly boiled alive. If conditions continue as they are, our future is certainly that of the turkey or the frog.

Too many of our people are timid, fragile snowflakes, having never experienced danger or hardship. They expect a prosperous life, free of conflict, where they can remain safe, uninvolved, ignorant and apathetic. Being brainwashed, they can’t accept the fact that the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their subservient Fascist/Communist minions in ‘woke’ corporations, government, military brass, et al., control everything.

These are vicious blood-thirsty people who are responsible for killing millions and destroying entire countries for profits and power. They will kill you if required to remain in power unless you find your balls and get off your ass.

There is damn little about our government that is Constitutional, which means it is a criminal enterprise. A majority of passed legislation is unconstitutional. Most members of Congress are unquestionably traitors, based solely upon their actions. Most judges, bureaucrats, flag officers, ‘woke’ corporate officials, academics, et al., are also complicit…for money. The Bible calls it ‘the root of all evil’ for good cause.

This leaves us in a very precarious position; either we change our government in compliance with the Founding Documents, or we die.

Only the fortunate will die a quick death from a nuclear war caused by our war-mongering Congress, paid off by the PSRRC. In a steady process, the rest of us will continue to suffer a decline in wealth, remuneration, standard of living, medical care, freedom, and finally die of starvation or deprivation in a federal prison. The dead will be fortunate; they will not be required to live in Stack-and-Pack Public Housing Projects with only public transportation, and no private autos. Also remember you will not be allowed to have money of any kind in your pockets (new CBDC digital currency).

Note: that our founders left Europe to escape life in dangerous cities. Now our cities are worse than Europe ever was. The people who can are deserting Communist/Democrat cities in record numbers for safety. Police protection is inadequate and declining, as no one wants the job. As the tax base declines, so do public services. Be advised also that federal welfare and other payments will decline in purchasing power as inflation increases and ultimately stops because currency becomes valueless. This is when we have a barter economy and regular retailing would stop, which makes little difference because deliveries to stores would be impossible. Anarchy results in crime and bloodshed. Miscreants from the inner cities will find that looting in suburban and rural areas will be difficult and dangerous…to them.

Our military can no longer protect us as in the past because they gave their ammunition to Ukraine and no one wants to serve under brainwashed officers. Their only option is the draft.

Prepare to live or die on your terms, not those of the Parasitic Super-Rich Ruling Class and their Fascist/Communist Minions.

God Bless You and the Republic

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Islam: A Political Party of Death, Violence & Oppression

By: Devvy

November 17, 2023

First, I want to address some of the email I received from my last column. Very few didn’t deny what those psychopaths (Hamas) did Oct. 7^th was inhumane, but still believe Israel should be destroyed and Jews ‘exterminated’. One particular email was beyond disgusting. I won’t use his name but this man lives in Midland, 40 miles west of my city. He’s sent me email for years on various issues. In response to my column, he sent email which reads:

“Many of the civilian Israeli deaths that occurred were at the hands of the IDF. You can believe what ya want, and so can I. My hat is off to those gutsy Hamas fighters who have to know that in the end, they haven’t a chance against the weapons possessed by Israel.”

My response to him: “Gutsy Hamas murderers get your “hats off” approval? It’s one thing to conduct war with rules to try as much as possible to reduce civilian casualties and not engage in torture. Raping women, killing old people in their beds and yes, beheading babies even though you choose to believe the propaganda of terrorists is not an act of war, it is pure cowardice by psychopaths.

“As I said in my column, Oct. 7th was an unprovoked massacre which has devastated both the people in the Gaza strip and Israel. Please remove me from your email list.”

Of course, he had to have the last word: “Gladly, you’re as dumb as K. Nelson. I haven’t been reading ya much anyway.” He was referring to Kelleigh Nelson. He included an article by Scott Ritter: “The Israeli government has had to walk back its claims that Hamas beheaded 40 children and has provided no credible evidence that Hamas was involved in the rape or sexual assault of a single Israeli female. Eyewitness accounts describe the Hamas fighters as disciplined, determined, and deadly in the attack, and yet courteous and gentle when dealing with civilian captives.”

Really? And just what eye witnesses was Ritter referring to – those in Gaza? Israeli Police Collect Eyewitness Testimony of Gang Rape During Hamas Attack // Israeli civilians were tortured, raped, and abused by Hamas fighters says forensic teams, Reuters reports. Well, they must all be liars because Hamas is just a group of activists fighting to “free Palestine”.

The horror as Israeli authorities show footage of Hamas atrocities: Reporter’s Notebook: “The video started slowly. Hamas fighters are seen on the back of a pickup, with RPGs spiking out in every direction. You can sense their excitement. The video shows several groups cut through the fence and wave a pickup truck through.

“Then it shows three separate angles of motorists in Israel being flagged down, then gunned down — the AK-47s puffing smoke — on the road outside the Kfar Aza and Be’eri kibbutzim. Bodies are yanked out of cars.

“At a playground, he wonders in Arabic, “Where are the kids?” The duo set fire to one house, shoot an encroaching dog, and shoot another old man through a darkened screen. They are parsimonious with their ammunition, and chillingly unhurried as they pick through the tidy vegetable gardens and open the latches of wooden fences.

“Then the video gets grisly. Other militants are busy mashing a dying man’s face with their boots. Another pair screams “Allahu akbar” as they use a garden hoe to try to decapitate another man.

“In another house, a gunman sticks the muzzle of his rifle into a room inhabited by a family. It’s a mash of colors. In one, a terrorist is standing on an Israeli man’s chest and shoots him point-blank in the face.” You can read more about those “disciplined, courteous” murderers at link above.

For the cheerleaders of Hamas and the Oct. 7^th unprovoked massacre, have they ever even bothered to read The Covenant of Hamas? “FAS Note: This is a translation of excerpts of the original 1988 charter of Hamas. A translation of the full document is here. A revised Hamas Document of General Principles and Policies was issued in 2017.

“On the Destruction of Israel: ‘Israel will exist and will continue to exist until Islam will obliterate it, just as it obliterated others before it.’ (Preamble)…

“Rejection of a Negotiated Peace Settlement: ‘[Peace] initiatives, and so-called peaceful solutions and international conferences are in contradiction to the principles of the Islamic Resistance Movement… Those conferences are no more than a means to appoint the infidels as arbitrators in the lands of Islam… There is no solution for the Palestinian problem except by Jihad. Initiatives, proposals and international conferences are but a waste of time, an exercise in futility.’ (Article 13)”

Those are just two of their beliefs and goals. Read the Covenant in its entirety. In 2006, voters elected Hamas to be their governing body. West Bank is 85% Muslim, Gaza Strip 99% Muslim with Sunni Muslims dominating 98-99% of Gaza. Hamas wins Palestinian hearts as Gaza conflict threatens broader shift – “Now the Palestinian street is pro-resistance, not pro-negotiations,” said Fadi Ellayan., June 28, 2021

As I wrote in my previous column, Rashida Tlaib – What People Are Ignoring, Islam is not a religion although it’s been sold as one for well over a thousand years. Their goal is a world caliphate and death to all infidels. You will find this booklet in mosques all over the world – including the U.S.: Jihad in Islam. 37 page booklet:

Pgs 3, 4: “Causes of Misunderstanding about the Holy War. In any case, this is a part of political tactics. But from a purely scholastic standpoint when we analyze the causes due to which the red nature of the ‘Holy War for the Cause of God’ has become difficult to understand not only for non-Muslims but Muslims themselves, we discover two major and basic misconceptions.

“The first misunderstanding is that they consider Islam to be a religion in the conventional sense of the term ‘religion’. The second misconception is that they take Muslims to be a ‘Nation’ in the technical sense of this term. These two misunderstandings have not only mixed up the concept of Jihād’ but have changed the picture of Islam as a whole and have wholly misrepresented the position of the Muslim people. In common terminology ‘religion’ means nothing more than a hotch potch of some beliefs, prayers and rituals…”

Pg. 5: “But the truth is that Islam is not the name of a ‘Religion’, nor is ‘Muslim’ the title of a ‘Nation’. In reality Islam is a revolutionary ideology and programme which seeks to alter the social order of the whole world and rebuild it in conformity with its own tenets and ideals. ‘Muslim’ is the title of that International Revolutionary Party organized by Islam to carry into effect its revolutionary programme. And ‘Jihad’ refers to that revolutionary struggle and utmost exertion which the Islamic Party brings into play to achieve this objective…”

Pgs. 6, 7: “Islam wishes to destroy all states and governments anywhere on the face of the earth which are opposed to the ideology and programme of Islam regardless of the country or the Nation which rules it. The purpose of Islam is to set up a state on the basis of its own ideology and programme, regardless of which nation assumes the role of the standard-bearer of Islam or the rule of which nation is undermined in the process of the establishment of an ideological Islamic State.

“Islam requires the earth—not just a portion, but the whole planet—not because the sovereignty over the earth should be wrested from one nation or several nations and vested in one particular nation, but because the entire mankind should benefit from the ideology and welfare programme or what would be truer to say from ‘Islam’ which is the programme of well-being for all humanity. Towards this end, Islam wishes to press into service all forces which can bring about a revolution and a composite term for the use of all these forces is ‘Jihad’.

If you read the whole thing, you’ll get a clear understanding of the goals of Islam; page 27 is a real eye opener: ‘THE STATUS OF THE DHIMMIS (Non-Believers) under the Protection of an Islamic Government.’ Islam is a political party hell bent on forcing every human on this earth to “worship” their putrid ideology, Muhammed and some god named Allah. That includes Sharia Law and mutilating little girl’s genitals. They are sexual sadists.

I wrote quite a bit about this in 2010 & 2012 after Hussein Obama stole the election for president, twice, via fraud. 99% of videos linked in my columns on Islam have been scrubbed by You Tube. Why does anyone, anymore use You Tube – one of the biggest censors of truth on the Internet? Well, money from advertisers & subscribers. Rumble and others are alternatives to feeding big money to our domestic enemies and You Tube is a leader in censorship. (Think COVID). Rumble and others who post videos also make it possible for those who host videos to monetize their efforts which I’m all for as a staunch supporter of free enterprise and capitalism.

For the sake of brevity, below are links to articles (and videos) I feel should be read/watched by anyone interested in better understanding this isn’t about Islamophobia, but rather history and the ultimate goal of Islam and its sham religion as a controlling tool with an iron fist. So much information can seem overwhelming considering everyday challenges. What I do is set up separate files for future reading. I read or watch a few here and there, cross check as diligently as possible and make up my own mind on any issue.

Many are familiar with Amil Imani as he’s a contributing writer for NWV’s. “Amil Imani is an Iranian-American writer, satirist, novelist, essayist, public speaker and political analyst who has been writing and speaking out about the danger of radical Islam both in America and internationally. He has become a formidable voice in the United States against the danger of global jihad and Islamization of America.”

Political Correctness is the Incubator of Islamofascism, “Just coin some terms such as the “Melting Pot,” or “Multiculturalism” and you have the problem solved? Roll out the red carpet for the immigrant Muslims, treat them as you would your own citizens, give them stipends, medical care, and free education and they will integrate seamlessly into society. No such thing at all.

“The idea of a Melting Pot may work with people who come from different lands to make the new country their home. The Islamists, on the other hand, come with the belief that they already own the place and want to make it part of the Ummah. Some forty percent of second and third-generation Muslim Britons reject British democracy, express their allegiance to Islam, and want to live under Sharia. So much for the Melting Pot comfort pill.”

Demoting Islam’s Religion Status by Martel Sobieskey. An Impostor Religion: “To put it bluntly Islam’s religion status should be rescinded because it is a wolf in sheep’s clothing, a Trojan horse, an impostor religion that has arrived on our shore with malicious intent, deathly determined to replace our constitution with the Koran, and turn America into an Islamic nation controlled by Sharia law.

“Robert Spencer in his excellent book, “Stealth Jihad” (How Radical Islam Is Subverting America Without Guns or Bombs), explains how so-called moderate Islam is having greater success at invading America than its counterpart militant Islam. Shockingly, one may rightly conclude that America is now being conquered without Islam even having to fire a shot. Have we really become that docile, self-complacent and pathetic? The answer is Yes!”

The Sword & Shield to Stop the Islamization of America By Publius Huldah // The Coming of the Mahdi by Amil Imani and Islam in America // 7 Things pro-Palestinians Forgot to Tell You (…this war is not about land…) – Video // America’s Dangerous Future: 20 Million Muslims by Frosty Wooldridge // Telling the Truth is Islam Bashing? By Amil Imani // The Truth Behind the Israel-Hamas Conflict: Exposing Hamas’ Plans and the Spiritual Battle, video // 50 Christians burned to death in pastor’s home – Nation becoming ‘killing fields’ as Islamists declare, ‘Convert or die’

Many worldwide know of the Balfour ‘Project’ but hundreds of millions, if not billions know nothing about it. This is an 18:30 video of historic facts because there’s always a ‘back story’. Britain in Palestine 1917-1948. This next video is also history which traces who controlled who. I might add millions have watched these videos I’m citing because they’re trying to understand the when and how that has led to today and the awful killing and violence. Palestine 1920: The Other Side of the Palestinian Story.

This third video, How Britain Started the Arab-Israeli Conflict | Free Documentary History is also worth watching. As one viewer posted, “Outstanding documentary! Utterly relevant to the present problems of the ME. (Middle East) The British policy of subversions, double dealings, and betrayals has footprints that are traced back to what we have witnessed in the Middle East for the past 150-plus years, and in particular for the past 75 years in Palestine. One cannot forget what they did to Iran with the discovery of oil in the early 1900s, the 1953 toppling of the first democratic Iranian government, and their subsequent hands in support of the 1979 revolution.”

Video. 1:33:12. Watch in segments or listen while doing chores, well worth the time. Not just a lecture but actual evidence. Jay shuts down Islam’s Origins in ONE HOUR at “Calvary Chapel Chino Hills”!

So, I ask again as I did in my last column: What kind of religion forces you to be a believer or face death? Not Christianity whatever denomination. Not Eastern religions. Not Judaism. Only “Islam”.

Only God knows what’s going to be the outcome of the tragedy Hamas deliberately caused to happen on Oct. 7, 2023. What I do believe is Islam is not a religion, it is a political party of hatred and war. Violence is their daily feasting. History proves when enough Muslims become a large enough population in any country, there’s nothing but death, violence and hatred of infidels. Here in America, Muslims are now being elected to all levels of public offices including judges. Dangerous and complete lack of knowledge of your enemy.

Brainwashing starts with toddlers and this is well documented for those who wish to not believe that which is true.

Palestinian kids taught to hate Israel in UN-funded camps, clip shows (We are paying for with dues to the toxic UN). UNRWA textbooks still include hate, antisemitism despite pledge to remove — watchdog. Israeli organization says that rather than taking the material out of the 2022 curriculum, the UN Palestinian refugee agency has merely taken it off its public education portal.

The good news is more and more Muslims are escaping Islam. Why Are so Many Muslims Leaving Islam? – “The most dangerous step for a Muslim is not leaving Islam but embracing Christianity. However, droves of Muslims are taking this path. Christianity is the fastest-growing religion in Iran, while Islam is the fastest shrinking.”

Ex-Muslims: They left Islam and now tour the US to talk about it. Unfortunately, many become atheists but then lots of atheists over the centuries have come to Christianity or some other religion that doesn’t brainwash their flocks that the only good infidel is a dead one. Why are young Muslims leaving Islam – A new generation of educated Muslims is starting to question the fundamentals of their faith.

NEW E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Related:

If you missed these, they are important:

CRITICAL READ: “In June of this year Donald Trump recognized the danger of Muslim migration and said, “This could be the all-time great Trojan horse.” And so it is but the US elites refuse to recognize it.” (2016)

Link: Trump warns of immigration ‘Trojan horse,’ Clinton rejects criticism on ‘name-calling’

WATCH & READ: SEE WHAT IT’S LIKE TO LIVE IN GAZA – “the world’s largest open air prison,” as pro-Hamas Congress Muslim Rashida Tlaib (D-MI) and her ignorant far-left Democrat friends like to call it.

WATCH & READ: SILENT MAJORITY: Ever wonder why you rarely, if ever, hear any complaints about Israel from the 2 million Arab citizens of Israel?

New: Rashida Tlaib member of secret Facebook group where Hamas terrorists glorified – ‘Squad’ member has been part of controversial group for 6 years, Nov. 15, 2023 (Low intelligence racist, Rep. Cori Bush, has also taken money from the Palestinian American Congress group.)

Surprising this is posted on CBS; well worth the read as the words come straight from Marxist Hussein Obama’s mouth: In His Own Words: Obama’s Communist Manifesto, Sept, 8, 2009

Texas Supreme Court: Texas law supersedes Islamic law – The Texas Supreme Court has sent a divorce case back to a Collin County court after ruling that a judge, not an Islamic Fiqh panel, should decide matters.

Mujahideen Issues France a Final Warning: ‘You Will Pay, Next Time We Will Not Come To Talk’ (Video) – “Peaceful” terrorists. France has foolishly allowed 400,000 Muslims into their country each year and now those “grateful” folks are telling the French government just who wears the pants in France. No doubt we’ll see all the rioting and destruction as we did several years ago.

He’s a Communist Trust Fund Baby Who Inherited Millions. Now, He’s Using Daddy’s Money To Harass Jews. “Chambers, whose billionaire father James Cox Chambers co-owns the NBA’s Atlanta Hawks, in July revealed that he cut ties with his family, securing a significant payout from Cox Enterprises in the process.

“Months later, following Hamas’s Oct. 7 terrorist assault on Israel, Chambers began using that money to pay the legal fees for members of Palestine Action U.S., a radical group that is targeting Israeli businesses and other friends of the Jewish state with vandalism and harassment. Those actions, Chambers says, are part of a broader effort to popularize coordinated attacks against Jews and their allies.

“We need to start making people who support Israel actually afraid to go out in public,” Chambers said in a Friday Instagram post. “We need to make all of white America afraid that everything they have stolen is going to be burned to the ground. That’s what makes them listen.”

Systemic Voter Fraud in America

By: Amil Imani

November 17, 2023

The issue of voter fraud and election integrity dominated much of Trump’s presidency, with many of his supporters raising concerns about the credibility of the electoral system. Well, voter fraud appears to have metastasized and is now out of control. We saw that in Arizona’s gubernatorial race, and we see it all across America.

In recent years, concerns about voter fraud have grown significantly, with many individuals asserting that there are systemic issues within the American electoral system.

One striking example cited by those raising concerns about voter fraud is the Kentucky gubernatorial election, which looked like a close race, with the Democratic nominee, Andy Beshear, defeating Republican incumbent Matt Bevin by just over 5,000 votes, or 0.37%. This made it the closest gubernatorial election in Kentucky since 1899 by votes and the closest ever by percentage.

The discrepancy in the voting patterns in this election raises eyebrows and sparks suspicions among those alleging voter fraud. While Kentucky Republicans voted overwhelmingly for their party’s candidates for other statewide offices, such as Attorney General and Secretary of State, they simultaneously chose a Democrat for the governor’s position. This divergent behavior among voters, especially within the same party, can appear perplexing and contradictory.

The core argument here is that when voters consistently support one political party across multiple offices, they are expected to do the same for the gubernatorial race. However, the outcome of the Kentucky gubernatorial election needed to align with this pattern, raising concerns about the integrity of the voting process. Such inconsistencies in voting behavior could indicate manipulation or irregularities in the election system, as it is unusual for voters to exhibit such discrepancies in their choices.

The assertion that elections are rigged is rooted in a belief that nefarious forces may be at play and that a coordinated effort could be behind the inconsistent voting outcomes. It is, therefore, crucial to consider the possibility that allegations of rigged elections could have a basis in reality, thus warranting a thorough investigation.

The close relationships between prominent politicians, such as Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell, and high-ranking members of both the Republican and Democrat parties in Kentucky suggest a hidden agenda. Even if we take it for granted that political alliances are common in politics, it is not unreasonable to wonder if such connections could influence election outcomes. A closer look at these alliances and their impact on elections is justified.

This alignment or collaboration between high-ranking members of both the Republican and Democrat Parties suggests that they might be working together with shared interests rather than representing distinct political ideologies. The “hidden agenda” here is that these politicians, despite belonging to different parties, are collaborating behind the scenes to achieve specific goals.

Claims of suspect voting machine issues in Kentucky are not new. They have persisted for years, fueling suspicions that the electoral system may be compromised. The essence of these suspicions lies in the potential vulnerabilities or issues related to the use of voting machines and how they can be rigged to favor “certain results.” Therefore, we need to assert more that there is this need for comprehensive scrutiny and an impartial investigation to determine the integrity of the voting process. The concern here is that if these machines can be rigged, they are turning the “accuracy and fairness of elections” into a farce drama.

The practice of split-ticket voting, where individuals choose candidates from different parties for different offices, may be more complex than it seems. Moreover, the nature of these splits, where voters make different choices for various offices, is a sign of manipulation within the electoral process and doesn’t reflect the diverse political opinions of the electorate. The varying outcomes in other races may be more indicative of foul play than genuine voter choices.

The Heritage Foundation has posted a long list of election fraud cases in the US.

Allegations of systemic voter fraud in America, exemplified by cases such as the Kentucky elections, deserve serious consideration. While some may dismiss these concerns, it is essential to recognize that the electoral system’s rectitude is paramount. Investigating these claims and addressing potential issues will help safeguard the democratic process and ensure the public’s trust in elections remains intact. By taking these concerns seriously, we can work to protect the sanctity of our democratic institutions.

America’s Dangerous Future: 20 Million Muslims

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 16, 2023

Have you noticed all the pro-Hamas marches in America since October 7, 2023? Have you noticed who leads them? Have you noticed their chants of death to all Jews? Have you noticed that they carry Palestinian flags along with Islamic black flags?

Who leads those marches? Some of the 4,000,000 Muslim immigrants allowed into America by some D.C. bureaucrat who never studied the Qur’an! Their politically-based religion is the only religion in America that wants to destroy our U.S. Constitution. They will install Sharia Law as dictated by their Qur’an. Barack Obama, a Muslim, said, “I want to fundamentally change America.” What did he mean? He meant he wanted to remake America based on Islam and Sharia Law.

If you look out across the USA’s big cities where Muslims dominate, you are already seeing the seeds of our destruction as a Republic. Islam does not tolerate free speech or religious choice. No women’s rights, whatsoever!

At some point, with chain migration, we Americans face 20 million Muslims bent on destroying the United States of America. It’s almost beyond comprehension that a 6^th century barbaric religion could not only grab a foothold into America, but become dominant in states like Michigan, New York or Minnesota.

The Islamic religion-political system: a highly emotionally infectious, contagious, repugnant and debauched ethnic disease masquerading as a religion–added to a diabolical Sharia Law mandate. It warps minds of all adherents and forces them toward brutal, violent, cruel, vicious and insane behavior toward men, women and children. It creates suicidal maniacs and insensate intellectual morons. Humans under its spell lose their sensibilities, rational values, dignity and minds. They resort to wanton acts of murder, cruelty, perversion and barbarism. Because of mass immigration into first world countries, this insane religious disease floods into every corner of the planet—and with it a complete destruction of women’s rights, children’s rights, intellectual rights, gay rights, free speech, free choice of religions, dress, free choice of spouse, killing of gays, honor killings of women and a complete loss of humanity by Islam’s adherents. If not stopped by the willpower and force of first world countries, it will ravage the free world back into the Dark Ages.

Adunis Asbar, Arabia’s most famous Islamic poet said, “Islam cannot be modernized.”

He continued, “You cannot reform a religion. If they are reformed, [the original meaning] is separated from it. Therefore, modern Muslims and a modern Islam is already impossible. If there is no separation between religion and state, there will be no democracy especially without equality for women. Islamists have no more creative force. Islam does not contribute to intellectual life; it suggests no discussion. It produces no thinking, no art, no science, no vision that could change the world. This repetition is the sign of its end. The Muslims will continue to exist, but they will not make the world better. Islam is based on a totalitarian system.”

And yet, our U.S. Congress continues pumping millions of them into America. Even after they promise to destroy America with their Sharia Law!

As reported by Robert Spencer, August 20, 2018:

Illinois: Muslim Leader: “Everything We Represent Goes In Total Contradiction To What The West Represents”

“My dear brothers and sisters, this idea of fitting in – we need to eliminate this from our vocabulary. Again, we are to stand out. We are a unique nation with a unique set of solutions. We are not to fit in. How dare the truth and the falsehood hold hands? How dare we think that fitting in is the sole purpose of this message?”

Will US authorities heed this and ponder its implications? Of course not. We haven’t since 9/11.

Right now, Joe Biden invites Muslim terrorists into America by the thousands over our southern border. With their incredible religious zeal, we face more 9/11 events from the very small ones where a Muslim kills a dozen people at a mall or King Soopers grocery store—-or, they plant bombs on trains or fly a bomb-laden plane into an NFL football game. Or, the set fires in the West. Or, they blow up electrical substations that will blacken our big cities. Once that happens, all hell will break loose in Chicago, Detroit, NYC and any city where roving gangs will gut everything in sight. Just remember what Black Lives Matter did to all those cities they stormed.

Does this commentary predict our dangerous future? You bet it does. They aren’t kidding and I’m not kidding.

Dayanand Saraswati, Indian sage, said in 1883, “Having thus given a cursory view of the Koran, I lay it before the sensible person with the purpose that they should know what kind of a book the Koran is. I have no hesitation to say that it cannot be the work of either God or of a learned man, nor can it be a book of knowledge. Here its very vital defect has been exposed with the object that people may not waste their life falling into its imposition. The Koran is the result of ignorance, the source of animalization of human beings, a fruitful cause of destroying peace, an incentive to war, and propagator of hostility among men and a promoter of suffering in society. As to defect of repetition, the Koran is its store.”

Dear fellow American, what do you think will happen with another 20,000,000 (million) Muslims in America? Do you think it’s going to turn out better than what’s happening in the UK, Sweden, Germany, France and the rest of Europe? If you do, you would be a fool.

The Muslim religion stands as the most vicious, evil and pathetic politically driven religion on Earth. It stands against every American value for both men and women.

Dr. Don Boys said, “Practically every media outlet and almost all political leaders declare that “radical” Islam is the enemy; however, that is incorrect. To be sure, radical Islamists are the enemy to all free people, but it is disingenuous, duplicitous, and deadly to make the simplistic statement above. The enemy is Islam, period. Terror is only one of the arrows in their quiver to be used when appropriate. When Islam is a small minority, they will condemn terror but will use it when they are strong enough to strike. This principle is revealed in the Arab homily, “Kiss the hand of your enemy until you can cut it off.”

It’s a fact that we now tolerate honor killings of women and female genital mutilation of young girls in America in 2023 by our Muslim immigrants.

What can we do? Answer: absolutely not one single more Muslim immigrant allowed into the USA. If Muslims continue to honor-kill their women or destroy their children’s genitals, immediate deportation. We need to uproot and destroy all their Islamic Training Areas from Pennsylvania to California. No Islamic schools where they teach only Qur’an mandates. We need to inspect their mosques for bombs, guns and other weapons. We need to arrest and deport any Imams that preach Jihad. The best thing we could do to save our country is to deport every last Muslim who follows or advocates for the Qur’an and Sharia Law.

Because if we don’t, by the time they reach 20,000,000 in numbers, we’ll look like Sweden…and we will have lost America.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Decent Democrats (Holy Cow!)

by Lee Duigon

November 16, 2023

As a reporter and managing editor of The Bayshore Independent, in the 1970s, I covered lots and lots of politics. Most of the politicians—and voters—in our circulation area were Democrats. And for more than a few of them, that didn’t matter. Let me cite a few of those to show you a vast difference between then and now.

*Frank S. was chairman of his township’s Democrat organization. Over a highly-qualified candidate, Frank was appointed director of their regional sewerage authority. We journalists provided the sardonic laughter. Another no-show job handed out as a reward to a political hack!

We were amazed when Frank fell in love with that job and put in a full day, every day, in his office at the plant. He studied hard and learned fast: the authority never served its public better. All these years later, it still seems like a miracle.

*Hyman G’s day job was as an executive with Standard & Poor’s. His sole interest lay in putting his skills and experience to work for the community, which elected him to the township council.

This township was famous for its cut-throat politics, mostly within the Democrat Party itself: it had too few Republicans to make any kind of impact. Two Democrat factions slugged it out, day after day. It was great sport. But Hyman had no politics to speak of, and somehow succeeded in remaining aloof from the blood-bath. He accomplished good things for the township’s finances, even if the perpetual politics confused him. I like to think his township appreciated his efforts.

*Assemblyman Walter K. was just an all-around good guy who knew how to laugh at himself. He was well-known as a good listener. He used to stop at my office to bring me up to speed on developments in the State House. He was an easy interview: you didn’t have to keep asking yourself “What does he mean by that? What’s his game?” But Walter had no game—unless you wanted to count honest answers as a game.

*Congressman Jim H. was re-elected in a landslide every two years. Why? Because he served all his constituents, helping them in any way he could, regardless of their politics. When he wasn’t there because he had to be in Washington, his office staff was voter-friendly. Whatever they could do for you, they did. It was almost impossible to find anyone who ever voted against him. He made it his business to do his level best to represent everyone in his district.

Oh, sure, there were some rotters, a couple of whom wound up in jail. As the years went by, there seemed to be more and more of those—and fewer and fewer of the good guys. It seems amazing to me now to think that most of the mayors and committee members I knew deserved the votes they got. I’m reasonably sure I didn’t dream that. I was a reporter, after all—supposedly a member of an audience that had a notoriously critical eye.

What happened to our politics? And to our politicians? The long-time mayor of my own home town, a pharmacist by trade, used to be the only Democrat on the town council. Heck, my mother knew him from their childhood. He could have remained our mayor for as long as he kept living—because by and large, he earned the voters’ loyalty. His own politics, whatever they were, never came into it.

Some say we get the politics that we deserve. If so, Heaven help us.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… whenever you’re feeling sentimental about our politics. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Climate Justice, Nonsense on Steroids

by Kathleen Marquardt

November 15, 2023

According to the Center for Climate Justice (CCJ), Climate Justice is the remedy for the faux fact that there is a “disproportionate impact of climate change on low-income communities of color around the world, the people and places least responsible for the problem”.

Yep, the climate is different for different people – even if they live in proximity. The rich, and even the middle class, have decent to great weather, while the poor are inflicted by smog and other man-made evils. Basically, smog is the only man-made evil mentioned on the CCJ site, so the other climate problems – hurricanes, drought, and floods – that are impacting those communities that are the targets of CCJ’s benevolence are the focus of Climate Justice. Smog is being reduced all the time through scientific inventions. My question is, how do hurricanes, drought, and floods disproportionately impact “low-income and BIPOC (Black, Indigenous, People of Color) communities around the world, the people and places least responsible for the problem”?

Climate Justice comes with baggage: The Six Pillars

Just Transition

“The Green New Deal (GND)l, for example, is an innovative proposal that tackles both climate change and inequality and is therefore very much aligned with climate justice.”

Social, Racial and Environmental Justice

As noted above Climate justice connects the climate crisis to the social, racial and environmental issues in which it is deeply entangled. It recognizes the disproportionate impacts of climate change on low-income and BIPOC communities around the world, the people and places least responsible for the problem. The power of a climate justice approach is that by addressing the root causes of climate change, we simultaneously address a broad range of social, racial, and environmental injustices.

Indigenous Climate Action

”Kyle Powys[ii] Whyte states “Climate change is not a new phenomenon for indigenous people, he explains. There are long-standing traditions in indigenous cultures that enable societies to respond to seasonal and inter-annual climate variability. Indigenous people have also already experienced climate change through their endurance of colonialism. Whyte describes how the current threat to indigenous people is a continuation of colonialism and how the consciousness gained from their prior experience with climate change can provide sound leadership for confronting the problem today.” [iii]

I’m sorry, but how can anyone with an ounce of integrity dream up, let alone declare publicly, that climate change is at all related to colonialism?

Community Resilience and Adaptation

Natural Climate Solutions

Climate Education and Engagement

If you go to the CCJ website, you will see that they are working to enlist and train Eco Warriors. Especially among the youth.

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[i] https://corporatefinanceinstitute.com

[ii] Kyle Whyte is the Timnick Chair in the Humanities and Associate Professor of Philosophy and Community Sustainability at Michigan State University. He is also a faculty member of the Environmental Philosophy & Ethics graduate concentration, and a faculty affiliate of the American Indian & Indigenous Studies and Environmental Science & Policy programs

[iii] https://centerclimatejustice.universityofcalifornia.edu/posts/indigenous-peoples-and-climate-justice-by-kyle-powys-whyte/

[iv] https://centerclimatejustice.universityofcalifornia.edu/posts/research-analyst-world-resources-institute-wri/

Dr. Calls Forth Destruction Of Criminal Organization WHO

By Bradlee Dean

November 15, 2023

“For when thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness.” -Isaiah 26:9

Well, Americans, we have seen those who believe that they are above the law in crisis after crisis that they are responsible for creating, and will continue to create (Order out of Chaos), that is until the victims stand up for themselves and demand that justice be done though the heavens may fall (Isaiah 51:4).

These criminals, and criminals they are, all allied in their covenant of death and hell, can and will be disannulled (Isaiah 28:18) if only the people take heed in applying the Lord’s remedy (Deuteronomy 25:1), which is justice upon the heads of the guilty (Psalm 94:16).

Look at the alliance here, friends: All of them are working together in a conspiracy against the people (Jeremiah 11:9).

People on a worldwide basis have suffered the abuse of power through many agencies over the last 3 years under this last “plandemic.”

In the video below. you will find where Dr. David Martin exposes the World Health Organization from its very inception, calling them out by name and, last but not least, bringing the resolve that the people worldwide claim that they want in putting an end to this tyranny. That, my friends, is justice. Read Proverbs 7:2.

Time to lawfully respond, people (Psalm 94:16).

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Have the Entrepreneurial and Cooperative Spirits Been Spirited Away by the “Newcomers?”

By Sidney Secular

November 15, 2023

The buck$ are passing to the non-white migrants and newcomers. Why? Because either we whites are passing the buck – that is, losing the initiative and letting it happen – or the powers-that-be are destroying small mostly-white businesses using faux crises such as pandemics and exaggerated claims that climate changes are about to do us in. When the immigration promoters keep claiming that their charges are charging ahead and doing the work Americans won’t do, they are both helping to create the situation and observing what is happening quite independent of their hand in creating it.

I used to work for the US Small Business Administration(SBA) for 12 years, and despite the bad rep/rap that government agencies always get, the SBA does offer many resources useful to small businesses in establishing and promoting themselves. These are resources that are often left on the shelf or otherwise shelved out of ignorance of or disbelief in their efficacy. As sort of a reaction to assistance gone wanting, like every other institution in our society, available SBA assistance is now directed at or catered to domestic or foreign minorities, as America’s present wealth creators.

The following is a sort of example of this phenomenon based on my living in a neighborhood where Ethiopian immigrants continue to migrate in large numbers and although they are still far from a majority of the population, they seem to dominate the economic and social scene. It appears that half or more than half of the small businesses popping up in an area of several square miles hereabouts are Ethiopian owned. Most of the people walking the streets or congregating in groups are Ethiopian. They have a distinctive appearance and are easily recognized. They are very socially cohesive, acting as one big family and “assimilate” to the point of learning English, but their efforts at “Americanization” do not go much further. Personally, they are very social and have a very large number of cafes and coffee shops sprinkled all over the area where they gather and interact. When one Ethiopian sets up a business, his racial networking quickly results in an assortment of other Ethiopian businesses being set up in the same general area; that is, there is a sort of collective result from Ethiopian entrepreneurship. For example, one small office building had an Ethiopian printer, immigration lawyer, tax preparer, hair salon, travel agency, tailor, cafe, and so on. The non-Ethiopian population has to look hard to find preferable vendors as the different ways of using English – thus making yourself understood – makes it an ordeal instead of a pleasant experience to deal with these “non-Americans.” This whole situation represents a sort of a “soft takeover,” a model of the consequences of the demand for diversity.

Indirectly, this infiltration also discourages the formation of white-owned businesses. For, as the sheer numbers of non-Americans overwhelm the small business fields, whites see themselves as the odd man out, or, in the alternative, have to bend to the curse of mingling with the “diverse.” Ordinary Americans often aren’t aware of all that their neighborhoods have to offer in the matter of goods and services and therefore can’t offer advice on where to find more “acceptable” service providers that the customer may be seeking. Meanwhile, the newcomers stick together, dealing only with their own brethren. And this affects more than who is running what business. Many “immigrants,” unfamiliar with “American English” – or any English – find it difficult to even communicate with ordinary American customers. For instance, obtaining something as simple as directions to the location of their business can become a real ordeal as they will often tell you they “are next to” some large business like a supermarket while in reality they are a half mile away! In some cases, their commercial offerings are simply not sufficient for a “non-immigrant” customer. For instance, using one of their many travel agencies is completely unproductive as they are unfamiliar with popular American vacation destinations. However, despite not being useful to American customers, the fact is that there are no commercial reasons that the entire area will not became one of their enclaves as through sheer numbers, they eventually elbow everyone else out.

The flip side of the coin is that Americans are not seeking out their own kind to form similar close business and social ties. There are two distinct reasons for this. First, many continue with their individualistic attitudes refusing to coalesce as a group either in business or cultural associations. The second is that most whites have been chastised to the point at which they actually seek out non-white businesses to demonstrate to their critics that they aren’t “racist!” But whatever the reason, this anemic response to white displacement further strengthens already strong feelings of anomie and guilt for even entertaining the idea of networking or forming alliances with their own kind. In chemistry or civilization, there are points of no return that once passed, result in the destruction of the original amalgam through an overwhelming addition of external ingredients. Indeed, one can easily see that this is how great civilizations die.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Does Israeli PM Netanyahu Trust The Prophetic Hebrew Scriptures?

By David Bay

November 14, 2023

A student of the Hebrew Bible knows that God determines who shall rule:

“… he (God) removeth kings, and setteth up kings.” (Daniel 2:21, KJV)

Netanyahu – if he believes the Hebrew Scriptures – believes that God has set him as Prime Minister and is making him invincible.

Does Prime Minister Netanyahu see himself as similar as King David? Consider:

“And there was war again: and David went out, and fought with the Philistines, and slew them with a great slaughter; and they fled from him.” (1 Samuel 19:9, KJV)

If he is emboldened by Old Testament prophecies, the world is about to see remarkable events!

Consider the prophecies of Obadiah:

God breathed an End of the Age prophecy against the “House of Esau” in Obadiah 15-18, one of the most startling prophecies in the Bible — and one working its way forward toward fulfillment.

“But on Mount Zion [in Jerusalem] there shall be deliverance, and it shall be holy; and the house of Jacob shall possess its [own former] possessions. The house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame , but the house of Esau shall be stubble; they shall kindle and burn them and consume them, and there shall be no survivor of the house of Esau, for the Lord has spoken it.” [Verses 17-18]

Take special note of the part of the verse “But on Mount Zion [in Jerusalem] there shall be deliverance … ,”

This prophecy is close to being fulfilled in Israel today, as the modern Palestinians are the “House of Esau”. The current Prime Minister should read the Hebrew scriptures, that God has everything under control, and that His prophetic word of 2,600 years ago will be precisely fulfilled.

Prime Minister Netanyahu can determine that he cannot fail because God is with him

If ‘Bibi” feels this way, he is not the first modern leader.

In June, 1990, I read an editorial in the Jewish Press which indicated that Israel’s patience was at an end, and that the next major war was going to result in the annihilation of Israel’s implacable enemies. A decision had been made at the highest military and civilian leadership levels of the Israeli government that a future Arab-Israeli war would be the war in which the Israeli Defense Force would annihilate the entire populations of the Arabs who hated them so putridly. These Jewish leaders were sick and tired of constantly being attacked, winning the war, but then not winning the peace.

Further, this top Israeli leadership was concerned that, in due time, the Arabs would possess Weapons of Mass Destruction which could be delivered by suicide bombers, at which point Israel was surely doomed. Therefore, top Israeli leadership in 1990 had decided to annihilate entire populations during the next Arab – Israeli war.

This current Israeli-Palestinian War shows every indication that this war is the Obadiah annihilating war!

PM Netanyahu is likely filled with the same assurance from the Holy Spirit that possessed young David as he marched toward the giant Goliath!

Recent developments further suggest that Netanyahu does, indeed, believe in the Hebrew Scriptures and in the very occult group, the Kabbala.

NEWS BREAK: “Netanyahu tweets quote of Lubavitcher Rebbe: ‘God is on this side’,” The Times of Israel, 13 June 2021

“Benjamin Netanyahu tweets a message to his rivals this morning.

“Noting that today is the Hebrew anniversary of the death of (Kabbalist) Menachem Mendel Schneerson, the Lubavitcher Rebbe, Netanyahu writes, ‘I am reminded of comments made to me by the rabbi of Lubavitch: ‘You will need to fight … A blessing and success [to you]. God will give a blessing and success.’”

Why is this belief important? Because many of Schneerson’s followers believe he is the prophesied Jewish Messiah, the messiah for whom the Pharisees and Sadducees chose instead of Jesus!

As we stated in our ground-breaking DVD, “Secret Societies Killed Jesus”, the Pharisees killed Jesus even though they knew with 100% certainty that He was the Promised Messiah. But, Jesus was not the Messiah KING for which they were awaiting; rather, He was Messiah Suffering Servant, which they did not want.

The Cabala, which these Jewish religious leaders were practicing orally, believed that God of Abraham was an equal, but opposite, God to Satan. Therefore, once they killed the Suffering Servant Messiah, they could then stage the appearance of their own man, the Messiah King.

Just as the Cabalists believed in Jesus’ day that the Jewish Messiah was brought to Earth by powerfully occult priests who were serving God of Abraham, so they believe today that the Messiah King will be brought to Earth by their own power. Jesus stated these two sources of Messianic power and their two vastly goals, when He stated,

“I am come in my Father’s name, and ye receive me not: if another shall come in his own name, him ye will receive.” (John 5:43)

After rejecting Jesus’ Messianic Office, modern day Cabalists will accept their own Messiah King — Antichrist — in his own name!

But Prime Minister Netanyahu believes in the Messianic scenario and he certainly believes that Menachem Schneerson and his teachings are to be revered!

“In 1998, a group of rabbis signed a Jewish legal ordinance (psak din) declaring Menachem Schneerson the Jewish messiah.”

Now, if Netanyahu believes in the Hebrew writings as sacred, then he believes that the Book of Obadiah is also sacred. Therefore, he will believe that the following Scripture is sacred.

Obadiah 1-2 – “The vision of Obadiah. Thus saith the Lord God concerning Edom … I have made thee small among the heathen: thou art greatly despised.” Netanyahu does believe that God has caused the House of Edom – the Palestinians – to be greatly despised in the eyes of all the other peoples in the Middle East.

This attitude has come over the nations of the Region.

Obadiah 10, 15 – “For thy violence against thy brother Jacob shame shall cover thee, and thou shalt be cut off for ever … For the day of the Lord is near upon all the heathen: as thou hast done, it shall be done unto thee: thy reward shall return upon thine own head.”

The Palestinians have turned to great violence and bloodshed to achieve their goals for 40 long years! On October 7, Palestinian/Hamas fighters launched their most bloody attack yet, and wreaked death on the elderly and the infant, even decapitating them.

Obadiah 16 – “For as ye have drunk upon my holy mountain, so shall all the heathen drink continually, yea, they shall drink, and they shall swallow down, and they shall be as though they had not been.”
Obadiah 17 – “But upon mount Zion shall be deliverance, and there shall be holiness; and the house of Jacob shall possess their (former) possessions.” Netanyahu is thus assured that Israel’s Jews (Mount Zion) will be both saved from the danger and be given their own “possessions” (Temple Mount, Jerusalem, Israel)
Obadiah 18 – “And the house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame, and the house of Esau for stubble, and they shall kindle in them, and devour them; and there shall not be any remaining of the house of Esau; for the Lord hath spoken it.”

A weapon of fire is prophesied to come leaping out of Israel (Jacob and Joseph), completely burning the House of Esau (Palestinians) to mere stubble, a complete annihilation!

Since PM Netanyahu believes Hebrew prophecy, he would believe in Daniel:

The Prime Minister also believes he is Divinely appointed to his office:

“And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.”

This part of the prophecy foretells that Israel was going to pass through “a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time”! Unparalleled Disaster!!

This theme of unparalleled physical disaster reappears in the account of the Russian-led invasion – Ezekiel 38-39.

“And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons … and they shall burn them with fire seven years: So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire .”

This war with the House of Esau will inflict such great destruction that Israel’s culture is bombed back into the Middle Ages, where people did depend upon wood for heating and cooking needs!

Therefore the PM and his closest advisers know what actions they must take according to Hebrew prophecies and will be filled with unflinching power.

E-Mail David Bay: dbay@cuttingedge.org

Website: https://www.cuttingedge.org/

Social Media and Government Communications

By Paul Engel

November 14, 2023

Is social media the new public square?
Can government actors block access to government information by putting it on a private account?
Should government officials be allow to post official business on their private social media accounts?

Social media has become so much a part of our everyday lives that we often don’t think about how we use it. This has led to what appears to be a large percentage of Americans developing what can at best be described as some “interesting ideas” about the relationship between government and the various social media platforms. Some recent cases bring the question of the relationship between government actors and social media companies into question. Probably the most well known would be Missouri v. Biden, where the states of Missouri and Louisiana have brought suit claiming that members of the Biden Administration violated the First Amendment by attempting to influence what content would be deleted or deemphasized on various social media platforms. Two other cases involving local officials focus on how government actors can block access to their social media accounts. While most of the country seems to be focused on Missouri, these two cases bring up some questions the American people should really think about.

Should the federal government pressure social media companies to censor content on their platforms? I would hope the American people would not only recognize that it would be wrong, but a violation of the First Amendment. Today, we’ll be looking at a couple of other cases involving local government actors and how they use social media. While the case Missouri v. Biden is extremely important, like so many other things we should not let what’s going on in Washington, D.C. distract us from what is going on in our own back yard. That is why we’re looking at Lindke v. Freed and O’Connor-Ratcliff v. Garnier.

Social Media

I have to admit to a bit of a love-hate relationship with social media. On the one hand, these platforms help me put content in front of thousands of people I wouldn’t normally have access to. They allow me to post articles, videos, and podcasts on their platforms, usually for no charge. That is a tremendous boon for the information age. Many of these platforms have not only censored some of my content, but have blocked my account entirely, preventing me from using their services. These are private organizations, so I don’t have a problem with them censoring content since these are their platforms, not mine. Still, these two cases highlight dangerous misunderstandings about social media.

The dialogue between public officials and their constituents is fundamental to our democracy. Much of that conversation now takes place online, with social media platforms serving as the new town square, where public officials provide important information about what they’re doing on the public’s behalf and soliciting comments in return.

First of all, the United States and each of the Several States are republics not democracies. While the fundamental difference has been ignored and corrupted over the years, it’s especially important in these cases. In a democracy, the people legislate directly.

Government by the people; a form of government, in which the supreme power is lodged in the hands of the people collectively, or in which the people exercise the powers of legislation.

Democracy – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

While in a republic, the people’s sovereign power is vested in representatives elected by the people.

A commonwealth; a state in which the exercise of the sovereign power is lodged in representatives elected by the people.

Republic – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

If we lived in a democracy, the need to dialog with public officials would not be as great since we could create laws to dictate their powers directly. In a Republic, public officials are exercising power loaned to them from their election to office. That means the need to dialog is even greater.

Second is this idea of social media platforms serving as the new “town square”, or as it is sometimes referred to, the new “public square”. The most fundamental problem with this view of social media is that it’s not publicly owned, but privately. When someone posts something on social media, it’s not equivalent of posting a broadside on the town hall or in the square around it. Rather, social media is the equivalent of your neighbor allowing people to post notices on the fence that runs along their property. The fence is still their property, so they have every right to deny individuals or content for whatever reason they deem fit. Furthermore, this metaphorical fence, with all of these posts on it, is not directly accessible via public property. In order to access many of the features, especially the ability to “dialog” with the poster, a person must have an active account on these services. Since these companies are privately owned, their property and their systems are private as well. This means that not only can these companies regulate what gets posted, but also who has access to it and to what level. For these reasons, social media is not, cannot, and never should be considered the “public square”.

Mr. Kedem, attorney for Mr. Lindke, went on with another common misunderstanding often used in the legal profession.

While public officials retain First Amendment rights, use of a private social media account does not immunize an official’s conduct from First Amendment or constitutional scrutiny.

Lindke v. Freed – Oral Arguments

Whatever these officials have done, it cannot be a violation of the First Amendment. As I’ve stated numerous times in these pages, the first five words of that amendment are “Congress shall make no law”. Since the defendant, Mr. Freed, is a city manager, not only is he not a member of Congress and his actions were not taken under a law created by Congress, there can be no First Amendment violation. If there is a violation of the right to petition, it would be of Article I, Section 3 of the Michigan Constitution:

The people have the right peaceably to assemble, to consult for the common good, to instruct their representatives and to petition the government for redress of grievances.

Michigan Constitution, Article I, Section 3

Public vs Private

Mr. Mooppan, the attorney for Ms. O’Connor-Ratcliff, one of two members of the Poway Unified School District Board of Trustees, approached his argument from the other side of the issue.

Individuals who hold public office are still private citizens too. When acting in their personal capacity, they retain their First Amendment rights to decide who can participate in a community discussion that they host at their own property. They are thus free to block users from their personal social media pages, unless they chose to operate those pages in their official capacities instead.

O’Connor-Ratcliff, v. Garnier – Oral Arguments

While making the same First Amendment mistake as Mr. Kedem, Mr. Mooppan also claims that a person’s social media pages are their property. Is that true? To an extent.

The exclusive right of possessing, enjoying and disposing of a thing; ownership. …

Possession held on one’s own right.

The thing owned; that to which a person has the legal title, whether in his possession or not.

Property – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

A person’s social media space is not owned by them, but by the social media company. This company effectively rents the space on their system, in exchange for access to the data and activity of the user. Just as the renter of an apartment has the legal authority to determine who may enter said property, the user of a social media platform has the right to determine who may enter and participate in their virtual space.

The Right to Petition

As with all of our rights, the right to petition comes with the responsibility of the consequences of those actions. In both cases the government officials claimed that in their case, the other party abused their right to petition.

In 2020, Petitioner Kevin Lindke posted disparaging remarks on Freed’s personal Facebook page. Freed deleted Lindke’s comments and blocked Lindke from the page. Lindke sued, claiming Freed violated his constitutional rights under the First Amendment.

Lindke v. Freed – Petition for Certiorari

Petitioners, two elected members of the Poway Unified School District Board of Trustees, used personal Facebook and Twitter accounts to communicate with the public about their jobs and the District. Respondents, parents of children attending schools in the District, spammed Petitioners’ posts and tweets with repetitive comments and replies. So Petitioners blocked Respondents from the accounts.

O’Connor-Ratcliff v. Garnier – Petition for Certiorari

The Crux of the Matter

In both of these cases, one party is a government employee who used their “private” social media accounts to communicate with the public about matters related to their jobs. Apparently neither of the governments that employed these people had any control over the social media accounts in question. To me, the only way to determine if these actions were public or private is to determine whether these government actors were using their private accounts to conduct government business, and if so, to what extent would that limit their control over those accounts?

Let’s step away from the social media question and look at this another way. Say a government official occasionally uses their private vehicle when conducting public business. While they were doing so, you could reasonably require they follow all government regulations. For example, if the official was using their private vehicle in a public parade, they could not deny certain individuals from approaching while allowing others full access. In a similar way, they could not deny access to public information they posted on their private page, especially if that was the primary way of communicating with the public. However, unlike a private vehicle, access to a social media content is not limited to specific posts. You either have access to view and comment or you don’t. So it’s not an exact analogy, but I think it shows the problem. To me, the real problem is not the blocking of specific accounts by government actors, but the mixing of public and private data on a platform not fully within the control of the account holder.

Conclusion

If social media platforms cannot be the “public square” and account holders can determine who is allowed to access their information, we seem to have a legal quandary. Can government actors hide or otherwise deny access and commentary to content simply by placing it on a “private” social media account? Once the government actor places official material on their private account, is that account still private? Then there’s the question of consequences for people who abuse their right to petition their government for a redress of grievance via social media?

There are several conclusions I think we can come to from this discussion. First, treating social media as a public area is not only legally dubious, but very dangerous. Since the social media companies themselves can determine whether or not a person is allowed to access or have an account on their platform, they effectively have veto power over access to information from government actors, and the ability to comment on them. If we make social media platforms the “new public square”, we effectively are allowing government to take them over. Under the Fifth Amendment, would that be a takings or a deprivation of property without due process, or both? Furthermore, does posting information on “private” social media accounts allow government actors to unilaterally deny access to said information without any due process? Would placing data on a “private” social media account violate any Freedom of Information laws? Do you see how complicated and dangerous this “public square” view of social media is?

There is a lot more to these cases than first meets the eye. Since the Supreme Court has only just heard oral arguments, it is likely to take months before they release their decision. Could all of this been avoided by state and local governments requiring that government business only be performed on government accounts, maybe with an exception for posts on private accounts that point to the publicly available information? Perhaps what we really need is a separation of social media and state?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Remembering the Fallen: UK – November 2023

By Shirley Edwards

November 14, 2023

[These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years. Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.]

WHEN SOME GREAT SORROW, like a mighty river,
Flows through your life with peace-destroying power,
And dearest things are swept from sight forever,
Say to your heart each trying hour:
” This, too, shall pass away. ” —by Lanta Wilson Smith

Remembering the Fallen has obviously been quite a battle for some people these last few years.

Despite the collective Remembrance Day Service which the UK holds on the 11^th November every year to remember the service and sacrifice of those who defended our freedoms in world wars; it is now clearly evident that a collective forgetfulness and an ignorance towards history and present-day human suffering is taking place.

The few brief moments of silence on November 11^thallotted to our most precious battle for God given liberties will most certainly not cut it any longer, for a population that has forgotten the spirit of evil which promised to destroy every man, woman and child.

Was peace really restored on Armistice Day, or do we really need a continuous stream of shock, horror and organized fear to remind us what evil is capable of.

What and Who was behind the evil that abused and divided people these last few years based on faulty science and lies?

Who and What is really behind the instigation of war and division and the abuse being directed towards the ordinary man and woman on the street; who at its heart should want to live in peace, rather than die in its horror? What is the purpose of its agenda?

The UK, some of its citizens, and most especially its church leaders and governments, I believe, have betrayed the people who lost their lives. They have dishonoured those who believed they were fighting to protect our way of life. No poppy, no solemn silence or the laying of a wreath by them, can now cover the truth of the psychological war which is, and has been taking place on an individual and global basis these last few years, and even longer. I believe since time began. The silence, and the covering up of Truth perpetuated by leaders and the media, has been phenomenal.

Many people now know they have been lied to in every aspect, and that they are merely seen as pawns on the chessboard of life to serve another master which most certainly does not have humanities best interests at heart. Evil can only pretend to care, whilst it indignantly and indiscriminately builds its own world of darkness, with humanity as its slave, building on the heartaches of all of our unresolves traumas.

The atrocities of war and the cruel and inhumane way people were treated in the holocaust have the same hallmarks of how mankind has travelled since.

The continual promotion of Abortion and Euthanasia (ethnic cleansing and eugenics).

The experimental Mutilation of the human body and its beauty
The Displacement of Natural identity
Gender confusion
Sexualisation of children
Trafficking of adults and children
The Experimental use of medicine
The Worshipping of money
The Poisoning of food, water and air

The instigation of 15-minute cities which will Imprison citizens into their very own box.

There is a continuous and endless list of Assaults on the human psyche worldwide.

All are psychologically designed to destroy ourselves. All are designed to take you away from the innocence you were born with and away from a loving Creator.

How difficult has it been to point out these facts to others? And as we move along a steady conveyor belt from one trauma to another trauma, before we have any chance to recover, where will it all end?

Who is the author of this Destruction

All for our own Health and Safety

Whilst health and safety are an important aspect to life, our own health and safety is usually the term which is ceremoniously used to dilute, downgrade and displace the once stoic British spirit which stood for real courage, freedom and sensibility. It is a mask that evil hides behind.

This week it was reported that the town of Barry, in Wales, was cancelling a Remembrance Parade due to an incident which previously happened in a previous year when a veteran sadly sustained a serious head injury in an accident.

ITV News Wales reported that “Barry Town Council was saddened to have to cancel the parade but have to prioritise the safety of the people attending Remembrance events.

Barry Remembrance Day parade cancelled over ‘health and safety concerns’ | ITV News Wales

In London, a pro-Palestine march is planned for hundreds of thousands of demonstrators who plan to march at the same time as the Festival of Remembrance which is being held at the Royal Albert Hall on 11^th November.

Recently 11 people were arrested at one such event.

Just for one day they should respect this national event.

It is reported the Scotland Yard Commissioner told the London Assembly his police offices would ensure the security of the event and not allow any interference with a national moment of reflection and Remembrance at the Cenotaph. It will not ban the pro-Palestine march just for that day.

London chaos looms as hundreds of thousands plan to join pro-Palestine march on Saturday at same time Festival of Remembrance is held at Royal Albert Hall | Daily Mail Online

Eleven arrested as pro-Palestine protesters march through London after Oxford Circus brought to a standstill | The Independent

At the same time, it is recorded The Community Security Trust (CST) has recorded at least 533 antisemitic incidents across the UK between 7 – 20 October representing an increase of 651 percent. Four Jewish schools in Britain felt compelled to close. One school was vandalised.

Police Partnership – CST – Protecting Our Jewish Community

Meanwhile, the Health and Safety of British citizens is being compromised by the hundreds and now thousands of migrants who daily cross the channel on boats to our shores.

Despite the visual facts from the public that the migrants mainly consist of young fighting age men who are now being housed in hotels across the country, and are being given money and free bus travel each week, the Refugee Council claims “the majority of men, women and children who cross the Channel do so because they are desperate to escape war, conflict and persecution”.

They are spearheading a campaign to create an asylum system in the UK to treat everybody with fairness and humanity, regardless of how they arrive on our shores.

Majority of people on small boats crossing Channel last year are refugees, new analysis shows – Refugee Council

Advice & services for veterans seeking support | About Veterans’ Gateway (veteransgateway.org.uk)

One lone voice who has spoken out against what has been happening in the UK and around the world, is MP Andrew Bridgen. You can listen to his hopeful message here: There have been many voices throughout history conveying the same message to warn others.

Address to the people from Breedon on the Hill Church – YouTube

The forces who want to separate us from our true free self, know how to use unresolved trauma and injustice in each and every one of us. They purposefully do not allow recovery time from one assault to the other. The fairness and humanity which is being offered to others is not being applied to the natural born citizens or the legal immigrants who live in the UK and respect its culture. We have a population that now has unresolved anger bubbling up inside. It is tangible. It can be worrisome for many people to walk the streets or drive along our highways. Just how evil wants it.

The Remembrance service and parades of the weekend of the 11^th and 12^th November, are not to celebrate wars, but rather they are a time to remember those who have died in wars.

Remembering the Fallen, might be an invitation to not only be silent in remembrance of others, past and present, but to silently look inward to our own fallen selves. An opportunity to see what it is that others use to trigger our resentment with the injustice that we see all around us and to see how we are being used again to fight each other. A return back to the place where we all fell.

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

Links:

Barry Remembrance Day parade cancelled over ‘health and safety concerns’ | ITV News Wales

London chaos looms as hundreds of thousands plan to join pro-Palestine march on Saturday at same time Festival of Remembrance is held at Royal Albert Hall | Daily Mail Online

Eleven arrested as pro-Palestine protesters march through London after Oxford Circus brought to a standstill | The Independent

Majority of people on small boats crossing Channel last year are refugees, new analysis shows – Refugee Council

Advice & services for veterans seeking support | About Veterans’ Gateway (veteransgateway.org.uk)

Address to the people from Breedon on the Hill Church – YouTube

Rashida Talib – What People Are Ignoring

By: Devvy

November 13, 2023

Never in all my adult life (I’m 74) could I imagine so-called Americans in the year 2023 would be screaming, yelling and rioting on college campuses and other public locations supporting the most grizzly, grotesque massacre the terrorist group known as Hamas pulled off, Oct. 7, 2023. In a heartbeat it became a massive protest movement in dozens of countries. Kill the Jews! Exterminate the Jews! Free Palestine! Protesters filled with hate are still going on as I write this.

One must remember this about Oct 7^th: It was a holiday. It wasn’t during another episode of rockets back and forth. Hamas committed an unprovoked attack. Got that? The fighting between Hamas and Israel has been going on what seems like forever. BUT what happened on Oct 7^th was unprovoked. The target was babies, children, young women to rape and murder as well as innocent families doing nothing more than enjoying a day at home.

Probably just like the other side (Gaza strip), Palestinians going about their business and then BOOM! their world also explodes with death and violence. When the smoke began to clear, Israel warned the people of Gaza to get out now as they were going to send everyone of those Hamas butchers to hell. No 72 virgins waiting. No pedophile Mohammed waiting with open arms. Their phony god, Allah, won’t be there. Only hell. This is an accurate well-written article: Truth about Mohammed: rape, murder, molestation, beheading

“Mohammed was “a psychopath (with) Allah (as) nothing but his own alter ego,” according to Ali Sina, ex-Muslim, webmaster of FaithFreedom.org. Islam’s prophet Mohammed (various spellings are given to his name, some being “Muhammad”) was the David Koresh and Jim Jones of his time.

“Mohammed’s Allah’s religious activism prescribed for his disciples? “Fighting is prescribed for you. . .it is good for you.” Koran 2:216. That is the baseline of Islam: killing, fighting, slaying, murdering, slaughtering, leveling, conquering, overcoming for the bloodletting. The baseline includes Muslim slaying Muslim such as in “honor killing” — slitting the Muslim female’s throat if Muslim males conclude she has dishonored the clan.

“Read the daily news to see the killing cult enveloping the globe. Millions upon millions are in this marching “Islam world rule” army. They threaten every democracy. And who is Allah? Allah is Satan for he is the antipathy to the Bible’s loving God. When analyzing the Koran’s god, one discovers the devil as described in the Bible: “father of lies,” murderer, hater, insane, King of the Pit, Beelzebub, “that old snake,” the Book of Revelation’s “dragon,” overseer of the lake of fire and brimstone.”

Ali Sina continues, “Muhammad invented this bugaboo deity to fool people and ride them. Allah is no god. Muhammad was a deranged man. He concocted this whole lie to fool people. He was no different from Charles Manson.” Do take the time to read the rest. And ask yourself this question: What kind of religion forces you to be a believer or face death? Not Christianity whatever denomination. Not Judaism. Only “Islam”.

Regardless of whether you hate Israel or not, they not only warned the people of Gaza, they did it twice by dropping tens of thousands of flyers warning them to get out, get to someplace safe. At the same time, Turkey closed the border and said ‘we don’t want them’ (the Palestinians). Following WWII and the atrocities by Hitler and his henchmen, “164 countries entered into the ‘international humanitarian law‘ “defining how wars are fought, balancing two aspects: weakening the enemy and limiting suffering.

“The rules of war are universal. The Geneva Conventions (which are the core element of IHL) have been ratified by all 196 states. Very few international treaties have this level of support. Everyone fighting a war needs to respect IHL, both governmental forces and non-State armed groups. If the rules of war are broken, there are consequences. War crimes are documented and investigated by States and international courts. Individuals can be prosecuted for war crimes.”

As the world watched, Hamas gave the finger to the Geneva Convention’s IHL. Every single one of them should be hunted down and brought before a court just like others before this, i.e., Croatia, Bosnia and Serbia. Well, knowing Mossad’s reputation, few will make it to the court room.

People around the world were asking: What kind of animal does such a thing? They don’t. Animals kill for food for themselves or babies. The subhuman beings who committed such atrocities on Oct. 7^th words can’t even describe other than they are thrill killers feeding off their hatred for Jews. Oh, they can use any excuse they want, but the bottom line is those terrorists were ecstatic raping women, beheading babies and outright wanton murder.

HAMAS (Islamic Resistance Movement) is a political and military organization (Palestinian Sunni) with their headquarters in Palestine and who govern the Gaza Strip. Sunni Muslims comprise 85-90% of Muslims who belong to the POLITICAL PARTY known as Islam. Hamas became a spin off of the Muslim Brotherhood of the 1980’s.

What’s not being covered but should be front and center is the real goal of Islam: A world caliphate. Meaning the world will be governed by a caliph like the big guy, Allah. Anyone and I mean anyone who doubts the goal of Islam is to rule this world is either delusional, stupid or so brainwashed they are hopeless.

Muslims should NEVER have been allowed into America because if they are true believers of the slave mentality, hate and violence dictated by Sharia Law and their Qurān, they will work diligently to gain power. Unless you convert to their fake religion, you must die. Muslims, like communists, are taught to hate before they can walk. 40 decapitated babies on Oct. 7^th did not insult Islam yet “Americans” have gathered for huge protests at colleges and on the streets excusing and celebrating such sadistic barbarism. Nikki Haley Argues to Bring One Million Hamas Supporting Palestinians to the US from Gaza – Where Over 68% of Population Supports Terror Strikes on Israel, Oct. 17, 2023

If you haven’t read the book, Londonistan by Melanie Phillips, (2007) you should because Phillips pulls no punches in proving to anyone who can read how dangerous and destructive Muslims would be to Britain. Her book was a warning to the whole world about Islam. The world didn’t listen. And here we are decades later. What Phillips wrote in 2007 has become reality over there and other countries foolish enough to allow Muslims, most of them illegals, to remain in their country.

We are breeding the same vermin here, all in the name of tolerance. Every time I hear or read about “moderate” Muslims, I want to gag. There is no moderate if you’re a Muslim. It’s Allah’s way or you must die in his name.

As the years have passed, the truth about that brutal form of government has become a subject of major discussion in this country. While people continue to refer to Islam as a religion, I do not, which is my absolute right under the First Amendment. My personal opinion is that being a Muslim is nothing more than a being a slave to a violent, barbaric brutal form of government which demands everyone be a Muslim or join all non-believers in death.

By declaring Islam a religion, religious leaders in the Middle East and now here in America over the last few decades control their believers with the threat of some god named Allah. Allegedly, their “holy” Quran was revealed by a man named Muhammad. Many believe Muhammad was a pedophile. I have devoted a great deal of time reading about Islam and Muslims. Nothing I’ve read leads me to believe Muhammad wasn’t a pedophile, he was.

It is now and always has been the goal of Muslims to force everyone on this planet to convert to their totalitarian form of government using religion as the controlling mechanism. No? How about right out of the mouth of a Muslim leader in the United Kingdom?

“You can’t say that Islam is a religion of peace,” Choudary told CBN News. “Because Islam does not mean peace. Islam means submission. So the Muslim is one who submits. There is a place for violence in Islam. There is a place for jihad in Islam.” Choudary is the leader of Islam4UK, a group recently banned in Britain under the country’s counter-terrorism laws. He wants Islamic Sharia law to rule the United Kingdom and is working to make that dream a reality. While Islamic radicals in the United States usually prefer to speak in more moderate tones while in public, masking their true agenda, Choudary has no such inhibitions. He has praised the 9/11 hijackers and has called for the execution of Pope Benedict. He also stirred controversy recently when video emerged of him converting a 10-year-old British boy to Islam.”

One of the best short works on the history of Islam is by Dr. Peter Hammond. I had the pleasure of having dinner with Dr. Hammond in Washington, DC., back in 2004, along with my dear friend, Gen. Ben Partin (RIP). Dr. Hammond knows this issue like few others and his book, Slavery, Terrorism and & Islam, is a must read. Dr. Hammond points out and history clearly backs up his statement:

“What few Westerners understand is that Muslim leaders who call for the overthrow of governments and the establishment of an Islamic superstate controlling all aspects of life, for every person on earth, are not necessarily extremists on the fringe of Islam. Jihad, the subjugation and forcible conversion of all people to Islam and world domination are, in fact, central tenants of Islam. Jihad is the sixth pillar of Islam.”

As Dr. Hammond gives permission to copy reasonable text from his thoroughly researched book, here are a few pages just to give you an idea; click here. Muslims and their clerical leaders will not stop until they achieve their goals and it will be done with violence here in the United States as has been the case around the world for centuries. Dr. Hammond’s book is pricey on Amazon, but you can order directly from their web site.

If you think Dr. Hammond is some sort of bigot, you would be badly mistaken. Many of the most damning videos of Muslims, raping, murdering and mutilating have been wiped by You Tube. Videos of what’s been happening for decades now in other countries as Muslims bully their way into power for their eventual take-over of any country once they get enough power don’t meet You Tube’s “community standards”.

It’s disgusting how most are too stupid or brainwashed to understand just how savage the “religion” of Islam really is – as in throwing sexual deviants (homosexuals) off root tops or slitting their throats in the public square. There are no “human rights”, only hate and violence. Funny thing, though. In Northern Afghanistan, old men parade around with their 10-13-year old little boy toys. Showing off their prized possession. They make me sick.

All the “progressive” women in this country barfing up the usual rancid stew about women’s rights in Iraq, Afghanistan and other Muslim dominated countries completely ignore the brutality of women living under Sharia Law.

Toilet scum like career criminal Hildebeast Clinton and the rest of useful fools all bellow we must respect Islam, a peaceful religion with a few bad apples here and there. Really? THIS is what your “peaceful” religion believes in: Mutilating little girls so sadistic Islamic men, cowards, make sure they will never experience anything other than being brutal chattel for their pleasure. Slaves to gutless men with low IQ’s from inbreeding. And no, anesthesia was not used to ‘cut’ that poor little girl.

This barbarism is still going on in these united States of America – most of it done underground. This is an 11-page must read: Sexual Mutilation of Muslim Girls, Today in the United States:

“Female genital mutilation (FGM) was suddenly in the news in late 2018. A federal act, passed in 1996, that outlawed female genital mutilation in the U.S., was ruled unconstitutional by a federal district judge in Michigan (Bel-luck, 2018). This decision has cast a new spotlight on a little-known atrocity that is, in fact, being imposed on millions of women worldwide. Young girls, often without warning or consent, are being subjected to a life-changing surgery: the removal of their external sex organs.

“We have all probably heard of this happening, in the Middle East, Asia, and Africa. That is true, but it has begun to happen today in the United States to some young Muslim girls who are American citizens. We will return to the case of these American girls, and the federal Court ruling made in favor of those who mutilated them, after looking at this issue from a broader worldwide perspective.

“Female genital mutilation is a subject that is difficult to speak or think about. To modern Americans, cutting off a young girl’s sexual organs sounds so grotesque, so bizarre and sadistic as to be hard to contemplate, let alone describe or discuss rationally….“Genital Mutilation Is Exported to the West”

“Sadly, but realistically, there is almost nothing that we in the U.S. can do to bring to a rapid end the genital mutilation of young girls in Asia, Africa, and the Middle East. Among other obstacles, some there see ending FGM as a demand of Western Imperialism. A physician in Malaysia proclaimed “The problem of the West is that it is so judgmental. Who the hell are you to tell us what to practice and what not to practice?” (Chesler, 2017, p. 397).

“Because of immigration patterns, however, FGM is now an emerging issue in many European and Western countries. Muslim parents in Europe, Canada, and the U.S. are able to have genital mutilation done to girls secretly in private settings, or by taking the girls on “vacations” to be mutilated abroad (Chesler, 2017, p. 424)…

“Genital mutilations of young girls are now occurring in the United States. One female lawyer, who often deals with immigrant families, believes that New York City is “the capital of FGM in the U.S. Doctors usually see it when the women go into labor, and they do not know how to deal with the tremendous scarring” (Chesler, 2017, p. 356)…

“In Livonia, Michigan, a suburb of Detroit, nine young Muslim girls, transported from Minnesota, Illinois, and elsewhere in Michigan, were all subjected to genital mutilation (Belluck, 2018). The girls’ parents, who ordered and paid for the cutting, and four doctors and clinic employees, were all members of a Shiite Muslim sect based in India, the Dawoodi Bohra. They were prosecuted under a 1996 federal law that outlawed female genital mutilation in the U.S. But, on November 20, 2018, U.S. District Judge Bernard Freidman, ruled the federal law to be unconstitutional (Belluck, 2018). The judge’s ruling was based entirely on the matter of jurisdiction.

“He stated that Congress had no authority to address a “local criminal activity,” that could only be penalized by state laws. All charges were dismissed against the eight adults directly involved in the girls’ mutilations. This technical and narrowly-reasoned decision may be legally challenged on a number of grounds.”

Female Gentile Mutilation is illegal in the State of Texas: HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE, TITLE 2. HEALTH, SUBTITLE H. PUBLIC HEALTH PROVISIONS, CHAPTER 167. FEMALE GENITAL MUTILATION

However, it’s still going on in Michigan: Judge dismisses charges tied to Michigan female genital mutilation case, Sept. 29, 2021. Where the hell is the Michigan state legislature and governor all these years while this atrocity has been forced on innocent little girls? Well, certain parts of Michigan are now Muslim controlled: 2%. When a country or state is controlled by Muslims at a rate of 7% or higher, that’s when they make their move and it’s never peaceful.

Country’s first all-Muslim city council is elected in Michigan, Nov. 10, 2021. Keith Ellison is the Attorney General of Minnesota and a Muslim. Prior to that he served in the U.S. Congress which should never have been allowed. In 2022, a female millennial “progressive” (Marxist ideology) who is Muslim was allegedly elected to the George State Senate along with a slew of Muslims nationwide whose loyalty is NOT the U.S. or the U.S. Constitution. The goal is to continue gaining power for a world caliphate.

BTW: Nabilah Islam is Bangladeshi. Supports killing the unborn, raising the minimum wage to continue killing jobs, fully supports sexual deviants (homosexuals, lesbians and all the other alphabet baloney genders). Being morally bankrupt gets her the Democrat vote. She hides what her “religion” forbids for votes. Not to mention her gushing support of the one of the biggest scams and lies ever: Climate Change. Nabilah Islam was endorsed by braying ass, AOC and wants to turn Georgia from blue to progressive (communist).

America: How stupid can you get to not only invite people into this country who hate you and everything our republic stands for, you vote for an enemy of We the People into positions of power just so you’ll be seen as tolerant? Of course, when Muslims outnumber registered voters, the outcome is predictable. I believe it was in 2020, 70 judges who are Muslim were allegedly elected to the bench.

MUSLIM TAKEOVER of a Michigan City…coming soon to a community near you…if you let it, Jan. 11, 2022: “Driving through the Michigan city of Hamtramck and its plethora of Arabic signs, women in hijabs, abayas, and burqas, men in Islamic headgear, and the Muslim Call to Prayer being blasted from loudspeakers in the local mosques, will have you thinking you are in downtown Baghdad. Look at the all-Muslim City Council and newly elected Muslim mayors, and you’ll believe you aren’t even in America anymore. But this is just the latest example of how Muslims never actually assimilate into any non-Muslim country, they come to dominate and spread Islam…

“Muslim Americans were also elected for mayoral seats for the first time in Dearborn and Dearborn Heights. Over the past few years, Americans have gradually begun to realize that something is rotten in the state of Michigan. After numerous incidents, there is no denying: Michigan has a problem, and it’s coming from their ever-growing Islamic community.

“By now, many Americans have heard the horror stories coming from certain areas in Michigan, specifically Dearborn and Hamtramck, which have become inundated with Islamic migrants and communities. In fact, Hamtramck is listed as a majority-Muslim city, and is governed by only Muslims, while Dearborn is considered the “Muslim capitol of the US,” at over 50% Islamic, and is home to America’s biggest Mosque.”

I highly encourage you to read this interview, by a Danish Psychologist: ‘Integration of Muslims in Western Societies is Not Possible’ from 2010. Anyone following the massive wave of crime and destroying the lives of native Europeans because of the Muslim invasion over there will see the author was 100% right about what would happen and has happened. Several years ago, the European Court ruled insulting Islam is not free speech. Think that isn’t coming to America?

Muslims will not integrate into Western society because it isn’t compatible with their Quran. Those poor people are brainwashed from the moment they begin to understand their native language. Does that mean I hate Muslims? No. As I’ve written many times, I feel sorry for any man or woman brought up in such a barbaric, totalitarian hell, being forced to believe Islam is the only “religion” on earth and all non-believers must die. I do hate terrorists no matter who they represent because they’re cowards who kill at will.

Americans continue to ignore this about the so-called Squad. A disgrace to our U.S. House of Representatives. Redefines the definition of dumb, Marxist Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez [NY]: Video Shows Ocasio-Cortez Is An Actress Who Auditioned To Be Congresswoman By Dem Group, March 16, 2019. AOC is also a member of the Democrat Socialists of America.

Ilhan Omar [MN], Muslim Somalian born America hater who married her brother and Republicans have let her get away with it. Incest is best for Muslims; inbreeding has been going on for millenniums. Another racist who hates white Americans and our Constitution: Ayanna Pressley (MA). Pressley is another stinking Marxist who hates Jews. And last but not least, skank Rashida Tlaib [MI], a Muslim Palestinian who hates Jews and America with a passion. She is the worst of the group. Tlaib should NEVER have been on any ballot for any office in this country.

Following the 2018 selections, er, elections, those four pieces of excrement with lightning speed became a force within the Democrat/Communist Party USA. They gained unbelievable power in Congress bullying members of their own party always using the gender, race or religious card. They’ve been vomiting up their hate on a daily basis since they were sworn into office. BIG money has poured into their campaign coffers by America hating organizations around this country every election. Well documented. This is what Americans need to pay attention to – those America haters are being elected into positions of power and they intend to use their power to destroy this republic.

Who would vote for such human garbage? Districts with large numbers of Muslims who hate OUR America and ignorant, stupid voters in AOC and Pressley’s districts who vote skin color. Shame on those voters for being part of the planned destruction of our republic. The arrogant “Squad” should remember these words because when the Masters of the Game are finished using you, they will take you down:

“No man survives when freedom fails, the best men rot in filthy jails, And those who cry ‘appease, appease’ Are hanged by those they tried to please.”

NEW E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

NewsWithViews on Truth Social. Follow us @NewsWithViews
https://truthsocial.com/@NewsWithViews

NewsWithViews on X. Follow us @NewsWithViews2
https://twitter.com/newswithviews2

Link: Trump warns of immigration ‘Trojan horse,’ Clinton rejects criticism on ‘name-calling’

WATCH & READ: SILENT MAJORITY: Ever wonder why you rarely, if ever, hear any complaints about Israel from the 2 million Arab citizens of Israel?

The War Comes Home

By Cliff Kincaid

November 13, 2023

We remember the sacrifices of our veterans as wars are continuing in Europe and the Middle East and a new war has broken out here at home. Communists and their Arab and Muslim allies have proclaimed “From Atlanta to Gaza” as a major “protest” against “Cop City” in Atlanta is now underway. “Bring the war home” says one of their fliers.

“The mission to stop Cop City and the mission to stop Israel’s genocide in Palestine go hand in hand” says another flier.

On November 4, I covered the anti-Israel rally in Washington, D.C. and recorded the names of the communist groups and individual Marxist-Leninists behind the event.

“From Palestine to Mexico” said one of their signs, “all the walls have got to go.”

The first war began in Ukraine, when President Biden indicated a minor Russian “incursion” into Ukraine might be tolerated. But President Zelensky fought back, rallying his people for national survival and independence.

Calling the Jewish President of Ukraine a Nazi has to be one of the most successful Russian disinformation campaigns of the modern era. The Russians raised the specter of Nazis in Ukraine to justify their invasion of this former Soviet republic. Incredibly, this claim was picked up by some so-called “conservatives” in the United States.

Now we understand the purpose of this Russian propaganda effort. It was not only to derail U.S. support for the people of Ukraine. It was designed to divert attention from the real Nazi problem in the world – the embrace of Hitler’s anti-Semitism by groups such as Hamas in Gaza, a territory next to the state of Israel.

After the Hamas terrorist attack on Israel, the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) have responded, eliminating members of Hamas and confiscating their propaganda, including an Arabic-language version of Adolf Hitler’s manifesto Mein Kampf.

Israeli news organizations have published photographs of Israeli President Isaac Herzog holding up a copy of an Arabic translation of “Mein Kampf” that was “found by IDF troops in a children’s room used as a Hamas terror base in the Gaza Strip.”

I turns out the real Nazis were in Gaza, awaiting instructions from their sponsors in Iran and Moscow.

As the Russians were conveying propaganda that Ukraine was dominated by Nazis, leading some people to question U.S. support for President Zelensky, the Russians were planning their next move. Their allies in Hamas, who take orders from Russian client state Iran, were planning the October 7 assault on Israel, leading to the war in the Middle East now underway.

Now, the United States must cope with Russian designs on Europe and the Middle East, under the “leadership” of China Joe Biden. And that raises the issue of what China Joe will promise Red Chinese dictator Xi when he meets with him in San Francisco.

It is apparent that Biden was trying to buy off Iran with billions of dollars in “humanitarian” aid and oil sales, thinking this would satisfy the Ayatollah and his Mullahs and lead to a “two-state” solution, with Israel next to a Palestinian state. But that wasn’t enough to satisfy the Ayatollah and his Russian sponsors. They seek the destruction of the Jewish state.

In the same way, it looks like the losers in the Biden Administration want to promise China the eventual conquest of Taiwan if they will only wait for a while. But it’s doubtful that the Chinese communists will want to wait. With two wars already under way, draining U.S. resources, it might make sense for the Chinese communists to mount their own invasion. That means more loss of life and the destruction of a free and democratic nation on Taiwan.

In other words, the second major war in the world, involving Israel, may be just the diversion the Chinese are looking for.

The Biden Administration is desperate, now pressuring Israel to agree to the “two-state” solution that has already proven to be a dangerous diversion. How on earth could Jewish leaders agree to such a “solution,” when the perils of having a territory on its own border that serves as a base for Nazi-inspired terrorists have already been demonstrated?

A separate state of “Palestine,” which can openly import arms from Moscow and Beijing, makes no sense, except from the point of view of those seeking the obliteration of the state of Israel. But this is the position and stance of the Biden Administration.

Biden’s meeting with Xi is also noteworthy for his failure to hold the Chinese communists responsible for the China virus that killed 1 million Americans.

The Republicans say the Biden family was paid off by China and other countries and that the evidence shows that the COVID virus came out of a Chinese lab. If so, why wait for more evidence to impeach President Biden? Isn’t this enough to prove the case?

Meanwhile, with the Cop City protest, another major confrontation is developing within the confines of the United States. It is another front in the Third World War. Let’s hope and pray it is not too late to win.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

USA Survival – A Matter of Priorities

By Lex Greene

November 13, 2023

America is by far the most diverse nation anywhere in the world. Our society is made up of people from all over the globe who, in one generation or another, came to America in search of freedom, liberty, equal justice, peace, and prosperity.

So, it should come as no surprise to anyone that our political opinions and policy views are as diverse as society itself. We all have individual hopes and dreams, for ourselves and our loved ones. For over two-hundred years in the USA, we all had the freedom and liberty to pursue those individual hopes and dreams, largely without any interference from anyone, including government.

Those days are gone, at least for now… and it’s all a result of wrong priorities. Previous generations made huge sacrifices to make it possible for us to enjoy the many blessings of freedom and liberty. All gave some, and some gave all. But that isn’t who we are anymore as a people…

DANGEROUS MODERN PRIORITIES

SELF – A majority of today’s Americans are entirely self-centered in their individual personal priorities. Most don’t care how their priorities impact anyone else, or even everyone else. Most do not even consider how their personal desires negatively impact the entire country and the future of freedom for all.
MONEY – While money itself is not the “root of all evil,” the “love of money” most certainly is. If making money is your only priority in life, and you love money more than anything else, that is indeed, “the root of all evil.” Politicians do it, but so do voters. Criminals do it, but so do average people who will do things for money that they otherwise wouldn’t do.
FEELINGS – Acting or reacting on the basis of feelings instead of facts, often in direct conflict with the facts, will cause bad decisions every single time. We all have feelings, sometimes justified, sometimes not. But facts are supposed to drive our decisions, not feelings.

I’ll stop here for now, because a detailed list could go on forever, and everything on that list will be the result of the top three things above. These three things are the driving force behind the opinions and decisions of most Americans today. Many believe that truth is subjective, in the mind of the beholder. They believe this simply because truth is driven by their selfish desires based upon their feelings, often also driven by their “love of money,” what they think they are “entitled to.”

Under these basic priorities, the entire country is doomed to failure. What’s best for freedom, liberty, equal justice, peace, and prosperity for ALL, isn’t even a consideration. As a result, the most important things of all fall far down the list of voter priorities and in the end, they fall off of the list of priorities altogether.

BAD PRIORITIES RESULT IN BAD POLICIES

As we head into the 2024 election cycle, on the heels of a disastrous off-year election just a few days ago, here’s what we know about voting trends. A growing majority of voters are now single-issue voters.

35% of female voters say they won’t even consider voting for someone who does not share their views on abortion. This finding includes nearly half (46%) of Democrats, almost a quarter (23%) of independents, and one in five (20%) Republicans. Despite everything going on the world today, female voters continue to make “the murder of all innocence” their TOP priority in every election, and it has been since the 1970s, overwhelmingly voting democrat. Obviously, this does not include every woman, but a majority of women in the USA right now.
At no time during the mass illegal invasion of our own country, did our streets fill with young people protesting the destruction of their own country as a direct result of democrat “sanctuary for criminals” policies. So long as only border states were being overrun with illegals, people continued voting for the policies causing the mass invasion at our borders. Only when illegals were shipped to their cities in the north, did democrat voters have a sudden interest in national security.
Even though a tiny fraction of our society involves members of the LGTBQ+ community, they managed to put their single personal issue (gay, transgender rights) ahead of everything else in the country, including child safety, national sovereignty, security, freedom, liberty, and equal justice for all. Their single-issue votes pushed the most important things for every American to the bottom of the priority list as well.
And now, our streets are once again filled with the evil likes of BLM and ANTIFA as the global community organizer Obama, orders them into the streets via free (taxpayer funded) Obama phone again, this time in support of the most subhuman brutal terrorists ever know to mankind from the Middle East.

Meanwhile, Obama (the real person in control of our federal government today) has caused war after war after war in his Global Reset initiative to not only fundamentally transform America, but forever destroy free nations all over the world, in concert with Klaus Schwab’s WEF, the UN, NATO, WHO, CIA, FBI, IRS USAID, and IMF.

As we sit on the brink of global catastrophic events, Americans continue to undermine their own country through their entirely self-centered special interest voting, as if they will be able to escape the consequences of their own actions.

Here are the facts no one can escape or survive

If FREEDOM and LIBERTY are not a TOP PRIORITY for you in every election, no one in the USA will have freedom and liberty.
If NATIONAL SOVEREIGNTY and SECURITY are not a TOP PRIORITY for you in every election, then no one in the USA will have sovereignty or security.
If real EQUAL JUSTICE FOR ALL is not a TOP PRIORITY for you in every election, then no one in our country will ever have equal justice under the law.
If government FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY isn’t a TOP PRIORITY for you in every election, then every American is headed for bankruptcy, ending in survival of the fittest.
If LOW TAXES and LOW REGULATION is not a TOP PRIORITY for you in every election, then you and every other American will be overtaxed and over-regulated, and eventually, totally controlled.
If HONEST FREE LEGAL ELECTIONS are not a TOP PRIORITY for you in every election, no matter your political leanings, then you deserve to live under the boot of whoever steals the election through blatant fraud.

Again, I can keep going on this list for just a few more, but face it, if you made it this far in this piece and still don’t get it, nothing I say can help you get it.

This country is what the people make it or allow it to be. Either politicians work for us, or we work for them. The government either operates within Constitutional confines, or it has no right to exist at all.

These truths are so fundamental and obvious that if you don’t get it, it’s because you don’t want to get it. It’s because you choose to put yourself ahead of the country and everyone else in it. If enough people continue to do that, this is going to turn out bad for everyone, real soon.

E-Mail Lex Greene: lexgreene23@mailfence.com

What About the Corruption-Incompetence in Washington DC?

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 13, 2023

The sheer magnitude of incompetence and corruption in Washington DC makes this journalist sick to my stomach weekly. It’s almost beyond comprehension of what’s going on with those 535 Congressional Critters. What are they doing and why are they screwing up/destroying our country to this degree in 2023?

Not to mention, we endure our president of the United States who shakes hands with the air, must be led off stage by his wife, who doesn’t know where he is or what day of the week it is, let alone the location of Israel on a map. He doesn’t write his speeches. He can’t remember what he’s talking about as he mumbles along with the aid of a teleprompter. Whomever writes his speeches is the one running our country.

Yet somebody continues the coverup of his dementia. World leaders know it. He makes a fool of himself and our country with every meeting with leaders of Europe, Canada, China, et al. His wife won’t expose the fact that Biden cannot maintain a cohesive thought or complete, knowledgeable sentence.

Our Open Borders Are A National Disgrace And Dangerous

Either he or she, or his staff cannot or will not comprehend the long-term consequences of his open borders mandate. If anyone thinks 8,000,000 illegal aliens added in the last 34 months along with the 12,000,000 previously added before Biden will end well—-they would be termed damned fools. It’s my bet that Islamic sleepers cells are preparing massive destruction of electrical substations, lighting prairie fires in the coming summer, poisoning our water supplies…or, as you can see, those Muslims lead thousands in riots and protesters in favor of Hamas’ slaughter of Jewish women, children and elders. In other words, we’ve swallowed the Islamic Beast. And, in the end, that Beast will swallow us. I don’t know why anyone can’t see it. Whether you see it or not, we’re heading into a very dangerous future for our country.

For example, my two Colorado U.S. Senators, Bennet and Hickenlooper, are as useless as a three dollar bill. They have broken their oath of office for years. Bennet and Hickenlooper support open borders and endless illegal immigration. They made Colorado a “Sanctuary State.” Our Governor Jared Polis can’t fix Denver’s 10,000 homeless situation, so he has invited another 5,000 illegal aliens for us to care for with our tax dollars. He’s known as Governor Jared “Pothole” Polis because our roads explode with potholes that destroy car wheels and cause deadly accidents. My House of Representatives lady Brittany Petterson sits behind a desk all day with nothing to show for it at the end of the year.

Department of Homeland Security Chief Mayorkas should be impeached for his incompetence, but then, he’s doing what Biden’s handlers dictate. And yet, if the House impeaches him, the democrat controlled Senate will not convict. How stupid or corrupt are the Senators who will not convict such insanity of losing our sovereignty as a nation?

What have our 535 Congressional Critters not done? No solutions to our $33 trillion national debt. No bills rescinding the insane “Asylum Act” that allows Biden to destroy our borders and national sovereignty. Just let millions of the world’s poor invade our country with no thought about our own citizens. Let our own country become a third world nightmare. No solutions for the $100 billion in annual shoplifting in America. No solutions for over 500,000 American homeless. No solutions to inflation. No solutions for our failing schools that are overrun with illegals’ kids. No solution for Climate Change they so desperately push. No solutions to the “Transgender” nightmare. No solutions to the 124,000 Afghanistan refugees Biden flew into our country without vetting, that still inhabit five military bases around our country. No solutions as to the incredible tax burden on you and me annually at over $150,000,000,000.00. No solutions for teaching Critical Race Theory that engenders hatred for one’s own country. No solutions for the massive drug influx into our country that kills 100,000 kids annually.

Those DC people simply WON’T do their jobs per their swearing on the Bible to uphold our U.S. Constitution.

Are they incompetent or corrupt? We know Rep. Nancy Pelosi exceeds Al Capone in corruption as to insider trading on defense contracts. But there are dozens more House members doing the same thing. We know that Rep. Maxine Waters, Ilhan Omar and dozens of others are corrupt or incompetent—but they keep getting reelected.

We all know we need “Term Limits”, but no one will vote for limits because the “good old boys” network is so entrenched. Read The Democrat Party Hates America by Mark Levin. You’ll get a taste of the incredible depth of corruption and fraud in DC.

For the record, I am just a regular Baby Boomer who thought we could make America and the world better. But in the past 50 years, the “world” has gotten much uglier, much more overpopulated, and much more dangerous. Earth Day is a total joke. The outright killings in our cities, the astounding shoplifting, the car jackings, the homeless, the marches IN FAVOR of exterminating Jewish people both here and all of Israel…how could that much hate boil up in our country?

You hear all these people cry about saving our planet from “Climate Change”, but they won’t address the “driver” for it: EXCESSIVE HUMAN NUMBERS! They intentionally ignore what’s causing it as if they are parading for some grand solution…but they are living a grand illusion. It’s enough to drive me nuts! How about you?

Why aren’t more Americans wondering how it’s going to be when we import another 50 or 70 or 100 million more third world people into our country? That’s what’s coming. It’s not going to be pretty, and yet, most Americans are oblivious to our horrid future.

In the end, I try to live a decent life, daily. I keep my part of the world clean, neat and peaceful. I go to work daily with a positive attitude. I participate in my town of Golden, Colorado. I hope you do your best to keep your town, state, family and community in good stead. I hope you support our military and our police. I hope you are proud to be an American. I hope you say your prayers at night and thank God you live, work and play in America.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Systematic Killing of America Part 2 of 4

By Reverend Glynn Adams

November 12, 2023

“For My people are foolish, they know Me not; they are stupid children and have no understanding. They are shrewd to do evil but to do good they do not know.” (Jeremiah 4:22)

The American People are being destroyed because we have forsaken the ways of God, we are being destroyed because we do not know the knowledge of God (Hosea 4:6), and because we have no idea that Jude 4 warns us that certain evil demonic occult New World Order/One World Government men have systematically crept into our nation unnoticed since the late 1800s and have captured and corrupted our nation and we are so blind and apathetic we have not seen or understood it!!!

The Body of Christ in this nation is more than sound asleep, we are disengaged, and we don’t care. We do not know our history or the Word of God. We are deceived about the brutality coming to us. We are waiting for the rapture rather than obeying the LORD Jesus Christ!!! As a result, we are under the severe judgment of God and we are in for a rude awakening, much suffering, bondage, and destruction if we don’t repent and turn from our wicked way or we will never have a Great Awakening. Selah!!!

In my last article, I wrote about the deceptive way the demonic occultist passed the Federal Reserve Act into law. Like the citizens and Body of Christ of today, they rolled over and gave evil men the ability to control our economic system and to manipulate it into endless debt, which is, according to God, is a curse – “the borrower is slave to the lender.” By authorizing a central bank to control the country’s money supply and the value of the dollar, our nation will be forced to go off the gold standard to fiat money. Government spending will skyrocket beyond all expectation, no budgets, just print fake money to pay for projects; we pay the Federal Reserve interest for money they create out of thin air and we get the debt.

Politicians could now commit to their pet projects that cost millions/billions/trillions of dollars more than the resources we have to pay for them. The Federal Reserve in turn, would purchase the “excess” debt by printing more paper money, thereby inflating the economy. States will be seduced by the Federal deep pockets but lacking any mechanism to manufacture debt, would become dependent on Washington DC for revenue, thereby reversing the traditional relationship that existed between state and federal government. And the taxpayers would bear the brunt of bloated governments, thanks to the enactment of a graduated income tax.

Prior to 1913, there was no income tax in America except for a period during the Civil War and the early years of Reconstruction. Our government existed on tariffs and excise taxes. Not being able to spend or borrow heavily, the federal government remained limited in its scope of operations. When the Republican politicians tell you they want smaller government – that is a ball-face lie straight from the pits of hell. Under this current system it can’t be made smaller and they know it.

The Supreme Court ruled in 1895 that federal income tax can only be imposed by Constitutional Amendments. The man who proposed this amendment in Congress was the same senator who advanced the plan for the Federal Reserve was none other than who the deep state owned, Senator Nelson Aldrich. The average John Doe who voted for the approval of the Amendment fancied that the progressive tax would “soak the rich.” Being hoodwinked and stupid, the citizens passed the Constitutional Amendment but were unaware that the rich could channel their wealth into their tax-exempt foundations or they could manufacture losses and expenses to lessen their reported earnings. Twenty years after the passage of the Revenue Act of 1933, a congressional panel discovered that J. P. Morgan, Jr., one of the richest men in America, was not paying any income tax at all. The people had been duped. Today Amazon and other corporations make billions and pay no income tax!!!! Upon passage of the Federal Reserve Act, it was Banker Rothchild who said, “Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes the laws.”

About this time in history, the House of Carnegie, the House of Morgan, House of Rothschild, and the House of Rockefeller begin to think that war was the most effective way to alter the life of an entire people. The trustees concluded that only war could serve to set the stage for world government. With Wilson in the White House, the Committee and their demonic occults, had gained control of the Oval Office having arranged for His election.

Sometime in the 1900s, Carnegie and the House of Morgan begin loaning large sums of money to fund the war against Germany. With a lot of money loans at stake, it was essential to tip the scales in favor of the Allies. An incident had to be manufactured that would provoke the American People to abandon their stance of isolationism and to enter the fracas. It came with the sinking of the Lusitania by a German U-Boat on May 7, 1915. One thousand, one hundred, and ninety-eight civilians, including 128 Americans died. This un-seemingly unprovoked act of aggression against a passenger ocean liner served to arouse anti-German sentiments throughout the country.

Few Americans realized that the sinking and delayed rescue had been planned by Winston Churchill, the Wilson Administration, and J. P. Morgan, who had provided massive loans to Great Britain and the Allied forces. The American Public was not informed that the Lusitania was transporting six million rounds of ammunition and other military munitions to Britain. Upon the order of President Wilson, the ship’s original manifest was hidden away in the archives of the Treasure Department. Nor were they made aware that Churchill and other members of the Admiralty had directed the Lusitania to proceed at considerably reduced speed and without escort to the precise location within the Irish Sea where the German U-Boat was lying in wait.

And the public for the most part, remained oblivious that the Germans had placed large ads in the New York newspapers to dissuade Americans from boarding the ocean liner. Most of the news came from Milner’s Round Table and was circulated by J. P. Morgan, who had gained control of America’s newspapers. Congressman Oscar Callaway inserted this statement within the Congressional Record about Morgan’s ability to control and manipulate the national news. With the media in the control of Morgan and in turn, Rothschild, the American people never really knew the reason the doughboys were being dispatched to the trenches of France.

They had been informed by leading journalists that the cause of the war was the assassination of Archduke Ferdinand on Jan 28, 1914. The citizens of America were shielded from the fact – like all wars – had been sparked by economic interests and that the conflict has been in the works for decades. Friends, this has not changed today. These wealthy cabals of bankers and businessmen have used our military to protect their financial interest overseas and have sacrificed our boys in war after war to protect their financial interest in oil, foreign investments, and property to remove any opposition to their financial interest in any area, all for love of money.

Carefully observe what Gary Allen wrote in “The Rockefeller File.” “Having a big state in an international foreign policy, the Rockefellers always made sure that the Secretary of State and the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency are “their boys.” Marshall, Acheson, Dulles, Herter, Rusk, and Kissinger have all labored fighting wars to make the world safe for Standard Oil. The CIA has served as the State Department and Standard Oil’s enforcement arm, destroying genuine anti-communists movements around the world.

The shadow government is alive and well in America and has been since the early 1900s. However, there is a part of this shadow government that is most powerful working in our nation and our government that most citizens have never heard of. “The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)” established six years after the Federal Reserve was created, worked to promote an internationalist agenda on behalf of the international banking elite. Where the Fed took control of money and debt, the CFR took control of the ideological foundations of this nation – encompassing the corporate, banking, political, foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation into generally cohesive overall world view.” Carroll Quigley, “Tragedy and Hope”

As the House of Morgan with its ongoing ties to the House of Rothschild, took the lead in the creation of the Federal Reserve and it also spearheaded the formation of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). In post-World War I America, Morgan and Company wielded almost unlimited power. The wealth of Morgan, Rothschild, Carnegie, Rockefeller, and elites were unmeasurable. Through the years, the CFR remained under the domain of the House of Morgan, Rothschild, and eventually Rockefeller. These banking families controlled and financed it.

They selected its staff, set its agenda, and arranged the placement of its members in key government positions. Its purpose was to align America’s foreign policy with the aim of the Globalists international money cartel in the same manner that the Federal Reserve aligned America’s economic policy. Its activities were never benign and removed from their ultimate goal of accumulation of the world’s wealth. The CFR became a place where enterprising bankers and businessmen gather to gain access to America’s elite. In their arrival in their chosen professions, they would receive an invitation to join the CFR as an agent. At the CFR, they formed alliances with other members to shape public policy through lobbyist, political action committees (PACS) and political contributions.

The CFR became the first organization to unite private interests under the Houses of Morgan and Rockefeller with the purpose of influencing governmental decisions and directives. The Council on Foreign Relations has been described as a “front organization for the heart of the American Establishment.” One author called the CFR as “a sort of Presidium for that part of the Establishment that guides our destiny as a nation.

Policy and strategy are worked out by the Council and reach the President by way of the State Department, which, of course, is largely staffed and always directed by Council members. Richard Harwood, managing editor of The Washington Post, wrote, CFR members are the nearest thing we have to a ruling establishment to the United States. The CFR has become in essence an agency of the United Sates Government and its productions are not objective but are directed overwhelmingly at promoting the globalists concept. “An end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault.”

Within the hallowed halls of the CFR’s Pratt House in New York, including its 55,000-volume library, a carefully selected group of candidates are groomed for prominent position of power in the federal government. Proof of this resides in the fact that by 2017, twenty-seven Secretaries of State, nineteen Secretaries of the Treasury, fifteen Secretaries of Defense and hundreds of other federal department heads have been CFR members, along with twenty-one of the twenty-four CIA directors, and every chairman of the Federal Reserve since 1951. In addition, studies generated by the CFR have resulted in the establishment of such international institutions as the United Nations, the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund. Thanks to President Dwight David Eisenhower and the Dulles brothers, the U.S. State Department by this time was firmly under the council’s control.

When someone makes the statement that our President and Congress are going to wipe out the Deep State, or the establishment, or the shadow government, I just laugh and then cringe. The Deep State, the establishment or shadow government, or whatever you want to call it, has been controlling America and her politicians from President Woodrow Wilson to these modern times for many, many years, and has more power and money than the United States of America ever dreamed of having. We have been sold out by our Presidents, Senators, and House politicians, and manipulated by evil men for their personal gain of great wealth and power. The powers of darkness have invaded our land and the average citizen and church pastor and its members have no idea of the level of evil in this land.

The God we serve is all powerful but Jesus left His Body on this earth to manage it and Christians in America have not managed our land; instead, they have been managed in deception. The fact remains that God many years ago has already spoken of our situation in America and how to solve it. It is found in Numbers 33:55-56, “But if you do not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you, then it shall come about that those whom you let remain of them will become as pricks in your eyes and as thorns in your sides, and they shall trouble you in the land in which you live. And it shall come about that as I plan to do to them, so I will do to you.” “Hath God Really Said?” Yes, we just read it. I Corinthians 10:11, and Romans 15:4, states the Old Testament was written for our example and our instruction that we might learn the valuable lessons from God in it!!!

America had better wake up and resist this enemy in our land. Many do not believe that we have much time left. If we don’t act to resist, then all these curses, demons, evil spirits, doctrine of demons, demonic strongholds, rulers, high places, witches, and all the powers of darkness from hell will continue to overcome us and rule over us. We shall suffer greatly in torment, or rejoice in the glory of victory; the choice is ours to make.

Remnant of God, this is our shining hour but we must get off our ass, stop doing these endless seminars after seminars for the entertainment of the Remnant. Those who are leaders must step up and get us organized, formulate a national plan, and start effectively resisting these evil men and politicians embedded in our government and nation!!! God will meet us on the battlefield but we must first show up!!! We know the Committee of 300 and the CFR have a plan and are implementing it every day so we must not ignore any longer what these Globalists and demonic occults are doing in our nation!!!!!

Please, read “The Coming Battle” written during the civil war and published in 1899. READ – how in 1800’s the money power created food shortages, resulting in starvation and suffering in a nation of plenty and how small family farms were set up for foreclosures.. By reading this book you will better understand the events taking place today. There is nothing new under the sun. History is repeating itself. Different players, the same game. World domination.

More on the Systematic Killing of America III next week. God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams. (Thanks to “The Killing of Uncle Sam” by Pastor Rodney Howard Browne and Paul I. Williams, “Psychological Warfare and the New World Order” by Servando Gonzales, “The Marketing of Evil” by David Kupelian, and “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee 300” by Dr. John Coleman)

Click here for part [1], [2], [3], [4]

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Is the MAGA Movement Doomed?

By Cliff Kincaid

November 12, 2023

Former President Trump is winning the 2024 election, according to the polls, but the MAGA movement that claims to support him is threatening to drag him down.

“To state the obvious,” writes Neal Urwitz at the National Interest, “Alex Jones, Catturd, and DC Draino are not good faces for the GOP.” This funny observation is not so funny when you consider that Alex Jones and “DC Draino” have been featured on a “conservative” MAGA channel called “Real America’s Voice” and hosted by Stephen K. Bannon on his “War Room” program.

Cat Turd is the name of a writer on Twitter who has somehow caught the attention of Trump.

Bannon, a former Trump adviser fired by Trump, spends a lot of time these days trying to avoid jail time for a criminal contempt conviction. When he is on the air, he has provided a platform for “D.C. Draino,” who claims to be a Trump supporter and member of the MAGA movement.

Through legal maneuvers and stonewalling, Bannon has so far avoided serving his sentence of four months in prison. His “crime” was refusing to appear for a deposition with the House Select Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack on the United States Capitol, a strange development for someone who likes to talk so much.

This tough-talking former Trump adviser failed to make his case before the committee and is now paying the price. As a result of his legal problems, he owes his lawyers hundreds of thousands of dollars.

Jones, a frequent guest on Bannon’s show, is being promoted as another face of MAGA, even as he faces bankruptcy for claiming that the 2012 Sandy Hook massacre was a hoax. His claims were found by a jury to be designed to inflict harm on the victims’ families, while making money for Jones. He owes more than $1 billion in damages.

Jones was found guilty not by a politically-motivated court but by a jury of ordinary people not willing to forgive how he had made the lives of the Sandy Hook families miserable after losing their loved ones.

No wonder Democrats are running against “MAGA extremists.” Jones is the perfect poster boy for the opposition to Trump, and Bannon and Jones are playing right into their hands. These people threaten to sink Trump’s candidacy through guilt by association.

The writer Urwitz, who is not a conservative, nevertheless has a worthwhile recommendation, saying, “For its own sake and for the sake of the country, the GOP needs to claw its way back to being a normal party focused on real issues.” He asks, “What, for instance, does the GOP want to do about rising healthcare costs? What does it want to do about the exploding cost of housing? How does it want to decrease the national debt?”

Meanwhile, U.S. government debt is on track to surpass $50 trillion by 2033, leading the ratings agency Moody’s to change its outlook on the U.S. economy from “stable” to “negative.”

Bannon’s solution includes advising people to buy gold through one of his show’s sponsors.

As far as health care is concerned, remember that the Republicans had control of Congress under President Trump and failed to repeal Obamacare.

As if the extremes of the MAGA movement were not embarrassing enough, the debate last Wednesday night, sponsored by the Republican National Committee, degenerated into personal attacks, many of them originating with the hothead MAGA favorite Vivek Ramaswamy.

For his part, Trump refuses to debate his primary opponents.

Ramaswamy attacked the Republican National Committee for a losing record while ignoring the fact that RNC chairwoman Ronna McDaniel’s re-election to the post this year was NOT opposed by Trump.

Bannon, who advertises himself as a “Former White House Chief Strategist,” has been consistently wrong. Bannon had declared, “I see 50 [House Republican] seats in 2022. Keep this up.”

Instead, House Republicans eked out a slim edge of 221-212.

To begin with, Republicans, including Bannon, have no real understanding of the opposition.

On November 10, 2017, at a National Press Club event, America’s Survival Inc. (ASI) explained how Barack Obama planned to continue his Marxist revolution in America. Trevor Loudon and I warned of the left’s plan to take the concept of Jesse Jackson’s Rainbow Coalition and create a new American majority fusing communists, progressive whites, New Agers, felons, minorities, Islamists, potheads, and legal and illegal immigrants, as part of a long-term strategy to put conservative states into the Democratic Party column.

This strategy, known as “Brown is the New White,” is still on track and it worked in Virginia and Ohio, among other states. It is the vision of Obama associate Steve Phillips, who notes that, in Kentucky, Democrat Andy Beshear defeated a Trump acolyte, David Cameron in a state Trump won by 26 points.

Abortion and dope were big winners for the Democrats this time.

As Urwitz notes, “The much-touted popularity of Virginia governor Glenn Youngkin turned out to be a paper tiger when put up against the prospect of actual unchecked Republican governance.”

Virginia voters rejected Youngkin, a favorite of Fox News, and gave Democrats complete control of the sate legislature.

While most Republicans remain committed to former President Trump, some conservatives are not convinced that he is the right candidate. Talk show host Derek Hunter says, “I don’t say this from a point of malice, but ever since former President Donald Trump declared we’d be sick of all the winning we’d be doing with him, we’ve pretty much done nothing but lose.”

He cites the Trump-backed campaigns of Senate candidates and losers Dr. Oz and Herschel Walker.

Hunter adds, “In the races that matter, the ones that could flip seats or control, and where Trump picked the candidate, his record is abysmal. Hate me all you want for saying it, dislike of reality doesn’t make it any less real.”

He suggests, “Republicans need to find a way to win again independent of Trump. More than that, they need to find a way to win in spite of him.”

Although Republican National Committee chairwoman Ronna McDaniel is under fire for the results in Virginia and other states, the fact is that she had nothing to do with what happened in those states. If so, Derek Hunter comments, “The national GOP is run by people Donald Trump picked, and their record is about as abysmal as his.”

Hunter concludes, “I was, and remain, eternally grateful for Trump’s defeating of Hillary Clinton. It truly spared us an earlier disaster. But what has happened since matters too. We were promised we’d get sick of all the winning, and I truly am. Unfortunately, the winning I’m sick of is by Democrats.”

Referring to the votes in Ohio, in favor of abortion and dope, Cheryl Chumley writes, “If Ohio is a bellwether, then as America’s once traditionally and biblically minded heartland goes — America’s headed for even more moral degradation. And that means Democrats have the political advantage.”

So let the “MAGA movement” beware of what they think will happen in 2024. They exaggerate their own power and influence.

I would not bet on Bannon’s “Red Wave” predictions. He has been wildly wrong in the past. Instead, I think Derek Hunter and Chery Chumley have a better political prognosis and forecast.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

What Should Christians Be Doing?

By Pastor Rob Pue

November 12, 2023

There’s a lot of fear mongering going on these days. A great deal of speculation, with people wondering what will happen next. Many believe the Lord’s return is imminent and many expect Him at any moment. Certainly, Scripture tells us of the signs of the Last Days and the End Times, things to watch for as indicators of His soon return.

In Revelation 22, we’re given a glimpse of what the New Jerusalem will be like… what heaven will be like… a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. The tree of life, bearing twelve fruits, one for every month, the leaves of which are for the healing of the nations. There will be no more curse. We will see His face. There will be no night there, and those whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life will reign forever and ever.

Three times in Revelation 22, Jesus states to John the apostle that He will come quickly. In verse 7: “Behold, I come quickly; blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the prophecy of this book.” In verse 12, “And, behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” And in Verse 20, “He which testifieth these things saith, ‘Surely I come quickly. Amen.’ Even so, come, Lord Jesus.”

We also see in this chapter that those who do His commandments have the right to the tree of life and may enter in through the gates, into the city. And we see God’s final justice fulfilled, the enemies of God are cast out, as we read in verse 15, “For without are dogs, and sorcerers and whoremongers and murderers and idolaters and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.” This sounds very much like our current Globalist, New-World-Order, One-World-Government leaders, doesn’t it?

We also see, in this last book of the Bible, a standing invitation, that still remains, right ‘til the end. Verse 17: “And the Spirit and the bride say, ‘Come.’ And let him that heareth say, ‘Come,’ and let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.”

God’s gift of eternal life is available to all who will come, in humble repentance and faith. But those who refuse will receive the punishment they have earned and all that’s wrong now will be set right. What a wonderful hope we have in our eternal Creator, our Heavenly Father, and the promises He’s given us for our future. And the justice we seek for all the evil ones will finally be handed down, receiving the due penalty for their sins.

We look forward to that day when true Christ-followers are invited to enter His gates, and receive His everlasting life and protection, in a place so beautiful and perfect we can’t even imagine it with our finite human minds.

Many long for that day to come soon. Many are now predicting that the world can’t possibly get any worse, evil men and women in power in this world can’t possibly become more depraved. Surely Christ’s return is at hand. We see the wars and rumors of wars, we see the earth and the heavens shaking, along with great persecution of those who proclaim God’s Word and truth. But some things never change; and there is nothing new under the sun. All these things have happened before.

The book of Revelation was written by John in about the year 80 AD. Here we are now, in 2023 AD and all down through the centuries, people have waited with eager anticipation for Christ’s return. I remember in the 1970s, reading the book “The Late, Great Planet Earth” and many more books related to Bible prophecy after that. In the 1990s, we had the “Left Behind” series of books, which were again very popular. And all throughout my lifetime, people have been looking for that glorious appearing of our Great God and Savior, Jesus Christ. That’s just my lifetime — people have been watching, praying, and waiting for His return since the moment He ascended into heaven.

All who’ve set specific dates for His return have been proven to be false prophets. Indeed, Scripture tells us that no man knows the day or hour of His return. We can see the signs He told us to watch for, but no one can know the time of His return. If someone says they know, you know they’re a liar and a false prophet.

Notice, Jesus said He will come “quickly.” But “quickly” doesn’t mean “soon.” His return will, indeed, be quick. There will be no time to make your peace with God when You see Him coming on the clouds of heaven. By the time you see that, it will be too late. That will be a day like no other… which is why today is the day of salvation.

His return could be today, tomorrow, or a thousand years from now. Many see the turmoil in Israel and the middle east — and every nation on planet Earth and think, “surely, the time is at hand.” It may very well be. But what if it’s not? What if we’re simply going through another time of darkness, like so many others in the history of the world? What if the evil tyrants of today are no different than the evil tyrants of years gone by — their time will come to an end and life will go on?

What should Christ-followers be doing in days like these? Should we merely be biding our time, waiting for our Lord to return so we can enter His gates and see the wicked punished? Sadly, too many are doing just that. They think the time is so near, they have their “bags packed” for heaven and have abandoned all their earthly duties. Just waiting to be taken out of this world, waiting for eternity in the next.

In Matthew 25, Jesus told the parable of the Ten Virgins as a warning that we should be ready for His return at all times. In the previous chapter, He warned that no one knows the day or hour of His return, not even the angels of heaven, nor Jesus Himself, but only the Father. After the parable of the Ten Virgins, He gave us the parable of the Talents. The one who received five Talents earned five more. The one who received two earned two more. But the one who received only one Talent buried his — did nothing with it — and he was called “wicked” and “slothful,” a “worthless servant,” who was then cast into outer darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

Friends, the people of the world are living in fearful times today. The nations are in turmoil, including, and especially, ours. We have wicked politicians, rampant crime, demented people brainwashing our youth to hate their own country, their own parents, their own family, and to hate God. Lies and deception are everywhere we turn. Our country is being invaded by foreign enemies, led by our own political leaders. The sorcerers are pushing their deadly “pharmakea” on the ignorant masses and it’s killing them. There’s an agenda to confuse and abuse all of us, especially our children, if they’re even allowed to be born in the first place. We have starvation, homelessness, drug and alcohol addiction, violence and madness in our streets. We can no longer trust our government, our hospitals, our schools, the stores and companies we do business with, or even many of our churches.

Why do you suppose that is? You can’t blame it all on the kings of the earth setting themselves and conspiring together against the Lord and His anointed. (Psalm 2). Yes, that’s certainly happening, but what are you doing about it? Are you “standing firm” for God and His Word? Are you pushing back against the forces of darkness? Are you occupying until He returns? Are you, personally, serving as a restraining influence against evil in these dark days? What are YOU doing? Are you using your talents wisely — investing them for the Kingdom of God — or have you buried the talents you’ve been given, and are just waiting for your “reward?”

If you’re doing nothing, I hate to tell you, but your “reward” may very well involve being cast into outer darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth, because you’ve wasted every opportunity given to you. You’ve buried your “talents.” The missionary Charles Thomas Studd wrote, “Only one life, ‘twill soon be past; Only what’s done for Christ will last.” When Jesus returns, will He find you a good and faithful servant — or a wicked, slothful one?

Regardless of when Christ returns, let me remind you again that today — yes, today — nearly 170,000 people will die. For them, today is the “last day.” Today is the “end times.” That’s nearly 7,000 people every hour, 116 people every minute, nearly 2 people each second. How many of those will be spending eternity apart from God? How many have never heard, or taken seriously, the truths of His Word? How many will die believing the lies of the enemy of their souls?

Recently, one of our readers brought an area of Scripture to my attention and I’d like to share that with you now. Amos 8:11 & 12, “‘Behold, the days are coming,’ says the Lord God, ‘that I will send a famine on the land. Not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for water, but of hearing the words of the Lord. They shall wander from sea to sea, and from north to east. They shall run to and fro, seeking the Word of the Lord, but shall not find it.’”

We live in a time when all things good and Godly are being censored, blocked, re-written and de-platformed. Pastors, in an effort to fill the seats with “tolerance,” “love” and “inclusiveness,” are lying to the people, and given the state of most modern American churches today, I dare say the Lord has written “Ichabod” on their doorposts. The pastors will speak only the soft things, they will prophecy only deceits. Their “wokeness,” “inclusivity” and “tolerance” is “loving” people straight to the gates of hell. Make no mistake, judgment will begin in the house of the Lord. We’ve been seeing that for a while now.

The big news today is the war in Israel, the middle East, Ukraine, and Russia. We have foreign armies on American soil, just waiting for their call to arms when they will attack in full force. Christians are being persecuted and prosecuted. Lies flow out of the mainstream media 24/7 as they broadcast deceptions and delusions. Madness and fear are thriving in the atmosphere.

But those who are true Christ-followers have not been given a spirit of fear, but of power, love, and a sound mind. We don’t live under deception, and we don’t believe or serve the lies that are being force-fed into our brainwashed populace. We have the truth. The question is, will we proclaim the truth? Will we not allow any falsehood to go unchallenged? Will we not correct wrong thinking? Will we not protect our children? Will we not be salt and light in a world where there’s a famine of God’s Word in the land?

Or instead, will we simply bury our talents and wait for our reward? “Reward for what?” I ask you. Faith without works is dead. If we don’t hold our ground, and fight to take back the ground the devil has stolen, the deception and oppression will continue and get worse. I’ve even heard some Christians say they want that to happen, because it will bring Christ’s return sooner. What nonsense! What ignorance! What delusion! To think that anything you do — or don’t do — could possibly influence the time of Christ’s return. You may as well believe anything you can do will have an effect on the Earth’s climate. That’s God’s job.

God runs this world — He knows the day, the hour and the minute, when our Savior will return on the clouds of heaven and close out this time span in Earth’s history. Nothing you can do will change or affect that. But as I’ve said so many times, what you do with the “talents” you’ve been given to invest for the Kingdom of God will, indeed, have eternal consequences — for yourself and those you’ve been assigned to reach. Stop living in fear, and stop waiting for someone else to do the work for you. “Someone else” isn’t coming. But Jesus Christ, our Savior, is… and when He does, will He find you faithful — or wicked, lazy and slothful? You only have one lifetime to serve your Lord. How much of it have you wasted so far…and what will it take to spur you to action now? Don’t ask the Lord to order your steps if you’re not willing to move your feet.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Repercussions of “Helping” God

by Rolaant McKenzie

November 12, 2023

Resident Evil: The Final Chapter (2016) is the sixth in a series of action films depicting survivors of a post-apocalyptic global plague battling the Umbrella Corporation, creator of the bioweapon that caused it. However, it is in this movie, unlike the previous ones, that an explanation for why the corporation did this is given.

In a flashback scene, the movie’s primary antagonist, Umbrella Corporation co-founder and supreme leader Dr. Alexander Isaacs, is in a conference room chairing a meeting with the board of directors. On the table in front of him was a Bible. Dr. Isaacs described the world as being on the brink of its end. Incurable diseases, nuclear warfare, global environmental hazards, unchecked population growth, and widespread famine were things that he pointed out as leading to the rapid and inevitable end of the world.

Noting that the Bible described a world-ending catastrophe, Dr. Isaacs proposed that he and the board of directors end the world on their own terms by releasing a virus that would cleanse the earth of its population but leave its infrastructure and resources intact. The chosen few — many of the wealthy and powerful, including the top executives of the corporation — would, of course, be exempt. They would ride out the storm, not in an ark as in the Book of Genesis, but in secure underground facilities in cryogenic stasis. With the earth cleansed, the elite would emerge to repopulate the world and build it back better.

The board of directors voted in favor of this strategy to take things into their own hands in an attempt to preempt the apocalyptic prophecies of the Bible with an orchestrated end of the world and fulfill their vision of a new earth. In the end, though, the death and destruction they brought to the world overtook them, and their grandiose plans came to naught.

While this is fortunately a fictional story, one can see similarities in the attitudes and beliefs of a number of very wealthy and powerful people around the world working in collaboration with supranational corporations and organizations like the World Economic Forum and the United Nations. Though they have not used a fast-acting virus to wipe out humanity in the same way as in the Resident Evil movies, through various means such as engineered poverty, wars, famines of food and energy, and diseases, they aim to cleanse the earth of its population — except themselves, of course — and come out on the other side of their managed apocalypse to build back a better, new world.

Living according to the philosophy “The ends justifies the means,” their pride and arrogance cause them to reject trusting in the God of the Bible, refuse to wait for the new heavens and earth He will bring about at the appointed time, and try to take things into their own hands to do it themselves. They fail to realize the truth that they are not powerful enough to thwart God’s plans (Job 42:1-2; Psalm 33:8-11; Isaiah 14:27; Daniel 4:35), and their efforts lead to suffering, death, and failure to create paradise on earth.

Unfortunately, failure to trust in God and trying to take things into one’s hands has not been the sole province of film villains or global elites. The Bible includes a few examples where even those called by the Lord tried to “help” Him accomplish His promises, with disastrous results.

Saul became king of Israel during a time when the land was under the domination of the Philistines. He sought to rally the people to him by raising an army of 3,000 men and successfully attacking a Philistine garrison (1 Samuel 13).

The Philistines, recognizing that their servants were rebelling against them, assembled an army that to Israel appeared in number like sand on the seashore. Daunted by the overwhelming force amassing against them, many of Saul’s army ran away and hid themselves. Even the men with the king trembled in fear.

The prophet Samuel sent word from the Lord to Saul to wait seven days until he arrived to make a burnt offering and peace offerings to the Lord. On the seventh day Samuel had not yet come, and more of the king’s men were deserting him. Fearful of waiting further for Samuel, Saul took matters into his own hands and offered the burnt and peace offerings. Samuel, appearing shortly after, told Saul that his failure to obey God and wait caused him to lose out on having an enduring kingdom.

God made a promise to Abraham that he and his wife Sarah would have a son and that his descendants would be as numerous as the stars he could see in the night sky (Genesis 15:4). Through the following years, Abraham and Sarah tried and waited but could not have a child. So, they took matters into their own hands and had a son, Ishmael, through Sarah’s Egyptian maid Hagar (Genesis 16).

When Abraham and Sarah were 90 and 100 years old respectively, the Lord fulfilled His promise to them, and they had a son named Isaac (Genesis 21:1-12), through whom Abraham’s descendants would be named and not Ishmael. But because they tried to “help” God instead of continuing to wait on Him to fulfill His promise in His time, strife between the descendants of Isaac and Ishmael was the result, and this continues to this very day in the Arab-Israeli conflict. One can imagine how things would have been different and less bloody if Abraham and Sarah simply trusted God in this situation.

In some Western countries, especially the United States, there are people in positions of power and influence who associate themselves with evangelical Christianity but hold to eschatological views that influence them to pursue policies they believe would bring about the return of Jesus and His global rule from Jerusalem. This includes efforts ranging from donating money to rebuild the Jewish Temple in Jerusalem to pursuing war with the enemies of Israel.

Conversely, in the Islamic world, especially among the Shiite Islamic rulers of Iran, there are those who believe in the coming of the Mahdi, a messianic deliverer who would bring the world under Islam and usher in a seven-year golden age before the end of the world and the final judgment. This belief influences them to pursue policies that include seeking the annihilation of Israel through Islamic terrorist organizations such as Hamas and Hezbollah.

Through their actions, both sides believe that they can “help” God bring about the end times and their vision of a new world, and in doing so, bring about destruction, suffering, and death, especially on a massive scale should World War III come as a result.

Born in Iran, Afshin Javid was a fighter for Hezbollah devoted to Islam and the destruction of Israel and the Jewish people. He believed in the coming Mahdi and was endeavoring to do his part to make it happen. But like Saul of Tarsus, he had a “Damascus Road” encounter with Jesus Christ that forever changed his life (Acts 9). He recognized that, in spite of his religious devotion, he was not just before God and received the forgiveness only Jesus could give.

Realizing that God did not design us to hate each other, Javid dedicated his life to sharing the gospel in the Middle East, especially among Persians and Jews, to bring them together in friendship. Concluding an interview on the Christian Broadcasting Network (CBN) on October 16, 2023, he prayed:

“The creator of heaven and Earth, God Almighty. You love the world, the whole world, and all the people of the world. So much that you sacrificed Jesus Christ so that we will not perish but have eternal life. I pray today that the revelation of Jesus Christ will go forth amongst the Muslims and the sons of Ishmael. Father, I pray that you would remember that covenant with Ishmael, that you would go forth because Ishmael is thirsty for the revelation of love, for the revelation of Jesus Christ, and for the revelation of salvation. Father, I pray that there would be a hand of protection that would protect Isaac on every front, not only in Israel but all around the world. Give us visions, dreams, and wisdom to speak peace in this war. In Jesus’s mighty name, I pray. Amen.”

It is good and right to pray that Israel, the covenant descendants of Abraham, the Jewish people, be blessed and for the peace of Jerusalem (Genesis 12:1-3; Psalm 122). The greatest blessing and peace — the acceptance of Jesus Christ as King and Savior by them, their Arab brothers, their Persian neighbors, and those from every nation, tribe, and tongue around the world — will be God’s ultimate fulfillment of those prayers (Romans 11).

Just before Jesus ascended back to heaven, His disciples asked if He would at that time be establishing His worldwide kingdom from Israel. Jesus answered:

“It is not for you to know times or epochs which the Father has fixed by His own authority; but you will receive power when the Holy Spirit has come upon you; and you shall be My witnesses both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and even to the remotest part of the earth.” (Acts 1:7-8)

Lifeguards are trained, when rescuing a drowning person, to tell him not to try to swim or help the lifeguard but to go limp, relax in his arms, and let him do his job to save him. Efforts by the drowning person to “help” actually cause more difficulties for his rescue.

God, in His perfect way and time, will bring about end time events leading to the return of Jesus and the establishment of His global rule from Jerusalem without our help. Not waiting on Him and taking things into our own hands to “help” make prophesied events come to pass leads to widespread dire consequences.

Jesus said, “Blessed are the peacemakers, for they shall be called sons of God” (Matthew 5:9). While we wait for the Lord to fulfill His promises, we should do everything possible to follow God’s command, wherever He has placed us, to pursue activities that promote peace rather than war, chief among them sharing the gospel message (Matthew 28:18-20).

True lasting peace comes from receiving the gospel message of forgiveness and reconciliation with God and each other through the cross of Jesus Christ.

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Pittsburgh PSWIM experiment with documentation attached:

Honoring Captain Allen Clark: A Wounded America War Hero

By: Amil Imani

November 11, 2023

“There are a host of heroes to whom this country owes a debt it can never repay. Allen Clark lost both his legs while serving his country in Vietnam. When he came home, his body was broken, but his spirit never faltered. He went back to school. He earned his master’s degree in business administration. He served his state in a high government post and is now a successful businessman. He’s an inspiration to all who know him.” —President Ronald Reagan

It is a distinct honor to recognize my dear friend, a West Point graduate who received a Silver Star for Gallantry and heroism in Action, a Purple Heart for his wounds, an Air Medal, and a Combat Infantryman’s Badge, the Honorable Captain Allen Clark.

His service as a Special Forces officer in the heart of Vietnam marked the beginning of an intense transformation. Allen served as a U.S. Army Special Forces captain in Vietnam when he was wounded. He lost both his legs to a mortar shell. On his encampment, he exhibited incredible bravery, even as he endured severe injuries and the loss of friends and fellow officers. His life was saved by the heroic actions of a young medic, and from that moment on, Allen’s path took an unexpected turn.

Allen authored several books, an autobiography, Wounded Soldier, Healing Warrior, “Foreword by Ross Perot. Valor in Vietnam, “Foreword by LTG Dave Palmer, former Superintendent U.S. Military Academy at West Point.” Soldiers, Blood and Bloodied Money Wars, and the Ruling Elites, Foreword by LTC Allen West. Chronicles of Honor, Courage, and Sacrifice (http://www.valorinvietnam.com, (http://www.woundedsoldierhealingwarrior.com)

“Allen’s passionate commitment to public service and to helping veterans began with an appointment in 1979 as the Special Assistant for Administration to Texas Governor William P. Clements, Jr. In 1981, Allen was President Ronald Reagan’s selection to be Deputy Administrator for the Veterans Administration (now the Department of Veterans Affairs). However, he chose to remain in Texas, where in 1982, he received the Texas Republican Party’s nomination to run for State Treasurer in a race that former Texas State Governor Ann Richards won. In 1989, he was nominated by President George H.W. Bush and confirmed by the U.S. Senate as Assistant Secretary for Veterans Liaison and Program Coordination at the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. In 1991, he received his second VA confirmation as Director of the National Cemetery System. He served until the end of the President George H. W. Bush administration.”

In a distant time and a distant land, a war was fought that forever altered the course of many lives. Allen’s story, both then and now, is about duty, honor, integrity, and love of country. It is also a story of valor, endurance, and faith. Allen has faced immense challenges and overcome them with unwavering determination, and his journey from wounded soldier to healing warrior is nothing short of inspiring. Allen often speaks of his profound faith in the Lord Jesus Christ.

Multiple surgeries and months of physical and psychological therapy followed, and he found himself grappling with the profound emotional depths of trauma and post-traumatic stress disorder. But he didn’t give up. He persevered through these challenging times, seeking healing and recovery with unyielding resolve.

His journey from a healthy, self-assured officer to a man with a broken body is a testament to his strength and resilience. He faced worries about whether he would ever walk again and confronted the consequences of the choices he made to serve his country in Vietnam.

Despite the adversity Allen faced, he discovered a deeper well of strength and courage within himself, and he found a new purpose in life. He achieved success in both the realms of public service and business, earning the admiration and respect of internationally respected political, business, and journalistic leaders.

Allen founded his lay ministry Combat Faith, where he visited Warrior Transition Battalions at all the major Army bases. He shares his healing story and mentors individual veterans and active military members. His own healing process is a testament to his enduring commitment to those who serve. Allen’s ministry offers hope and guidance to those struggling with the scars of war, giving them the tools to find peace and personal victory.

Allen is a devout Christian and a staunch follower of Lord Jesus Christ. Allen often speaks about the importance of traditional values in America, which resonates with many Americans who value these principles as essential to the nation’s moral fabric.

Allen shares his insights through his books, offering guidance and support to others who face extraordinary life challenges. Through his experience, he has developed a unique perspective on addressing unhealed hurts, unmet needs, and unresolved issues. His approach is a beacon of hope for those who carry the weight of past traumas and seek a path toward healing.

His book, “Wounded Soldier, Healing Warrior,” is a tribute to his remarkable journey, inspiring and guiding others on their recovery paths. Allen’s public speaking and sharing his story of victory over adversity has touched the hearts of countless audiences.

Allen’s dedication to helping veterans and his unwavering support for those who have served their country is truly commendable. His beautiful wife, Linda, is a living example of the resilience of the human spirit and the ability to overcome even the most challenging obstacles.

While we honor him, let us thank him for his service, sacrifices, and commitment to making his beloved America and the world a better place for all. He is a hero in every sense of the word, and his legacy will continue to inspire future generations. I am honored to call him my friend.

Deprogramming American Children

By Anita Hoge

November 11, 2023

Hillary Calls For A “Formal Deprogramming Of The Cult Members”

The Clinton/Biden/Marxist Agenda Is Well Underway In Your School

The Biden administration is ushering in the process of identifying children for mental health disorders through Medicaid in our schools that can be reimbursed by the federal government. Your children are a target for deprogramming as Hillary is boasting about. Data is the new currency and vendors, researchers, and universities get “education” data for free. Of course, more dollars stream to schools by identifying as many children as possible who have been identified for deprogramming. Outside contractors are looking at your children as profit making, data trafficking, walking money trees in this information economy.

The reification of children in America’s classrooms is a somber and explosive issue for parents today. Reification is a term in Marxist philosophy, (Verdinglichung, which means “making into a thing”) is the “conversion of the subject to an object, as when the worker becomes a commodity”. Your children are referred to as human capital, or a commodity. Our kids are mere dollar signs for the SEL, social and emotional learning movement that can’t truly defend morally what they are doing. But that’s the point. Ethics will be turned to the “I’m OK, You’re OK” universal UN agenda. We are reificating kids to be unconscionable drones in the school mental health factory.

The process of deprogramming children will sanitize the future of moral America. (Source: The Happy Slave:) Vulnerable children are captured in surveillance capitalism from the free data collected and used as a means to identify the probability of their future behavior and a denominator for changing that behavior. Understand what deprogramming is. It is a two-step process. First demolish free will by the constant punishment and conflict regiment that forces the child to struggle. Then replace their belief system with group consensus. Your children will not survive being an individualist. They are pure human capital to be prodded, poked, and punished into subservience. Children do not enter school with a blank slate. Your families’ imprint has been established. These psychological interventions washes that slate clean to be directed otherwise in the ideological subversion of the WOKE agenda. This is why fidelity is important, “delivering an intervention exactly the way it was designed…and implemented during research studies that have validated its effectiveness.” Teachers are key to the implementation of deprogramming and MUST follow the process completely to accomplish the goals. This is how our schools will accomplish that goal to force the struggle to cleanse our children’s inner souls and attach the leftist ideology. It’s pure artificial stress. (Source: Intensive Intervention:)

Once you discover that social and emotional learning, SEL, and positive behavior intervention and supports, PBIS, (other names for example, MTSS, Multi-Tiered System of Supports) are not positive and are a constant behavioral Skinnerian reward and punishment of check ins, points, and awards that force our youth into suppression, depression, or worse, what happens next? Which controversial Critical Race Theory program will be taught that is anathema to American values? When your school applies for a partial hospitalization provider number and medical license to bill Medicaid to identify as many kids as possible with a mental health code for the federal government, what will you do?? Are normal childhood behaviors being labeled with DSM codes, Diagnostic Statistical Manual For Mental Disorders which must be used for billing Medicaid by over zealous teachers? Are teachers posing as therapists with just a few days of in-service training? How much data on your child will a teacher collect on their teacher dashboard that goes directly into the state longitudinal data system that feeds into the fed? Have you blindly accepted that children will be safe with that debit card hanging around their neck with their digital ID is OK? Think again. Skinner defined a “happy slave” as: “A system of slavery so well designed that it does not breed revolt is the real threat.”

The History of Hillary Wanting To Deprogram Your Kids

In 1994 I was asked to testify at the Department of Interior’s NII, National Information Infrastructure Health and Education Data Security Hearing about CLIN, Community Learning Information Network. I presented a paper entitled “The Medicalization of Schools” along with Pennsylvania Representative Sam Rohrer, and Kent Masterson Brown, Esq., who filed the complaint to stop HillaryCare.

My initial research report explained how Medicaid would become the financial vehicle mandating and remediating mental health/outcome based education (OBE) when HillaryCare was being promoted to a second step if her overhaul of healthcare would be voted down. Start with the children. I explained how schools would be required to obtain a provider or partial hospitalization license to bill for Medicaid through Mental Health Wrap-Around Services and EPSDT, Early Periodic Screening and Diagnostic Testing at school. The identification and re-definition of disabilities of all children as “at risk” would be targeted through Title I, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA, Special Education). The following statement by Ira Magaziner at the HillaryCare hearings, Washington, D.C. substantiates the intent, “Medicaid would merge into the main healthcare system.” (Sources: (Hoge testimony: The Blueprint of Medicaid in Schools “Womb to Tomb, The New Managed Economy”-)

What we are experiencing today in our classrooms is Hillary’s backdoor dream come true for her vision of “It Takes a Village To Raise a Child.” ESSA, Every Student Succeeds Act, is her baby reincarnated to integrate ages 0-21 into the national healthcare system known currently as ObamaCare. Social and emotional learning, screening, and interventions will be reimbursed by Medicaid when your school applies for a partial hospitalization license to bill Medicaid for mental health disorders. Deprogramming has begun and parents need to be jarred into consciousness.

In 1995 Pennsylvania parents and students were victims of Hillary’s pilot program funded by the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. HillaryCare and her agenda would start the second phase of national healthcare reform starting with children that was intended to evolve into the entire citizenry. Pennsylvania received a grant from the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation where Hillary was a board member, in which former Democratic Governor Robert Casey created a Children’s Cabinet to move schools into “community schools” called school based health/mental health clinics. Waivers were implemented and federally funded programs were manipulated to access children in the classroom to enjoin this revolution unbeknown to the Pennsylvania legislature or Pennsylvania parents.

The issue exploded when the Gateway School District was targeted as an experimental program overseen by the University of Pittsburgh and the Western Psychiatric Hospital. The experimental program was called PSWIM, Pittsburgh Schoolwide Intervention Model. The agenda was focused on Title I “schoolwide” where a “poor” school district recategorized ALL CHILDREN who were deemed “at risk” and available for intervention services. But what was unknown to parents, their “at risk” children were being observed and screened for deprogramming.

Hillary’s dream has become our current reality of deprogramming our citizenry with the passage of ESSA, Every Student Succeeds Act, passed late in 2015. This legislation mandated the entire agenda pushed through Congress by Republican leadership including former Senator Paul Ryan(R), Senator Lamar Alexander(R) and Representative John Kline(R) quickly signed by President Obama. Our children have been thrown into a feeding frenzy of datamining and psycho-behavioral therapy. Now more federal money will be thrown into the mix to report your kids’ psychometric dossier to the feds and schools will be reimbursed from Medicaid to do it.

The PSWIM Experiment-The Whole Story Of How To Brainwash Your Kids

An Original Psychological/Experimental Program On Pittsburgh Children – A Predecessor To PBIS, Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports.

Pennsylvania Representative Sam Rohrer was determined to expose this agenda and was named Chairman of the House Investigative Committee called House Resolution 37. My following testimony and overview of PSWIM is about legislation brought forward after the HR 37 investigation in 1997 chaired by Representative Sam Rohrer (PA-R).[1]

“Federal Register, Vol. 49, No.174; 20 U.S.C. 1232(h)(b) defined under Part 98 Student Rights in Research Experimental Programs and Testing:

“Psychiatric and psychological treatment means an activity involving the planning, systematic use of methods or techniques that are not directly related to academic instruction and that is designed to affect behavioral, emotional, or attitudinal characteristics of an individual or group.”

Dear Parents, please read this model program. The Pittsburgh School-Wide Intervention Model, PSWIM is what you’re fighting in your school today. This testimony is a deep dive into the PSWIM experiment with documentation attached

Realize That Schools Are Now Unregulated Healthcare Providers. What Is The Importance of PSWIM To Todays Classrooms Of America?

The University of Oregon project defined PBIS as “the application of behavior analysis to achieve socially important behavior change” Developed initially as an alternative to punishments (so-called “aversive interventions”) for severe cases of emotionally/behaviorally disturbed kids who engaged in extreme forms of self-injury and aggression, the model is being extended for use with children in entire schools. The goal of PBIS is to apply “research-validated practices” to create school environments that “improve lifestyle results” including personal, health, social, family, work and recreation, by shaping each child’s behavior. (Source: Inquiring Minds Want To Know: (Emp. mine.)

PSWIM was a prototype for PBIS, POSITIVE BEHAVIOR INTERVENTION AND SUPPORTS. “Assuming data could be gathered accurately on every student, should the information permanently remain on record? Who should be able to access it? And where do parents fit into the picture? For now, the federal research continues without answering those questions and the fashion of treating bad behavior as an illness — not a discipline problem — is sweeping the nation courtesy of the federal government.” Big question, “Who owns the data?”

Deprogramming has begun. Schoolwide PBIS is being promoted in every school district in the United States. As for the future, these classrooms will begin to bill Medicaid for reimbursement for social and emotional learning and PBIS mental health screening and interventions aligned by the Centers For Medicare and Medicaid, CMM, and the Biden/Harris administration originally orchestrated by Hillary Clinton. (Medicaid documentation and Biden/Harris EO:)

Parents and legislators alike must realize that the public school system will become the most UNREGULATED health care business in the entire country. There is a huge difference between the delineation of roles between who are certified social workers/counselors/life coaches/teachers being in-service PBIS trained, and those who are board-licensed professional mental health providers. The school is purposefully obscuring the process and does not provide written permission from parents. In fact, the Biden/Harris administration have written regulations to bypass parents. Is this overreach at school to practice medicine without a license vs. medical providers who are licensed with oversight from licensing boards where parents must sign for treatment? “Certified” mental health providers in schools are not subject to the same professional standards of care regulated by the board of licensing, nor are they subject to discipline by a professional board. (Source: A Legal Process Substack:)[2]

What could possibly go wrong? The failure of clearly delineated roles can be attributed to guidance relying primarily on the advocacy positions of the American School Counselors Association. ASCA which is not a professional licensing board, in which they are a volunteer association with no enforcement or disciplinary power over members.

“There’s a reason why “school” counselors have “school” in the title – they are, quite literally, confined to doing whatever they do to kids at school. They aren’t allowed to practice independently – which requires a “license” from a state agency with statutory authority to regulate a profession. In Arizona, that agency is the Board of Behavioral Health Examiners (BBHE). Other states have similar sounding licensing boards – each with the same duty: the regulation of mental health services to protect the public from unqualified practitioners and provide minimal standards of professional conduct that are codified into law – any violation of which will subject them to discipline such as fines, censure, suspension, or revocation of their license.The difference is meaningful with the increasing “professional creep” of unlicensed workers into areas of mental health practice that in any other context other than schools, would require licensing from a board licensed mental health provider and must obtain prior, informed consent from parents of a minor before treatment. But at school-a certified school counselor can just stop a kid in the hall and say, “let’s talk during your lunch period?” (Source: A Legal Process Substack:)

Will those 15 minutes of talk get paid by Medicaid?

The Biden/Harris administration issues new policy goals for schools to become health/mental health clinics through an equity lens by “leveraging policy and funding.” School based mental health clinics for ALL CHILDREN have been given the green-GO-full-speed-ahead including gender affirming care.

The Biden-Harris Administration policy goals to increase access to health and mental health services. The report recommends establishing an integrated framework of educational, social, emotional, and behavioral health support for all and to leverage policy and funding. Medicaid is one of our Nation’s primary sources of funding for health and mental health services for children with and without disabilities… (See here for reimbursement schedules for Medicaid Documentation:)

Medicaid reimbursement at school is sheltered from state budgets and public scrutiny. This federal outreach initiative has piggybacked education law allowing access to your children for deprogramming. However, a mental health intervention without a clinical diagnosis is truly blurring the lines and stepping outside the boundaries of established law. “Mental health services are regulated by a board of licensing for a reason – there are very real public interests at stake. The consequences of getting mental health wrong can be serious, even deadly.” (Source: A Legal Process Substack:)

But yet, here I am today telling parents they are messing with your kids daily, and parents aren’t aware of it.

Data Collection, Data Trafficking and Duplication Of Teacher Practices

There are daily behavioral data collection, surveys, and analysis which is input into teacher dashboards. Observational and screening data is being used to identify children with mental health problems. Who decides what these mental health problems are? Who has access to all this personal data when FERPA, Family Education Rights In Privacy Act, allows personal data to flow to 3rd party vendors? (Source: FERPA Loopholes:) HIPAA does not cover education data. We are not talking about academic scores here. We are talking about psychological profiles likened to China’s social credit system. Teachers are being “coached” through a series of workshops called fidelity. So the “professional creep” of teacher workshops are giving teachers the authority to identify kids with a mental health disorder by monitoring every child called Tier 1 universal screening. Teachers are being told that this is their job. Look out if this teacher thinks or has a bad connotation of active little boys with bad deeds…or pushing someone in the cafeteria lunch line, or doodling on paper instead of listening to the teacher. What are possible Tier 2 and Tier 3 interventions? (See the SRSS Student Risk Screening Scale Template)

These highly visible and intentional techniques enable teachers to be PBIS vanguards as they are groomed and supported to collect this personally identifiable information for the feds by saying these techniques are “evidence-based”. These coaching sessions carried out by IDEA (Special Education) tell teachers that they are involved in “implementation science” and prime teachers for “buy-in”. Teachers are being rewarded for daily surveillance called “Child Find.” What qualifies them to do this? Oh wait, they also are being trained to intercede in your child’s health by implementing mental health interventions called “applied behavior analysis” in which their sweetheart name to provide treatment is called “positive behavior intervention and supports.”

(Source: PBIS is Applied Behavior Analysis, ABA: Teacher Training in PBIS, ABA)

So why are we allowing teachers to use Applied Behavior Analysis, a technique that was devised for autistic children, and use it on all children? The potential for malpractice and abuse is incalculable, not to mention the fact that using a modality designed for children with real disability on capable children DISABLES THEM. (Fillman) [2]

The shocking realization is that our country is at the tipping point that will change the future of America forever. Deprogramming our kids is in full assault as Hillary’s suggestion implies while wide-scale adoption of PBIS is being implemented in American classrooms…and the Medicaid money keeps flowing.

There is much to think about here. But what is most worrisome? What imprint will replace American ethics? Watch the revolting news as students no longer have remorse, are swayed by groupthink, cannot make decisions, hate is on display, and hearts are cleansed of any regret or conscience. There are several different names describing these cringe-worthy environments at school that parents should be made aware of. The pure essence of scrubbing the slate clean is being accomplished by the following practices in our schools. My friends, the future is now. Remove your kids from public school.

Social and Emotional Learning, SEL
Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports, PBIS
Multi-Tiered System of Supports, MTSS
Instructional Support Teams, IST
Student Assistance Programs, SAP
Universal Design For Learning, UDL
Specialized Student Individualized Support, SSIS
Response To Intervention, RTI
Critical Race Theory
Project AWARE
GRIT
Character ED

Source Links, Notes, and Medicaid Sources: https://drive.google.com/file/d/1oT3I6oLVfA8qZ8wzPiYtrUhbEkvcAjeh/view?usp=drivesdk

Overview: “Biden Expands ObamaCare For Mental Health Services At School To Psychoanalyze Children 0-21”:

Footnotes:

[1] Why were community schools withdrawn in the 1990’s? The effort by parents across the country to destroy these mental health standards under OBE were successful. Honesty, integrity, emotion regulation, and all standards in the affective domain were withdrawn because of public outcry. There was no way to enforce or have teachers teach the soft skills standards of social and emotional learning.
[2] Thanks to Chris Evans for delineating the concept of certified vs. licensed mental health providers and notes from Deb Fillman.

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@icloud.com

There Is NO Moral Equivalence Between Hamas/Orthodox Islam and Israel and the Jews

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

November 10, 2023

Some things ARE binary. Hitler and the Nazis were evil; their actions made them so. They were not morally equivalent to the Allied forces.

The ACTIONS of Orthodox Muslims over the years (Jihadis are among that group) have demonstrated that their actions were and are evil.

I’m not referring to “good-hearted Muslims.” I’m talking about the Muslims who ran the slave trade in Africa, who invaded country after country, turning Christian countries into Muslim ones—by the brutal power of the sword. Check the webpage “The Tears of Jihad,” which documents that Islam has killed over 270 million civilians in the last 1,400 years. FAR more than Marxism. [Taliban beating woman in public] —>

The brutality of Islamic Jihads is unmatched. Many of them (even in the recent Oct 7th attacks) committed unthinkable atrocities; like raping dead women. This is a documented fact and has been approved of by many Orthodox Imams.

Conversely: how many countries have the Jews invaded in the last 1,400 years? None. They were homeless and did not attempt to conquer others, but were instead persecuted all over the world.

When they moved back to Israel, they were moving back to their own country and tried very hard to accommodate Arab Palestinians, making multiple overtures for peace with treaties and offers that the Palestinians rejected.

How many aspects of Western, Christian civilization did the Jews wipe out? None. So many Jews have contributed in incredible ways to *advance* freedom and a better civilization.

How many aspects of culture and Western Civilization have Islam and its orthodox adherents wiped out? As much of it as they can, everywhere they can. Art, music, statues, great books: Islam hates it all. Really. This is historically documented everywhere Islam has advanced.

The Jews gave Gaza to a group of Palestinians that other Muslim countries refused to host (like Jordan). They don’t rant about killing the Muslims from the river to the sea. Many Arabs are in high positions of power in Israel (e.g. the Supreme Court, etc.)

How many Jews are treated well in Gaza? Zero.

There Is NO Moral Equivalence Between Hamas/Orthodox Islam and Israel and the Jews of the World.

I think that all people who stand for FREEDOM need to take a good, hard look at the actions, morals, precepts, and goals of Orthodox Islam. It is a cancer upon the world and has been since its inception. If you value freedom, you should vigorously oppose Islam. Not good-hearted Muslims. They are “slaves” to Islam, as I documented in my video and article: “For Muslims and Non-Muslims, Islam Is the Ultimate Tyranny.”

Let’s stop bashing Jews and Israel. Israel is the ONLY beacon of democracy in the Middle East. Do you really want to stamp out the Jews from the river to the sea like Orthodox Muslims?

A moral future demands that we stand up for freedom for the Jewish people and for Israel.

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Veterans Day 2023—Will We “Keep Faith” To Our Veterans?

By Rees Lloyd

November 10, 2023

“The cost of war is in two parts: The cost of the battle itself, which is immediate; and the cost of care for those sent to fight the battle. Since most of those fighting the battle are young, that cost can continue for sixty years, or even longer. But when the country needs veterans, it gets veterans; when it feels it no longer needs veterans, it forgets veterans.”

These are the poignant words of a now deceased 100% disabled combat veteran of the Vietnam War generation. The truth of his words should long survive him, and should be remembered not only on this Veterans Day, November 11, 2023, but every day — if we Americans are to “keep faith” with all those veterans who have served and sacrificed in defense of American freedom.

Maj. Gen. Patrick H. Brady (USA, ret.), a recipient of the Medal of Honor for his heroism in the Vietnam War who is regarded as America’s most decorated living veteran, has written in tribute to America’s veterans: “America, under our Constitution, has no hereditary class of ‘nobility.’ America’s nobles are her veterans.”

There are an estimated more than 18-million living American veterans. It has rightly been said of them, and of all Veterans who have served in defense of freedom, including those serving now: “All gave some, some gave all.”

As to giving “all,” over 1.4-million veterans have given their lives in all the wars in defense of American freedom. Many thousands are still “Missing in Action.” Many millions more have survived but suffered devastating wounds lasting their entire lives. In the modern era, due to advances in medical care, many veterans are surviving wounds that would have been fatal in earlier wars. They will need continuing care for decades, long after the close of wars in which they served.

It is they who must not be forgotten when actual war recedes; it is they with whom Americans must “keep faith.” Patriotic warriors for freedom were mostly young when wounded. They will need continuing care, even when the attention of political office holders and Americans generally tends to shove them out of sight and out of mind as other problems take the center of attention.

There are over 9-million of those veterans who are receiving medical care today through the Veterans Administration hospitals and medical facilities for the wounds of war—physical, mental, and emotional. They are survivors from WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Desert Storm, the War Against Terror in the Middle East, including combat in Iraq and Afghanistan. They all deserve, and must receive, the medical care they were promised by the nation that they would receive for their military service.

But that will require that the Americans whose freedom was purchased by the service of veterans must “keep faith” with America’s veterans.

It has generally been thought among veterans that the medical care provided by doctors and nurses of the VA is good — “if you can get it.” Too often, that needed care has been delayed, and thereby denied.

For years, there have been stories of long waits to actually see a physician—waits sometimes so long that veterans have died waiting. There also have been horror stories of mistreatment of veterans by career bureaucrat administrators at the VA, including deliberate falsification of records to hide the bureaucrats’ failures. Regarding those abuses, it was until recently all but impossible to remove the VA bureaucrats responsible for the problems.

Thanks to reforms initiated and fought for by former President Donald J. Trump in his first term starting in 2016, long waits have been cut down by allowing veterans “freedom to choose” to seek help from private physicians when the VA is unable to provide timely help.

The Trump reforms include the ability to terminate those VA bureaucrats and employees who fail to properly serve the veterans. Several thousand VA bureaucrats and other VA employees were reportedly fired during the Trump administration for abuses. The result has been that President Trump received an approval rating among veterans being served by VA of an astonishing “91%.”

Veterans need the vigilance and support of Americans to ensure that the promises made to veterans for their service are fulfilled.

The late General Norman (“Stormin’ Norman”) Schwarzkopf, who led the victory in Desert Storm which brought down the Saddam Hussein regime in Iraq, famously said: “Some things are worth living for. Some things are worth dying for. One of those things is freedom.”

America’s veterans are those men and women who took an oath to “defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.” Every single one of them took that oath and entered military service knowing that they might be required to die, or suffer horrible wounds, in defense of freedom. Yet, they served. As noted, some 1.4-million American veterans have died in defense of our freedom. Countless millions suffered the wounds of war, many lasting a lifetime. Those veterans need the vigilance and support of Americans to ensure that the promises made to veterans for their service are fulfilled.

There can be no doubt that we of this generation of Americans owe a great debt to America’s veterans who preserved and protected our freedom by their service—including all those veterans who are serving now.

We pay our debt to those who have served, in part, by remembering, honoring, and “keeping faith” with veterans by insuring that the promises made to them are kept.

This Veterans Day 2023, we Americans would do well to honor veterans and reflect on just what Veterans Day means.

Veterans Day was originally “Armistice Day,” honoring WWI veterans. Congress later amended it to “Veterans Day” to honor all veterans. Veterans Day observances traditionally commence at the 11th hour of the 11th day of the 11th month of the year, the anniversary of the date and time of the signing of the Armistice ending combat in World War I on November 11, 1918.

WWI was a horrible war of slaughter: There were over over 10-million casualties. It began in 1914. The first of some 4-million Americans who would serve in —and win that war — began arriving in France in June, 1917, when it looked as if Germany would be victorious.

The first Americans to die were three soldiers who were killed in combat on Nov. 3, 1917. By the time the Armistice was signed a year later, on Nov. 11, 1918, some 117,000 Americans — almost 10,000 per month of combat—had given their lives in service.

The horror of WWI, presented side-by-side with the sacrifices of those Americans and allied forces who served, fought, and died — and the need for us to “keep the faith” with those who served —is expressed most profoundly by the poem, “Flanders Fields.” It is perhaps the most moving poem ever written about war, and sacrifice, honor, and the need for those who live not to “break faith” with those who served, were wounded, or died for freedom.

“Flanders Fields” was written by then-Major John McCrae, MD, a surgeon in the Canadian Army who was born in 1872 and would die in 1918, the year that terrible war ended. Dr. McCrae wrote the poem in the devastation of the battle of Ypres in WWI, days after his best comrade had been killed. His words reach across more than a century to bring home the reality of all the wars, and the need to “keep faith” with those who served.

On Veterans Day 2023, may God bless all the veterans who have served in defense of our freedom in all the wars. And may the country whose freedom they preserved honor them on Veterans Day and on every day. They kept the faith with us; and, as expressed in the haunting words of “Flanders Field,” we must not “break faith” with them.

IN FLANDERS FIELDS

By Lt. Col. John McCrae, Army of Canada, WWI

In Flanders Fields the poppies blow,
Between the crosses row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below.

We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie
In Flanders Fields.

Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be it yours to hold it high.

If ye break faith with us who die
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders Field.

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

Obama Defeats the Republicans in Virginia

By Cliff Kincaid

November 10, 2023

John Gizzi of Newsmax, the best conservative political reporter in the United States today, has rendered the verdict – Virginia’s Republican Governor Glenn Youngkin is finished as a presidential candidate. The problem isn’t the Republican National Committee chairwoman, Ronna McDaniel. It is Youngkin’s brand of conservatism. And that sends a message to Republicans around the nation. So-called “compromise” on the hot button issues will not win elections.

Virginia’s elections were such a defeat for Youngkin that a Democratic Party porn star, whose “sex work” had been featured on-line, almost won her race. She lost by less than 1000 votes to a Republican. Democrats in Virginia had defended her after her sex scandal broke.

As this rate, if present trends continue, porn stars will not only be running in greater numbers on the Democratic Party ticket but they will be winning. Perhaps the Republicans will compete by running their own porn stars. That would further demonstrate their organizational problems and lack of leadership.

The results proved that the Democratic Party is dedicated to abortion for any reason, and that this issue alone motivates its voters to get to the polls. Youngkin wanted to compromise, allowing abortion up to a certain time limit in the pregnancy. That was a loser that did not please pro-life Americans.

Results in other states also added “recreational marijuana” as a motivating factor for the Democrats. Pundits laughed about it, but it is no laughing matter, as demonstrated by the brain damage caused by the drug and its link to gun violence.

With an economy in decline and wars in Europe and the Middle East, the election results demonstrate that many people are motivated by the idea of smoking marijuana and aborting babies. These are many of the Democratic Party voters. The reasonable response should be to condemn this immoral approach and challenge Americans to return to the Judeo-Christian traditions of their ancestors. It’s called leadership.

Gizzi reported that after his party “failed miserably in a drive backed personally by Youngkin to capture the state senate,” Youngkin’s dreams of a White House bid “have evaporated.” Gizzi added, “Worse, Youngkin even lost Republican control of the lower House of Delegates to the Democrats.”

Gizzi noted that, in the last week, Democrats “brought in their MVP, former President Barack Obama, who was on robocalls to an estimated 100,000 voters in select districts.”

This is the same Obama we wrote three books about, as he is in charge of the “Permanent Revolution” gripping America and which has solid control over the Democratic Party.

As we saw in Virginia, the legacy of our first Marxist president has had a lasting impact. It remains to be seen whether Obama’s revolution can be stopped in its tracks now that acceptance of mind-altering drugs is even affecting so-called “conservatives” like Rep. Nancy Mace, a South Carolina Republican who wants to federally legalize marijuana.

Clearly, the Republican Party is demoralized and confused.

On Fox News, Senator Ted Cruz is promoting his latest book, Unwoke: How to Defeat Cultural Marxism in America, which is being released far too late to make a difference.

Back in 2015, eight years ago, we released the report, “Cultural Marxism and America’s Moral Collapse,” explaining how all of this has happened. Cruz adds nothing to the debate. At this stage in Obama’s Permanent Revolution, America needs serious legislators and serious solutions, not more outdated books about problems we exposed almost a decade ago.

At the time, 2015, my group, America’s Survival, Inc. held a National Press Club conference formally titled “Crimes against Nature and the Constitution: Cultural Marxism and America’s Moral Collapse.” We noted that the Republican Party, under the influence of high-priced consultants, had proven to be incapable of understanding, let alone combating, cultural Marxism, and the liberal media elites.

It was Karl Rove, the GOP consultant on Fox, who had advised Republicans not to call Obama a socialist.

Eight years later, as we see in Virginia, the problem has gotten worse. Most Republicans over the years were afraid to confront the homosexual lobby. We identified the Republican billionaires who were either endorsing or pumping millions of dollars into the campaign to normalize homosexual activity, even “gay marriage.”

The result of this well-funded campaign was to destroy the winning Reagan coalition of social, economic, and foreign policy conservatives. “Some Republican Party elites are trying to marginalize and isolate traditional conservatives – as well as drive millions of Christians out of the Republican Party,” I said at the time.

It has happened.

Now we have definitive proof that the Youngkin approach of “consensus” on abortion is a losing message.

In addition to our three books on Obama, we released a video on how President Obama had admitted being “schooled” as a young man by a communist in Hawaii named Frank Marshall Davis. It went viral on YouTube, with about 180,000 views in just six days.

Frank Marshall Davis was a weed-smoking sex pervert.

Last year, a total of 500 of our videos on issues like communism, homosexuality, abortion, and election integrity were deleted by YouTube in a massive censorship campaign that we now know was coordinated through the Biden Administration and various federal agencies.

This further represents the consolidation of a communist dictatorship in America, with control by the elites over the means of communication, a key plank of the communist manifesto. They feared our message. They feared our influence.

As we noted in our report on cultural Marxism, the book, The Rise of Gay Rights and the Fall of the British Empire: Liberal Resistance and the Bloomsbury Group, examined how an elite and influential group of “close friends” in Britain lived “experimental” lives that included “gay love.” As the title implies, the author asserts, with significant evidence, the rise of the homosexual movement in Britain corresponds with the decline of the nation as a world power.

Similarly, America has been in decline because of the perverted elites in both major political parties. These are the people who refused to call Barack Hussein Obama a Marxist. These are the people who believe you can compromise with the cultural Marxists on issues like abortion, homosexuality, and drugs.

The election results in Virginia, Ohio, and other states will be repeated under the present leadership of the Republican Party. In 2024, however, the stakes will be greater.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

The Ballot Box is Broken

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

November 9, 2023

This commentary won’t be long. No sense pontificating on the obvious. I’m gonna shoot straight and right at the target.

Both abortion and marijuana were legalized in red-state Ohio last night. Without going into the details, suffice it to say that honest elections are a thing of the past.

Look at this map.

The purple is where the city-folk live, Toledo, Cleveland, Akron, Canton, Youngstown, Dayton, Cincinnati, and Athens. Interestingly, each of those cities is also home to a State University. I wonder how many “college” voters are actually from Ohio? But….that is another issue.

If this nation is ever to return to honest elections there are three things that must happen and they must happen soon.

Election Day must once again become election DAY. Currently, someone came up with the idea of election MONTH. The LEFT has used “discrimination” once again as a thumb on the scales of our elections. GW Bush called it “the soft bigotry of low expectations.” The idea that some people, especially inner-city folks, don’t have the ability to get to the polls on Election Day has been used to stuff the ballot boxes. People will deny it. But that is the Truth.

In the disputed election of 2020 did you know that only 31% of all ballots cast were done by IN PERSON voting? Read and weep. That means that 69% of all voters NEVER WENT TO THE POLLS. Non in-person voting opens the floodgates to fraud. Mail in ballots require almost no true authentication. Hence, the ballot stuffing and ballot harvesting accusations that lead to the J6 fiasco. More evidence.

I had the opportunity to hear Dr Douglas Frank explain how rampant voter fraud is in America. Lots of good info here. Dr. Frank explains that the biggest fraud occurs not in ELECTRONIC voting machines…but in fraudulent voter ROLLS. False registrations, especially in the large cities, are used to increase the number of voters in the precincts. With mail-in ballots, the verification of registered voters is almost non-existent. Cleaning up the voting rolls is a must. Check the info from Dr Frank. MANY cities had MORE REGISTERED VOTERS THAN VOTING AGE CITIZENS.

You would think both teams would want honest and fair elections so that the will of the people would truly prevail. You would be mistaken.

And now they are registering illegal immigrants, who, of course, will be able to vote by mail. What could possibly go wrong?

Here is the solution.

We must return to Election DAY in-person voting. Absentee ballots ONLY for those verified as unable to make it to the polls. Perhaps we could extend to 2 days…Tuesday and Wednesday for those with schedule conflicts.
No voting machines. Hand counted ballots only. Personal photo ID required. The Board of Elections could provide photo ID for those who need one prior to election Day.
Purge the local voting rolls of those who have died, or moved.

Josef Stalin said: “Those who vote decide nothing. Those who count the vote decide everything.” Soloman said “A false balance is abomination to the Lord: but a just weight is his delight.” Proverbs 11 says “The Lord hates dishonest scales, but He is pleased with honest weights.”

For over 200 years America followed the legal tradition of election DAY: Check this out!

“The Tuesday next after the 1st Monday in November, in every even numbered year, is established as the day for the election, in each of the States and Territories of the United States, of Representatives and Delegates to the Congress commencing on the 3rd day of January next thereafter.” That WAS the law.

Every Holiday in America occurs on a DAY. Christmas Day, Easter Sunday, Thanksgiving Day, Veterans Day, Labor Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day…Ironically, only two issues now have their own month…PRIDE month…and ELECTION MONTH.

Abe Lincoln said “the ballot is stronger than the bullet.” Al Gore famously pushed for a “lock box” on Social Security. I say it is time for a “lock box” on the “ballot box.”

A broken ballot box is destroying America. It is time to change the locks.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Muslim Rashida Tlaib in Our House of Representatives: A Jihadist

By Frosty Wooldridge

November 9, 2023

Thankfully, The U.S. House of Representatives censured Jihadist and Palestinian Rashida Tlaib, (D-MI) for her obscene support of Hamas’ brutal slaughter of children, mothers and the elderly in Israel on October 7, 2023.

Once elected, she wrapped herself in the Palestinian national flag outsider office. In fact, her Palestinian flag stands equal to Old Glory outside her office in Washington, DC. Is she an American who swore on the Bible to uphold our U.S. Constitution? No! She is a Muslim anchor baby who swore herself into office on her bible, the Qur’an.

In other words, Tlaib lacks any loyalty or affinity to our country, our laws, our Constitution, our allies, or our freedom of religion. If given the power, she would kill every last Jewish person on this planet. That’s the mandate brought to her by the Qur’an.

That’s ironic because in an Islamic country, she could be “honor killed” if she stepped out of line from her husband’s wishes. She wouldn’t be allowed to drive a car. Muslim women in Muslim lands cannot ride a bicycle or swim with men in a swimming pool. If they do swim, it must be with a full pajama suit on their bodies. She would have suffered female genital mutilation by the age of nine. Her elders would have provided a marriage partner without consulting her. At the local mosque, she would not be allowed to worship with the men. She would be assigned to the back door and the basement. In other words, Islam proves itself the most tribal, racist, misogynistic and brutal religion on the planet.

Daniel Greenfield, journalist for JihadWatch.org wrote, “Civilized nations have spent generations trying to convince themselves that the primary religious and national impulses of the Muslim world come down to more than conquest and mass murder. The horrors of the past few years in Afghanistan and Israel both came down to the mistaken belief that you could negotiate and reach an agreement with Jihadist movements. Unfortunately, there is no ‘moderation’ in Jihad.”

We keep thinking that Muslims in America will ‘moderate’ to Western Enlightenment, when in fact, they remain on their same mandate to “Convert or kill all non-believers.” If given any chance to freely kill Jews in America, Rashida Tlaib would be America’s Hitler. It’s that plain and that simple. She stated exactly that in her obscene speeches to drive the Jews from the Jordan River to the Mediterranean Sea. Please note: she said NOTHING against Hamas when they slaughtered 1,400 Jewish women, children and babies.

As a high school student, I learned about bullies. They will torture you with name-calling, pushing, shoving, and punching. You can’t reason with them. You can’t hope they will respond to your kindness. They don’t care about rules, civility or humanity. They will kick your ass for the pure fun of it. They will make your life miserable for as long as they can get away with their brutish behavior. They will make fun of you until you bash them in the mouth. How do I know? Several bullies back in high school picked on me incessantly until I responded like “Rocky.” Every time I see them at our high school reunions, they remember me.

Look what Hitler did to the Jewish people. Look what Hamas did to those Jewish children, mothers and babies. Look what all of the Muslim world would do to Israel if they could.

Almost beyond sickening and beyond comprehension, all the college kids supporting genocide against the Jewish people of Israel, blame the Jews for Gaza’s problems, when in fact, the Jews vacated Gaza in 2005. The Muslims in Gaza created their own problems as to food, water, sewage and living in an organized and viable society.

At the same time, those same college students want to stamp-out “free speech” provided in the First Amendment. This past week in Ventura County, California, one of the supporters of Palestine knocked over and killed an elderly Jewish man on the street. Not one single Muslim supporter came to the aid of the dying man.

Greenfield added, “It is a fundamental error to view Hamas as an “extremist” group. It is an arm of the Muslim Brotherhood whose political parties rule a number of Muslim countries. Its political organizations also dominate Muslim communities in America and Europe. Most of Al Qaeda’s leaders were also members of the Muslim Brotherhood. The myth of a split between political Islam and militant Islam, between moderate and extreme Islamic movements was always just that…a myth.” Islam remains brutal to its core just as its founder, Muhammed.

“The Jihad is the defining force of Islamic political and religious life,” said Greenfield. “Much as with Communism, coexistence with it is impossible.” The same with Islam, no “ifs”, “ands” or “buts.” They will kill you in an instant to serve their Qur’an and those 72 virgins.

We, the American people, need to understand that with every Muslim immigrant allowed into the United States, we are setting ourselves up for another 9/11 in some form. Those Islamic zealots mean business 24/7. They aim to win by bullying us, lying to us, getting elected to national offices like Rashida Tlaib, Corey Bush, Ilhan Omar, Keith Ellison, Magid (Obama’s Sharia Law czar), Barack Obama and hundreds more across America. They tell us that they will make America an Islamic Caliphate. We’re just too naïve, too generous, and/or too stupid to listen to their intentions. Obama said it in his book, “When the winds blow harshly, I will side with the Muslims.”

Finally, “The Jihad made Islam possible,” said Greenfield. “It is also what gives it meaning. It is the precarious reality that colors all relationships with the Muslim world. We have learned to ignore it at our own risk. And every time we unsee it, people die. They die by the dozens, the hundreds and the thousands…9/11 as one example. And the killing and the dying happen because we mistake what is at best a Cold War for a rich relationship. We think that we are building bridges when we’re really welcoming invaders.”

How do you deal with political-religious Islamic bullies/fanatics? You bash them in the mouth, and you don’t allow them into your home or country.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Hippos and Trannies

by Lee Duigon

November 9, 2023

We hear a lot about “invasive species”—that is, plants and animals that now live in places where they don’t belong: usually because humans brought them there. Pythons in Florida, walking catfish, “murder hornets” out West—and buildings and hills festooned with creeping kudzu.

Usually it’s insect pests. Remember “Japanese beetles”? My mother used to pay kids a dime for every quart jar they could fill with Japanese beetles plucked from her floribunda rose hedge, which the insects were devouring.

But it’s not always insects. Colombia has an invasive species problem on quite another level.

Colombia has… hippos.

A drug lord, shot to death by police 30 years ago, bought four hippopotami to show off his wealth. He got erased and the hippos got away. Finding the nearby wetlands to be fully up to hippo standards, there are now 160 of them.

What to do? It costs $10,000 apiece of sterilize a hippo, apart from the risk of being killed. Hippos in Africa kill more people per year than any other animal. What if you only think you used a powerful enough sedative?

They could capture the hippos (not as easy as it sounds) and ship them to other countries. But what if no one wants them?

Or they could just shoot all the hippos and then find out what makes the rest of the world hopping mad. Murdering Israeli families, this fallen world will tolerate—even applaud. Shooting down 160 hippos—you’d never get away with it.

Doesn’t look like this invasive species is going anywhere soon. But there is another one that makes hippos look like stuffed toys. This species has invaded the world of competitive martial arts, especially judo and jiu-jitsu, and has come very near to wiping out women’s judo altogether.

The North American Grappling Assn. created a women’s division, and women liked it. But this year there was an invasive species in it: “trans women,” aka “men.” The matches weren’t fair, and women quit the sport in droves.

NAGA had to act quickly, and did: no more men allowed in women’s judo tournaments. “Trans women” would have to go back to competing with other men. It remains to be seen whether the women will come back.

Trannies and their fanatical sponsors and supporters are at war with God’s Word. “Male and female created He them” (Genesis 1: 27). Far Left Crazy hates that verse. Their delusion has spread around the world like kudzu. They start on children’s minds in kindergarten and keep it up through college and beyond.

We are not just talking about a failure to produce a next generation of human beings if everybody gets sucked into “gender affirming care.” Better we should take our chances with the hippos. We are also talking here and now: turning children and teenagers into lifelong medical patients, to say nothing of the permanent damage to their psyches.

And dare I say “souls”?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and enjoy some posts while you’re waiting for the hippos to make it to Florida. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Who are “They”? By Their Fruits You Shall Know Them

By Dennis Linthicum

November 8, 2023

Last weekend I spoke in Ashland, Oregon at a wonderful event with several hundred Oregon Federation of Republican Women. During my presentation, one person asked a fantastic question, “Who are ‘they’?” To provide context, I was not addressing the confusion about modern pronoun usage.

I had said, “They are unhinged!” Now this territory is part of my accustomed soapbox. I routinely write about so-called conspiracy theories and I often bash “them thar bad guys” referring to them as, “they and them.” At the time, I didn’t have a succinct answer and thought I could do better.

Today, I will try to answer, “Who are ‘they’ and what is our disagreement?”

In general, “they” are those opposed to Liberty. They are deep-state malcontents amassing power by stripping authority and wealth from the citizenry. They are typically elites and the super wealthy using their enormous influence to steer public policy toward their own enrichment. They sway public leaders and legislators to do their bidding by using emotional stories.

As I mentioned in my last newsletter, false assumptions, incorrect or mis-understood data and faulty reasoning will lead people down the wrong track. Concentrations of power, in public or private hands, based on faulty views or corrupt ideas have led to vast expansions in state power. This usurpation of power eventually alienates segments of society and culture.

This is why the song, “Rich Men North of Richmond” was such a success. Oliver Anthony says what we know to be true. He identifies inflation, the lack of accountability, the imprudent uses of taxpayer dollars and needlessly high taxation. Things that the folks in DC (and Salem) can’t seem to understand.

Those desiring more state power and control, statists, do so because the state is the single entity authorized to use force and coercion to get what it wants. Our government ends up elevating those who have neither wisdom, character, nor the right to be our guardians. These bureaucrats become the watchers, directors, chairs, commanders, regulators, accusers, fact-checkers, estimators, evaluators, censors and preachers over everyone else.

This constant and unrelenting pressure from a nameless bureaucracy creates dissent, tension and distrust, leading to an unstable environment. Governments exert their power to foster grievances, whether real or imagined, further fraying the fabric of society.

This instability can fester in race relations, educational disparities or shortages, and is easily seen in the economy. In Oregon, we can see market damage happening daily. We see it in prices and availability for housing, food, fuel, police protection, healthcare, and education. Most families, citizens and even foreign-born aliens, view themselves as incapable of solving these problems because they have been usurped by the state and are, therefore, beyond the reach of local and community control.

The enormity of the global COVID-19 fraud is a prime example.

It started with fear-mongering based upon entirely unrealistic estimates of worldwide death. There was gross data manipulation and re-writing of the rules. The instructions for your County Coroner’s completion of Death Certificates were altered only for COVID-19; formerly acceptable medical protocols were denied; proven pandemic policies were jettisoned.

The massive Leftwing media machine raced to show inflated death statistics changing by the hour. The CDC, NIH, CIA, FBI, and DOJ issued directives to promote centralized, universal healthcare models regardless of health, age, susceptibility or co-morbidities.

Small businesses were needlessly closed while those with influence, the big-box stores and online giants, were happily picking up the customers and, thereby, sweeping small-main-street businesses off the map. This destruction was orchestrated by shamelessly corrupt individuals around the world using the “color of law” to declare war on the non-compliant while amassing absolute authority.

The free-market is loathed by statists from both major parties, Democrats and Republicans. The recent vote for Jim Jordan as Speaker was controversial because he represented a credible threat to the exponential growth of the bloated bureaucracy. The bureaucracy which desires to both set the standard and enforce the standard. This is precisely why we see more than 3000 new bills being introduced during every Legislative long-session in Oregon.

The never-ending batches of new laws shows us the fanatical desire to tax, spend and regulate every private business operation. The collectivists control minimum wages, fair wages across every business, and every new-found personal identity. These geniuses set working hours, break times, healthcare and family leave requirements.

These laws continually provide taxpayer monies to subsidize well-heeled influencers and push others out of the market. Last week, the food giant Tyson Foods announced their commitment to building a more sustainable insect protein food production system to save the planet.
Where did this new demand for crunchy crickets come from? Did your family picnic turn into a hunt for yummy mealworms after the fried chicken tub was emptied?

No! There is no demand-side to the equation for black soldier flies, grasshoppers, mealworms or crickets. The only demand comes from the regulators who pretend to care more than the rest of us.

Hence, IP-3, which criminalizes animal farming practices is headed to main street.

Without stopping IP-3 gigantic agri-businesses will grow while the small Mom-and-Pop farms and cattle producers will simply dry up. Look at the small towns across Oregon, larger fast-food franchises are opening while the small diners and lunch-counters which once cluttered downtowns are boarded up with “Closed” signs fraying in the wind.

The business giants float ideas that require every transaction be tracked, counted, taxed, stamped, measured, numbered, registered, and authorized. If Mom-and-Pop can’t implement the rules they will be forced to close-up shop. Or, they may get admonished, punished, or sent along to one of Hillary Clinton’s proposed re-indoctrination centers to get their worldview fixed.

What is happening? Why do we continue down this path?

We have to get back to basics, local economies, and meritorious interpersonal relationships.

Our Nation, has been led to greatness by the Hand of Liberty. It was created from all the glory that free-speech, individual heroism, and hardworking humanity could offer. We must fight against our own willingness to forge the chains of our destruction and demand fiscal responsibility from Congress, then from our own state houses.

Our sights must be aimed at supporting Life, Liberty and our own just pursuits, not just the largess that citizens can pocket from the public treasury.

Private enterprise is essential. Otherwise, the socialists and statists will use their executive agency power to relentlessly steer us towards total control and regulation which will lead to our destruction and misery.

Finally, who are “they”?

They can only be identified by their fruits, not by their intentions. They can be identified by their unending efforts to subvert our liberties and the ideals which are so beautifully stated in the unanimous Declaration of the thirteen united States of America and our US Constitution.

Therefore, we must stand firm and devote our lives and prosperity to removing them from power at every level of government.

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

Kinsey: Instigator of the Sexual Revolution and Its Crazed and Criminal Evolution

By Sidney Secular

November 8, 2023

The audience wasn’t kidding when they booed Nicole Kidman for her role in the Oscar-winning film “Birth” at the Venice International Film Festival in 2004. In the film, she thinks her husband has been reincarnated as her 10-year old son and so he joins her in the bathtub in which they cinematically wade into unknown waters. This was certainly one of the opening salvos in the sex-with-children push, as the so-called sexual revolution leads to ever more dangerous and deranged settings.

How and when did we first buy into wanton sexual anarchy disguised as freedom? Let’s turn back the clock to a more innocent time – past even the comparatively halcyon days of the 1950s to 1948 after we won the war and so could get involved in more “recreational” activities. Early that year, unknown Indiana University zoologist Alfred C Kinsey released his bombshell of a book, “Sexual Behavior of the Human Male in America”. This caused a sensation such that America could be divided into pre-Kinsey and post-Kinsey eras. Funded by the prestigious Rockefeller Foundation and based on thousands of interviews, Kinsey supposedly “discovered” that while virtually all American men of the World War II era pretended to be faithful and monogamous, 95% of them had intercourse prior to marriage, and could be classified by the laws in effect in 1948 as “sex offenders”. Moreover, according to Kinsey, 70% of men had sex with prostitutes, 33% of the men had extramarital affairs, and about 25% of them had homosexual affairs. The oft-repeated claim that 10% of humans are homosexual comes from Kinsey’s perverted published research.

Kinsey deliberately painted a picture of American men as amoral sexual animals seeking constant gratification. His press coverage for these outlandish claims could not have been more extensive or enthusiastic, and was presented to the public as if he had discovered the cure for all diseases. All the mainstream press pounced on these “findings” as the most exhaustive scientific survey ever of Americans’ sexual habits. These findings from an unknown and very unlikely source and a “conservative” Republican and “family man” to boot catapulted Kinsey overnight to the status of a sort of scientific national hero, in keeping with public’s newfound near worship of this particular branch of knowledge. These revolutionary “Kinsey Reports” as they came to be known, together with his 1953 companion book, “Sexual Behavior in the Human Female”, rocked the nation’s beliefs about itself in particular and mankind in general, setting the stage for the acceptance of all manner of abnormal and deviant sexual behavior in the years to come.

The Kinsey Reports came to the stunning conclusion that children are sexual from birth and small fry from as early as a few months of age have the capacity for a “pleasurable and healthy” sexual life. The brave new world of sexual enlightenment and aberrant sexual practices had been ushered in. But it turns out that Kinsey relied upon an isolated and fringe group of sex abusers to come up with his findings, especially those on childhood sexuality. How did Kinsey determine that children emerging out of infancy were enjoying sex? Kinsey defined and assumed children’s torment(screaming, convulsions, temper tantrums, etc.) were in fact orgasms! Where were the pediatricians when these absurd claims were made? Among the thousands of reviews of the Kinsey Report no one questioned these absurdities, allowing the pedophile movements of today to gain the ground they needed to get to the point where they are are on the threshold of gaining acceptance if not soon being considered normal outgrowths of the sexual revolution.

Normal women would not get involved in his research and claims about normal males were based on an 86% aberrant male population involving 200 sexual psychopaths, 1,400 sex offenders, and hundreds each of prisoners, male prostitutes, and promiscuous homosexuals. All of this would cast doubt on his findings. Now we come to the question of Kinsey’s own unorthodox sexual practices and obsessions, which should themselves have been sufficient to cast doubt upon his findings without further information on the methods he used to obtain his data. To start with, Kinsey was a sexual psychopath who preferred homosexual sex and sadomasochistic practices of a truly cringe-worthy character. Believe it or not, Kinsey circumcised himself without benefit of anesthesia, an act to derive pleasure from pain. That syndrome is characteristic of sadomasochists. An early adherent of masturbation, his brutal masochistic methods led to his early demise. Kinsey’s admiring biographers all admit that Kinsey was a sadistic bi/homosexual who seduced his male students and coerced his wife and staff (and their wives) to perform for him and with him in pornographic films made in the family attic.

Was all of the fawning over Kinsey and his findings part of an overall strategy to supplant the narrow procreational Judeo-Christian ethos with a promiscuous “anything goes” bi/gay pedophile paradise? It would appear to be so in the same manner as the media being “in bed” with the establishment as it so conspicuously is at the present time. The globally massive abduction of children all around the world to provide for pedophilic practices can be directly attributed to the acceptance and promotion of Kinsey’s dementic “findings” and the philosophy and practices that grew from them. When it comes to America and the West’s culture, laws, beliefs, practices and attitudes towards sex, Kinsey is still king – revered to this day by the vast majority of academics and “sexperts”. The entire sex industry and research establishment worldwide today acknowledges that Kinsey’s research is the basis for their “science” and therefore legitimizes everything they do, say or write. If Kinsey’s research were properly discredited, their house of cards would come tumbling down and they would find themselves out of business.

To sum it all up, today virtually everything having to do with sex – from attitudes towards extramarital affairs and homosexuality, to the nation’s sex-education curricula, to the utterly deranged transgender movement and all the ways that medicine, psychiatry, psychology, and even criminal justice systems define and deal with sexual pathology – is firmly rooted in the tragically and ludicrously fraudulent “data” of Alfred Kinsey and his cohort and cult of criminally deviant sex “researchers”.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Home of MI Governor Gretchen Whitmer Displays Adolph Hitler – They Are Sorry Though

By Bradlee Dean

November 8, 2023

“Good thing for the people that are in power that the people never think.”-Adolph Hitler

How many times has this outlet shown the parallel between the Nazis of the 1930s to the present and yet, it all goes for naught?

The people refuse to see them for who they are because they refuse to study the past to understand the present, in order to identify how history is repeating itself (Hosea 4:6).

The Tip of The Iceberg: Americans, This is The Fourth Reich (Video)

That is until it comes to the people’s front door (Amos 6:3). Guess what, it is at your front door, once again.

Governor Gretchen Whitmer is pictured below with Alex Soros, son of international criminal George Soros.

If you were paying attention, George Soros admitted that when he was just 14 years old that he had helped the Nazis pillage the displaced persons that were hauled off to concentration camps, and this with a smile on his face.

I write this to show you this: According to propaganda outlet the Politico: “Michigan State apologizes for displaying picture of Adolf Hitler”

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

The Systematic Killing of America, Part 1 of 4

By Reverend Glynn Adams

November 7, 2023

“My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge. Because you have rejected knowledge, I will also reject you from being my priest. Since you have forgotten the law of your God, I will forget your children.” (Hosea 4:6)

“For certain persons have crept in unnoticed, those who were marked out for this condemnation, ungodly persons who turn the grace of our God into licentiousness and deny our only Master and Lord Jesus Christ.” (Jude 4)

We must change our mindset in this nation and realize the fact that since the early 1800s, ungodly men have crept into America with the sole purpose of killing this nation and as a consequence, we are in a war for our very survival. But it is not a conventional war waged with tanks and planes in conventional battlefields – at least not yet. It is a secret, insidious type of war whose battleground is the people’s minds. Its main weapons are propaganda and mass brainwashing by disinformation, cunning, deception, and lies in a large scale, not used against the people of any nation since Nazi Germany.

If an unfriendly foreign power had carried out against the American people the actions carried out by Wall Street bankers, Oil magnates, CEOs of transnational corporations loyal to the Committee of 300 and its demonic occults, we might well had considered it an act of war. But most Americans have ignored this war because we have become passive, disengaged, dumbed down, and have forgotten God and His ways.

Like you, I have more questions than answers, but in my research but mostly the research help of others, you will understand who it is that controls and manages the United States government in secret. There are also multiple well-known demonic secret societies such as the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergers, Trilateral, the Zionists, Freemasonry, Bolshevism, Rosicrucianism, Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum, and all the spinoffs of these secret societies which I don’t have the room to name here.

Also, there are others operating in this nation and around the world who are unknown to the average person. Names like the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, Club of Rome, the German Marshall Fund, the Cini Foundation, the Round Table, the Fabianists, the Venetian Black Nobility, the Mont Pelerin Society, Hellfire Clubs, and many others who are not known here or their functions in governments. Take all the occults above and hundreds more and put them under the influence of one organization called The Committee of 300 and in The Committee of 300 you have the fountain head of the shadow government in this nation and around the world!!!

This Committee of 300 is unbelievable rich and very powerful. They have an intelligence group around the world and they play deadly hardball with politicians and leaders of the world who will not play their way. In addition, they control the infrastructure and routes of the drug trade around the world. In what is an open conspiracy against God and man which includes enslaving the majority of humans left on this earth after the wars, plagues, and mass murder they initiate is not well hidden. One only has to listen to Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum for their latest updates of what they are doing. In the intelligence community, it is taught that the best way to hide something is to place it in open view.

There is an open attack on Christianity, the middle class, and the slow but sure disintegration of industrial nation states, the destruction of hundreds of millions of people, referred to by the Committee of 300, as ”surplus-population or eaters” and any leader who dared to stand in the way of the Committee’s global planning will suffer grave consequences.

The upper-level parallel secret government of the Committee does not operate from dark basements and secret underground bunkers. It places itself in full view of the White House, Congress, and in Number 10 Downing Street and the House of Parliament. These men are in open view. These men are the servants of the One World Government-New World Order of the Committee. Does this not explain what is happening to our Presidents, House Members, and Senate? They play ball or they are neutralized. They are bought or blackmailed into doing the bidding against this nation.

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But is cannot survive treason from within. For the traitor appears not a traitor – He speaks in the accents familiar to his victims, and he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation—he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillar of a city he infects the body politics so that it can no longer resist. A murderer is less to be feared” (Cicero 42 BC)

We must understand our government has been hijacked by these globalist elites and our Presidents in the past back to Theodore Roosevelt and all current Presidents, with the exception of Trump, Nixon, Kennedy, and Taft, all were treasonous puppets of the Committee. Ronald Reagan got the message after he was shot!!! Our House and Senate have cooperated with the Committee to pass the legislation they wanted. A crisis is created and initiated, the people cry for help to solve the problem, and the puppets of the Committee get the legislature to pass the bill they want. Can I say Patriot Act passed by George Bush and our Congress to better “help” identify terrorist but the act is now being used against citizens of this nation. No more Muslim terrorists now; the real terrorist today are Christians and middle-class white people!!!

It was our treasonous House and Senate that voted to move our factories to China and Mexico as requested by the Committee destroying our manufacturing base so we would no longer be independent. Every member of the House and Senate are guilty of treason. Those who would claim they are not traitors to this nation knew what was going on and remained silent instead of warning the citizens. That makes them an accessory to the crime.

It is time we understand how serious our situation is in this nation. Their intention is to kill America with her liberty and rights. This is not a battle between Democrats and Republicans. This is a battle of God against Satan, good against evil, and right against wrong. These people have but one goal and that is to enslave the rest of the world and eliminate Christians and the ways of Christ!!!

Regardless of what people are saying today, America is the greatest experiment of a people, under the rule of God, governing themselves that the world has ever seen but she is dying – a slow and painful death. As the late Russian Christian Alexander Solzhenitsyn said before his death, “To destroy a people, you must first sever their roots.” I am almost 86, and the America most of us grew up in is gone. All that is left is the memories of what she used to be.

In her wake, this country has been systemically transformed by our Presidents, politicians, globalists, demonic occults and The Committee into a place unrecognizable. A place plagued by drugs, poverty, pornography, and violence, that is by systematic design. Our American work ethic has been changed to “give me”, again by design. There is no faith that unites us. Modern Americans remain almost completely oblivious of their history with the vast majority (84%) unable to identify the author of the Constitution, again all by design to dumb down this nation. Slaves have no need to know anything!!!

The demise of America was caused by a group of aristocrats who sought the riches of this world and to establish a globalist’s government. The citizens, living the life of comfort and ease, turned the nation over to the politicians who under the yoke of the wealthy cabal, developed a secret, stealth shadow government that has been ruling America behind the scene for years. It all begin in the 1800s with Freemason Cecil Rhodes of Rhodes Scholar fame whose American students at Oxford were taught globalism, and wealthy bankers such as the Rothschild Family, and J. P. Morgan provided the money and agenda. Morgan constructed the Peace Palace at The Hague. This was the first attempt to dissolve nation sovereignty and national law under an institution with global jurisdiction. This led to the creation of the League of Nations.

At the same time, Andrew Carnegie set up his foundation to use its cash to control America’s educational and political institutions. Wealthy steel magnate Andrew Carnegie, who provided the blueprint for the formation of a shadow government that was to rule over America. Carnegie knew that a global government required social engineering so he established in 1905, the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching (CFAT) to gain control of America’s educational system. By 1909, CFAT was the national unofficial accrediting agency for colleges and universities and it possessed the power to create the curricula. Since Carnegie was an Anglophile, a freemason, a practitioner of the occult, avowed socialists, an agnostic, a globalist, most of our universities throughout America began to reflect his ideology and beliefs. Carnegie was not alone in seeking control of the political and educational systems to further a New World Order.

In 1905, wealthy John D. Rockefeller, Sr. established the General Education Board (GEB). In no time at all, the GEB was working in tandem with the CFAT to develop standardized curricula with standardized textbooks for all American children. It was at this time that the Rockefeller Foundation was formed. In 1914, the newly formed National Education Association passed a resolution that they viewed with alarm the activity of the Carnegie and Rockefeller Foundations, agencies in no way were responsible to the people but little came of their resolution.

The effects of the Carnegie Foundation on America’s religious were being felt across America. John D. Rockefeller, Jr. maintained a close relationship with Carnegie and the Fosdick brothers. With Rockefeller Jr. initiating a policy of funding seminaries that complied with the dictates of Higher Criticism (some parts of the Bible are not true) and the debunking of the New Testament, a new breed of ministers who believed neither the account of the resurrection nor the divinity of Jesus was unleashed on the American people.

Truly, the Bible is correct that says the love of money is the root of all evil. Pride, greed, and power drive men to do the unthinkable. The Ponzi scheme of Bernie Madoff was called the crime of the century but it was not. The crime of all crimes is the legalized central banking system of the globe, where, with the help of the politicians, the banks fabricate and print money out of nothing and pillage billions of people.

The House of Morgan which was bound to the House of Rothschild, emerged as the dominate force in the creation of a deep state which would rule the United States from the shadows. It would give the nation the Federal Reserve System. On November 22, 1910, at the behest of Morgan, U.S. Senator Aldridge and a small group of Wall Street bankers were invited to a “duck shooting party” at Jekyll Island, off the coast of Georgia. Paul Warburg, a banker from Germany, told the group that the bill that they would compose for Congress must avoid any reference to a “central bank,” since several American presidents, including Thomas Jefferson and Andrew Jackson, had railed against the establishment of such an entity. Note here the Congress did not write this bill but someone else – it has not changed today my fellow Americans!!!

Warburg further instructed the group that legislation for a central bank must create the illusion that control of the system would reside with the government, since the chairman of the Federal Reserve in Washington DC would be appointed by the president and would remain answerable to the Congress. It is a profit-making cartel and owned by bankers who have purchased shares of stock in the Federal Reserve. For further camouflage, Warburg insisted that the legislation must be presented as a regional system, with the fifteen branches responsible for overseeing the financial conditions within their jurisdiction.

Such measures were necessary since the cabal of millionaires at Jekyll Island were plotting the greatest financial and political coup d’etat in American history, the usurpation of Congress’s authority as provided in the Constitution, to create and control the country’s money supply. Interest rates, and the value of the dollar. This bill would also shift inevitable financial losses from the money trust to the US taxpayer. Even the name Federal is misleading since the Federal Reserve is no more federal than Federal Express who delivers our packages. Where were the “ole time religious” people back then? ASLEEP/DISENGAGED!!!!

With opposition to the bill, Republican President William Taft hastened the Congress’s instantaneous rejection of the Aldrich Plan by vowing to veto the bill as soon as it arrived on his desk. The plan went down in flames before it was brought up for a vote. President Taft by vowing to veto, had unwittingly secured his own political demise for reelection. But the money trust was undeterred by the setback. To defeat Taft, Morgan told former President Theodore Roosevelt to run as a candidate for the newly created Progressive (Bull Moose) Party to split the vote against Taff. See how demonic power works folks?

The Democrats choose Woodrow Wilson, who lived in the shadows of Wall Street and was close to Andrew Carnegie and shared Carnegie’s ideology. It is said that Banker Bernard Baruch brought Wilson to the Democrat Headquarters in New York like a “poodle on a string” where Wilson agreed, if elected president, to support the revision of the Aldrich Plan, to advance a graduated income tax and to seek the approval of Wall Street for appointees to his cabinet. Most of the votes that went to Roosevelt would have gone to Taft so Wilson won the election by 42% of the vote.

On Christmas Eve, 1912, with a minimum forum present, the bill passed and on December 23, 1913, the Federal Reserve Act because law and Woodrow Wilson signed the bill. Shares in the Federal Reserve were purchased by American bankers but the fact that foreign bankers purchased substantial shares in the Federal Reserve ensured that the economic course of the United States no longer would be controlled and directed solely by representatives of the American people or duly appointed officials of the Treasury Department but by a clique of very wealthy bankers from London, Paris, Hamburg, Berlin and Rome.

Be sure to read “The Coming Battle” written during the civil war and published in 1899. READ – how the legislation was signed and passed into law pledging every America citizen as collateral for the repayment of all government debts in gold and silver. By reading this book you will better understand the events taking place today. Nothing new under the sun. History is repeating itself. Different players, the same game. World domination.

More next week on the Killing of America. God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to The Killing of Uncle Sam” by Pastor Rodney Howard-Browne and Paul L. Williams, ‘Psychological Warfare and the New World Order” by Servando Gonzalez, “The Marketing of Evil” by David Kupelian, and “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300” by Dr. John Coleman)

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

Placing Politics Above Children?

By Paul Engel

November 7, 2023

Should foster parents see Department of Children and Families as partners or adversaries?
Can an otherwise excellent candidate for foster children be denied the chance because of their religious beliefs?
When the state takes responsibility for children, can they place politics above their welfare?

Studies show that the best outcomes for children is when they live in a home with their married parents. If the world were perfect, then all children would have that chance. The world isn’t perfect though, and either by accident or as the consequences of the actions of adults, children will be in need of people to step in for their parents. In our modern society, the role of finding homes for these children has been filled by the state governments. What happens when those government entities place politics above the needs of their charges? A recent case in the U.S. District Court for Massachusetts deals with that very topic. Plaintiffs Michael and Catherine Burke claim that the State of Massachusetts Department of Children and Families (DCF) discriminated, for religious reasons, against their application to become foster parents. When I looked at the case what I saw wasn’t simply religious discrimination, but DCF placing political viewpoints above not only the Constitution of Massachusetts, but what is best for the children in their care.

Foster Care

When I moved from New York City to a small town upstate, my very first friend was a boy my age who was in foster care. The details do not matter, but I remember his first foster family took care of him, but seemed distant and cold. A couple of years later, he was placed with another foster family, and I watched as my friend changed for the better. His new family was loving and kind, and helped him grow from a scared child into a young man. Along the way, I got a small glimpse into the foster care system, which is not easy for either children or parents. It takes a lot to open your home to a child, with no guarantees as to what personality traits, or even medical and psychological issues, they may bring. For people prepared to be parents and families to those who either don’t have one or whose families are dysfunctional, I tip my hat. While I am sure there are those in the foster care system more interested in the check than the child, from what I’ve seen they are the small exception. I’ve also seen reports of people in Child Services, under many different names, who seem to place what they think best above the needs of the child. This appears to be the situation in the case Burke v. Walsh.

Burke v. Walsh

Michael and Catherine Burke are described as a loving couple. After finding out they were infertile, they decided to become foster parents, hoping they may eventually adopt a child into their family.

The Burkes applied to become foster parents through the Massachusetts Department of Children and Families (DCF). They went through thirty hours of training, lengthy interviews, and assessments of their home, health, and family life.

In the end, DCF “[a]cknowledged” the “family[’s] strengths, this including their willingness to parent a child w/ moderately significant medical, mental health and behavioral needs.” … One interviewer praised how they “really seem[] to understand adoption/foster care.” …

The process of becoming foster parents is not easy. There’s training to take, interviews to sit through, and numerous intrusive assessments of just about every part of the applicant’s life. All of which the Burkes appeared to pass with flying colors. Not only did one interviewer praise the Burkes’ understanding of the adoption and foster care system, but they were willing to take an otherwise difficult to place child, one with medical, mental, or behavioral needs. Sounds like the perfect candidates, don’t they?

But DCF denied the Burkes a foster care license, and, as such, their last opportunity to become parents.

Only one reason was given for that denial: they “would not be affirming to a child who identified as LGBTQIA.”

I’m not sure of the statistics in Massachusetts but, in general, most foster care systems are desperate to find foster families. Mostly because there are so many more children in the system than parents willing to care for them, especially if the child has special needs. One would think that DCF would jump at the chance to have a family not only so well qualified, but willing to take on some of their more difficult cases. DCF’s reason about not affirming an “LGBTQIA” child seems quite ridiculous for a couple of reasons. First, what percentage of children in foster care in Massachusetts identify as “LGBTQIA”? Again, I don’t have numbers, but by looking at the rest of the population, my guess is only a relatively small number of children would be effected if they were to be fostered by the Burkes. Second, while not an expert on the subject, I don’t believe Massachusetts law would require DCF to place children with a family that they believe would not be philosophically compatible.

Of course, the Burkes believe there is more to them being denied a foster care license.

As DCF recorded, “Kitty and Mike are devoutly Roman Catholic and not only attend church with regular frequency, they both also work for local churches as musicians.” …

As faithful Catholics, the Burkes believe that all children should be loved and supported, and they would never reject a child placed in their home. They also believe that children should not undergo procedures that attempt to change their God-given sex, and they uphold Catholic beliefs about marriage and sexuality.

Because of those decent and honorable beliefs, DCF decided the Burkes were not “affirming,” and therefore prohibited from fostering any child in Massachusetts.

In short, the Burkes believe they are being denied a foster care license because they are faithful Roman Catholics. This seems to be supported by something the author of their license study wrote.

As the author of their license study put it, while the Burkes are “lovely people,” “their faith is not supportive and neither are they.”

In other words, it was not what the Burke’s said, but the fact that their faith appears unsupportive that the author of the study concluded that they are not supportive. However, I can understand why the author of the Burke’s license study may have felt they had to see things that way. Massachusetts regulations require licensed adoptive or foster parents…

to promote the physical, mental, and emotional well-being of a child placed in his or her
care, including supporting and respecting a child’s sexual orientation or gender identity;

110 CMR 7.104(1)(d)

Yes, Massachusetts regulations require adoptive and foster families respect and support a child’s sexual orientation or gender identity. However, the complaint also noted:

Yet at the same time, DCF regulation and policy—and the Massachusetts Foster Parent Bill of Rights—all prohibit religious discrimination against potential foster parents.

The Burke’s attorney points to Massachusetts law, but not their constitution. Specifically, Part the First, (that’s how they title it), Article II:

It is the right as well as the duty of all men in society, publicly, and at stated seasons to worship the Supreme Being, the great Creator and Preserver of the universe. And no subject shall be hurt, molested, or restrained, in his person, liberty, or estate, for worshipping God in the manner and season most agreeable to the dictates of his own conscience; or for his religious profession or sentiments; provided he doth not disturb the public peace, or obstruct others in their religious worship.

MA Constitution, Part the First, Article II

Wouldn’t being denied a foster care license fall under the Burke’s being ‘hurt’ or ‘restrained’ in their liberty?

Claims for Relief

The Burke’s case lists five counts of violation of the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, four of the Free Exercise Clause, and one of the Free Speech Clause. In all counts, the claim is that the law is not generally applicable, a requirement under the Supreme Court’s strict scrutiny doctrine. The first four counts focus on the consideration of the Burke’s religious beliefs and using those beliefs as a justification for treating them differently than others. The last count deals with the law’s coercive requirement that adoptive/foster parents express an idea that may violate their religious beliefs. While the complaint claims that the First Amendment is incorporated against the states under the Fourteenth Amendment, I have repeatedly shown that the language of the latter amendment does not change the scope of the former.

The Burkes are asking the court to declare that DCF stop discriminating against them and any others who hold similar religious beliefs, that DCF be enjoined from withholding the Burke’s foster care license, and for legal costs & damages.

Conclusion

As this is just the initial stages of the suit, we’ll have to wait to see how things proceed. Since this case is likely to be appealed, it may take years before we get a final decision. To me, there are a couple of interesting things we should consider.

First, while I do not subscribe to the Supreme Court’s strict scrutiny doctrine, it’s most likely what the courts will use to help decide this case. I would think DCF could not prove that this was the least restrictive means necessary to achieve what the Commonwealth of Massachusetts is most likely to claim as a compelling government interest in the mental and emotional well-being of the children in foster care. After all, I would think there are plenty of children in the foster care system who would not be disturbed by the Burke’s religious beliefs, thereby allowing them to provide what appears to be a desperately needed service without harming a child. Furthermore, by denying a license to anyone with a sincere Roman Catholic faith the Commonwealth of Massachusetts is denying the mental and emotional well-being of children who share that faith.

Second, as the lawsuit points out: